A - aura Mae airs q rh Ray Ae as eer j ' a p j va de a oo J oi Pole! af eee ee 4 ; Dyn ea ? ian Ole ie ay ' ‘ : ‘ ‘ , f i, a 2 j ‘ ete i ai ' i 4 +O aa " rt oe i eT eas { i 7 s d i} , 1 cy . ’ } * fr = 5 ~ = - - 4) W947 ‘2’ PHYTOLOGIA Designed to expedite botanical publication _ Vol. 27 October, 1973 No. | CONTENTS z ’ LE, M. E., Jr., New Parmeliae (lichens) from Africa. 2............ % ABLONSKI, E., Catalogus Euphorbiarum 1973. Vol. III ............ 7 "ROBINSON, H., & BRETTELL, R. D., Studies in the Senecioneae (Asteraceae ). DTA aaa be Ms isles lated eee a bi Ae: Migr orate Ula 53 (PFISTER, D. H., Notes on Caribbean Discomycetes. IV. Cookeina . venezuelae, C. colensoi and the genus Boedijnopeziza....... 55 “MOLDENKE, H. N., Notes on new and noteworthy plants. LXIII....... 63 -MOLDENKE, H. N., Additional notes on the genus Aegiphila. XX ...... 73 -MOLDENKE, ME HOOK TEVIEWS oie ae bs OAR eas ... 89 NOV 5 _ 1813 : NEW YORK | Published by Harold N. Moldenke itd (SL4tdL , Erythrina herbacea L, subsp, nigrorosea Krukoff & Barneby, Phytologia 25:6, 1972, Mexico: Oaxaca: near Santo Domingo, alt. + 530 m, E,W. Nelson 2699; Chiapas: Thorne & Lathrop 1,091 (MEXU). The first record of this species from the State of Chiapas, 25. Erythrina coralloides Alph, DeCandolle, Prodr, 2:13, 1825. Under this well-known species are concealed vexatious prob- lems which require extensive field-work for solution, Typical E, coralloides, as we understand it, is characterized by a short and dense raceme of subhorizontally spreading, bright red flowers, a small, brownish-pubescent, symmetrically campanulate calyx, and a keel (never longer and usually distinctly shorter than the wings) with basal angles truncate or rounded, not produced backward into hastate or sagittate barbs, Plants of this sort are known from the length of Sierra Madre Oriental be- tween southern Nuevo Ledn and Veracruz, mostly on the Gulf slope, and extend southward along the Gulf-Balsas divide to northern Oaxaca, From Veracruz they extend westward along the Neovolca- nic belt to the Valley of Mexico, where they are extensively planted in parks and gardens, In the southern part of its main range E, coralloides is in a broad sense sympatric with E, americana, which has a very similar inflorescence, calyx and keel-petals, so that flowering plants are not easy to distin- guish, the most certain and reliable differential characters being in the hysteranthous foliage, ceriferous in E, americana, not so in &, coralloides., The natural range of E, americana appears to be much more restricted than that of E. coralloides; it belongs to a drier and lower zone around the edge of the eastern lobe of the Balsas Depression in Morelos and adjoining Guerrero and Puebla, extending east in desert climate to the 112 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 27, no. 2 headwaters of Rio Papaloapan and to northeastern Oaxaca; it is extensively planted in the city of Orizaba, but whether native there is quite uncertain, The problem of distinguishing these species is however not taxonomic, but a matter of securing specimens with mature leaves, In the central segment of the Transverse Volcanic Range, between western Mexico and Guadalajara, and around the foothills of the Lerma-Santiago river northward, E, coralloides is repre- sented by populations or perhaps individual trees that differ to variable degree in the shape and proportion of the inner petals, and rarely further in color of the standard, Whereas the keel of typical E, coralloides, as already mentioned, is truncate at base and shorter than the wings, we find westward an increasing tendency for the keel—blades to develop sharply retorse basal lobes and at the same time the wings dwindle, finally becoming distinctly shorter than the keel, The extreme in this direction, as represented by Krukoff 1970/130 from near Juchitlan, Jalisco, or Arsene 1083 from Querétaro, has the arrowhead keel and tiny wings found normally in E, lanata, very different from those normal in E, coralloides of Sierra Madre Oriental. However there are more numerous collections showing transitions between the two types. The widely distributed Pringle 6839 from Tula, Hidalgo, is a good example, having a more or less sagittate keel but the proportionately long wings of genuine E. coralloides,. Interpretation of the floral variation is handicapped at present by two circumstances, In the first place, we have al- most no correlation between flowers and foliage, and in no instance do we possess mature leaves from the same tree as a flower of the extreme lanata type. Secondly, we have no means of distinguishing, in the herbarium, between trees growing without cultivation and those which may have been planted, possibly brought westward as garden flowers along the mountains and through the Bajio country from the valley of Mexico, Careful study of the situation in the field and observation of particular trees at various seasons of the year are prerequi- sites for determining whether there are in reality two species, or two geographic races of one species, or whether the vari- ation in the form of keel reflects introgression from E, lanata, The ranges and ecological requirements of E, lanata and E, coralloides are so far as know mutually exclusive, but so little is known of their exact dispersal along the Balsas slope of the Transverse Volcanic Range that we cannot presume to make any prophetic statement on this point, Two striking individual variants should be mentioned here; we have leaves of neither, A tree from Santa Maria del Rio in San Luis Potosi’ (Rzedowski 8767) has a greatly elongated, loosely flowered inflorescence, the rachis (including peduncle) up to 3 dm long, In form and proportions of the inner petals, the flower resembles that of Pringle 6839 already mentioned, which has the normal, short and congested raceme of E. coral- loides, A remarkable tree from between Jiquilpan and Quiroga, 1973 Krukoff & Barneby, Notes on Erythrina a3 fyeeearan (Krukoff 1970/132) has a flower typical of E, coral- loides in shape of petals, but sharply deflected from the rachis; furthermore the standard is pink, not red, The pink standard might suggest another genetic infiltration from E. lanata, but nothing else about the plant supports this hypo- thesis. The last-mentioned is currently under cultivation in California and it is hoped that more will eventually be know about its true nature, We have reexamined numerous collections of E, coralloides complex and of the unrelated E, americana and we placed under E, coralloides the following collections: Nuevo Leon --- 2 collections (?) Tamaulipas --- 3 " (no mature leaves are on these collections but they probably belong here rather than with E. americana) San Luiz Potosi’ --- 7 collections Guanajuato --- h " Hidalgo o— 7 Ls Mexico & Distr. Fed. --- 6 " Puebla -- 15 3 Veracruz was = " Oaxaca oo 3 - State undesign. —_ ab * The occurrence of this species in the States of Morelos and Guerrero is not yet certain, Below are mentioned the States where the collected specimens were found to deviate from typical plants of the species, Guanajuato: Of the four collections placed with this species Duges 3M. (GH) has the keel slightly longer than the wings, whereas in Gilly 137 (MICH) the keel is + equal to the wings. The keels in these two collections are not sagittate, Hidalgo: Of the seven collections placed with this species Pringle 6639 and Nelson 3880 have the keels distinctly sagittate and Beechey s.n. (kK) - slightly sagittate, Of the two collec- tions from + 10 km west of Ixmiquilpan Boke & Lent 1,3 (MICH) has the sagittate keel whereas in L, Gonzalez Q. 2301 (MEXI) the keel is not sagittate, In all of these collections the wings are longer than the keel, Distr. Fed, and Mexico: Of the five collections placed with this species Matuda 21035 has the keel slightly sagit- tate but shorter than the wings. ny P/E Y-T10 L.0:G Tk Vol. 27, no. 2 26, Erythrina aff. coralloides Alph. DeCandolle We are tentatively placing here the collections, discussed at length under E, coralloides, with distinctly sagittate keel and the wings shorter than the keel. None of these has mature leaves, Mexico: Jalisco: Krukoff 1970-127 (US) (+ 20 km before reaching Guadalajara from the east, 1970-128 (US) (near Guadala- jara), 1970=130 (near Juchitlan); Michoacan: Krukof 1eTO (near Jiquilpan), 1970-133 (near Quiroga); (?)Querétaro: e 1083 (US). \ There is no certainty that the label] on Arsene 10483 indi= cating that the collection is from Queretaro is correct. We have no evidence that the typical E. coralloides is found in the wild in Jalisco and Michoacan, 27. Erythrina pudica Krukoff & Barneby, sp. nov. Affinis E, lanatae Rose cum qua statura humili, inflores- centiae pube alba, vexillo roseo (nec coccineo), seminibusque ad hilum nigro-maculatis (nec nigro-lineolatis) congruit sed impri- mis carinae petalorum alis subaequilongorum forma semi-ovata basi truncata nec hastatim retro-auriculata, ulterius a subsp, lanata (provinciae vicinae oaxacanae iueaia} vexillo dorso parcissime hirtello vel fere glabro nec albo-lanato abhorrens,. Small spiny trees, leafless at anthesis (Mar-Apr), the foliage unknown, Rachis, pedicels and calyces densely tomentu- lose with fine, soft, partly branched, + entangled, white hairs, Rachis (including peduncle) 2,5--3 dm long, laxly manyflowered in the distal half, the flowers at full anthesis deflected to 5° to the axis, Pedicels at anthesis 1—-2.5 mm long, in fruit thickened, glabrate, l--5 mm long. Flower-buds declined, nar- rowly ovoid-ellipsoid, Calyx at full anthesis 12.5--13.5 mm long, 5-~7 mm diam, contracted at base into an obliquely obconic hypanthium, symmetrically or a little obliquely trun- cate at orifice, the margin membranous, the dorsal tooth callous-thickened but not produced, Standard narrowly ellip- tic-oblanceolate 5.5--7 X + 1 cm, pink, dorsally papillate and charged when young with a few scattered weak readily deciduous hairs, Wings 12--~13 mm long, narrowly oblong, straight, 2.5—= 3 mm wide, the inner margins imbricate over the staminal colum, Keel slightly longer or slightly shorter than wings, 12-13 mm long, the claws 3--l, mm long, the blades connate, subtruncate at base, undulately dentate below the free, short-acuminate tips, 3—l), mm wide, Androecium up to l,5--6 cm long, the stamens of different lengths, the anthers 2.5--3 mm long. Pod beanlike, 1—1.5 dm long, contracted at base into a compressed stipe + 2 cm long and at apex into an acumen up to 3,5 cm long, moderately constricted between the 3-13 seeds, the stiffly leathery valves 1973 Krukoff & Barneby, Notes on hrina 115 at maturity glabrate except at very base, inconspicuously veined, becoming highly torulose after dehiscence, Seeds scar- let, hard, lustrous, 7--10 mm long, with a conspicuous black spot above the brownish hilum, Mexico: Chiapas: on a mountain slope, between Ocozocoantla and Cintalapa, Krukoff 1970-79, 1970-80 (NY=holotype), Moore 2543 (GH). This is an ungainly treelet or arborescent shrub, flowering sparely from leafless branches toward the end of the dry season, It was thought at first to represent a form of E, lanata, to which it is obviously related. Characters common to the two are relatively small stature, white-tomentulose floral rachis and young calyces, and a pink standard long and slender in propor- tion to the campanulate calyx. The standard as it emerges from the calyx bears a few short scattered hairs which are deciduous by full anthesis, in this respect obviously different from the silvery~tomentulose standard of subsp, lanata, but resembling that of the distantly allopatric subsp, occidentalis, The flowers of E, pudica, and apparently the buds before anthesis, are deflected from the floral rachis, the standard eventually forming an angle of about };5 degrees from vertical, Most of the available material of E. lanata sens, lat. gives no infor- mation as to attitude of the flower, which disjoints readily from the axis when dry, but we do know that the races of subsp. occidentalis in Colima have loosely ascending flowers, and there is no evidence that those of subsp, lanata are different in this respect. Field observations, however, are much needed, The important differential characters of E, pudica are found in the form of the keel-petals and their length in relation to the wings, As mentioned in the discussion of E, lanata, we find that throughout its range the keel-petals are uniformly sagitti- form, the blades being produced backwards in the form of pro- nounced auricles bent inwards toward the short claws, and at the same time are longer than the similarly but less pronouncedly auriculate wings, The keel of EH, pudica, which is of about the same length as the narrowly oblong=-non-auriculate wings, takes a much less specialized form, the blades being simply truncate at base, precisely as in E. coralloides or E, americana. From these two species E. pudica differs in its spindly stature, lowland chaparral habitat, white rather than sordid pubescence of the rachis and buds, pink flowers, a more deeply constricted pod, and seeds which bear at the hilum the black spot character- istic of E, lanata, not the black line of the E. coralloides complex. It should be noted that while the geographic discontinuity between E, lanata in central Oaxaca and E, pudica in western Chiapas is inconsiderable in terms of kilometers, the two species occupy distinct floristic territories, E, lanata being entirely on the Pacific slope and west of the Tehuantepec lowlands, E, pudica beyond the isthmus and on the headwaters of a stream 116 PHO TO! LeOsG TA Vol. 27, no. 2 draining northward to the Gulf of Mexico. The epithet vudica, bashful, refers to the nodding flower, 28a. Erythrina lanata Rose subsp, lanata. Srythrine lanata Rose, U.S. Dept. Agr. N. Am, Fam, 1:81, 1899. Mexico: Guerrero: Ryan & Floyd 19 (TEX) (near Agua del Obispo, alt. + 1070 m); Michoacdn; Pringle 5358 (GH). In order to determine the appropriate taxonomic status of the pink-flowered Erythrina described herein as E, pudica, we were obliged to revise all available material of E, lanata Rose, the species most similar and closely related. This Erythrina is characterized by relatively small stature, a white-tomentellous rachis and young calyx, a rather strongly constricted pod, a pink or flesh-colored standard, seeds marked at the hilum with a conspicuous black spot, and most importamtly and constantly by a keel longer than the wings that, laid out, takes the form of an arrowhead with recurved, barblike auricles. The flower and its parts are subject to great variation in size, but the proport- ions of keel to wings, and of standard to the relatively short- campanulate calyx, remain essentially wmiform and provide the best specific characters, The range of E, lanata lies along the coast and lower slopes of the coastal cordillera from southern Sinaloa through Nayarit and its off-shore islands, western Jalisco, Colima, and Guerrero to southern Oaxaca, and inland at scattered points to central Oaxaca and to the Balsas Depression in Guerrero, southwest México and Michoacdn, It has long been thought that E, lanata consisted of two geographic races, one smtheastern, corresponding with the nomenclaturally typical form described from Acapulco, Guerrero, the other northwestern, northward from far western Jalisco, in- cluding the type population of E. occidentalis Standley at Mazatlah, Sinaloa, However the real differences between such races have not been well understood and the lack of good col- lections from the middle part of the species-range left the line of geographic segregation ill-defined. Since the date of the monograph (Krukoff, 1939) botanical exploration of Nueva Galicia by McVaugh and associates has changed this situation radically; we now have ample and excellent material from Colima and Jalisco and in consequence are in a stronger position to analyze the racial situation within the species, North and westward from the boundary between Colima and Guerrero the standard of E, lanata is sparsely and inconspicu- ously hirtellous with fine hairs that never conceal the papil- late surface of the petal's back and which tend to fall off by 1973 Krukoff & Barneby, Notes on hrina LV. full anthesis, or are sometimes altogether absent. By contrast all know flowers from the Balsas Depression within Michoacan, southwest Mexico, and Guerrero, from the Pacific slope in the same latitudes, and from Oaxaca, have a densely lanate standard, silvery-white at early anthesis or often permanently, the pub- escence at first concealing the papillate back of the petal and only tending to rub off in uneven patches as the flower ages, Generally associated with the glabrate standard is a relatively wide pod accommodating relatively large seeds. However, measure- ments of all seeds available showed a range in length of (7) 8—= 12 (13) mm with averages of 9,5--12 mm in the range of the glabrate standard, 9--10.5 mm in the range of the lanate stan- dard, a difference no doubt statistically significant, but hardly useful in taxonomic practice. Since we have found no other characters of moment separating E, lanata and E. occiden- talis, we propose to treat these two entities as subspecies, as noted below. Due to lack of flowering material, there remains only some question as to the identity of the E, lanata found jn the wes- tern lobe of the Balsas Depression around Apatzingan and Tancitaro, Michoacan, a critical area lying near the transition zone between the two subspecies, If the species conforms to common patterns of dispersal in southern Mexico, these popu- lations should prove to belong with subsp, lanata, Key to the subspecies of E. lanata 1. Standard densely lanate dorsally, the pubescence concealing the surface of the petal, at least in the developing young flower, often permanently. Balsas Depression and Sierra Madre del Sur in the same latitudes (Michoacan, SW Mexico, and Guerrero) SE along the Pacific slope to S and interior Oaxaca... subsp, lanata 1. Standard thinly hirtellous when young or permanently, commonly glabrate in age, sometimes truly glabrous, the vesture never concealing the papillate back of the standard, even in the developing young flower, Pacific slope and coastal plain from Colima NW through W Jalisco, Nayarit (incl, Islas Sta. Maria) to S Sinaloa,,, subsp. occidentalis 28b, Erythrina lanata Rose subsp. occidentalis (Standley) Krukoff & Bayneby, stat. nov, E, occidentalis Standley, Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 20:180, apd; Mexico: Sinaloa: south of eres Dressler 982 (GH); Colima: Manzanillo, on rocky slope near the sea, Stork, et al. 25186, 118 PHT T Ot0:e1T A Vol. 27, no. 2 30, Erythrina caribaea Krukoff & Barneby, Phytologia 25:9. 1972. exico: Veracruz: Krukoff 1970-85 and 1970-96 (near San Andres Tuxtla), 1970-88 and 1970-89 (between Acayucan and Minutitlan); 1970-92 (near Soleapan); J. Chavelas P. et al. ES=2),26 (MEXU) and ES=-28)2 (MEXU) (San Lorenzo, Texlochtitlan); Helia Bravo H. 1) (MEXU) (Zapoopan de Cabano); Mario Souza 2850 (MEXU) and 2651 (US) (Las Tuxtlas); Antonio Lot 996 (F) (near Mendoza, alt. + 1500 m), Guadelupe Martinez-Calderen 300) (F) (near Catemaco, alt, 0 m), Mario Rosas R, 1290 (F) (Cerro de Chicola, alt, + 1500 m); Tabasco: Krukoff 1970=47 and 1970-18 (MEXU) (between Villahermosa and Ghable), 1970-50 (Tenosique); Oaxaca: Guadelupe Martinez—-Calderon 1393 (MEXI) (Chiltepec); Chiapas: Krukoff 1970-1 (near Tapilula, along the road from Cristébal de las Casas to Villahermosa); Campeche: along road between Escarcega and Chetumal, Krukoff 1970-53, 1970-55; along (ue Ue Escdrcega and Candelaria, Hernandez et al, ES-260 MEXU). In Krukoff 1970-1 the lower fully mature flowers are de- clined toward the rachis. No need to tell that E, folkersii was collected in the same locality. This is the first record of the species from Campeche. E. caribaea was described in the 6th Supplement in 1972 and previously, many collections which are cited above, were erroneously placed with other species. We are now able to give a rather complete region of its distribution. It is confined to the eastern Mexican seaboard, being found in southern Vera- cruz, eastern Oaxaca (trespassing the border to the extreme western Chiapas), Tabasco and western Campeche, The only other species of Erythrina recorded from Tabasco is E, herbacea ssp, nigrorosea and from Campeche -- E, standleyana,. Sih a folkersii Krukoff & Moldenke, Phytologia 1:286, 1936. Mexico: Veracruz: Jose Vera Santos 2777 (El Palmar), (US, MEXU), Comision Dioscoreas 8535 (Zapoapan) (MEXU), A. Gomez Pompa nS (Fortuo) (MEXU), Victor Manuel Toledo 3 San in ok Tuxtla). Guatemala: Petén: Molina 15030 (EAP). 34. Erythrina cochleata Standley, Contr, U.S. Nat. Herb. 203179. 1919. , costa Rica: Cartago: L. J. Poveda 128 (Turrialba, Puente RLo Cojdén) (CR); Anastasio Alfaro s.n. (CR 30527), sn. (CR 30528), sen. (CR 30529), son. (CR 30530) (all from Finca La Fuente, Peralta, alt. + 1300 m). 1973 Krukoff & Barneby, Notes on Erythrina ng On a trip to Costa Rica in February 1973, the senior author ascertained that this species is a very large tree found from the coast of Atlantic to elevations of + 1300 m, It is common on Finca La Fuente, Peralta, Cartago, near Turrialba, 35. Erythrina hondurensis Standley, Field Mus, Publ. Bot. 2309, 1929, Nicaragua: Zelaya: alt. + 21 m, Lewis E, Long 160 (F), Mature leaflets of this species are pallid and minutely scurfy, not reticulate=ceriferous beneath as those of E, lance-~ olata. New collections of this species from Guatemala would be welcome. 36. Erythrina chiapasana Krukoff, Brittonia 3:304. 1939. Guatemala: Huehuetenango: near Estancia, Krukoff 1973-16. 37. Erythrina atitlanensis Krukoff & Barneby, Mem, N. Y. Bot. Gard, 20(2):162, 1970, / Guatemala: Solola: Santiago de Atitlan, along the road to San Pedro, Krukoff 1973-2h, 1973-28, 40, Erythrina tajumulcensis Krukoff & Barneby, Mem, N. Y. Bot. Gard. 20(2):176, 1970. Guatemala: San Marcos: Aldea Feria, Krukoff 1973-29, New collections of this species from Mexico would be welcome, hee Erythrina chiriquensis Krukoff, Brittonia 3:322, 1939. Panama: Chiriqui: alt. + 1750 m, Al. Gentry 5992 (MO). New entities related to this species are expected from Nicaragua and Costa Rica, Collections in flower and in fruits are needed before they can be described, These are briefly cited below. In Nicaragua Verne Grant 870 (NY) (flrs only) was collected in rain forest, alt. + 1150 m, on western slopes of Mt. Mombacho, near Grenada, Leaves and fruits are needed for its under- standing. In Costa Rica Krukoff collections from Zarcero, alt. + 1700 m, (Krukoff 1969-10), 1969-105, 1969-112, 1969-113 and 1969-16 ) and from Zapote de Alfara Ruiz (Krukoff 1969=2 1969=239), all from the province Alajuela, are especially difficult to interpret, Some 120 Pe er O) EVORG 120 Vol. 27, nos 2 of these are probably hybrids and the problem, as often in this genus, is one of separating the grain from the chaff. 2, Erythrina macrophylla Alph, DeCandolle, Prodr, 2:11, 1825. Guatemala: Quezaltenango: Krukoff 1973-15. 43. a guatemalensis Krukoff, Amer, Jour, Bot. 28:688, 191, Guatemala: Huehuetenango: Barillas, Krukoff 1973-26. 4. Erythrina globocalyx Porsch & Cufodontis, Arch, Bot, Sist. Fitog. & Genet. 10:35, pl. 1. 193). / Costa Rica: San Jose: from Frailes to Tarvaca, Ray W. Lent, 1163 (F). 46. Erythrina florenciae Krukoff & Barneby, Mem, N. Y. Bot, Gard 20(2)2272 2 31970. Guatemala: San Marcos: Krukoff 1972=12 (between Godinez & Patzun), 1973-23 (arriba de Feria). ?. Erythrina berenices Krukoff & Barneby, sp. nov. E. huehuetenangensi Krukoff & Barneby et E, florenciae Krukoff & Barneby affinis, cum ea carinae alis superatae petalis inter se liberis congruens sed calyce ventricoso asymmetrice nunc de latere nune subventraliter fisso, ab hac calyce minus carnoso, petalis carinae liberis, ab ambabus (allopatricis) seminibus maturis firmis nitidis nec mollibus rugosis abstans, Trees to + 15 m, leafy at anthesis, armed with spines, the branchlets rather stout, usually aculeate; petioles 16--2); cm long, unarmed, soon glabrous; petiolules + 12 m long, 2 mm diam, soon glabrous; leaflet-blades chartaceous, brown-villosu- lous when young early glabrate, beneath unarmed, not ceriferous, microscopically papillate; terminal leaflets usually broadly ovate, + 17 X 13 cm, broadly cuneate at base, acuminate at apex; secondary veins 5--7 each side; rachis + 10=--1 cm long, densely pubescent with brown filamentous, flexuously entangled, partly branched hairs; pedicels at anthesis + 7 mm long, 1.5 mm dian, pubescent like rachis; calyx (dry) subcoriaceous, broadly cam- panulate to tubular, 2--3 cm long, + h mm diam at base, ampliate to 0,7—1.2 cm at or below middle, the orifice asymmetrically bilabiate, shallowly cleft one side and deeply (in fruit almost to hypanthium) on the other, when young brownish=pilosulous; standard erect, straight, narrowly oblong-oblanceolate + 6 cm long, 1.5 cm wide; wings narrowly oblanceolate, 9.5-=1l, mm long, nearly straight, 2--3.5 mm wide and hooded at obtuse apex, beyond middle imbricate over the staminal sheath; keel 7--11 mm long, the petals separate from the first, the claws 2=-l; mm, the 1973 Krukoff & Barneby, Notes on Erythrina 121 the obliquely half-cbovate blades subtruncately rounded at apex, slightly convex along the exterior margins, abruptly narrowed but not at all sagittate at interior margin; androecium + 5.5 cm long, the longer filaments free for + 2 cm, the anthers 3-~3,3 mm long; pedicels in fruit 7=--12 mm long, 2--3 mm diam; pod 18—25 cm long, when immature densely pubescent with short brown hairs, blackish and glabrescent when ripe, irregularly con- stricted between the 5--8 seeds, narrowed at base into a stipe 2.5=-5 cm long, and at apex into an acuminate beak + 3 cm long; seeds reniform, scarcely compressed, obscurely keeled dorsally, 10--11 X 6.5--7.5 mm, firm and hard, the testa smooth, lustrous, scarlet, with a faint black line at the white hilun, Mexico: Veracruz: Mario Souza 36 (NY-holotype, MEXU, US) (flrs., imm, frts); Gilly et al. 179 (MICH) (Jalapa); Gomez Pompa 1159 (MEXU) (Sierra de Chiconquiaco, alt. 1280 m; Charles L. Smith 183) (EAP) (Jalapa). / Local names: Cosquelite cimaron (Gilly 179). The keel=petals of EK. berenices, which are at once free from each other and obtusely spatulate, fortuitously resemble those of some members of Sect. Corallodendrum but the large, cylindric or irregularly inflated and baggy calyx has no counterpart in that section, Keel-petals quite similar al- though substantially smaller, are known also within Sect, Erythrina in the case of the Guatemalan E, huehuetenangensis, which we suspect to be the closest known ally, and in E, florenciae, although here connate by their exterior margins, Both of these species differ from E, berenices in their densely congested, conelike spikes of young flowers and in the remarkable soft seeds, which become coarsely wrinkled when dry. All three of these species inhabit cool rain-forest at consid- erable elevations, They differ much in habit, E,. florenciae and E. berenices becoming trees of majestic stature, whereas E, huehuetenangensis is a small, straggiy, very spiny one of in- considerable size, We take pleasure in dedicating this handsome coral=tree to Dr. Bernice G,. Schubert, foremost contemporary authority on the intricate genus Desmodium. Mature seeds of this species would be welcome, 50. man hrina costaricensis M, Micheli, Bull. Herb. Boiss, 2: - 109k, Costa Rica: Puntarenas, Monte Verde on the Sierra de Tilaran, near the border of Puntarenas, Alajuela and Guanacaste, alt. 1500 m, Peter Feinsinger sn. (F). Panama: Chiriqui’: 122 Pol FoT Ob CG T-k Vol. 27, no. 2 liesner 96 (Barica Peninsula) (MO), Croat 22010 (10 miles west of pe Armuelles) (F); Canal Zone: Croat 12519A (MO), Gentry 1905 (MO). 51. Eeythrine barqueroana Krukoff & Barneby, Phytologia 22(h): > 260. 1971. Guatemala: Huehuetenango: Barillas: 1st centro of Rio Ixcan, Krukoff 1973-1. 52. hrina americana Miller, Card, Dict. ed. 8, #5, 1768. We have reexamined numerous collections of E, americana in connection with our studies of E, coralloides complex and placed under E, americana the following collections: Veracruz wee 9 collections Hidalgo SS sai Mexico & Distr. Fed. see 2 ” Morelos --- 11 7 (?) Guerrero --- 3 " Puebla _—- 3 ft Oaxaca --- 10 n No mature leaves are on the three collections from the State of Guerrero but they probably belong here rather than with E. coralloides, Their keels are not sagittate and the wings are narrow and much longer than the keels, 53. Erythrina berteroana Urban, Symb, Ant. 5:370. 1908, Guatemala: Suchitepequez: Nahualate, finca El Salvador, Krukoff 1973-13; Escuintla: along the road from Palin to Antiqua, near the boundary line of munic, Esquintla and munic, Antigua, Krukoff 1973-2 (forma), Costa Rica: San José: J. R. Hunter ACM 22 (F). Panama: Chiriqui: P. Busey 187 (MO); Veraguas: Al. Gentry 3050 (MO), Liesner 839 (MO); Cocle: El Valle de Anton, Helen Kennedy et al, 211]; (MO); Canal Zone: Helen Kennedy et al. 2207 (MO), 2211 (MO), Calyx on Krukoff 1973-2 nearly truncate. 55. Erythrina mexicana Krukoff, Brittonia 3:309., 1939. Mexico: Veracruz: Martinez 345 (San Lorenzo Tenochtitlan) (MEXU); Mario Souza 2998 (MEXU) and 3350 (MEXU) (both from las Tuxtlas), Oaxaca: munic, Ixtlén, Wm, L, Graham 1389 (MICH). 56, Erythrina salviiflora Krukoff & Barneby, Phytologia 25:1}, 1972. 1973 Krukoff & Barneby, Notes on Erythrina 123 temala: Suchitepequez: Finca Naranja, Krukoff 1973-12; Solola: Finca Montequina, Krukoff 1973-25, 1973-27. 57. Erythrina a Krukoff & Barneby, Mem, N. Y. Bot. Gard. 20 2165. 1970. The protologue incorrectly described the calyx as recessed behind the standard when it is in reality recessed in fron of keel, a feature found in no other member of Sect, Erythrina, However the drawing of the flower published in the same paper is correct. Pods and seeds of this species are not known, oe hrina gibbosa Cufodontis, Arch, Bot, Sist. Fitog. & Genet. 10:34. 193k. Costa Rica: Puntarenas: Peninsula de Osa, Helen Kennedy 1951 (MO), Panama: Cocle: El Valle de Anton, Al. Gent 794, (MO), E. A. Lao 276 (MO), Helen Kennedy et al. 2212 ‘con 60, Erythrina similis Krukoff, Brittonia 3:271. 1939. New collections of this species, particularly in fruit, from Paraguay, Brazil and Bolivia are badly needed, 62, Erythrina mitis Jacquin, Hort. Schoenb, 2:47. 1797. Venezuela: Sucre: peninsula de Paria, Cerro Patao, Steyermark & Agostini 91268, The new record of the species for Sucre. The painting of Erythrina (labelled as of "E, umbrosa H.B.K.") prepared for Mutis and reproduced in crude form in Rev. Acad, Colomb, 2: .- 1939 is based on elements of two species: a leaf of E. fusca; with flowers, pod and seed of E. poeppigi- ana. The standard is shown yellow rather than bright orange, and the constriction of the pod is exaggerated, In any case no detail of the plate can possibly have been derived from E. umbrosa H.B.K., a proven synonym of E, mitis, 68, Erythrina elenae Howard & Briggs, Jour. Arn, Arb. 3):183. 1953. Flowers of this species are still not known, 71. Erythrina caffra Thunberg, Prodr. Pl, Cap, 121. 1600, Erythrina fissa K. B. Presl, Symb, Bot, 1:69. 1832, Chiroca ubescens Walpers, Linnaea 23:71. 1850, 12h PHYTOLOG ITA Vol. 27, no. 2 The holotype of Erythrina fissa (and Chirocalyx pubescens ) (PRC) is plainly conspecific with E, caffra. 72. Erythrina lysistemon Hutchinson, Kew Bull, 1933:22. 1933. South Africa: Nelspruit: Krukoff Herb. 1973-21 (Marie Doyer s.n.). 73. Erythrina humeana Sprengel, Syst. 3:23. 1826, rina princeps A, Dietrich in Otto & Dietrich Allg, Gartenzeitung 2:305. 183), Dr. L. E. Codd kindly points out that we were in error in taking up the name E, princeps for what has long been known as E. lysistemon, Having examined a copy of the phototype (Field Neg. 2375) he identified E. princeps as E., humeana, a species known to have been in cultivation in Europe early in the XIX century, before E, lysistemon had become known to botanists, even as a herbarium specimen, The original error on Krukoff's part arose long ago, when he understood E, humeana imperfectly as having always the subtrilobate leaflets of what has been called E, humeana var, raja. The phototype of E, princeps shows one perfect leaf with rhombic-ovate leaflets, of a type which he did not then associate with E. humeana, Dr. Codd points out further and very correctly that the inflorescence of E, humeana is longer and looser than that of E, ness ten and the standard broader and more rounded at tip. ese differen- tial characters are clearly shown in the phototype of E, princeps and there can be no doubt whatever that the identity of the species is now settled. 82, Erythrina ea Torre, Bol, Soc, Brot. (Ser. 2) 39:213. es. Flowers of this species are not yet known, 8h. authrina baumii Harms, in Warb, Kunens - Sambesi Exped, 26321903, In Krukoff and Barneby 1972, p. 28 we reported this species from Rhodesia. Polhill informs us that Drummond & Cookson 6225 (K) on basis of which this report was made is from Zambia, 69, Erythrina eee DeWildeman & Th, Durand, Bull, Suc, Roy. Bot. Belg. 0:19. 1901, Uganda: Bunyoro District: Budongo Forest, T. J. Synnott 600, 635 (frts), 898, 1340. In letter of June 1, 1973 Verdcourt informed us that these excellent collections of the species are conspecific with Eggeling 5321 (poor flowering material without leaves) which is 1973 Krukoff & Barneby, Notes on Erythrina 125 the basis of "Erythrina sp, C" and with Eggeling 3375 (K) (leaves associated with a detached pod) which is the basis of "Erythrina sp. D" provisionally described in Flora of Tropical East Africa (2):538, 560. 1971. This is the first record of the species from Uganda, 9h. Bapthrine latissima E, Meyer, Comm, Pl. Afr. Austr. 1:151. 1536. en Africa: Nelspruit, Krukoff Herb, 1973-17 (Marie Doyer S Melo Numerous seed collections of this species as well as of E, abyssinica recently became available to us, Without any excep- tions seeds of E, latissima are about twice as large as those of E, abyssinica, 95. hrina abyssinica Lamarck, Encycl., Bot. 2:392., 1788; ex DC, Prodr, 2:13. 1825. Erythrina mossambicensis Sim, For, Fl, Port. E, Afr. 3. tab. 54. 1909. Through the kindness of Dr. E. R. Thorp of Durban, South Africa, we have received on loan flowering material from a tree grown in the Botanic Gardens there under the name "E, mocambi- censis", This material (NH 59823), which represents a form of A, abyssinica Lamk,, agrees well with the protologue of E, mossambicensis Sim (For, Fl. Port. E. Afr. 3, Pl. LIV. 1909) and helps to settle the status of this hitherto somewhat ambig- uous name, No type of E. mossambicensis is known to survive. 96. ae variegata L, Herb, Amboin, 10, 1754; Amoen. Acad, IS Brazil: Bahia: Itabuna, cult. T. S. Santos 1088 (UB), 97. Erythrina tahitensis Nadeau, nun, Pl, Tahiti 80, 1873. Erythrina sandwicensis Degener var, sandwicensis forma gandwicensis, Pacific Science 13:168, 1959, ina sandwicensis Degener var. sandwicensis forma alba H. St. John, Pacific Science 132168, 1959. Erythrina sandwicensis Degener var, sandwicensis forma lutea H, St. John, Pacific Science 132168, 1959, Erythrina sandwicensis Degener, var. luteosperma H, St. John, Pacific Science 13:168, 1959. Hawaii: K. R. Woolliams s.n, (Krukoff Herb. 1973-18). 126 Pee PET yO tOtG I ok Vol. 27, no. 2 The reduction of E. sandwicensis Degener to synonymy of E. tahitensis Nadeau is fully discussed in Jour, Arn. Arb, 53:136, 1972. in its Hawaiian range the species varies somewhat in color of standard and seeds, but no more than many continental members of the genus, Albino mutants are known in E, crista- galli, E, falcata, E, berteroana, EF. caffra, E, variegata, and are likely to occur in many others, The standard of E. berter- oana, as noted by Standley (Field Mus., Bot. 18:50. 1937) varies from bright red to pink, the former commonest in the temperate highlands, the paler type prevalent in tierra cali- ente; it is not known experimentally whether these color shades are inherited. The standard of the rare E. oliviae, however, varies from yellowish-green to vivid orange-buff on a single tree, The standard of E, caffra, commonly vermilion red, varies through shades of terra-cotta, orange, and cream, with no geo- graphic correlation, and African students of Erythrina have never treated such minor variants as taxonomically significant, For this reason we list St. John's fma, alba and fma, lutea as straight synonyms of E, tahitensis, The var, luteosperma St, John appears to have been based on an unusual tree in which the normal red coloring was lost not only from the standard but also from the seeds, There is no evidence at present that this rep- resents more than an individual variant, 98, Erythrina evodiphylla Hasskarl, Hort, Bogor. 178. 1858. It would be interesting to check on Barneby's suggestion that this species with green flowers and leaves which are fetid when fading is pollinated by bats. 100, wees insularis F. M, Bailey, Queensl, Agr. Jour, 1: 226, 1697. Recent collections of E. merrilliana in fruit indicate that this may prove to be a synonym of E. insularis which is probably based on an outlying population of E. merrilliana, New collec- tion of E, insularis in flower from Turtle Island, Queensland, Australia are needed as this species is known only from fruit collection, 107, Erythrina schliebenii Harms, in Mildbr, Notizbl. Bot, Gart, Berlin 123512, 1935. Fruits of this species not yet known, are needed for com= parison with those of closely related E, perrieri. 1973 Krukoff & Barneby, Notes on Erythrina 127 Species excluded from the genus The holotype of E. bracteata K. B. Presl., Symb,. Bot. 1: 70, 1832, presently at Praha (PRC) recently became available on which was also based Corallodendron bracteatum (K. B. Presl.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 172. 1091. It has been examined at the New York Botanical Garden by Mary T, Kalin Arroyo and found to be conspecific with Camptosema isopetalum (Lamarck) Taubert in Engler & Prantl. Natur. Pflanzenfam. (III). 3:368. 189). 128 Pony? (OM OnG ia A Vol. 27, no. 2 Appendix Vv Lists of species which are know to occur in various countries in the wild (American) U.S Ae eeneeveeeeeoeeeseeeeee eee eseeneee 2 spp. West Indies @eeeeeveeveeeeeeo ee eeoeeee ee 12 SPPeys 2 var. BGELCO secccdnccncccccescencaccesicce Co SPDes 2. ShDe eremuamee (Oaxaca-13 spp., 1 form) Central America ......cccccecccceces 26 Spp. (Guatemala-18 spp.) South America @eereessceeeeseneeseeeas 22 SPPey i | form Species native to U.S.A. (2 spp.) herbacea subsp, herbacea, flabelliformis. Species native to the West Indies (incl. Trinidad) (12 spp. and 2 var.) fusca eggersii standleyana buchii berteroana leptopoda pallida elenae corallodendrum var, corallodendrum cubensis 1 var, bicolor velutina " var, connata grisebachii Antigua (2): corallodendrum var. bicolor, velutina. Aruba (1): velutina. Cuba (7): fusca, standleyana, berteroana, elenae, cubensis, velutina, grisebachii. Camaguey (1): berteroana, Habana ()): fusca, berteroana, velutina, grisebachii. Isla de Pinos (3): standleyana, berteroana, cubensis, Las Villas (5): fusca, berteroana, elenae, cubensis, grisebachii, Matanzas (2): berteroana, grisebachii. Oriente (): fusca, berteroana, cubensis, grisebachii. Pinar del Rio (5): fusca, standleyana, berteroana, cubensis, grisebachii, 1973 Curacao (1): Dominica (1): Dominican Rep. (h): Gran Cayman (1): Grenada (2): Guadeloupe (2): Haiti (5): Jamaica (3): Marie Galante (1): Martinique (2): Monserrat (1): Puerto Rico (3) St. Croix (1): St, John (1): St, Kitts (1): Sta. Lucia (1): St. Thomas (2): St. Vincent (3): Trinidad and Tobago (3): Vieques (1): Krukoff & Barneby, Notes on Erythrina 129 velutina. corallodendrum var. bicolor. fusca, berteroana, buchii, velutina. velutina, corallodendrum var, bicolor, velutina. fusca, corallodendrum var. bicolor, berteroana, corallodendrum var, corallo- dendrum, buchii, leptopoda, velutina, fusca, corallodendrum var. corallodendrum, velutina, corallodendrum var, bicolor, fusca, pallida (?), corallodendrum var, bicolor, corallodendrum var, bicolor. fusca, berteroana, eggersii. corallodendrum var, connata, corallodendrum var, corallodendrum. corallodendrum var. bicolor. corallodendrum var, corallodendrum, corallodendrum var, bicolor. corallodendrum var, connata, eggersii. fusca, pallida, corallodendrum var. bicolor, fusca, pallida, velutina,. eggersii, 130 Pen Y'T.O LOG I A& Vol. 27, no. 2 Species native to Mexico (22 spp, 2 ssp. and 2 forms) breviflora, breviflora fma. petrae, breviflora fma, oaxacana, montana, leptorhiza, horrida, herbacea subsp. herbacea, herbacea subsp. nigrorosea, standleyana, flabelliformis, coralloides, pudica, lanata subsp, lanata, lanata subsp, occidentalis, goldmanii, caribaea, folkersii, tuxtlana, chiapasana, tajumulcensis, florenciae, berenices, americana, berteroana, mexicana, oliviae. Note: Four additional species (E. guatemalensis, E. huehue- tenangensis, E, barqueroana, and E, castillejifiora) likely will be found in the extreme eastern Chiapas when this is explored. Extension of range is also expected, Aguas Calientes (-). Baja California (1): flabelliformis. Campeche (2): standleyana, caribaea. Chiapas (10): herbacea ssp. nigrorosea, pudica, goldmanii, caribaea, folkersii, chiapasana, tajumulcensis, florenciae, berteroana, mexicana, Chihuahua (1): flabelliformis,. Coahuila (-). Colima (2): breviflora, lanata subsp. occidentalis. Durango (2): montana, flabelliformis. Guanajuato (3): breviflora, leptorhiza, coralloides. Guerrero (3): breviflora, lanata subsp. lanata, mexicana, Hidalgo (5): breviflora, leptorhiza, herbacea subsp. nigrorosea, coralloides, americana. Jalisco (5): breviflora, leptorhiza, flabelliformis, aff, coralloides, lanata subsp. , occidentalis. Mexico and Fed, District (6): breviflora, leptorhiza, coralloides, lanata subsp. lanata, americana, / mexicana, Michoacan (5): breviflora, leptorhiza, flabelliformis, aff, coralloides, lanata subsp, lanata, Morelos (3): breviflora, leptorhiza, americana. Nayarit (2): montana, lanata subsp. occidentalis, Nuevo Leon (1): coralloides, Oaxaca (13): breviflora, breviflora forma oaxacana, horrida, herbacea subsp, nigrorosea, coralloides, lanata subsp, lanata, goldmanii, caribaea, folkersii, tuxtlana, florenciae, americana, mexicana, Puebla (6): breviflora, breviflora forma petraea, leptorhiza, herbacea subsp, nigrorosea, coralloides, americana, oliviae. 1973 Krukoff & Barneby, Notes on Erythrina eS / Queretaro (1):, San Luis Potosi Sinaloa (3): Sonora (1): Tabasco (2): Tamaulipas (1): Tlaxcala (1): Veracruz (9): Yucatan (1): Zacatecas (2): (5) standleyana,. leptorhiza, montana, herbacea subsp, nigrorosea, coralloides, mexicana, montana, flabelliformia, lanata subsp. occidentalis. flabelliformis. herbacea subsp, nigrorosea, caribaea, herbacea subsp, herbacea, herbacea subsp, nigrorosea,. leptorhiza, herbacea subsp, nigrorosea, coralloides, caribaea, folkersii, tuxtlana, chiapasana, berenices, americana, mexicana, standleyana, montana, flabelliformis,. 132 Pon Yer Os LoQrey Tk Vol. 27, no. 2 Species native to Central America (incl, Panama) (28 spp.) fusca poeppigiana standleyana goldmanii folkersii cochleata hondurensis chiapasana atitlanensis cobanensis williamsii tajumulcensis chiriquensis macrophylla guatemalensis globocalyx steyermarkii florenciae huehuetenangensis lanceolata costaricensis barqueroana berteroana rubrinervia mexicana salviiflora castillejiflora gibbosa Belize (3 spp.) fusca, standleyana, folkersii. Guatemala (18 spp.) fusca, standleyana, goldmanii, folkersii, hondurensis, chiapasana, atitlanensis, cobanensis, williamsii, tajumulcensis, macrophylla, guatemalensis, florenciae, huehuetenangensis, barqueroana, berteroana, salviiflora, castillejiflora. Alta Verapaz (5): Baja Verapaz (2): Chimaltenango (1): Chiquimula (1): El Progreso (2): El Quiche (3): Esquintla (2): Guatemala (2): Huehuetenango (8): Isabal ()): Jalapa (1): Jutiapa (2): Peten (3): Quetzaltenango (3): Retalhuleu (1): Sacatepequez (2): San Marcos (5): folkersii, cobanensis, williamsii, guatemalensis, berteroana, guatemalensis, berteroana, macrophylla, berteroana, guatemalensis, berteroana, chiapasana, macrophylla, berteroana,. fusca, berteroana,. macrophylla, berteroana, goldmanii, chiapasana, macrophylla, guatemalensis, huehuetenangensis, barqueroana, berteroana, castilleji- flora. fusca, folkersii, hondurensis, berteroana, berteroana, fusca, berteroana, standleyana, folkersii, berteroana, macrophylla, berteroana, salviiflora, berteroana, macrophylla, berteroana,. tajumulcensis, macrophylla, florenciae, berteroana, salviiflora. 1973 Santa Rosa (1): Solold (h}: Suchitepéquez (2): Totonicapan (1): Zacapa (2): fusca, macrophylla, Ahuachapan (1): Cabanas (-). Chalatenango (-). Cuscatlan (=), La Libertad (2): La Paz (1): La Union (-). Morazan (1): San Miguel (=). San Salvador (2): Santa Ana (1): San Vicente (-). Sonsonate (1): Usulutan (=). Note: Krukoff & Barneby, Notes on Erythrina berteroana. atitlanensis, macrophylla, berteroana, salviiflor Ae berteroana, salviiflora,. macrophylla, guatemalensis, berteroana,. El Salvador (3 spp.) berteroana,. berteroana,. fusca, berteroana, fusca. berteroana,. macrophylla, berteroana, berteroana,. berteroana Extension of ranges of the above referred to three 133 species are expected in El Salvador, Honduras (6 spp.) fusca, hondurensis, macrophylla, lanceolata, berteroana, gibbosa,. Atlantida (1): Bay Islands (*Islas de la Bahia) (=~), hondurensis,. Choluteca (=). Coloh (=Mosquitia) cont (3) agua 2 mee (iis Cortes (): El Paraiso (3): Morazan (2): Intibuca (2): La Paz (1): Lempira (=). Ocotepeque (3): Olancho ,();): Santa Barbara (1): fusca, fusca, lanceolata, berteroana,. berteroana, fusca, hondurensis, lanceolata, berteroana, fusca, lanceolata, berteroana, lanceolata, berteroana,. macrophylla, berteroana, lanceolata. macrophylla, lanceolata, berteroana, fusca, lanceolata, berteroana, gibbosa, lanceolata, 13h Pull eo?) Dove! IB Vol. 27, no. 2 Valle (-). Yoro (2): fusca, lanceolata. Note: New species are expected from the higher elevations in Honduras also extensions of range. Nicaragua (5 spp.) fusca, hondurensis, steyermarkii, lanceolata, berteroana,. Boaco (-). Carazo (=). Chinandega (-). Chontales (2): steyermarkii, berteroana, Esteli (2): fusca, berteroana, Granada (2): fusca, berteroana,. Jinotega (1): berteroana, Leon (1): berteroana. Madriz (-). Managua (1): berteroana,. Massaya (=). Matagalpa (3): fusca, lanceolata, berteroana,. Rivas (1): fusca, Zelaya (= Bluefields ) (3): fusca, hondurensis, steyermarkii. Note: New species are expected from the higher elevations in Nicaragua (from the Cordillera Central, etc.) and many new ex- tensions of range, Costa Rica (8 spp.) fusca, cochleata, globocalyx, steyermarkii, lanceolata, costaricensis, berteroana, gibbosa, Alajuela (6): fusca, cochleata, steyermarkii, lanceolata, berteroana, gibbosa, Cartago (7): fusca, cochleata, steyermarkii, lanceolata, costaricensis, berteroana, gibbosa, Guanacaste (5): fusca, steyermarkii, lanceolata, costaricensis, berteroana, Heredia (2): fusca, berteroana,. Limon (3): cochleata, costaricensis, gibbosa, Puntarenas (5): fusca, steyermarkii, costaricensis, r berteroana, gibbosa,. San Jose (6): fusca, globocalyx, lanceolata, costaricensis, berteroana, gibbosa, 1973 Krukoff & Barneby, Notes on Erythrina 135 . Panama _(7 spp.) fusca, poeppigiana, chiriquensis, costaricensis, berteroana, rubrinervia, gibbosa, Bocas del Toro (3): fusca, costaricensis, gibbosa. Canal Zone (3): fusca, costaricensis, berteroana, Chiriqui ()): chiriquensis, costaricensis, berteroana, gibbosa, Cocle (2): berterouna, gibbosa. Colon, (2): fusca, costaricensis. Darien (5): poeppigiana, costaricensis, berteroana, rubrinervis, gibbosa. Los Santos (1): berteroana. Panama ()): fusca, costaricensis, berteroana, rubrinervia. Pearl Islands (-), San Blas (intendencia) (-). Veraguas (1): berteroana. Note: E, edulis which was collected recently in the province of Chiriqui is regarded here as a cultivated plant. 136 PHY TO hOG 2a Vol. 27, no. 2 Species native to South America (22 spp. and 1 form fusca cochleata crista~galli costaricensis falcata berteroana dominguezii rubrinervia ulei amazonica verna similis poeppigiana peruviana edulis mitis speciosa pallida polychaeta velutina schimpffii J forma aurantiaca smithiana Venezuela (8) fusca, poeppigiana, edulis, berteroana, rubrinervia, mitis, pallida, velutina, Amazonas (=). Anzoategui (3): fusca, poeppigiana, velutina. Apure (1): fusca. Aragua (2): fusca, velutina. Barinas (2): poeppigiana, rubrinervia. Bolivar (lh): fusca, poeppigiana, mitis, pallida. Carabobo (): fusca, poeppigiana, mitis, velutina. Cojedes (=). Delta Amacuro (1): fusca, Falcon (3): poeppigiana, pallida, velutina, Federal District (): fusca, poeppigiana, mitis, velutina,. Guarico (2): fusca, velutina, Lara ()): fusca, poeppigiana, rubrinervia, is pallida. Merida (5): fusca, poeppigiana, rubrinervia, mitis, pallida. Miranda ()): poeppigiana, mitis, pallida, velutina. Monagas (2): fusca, poeppigiana. Nueva Esparta (-). Portuguesa (=Bol{var) a9 73 Krukoff & Barneby, Notes on Erythrina Sucre (3): Tachira (3): Trujillo (2): Yaracuy (2): Zamora (-). Zulia (3): fusca, amazonica. fusca, amazonica, fusca, amazonica, poeppigiana, mitis, velutina, poeppigiana, edulis, rubrinervia. poeppigiana, mitis. poeppigiana, mitis, fusca, poeppigiana, berteroana,. Guiana (2 spp.) Surinam (2 spp.) French Guiana (2 spp.) Colombia (10 spp.) fusca, ulei, poeppigiana, edulis, cochleata, costaricensis, berteroana, rubrinervia, amazonica, velutina, Amazonas (1): Antioquia ()): Arauca (=). Atldntico (2): Bolivar (2): Boyaca’ (1, ): Caldas (): Caqueta (1): Cauca ()): Choco’ (2): Cundinamarca (6) Goajira (2): Huila (5): Jurado (-) e Magdalena (6): Meta (1): Narino (1): Norte de Santander (3)s Putumayo (3): Santander (1): Tolima’ (3): Uraba (-),. fusca fusca, edulis, cochleata, costaricensis. fusca, berteroana,. fusca, berteroana, poeppigiana, edulis, costaricensis, rubrinervia. poeppigiana, edulis, cochleata, rubrinervia. poeppigiana, fusca, poeppigiana, edulis, rubrinervia. costaricensis, berteroana. fusca, poeppigiana, edulis, cochleata, costaricensis, rubrinervia, berteroana, velutina, fusca, poeppigiana, edulis, costaricensis, rubrinervia. fusca, edulis, costaricensis, berteroana, rubrinervia, velutina, poeppigiana,. poeppigiana,. poeppigiana, edulis, rubrinervia. poeppigiana, edulis, amazonica, rubrinervia. poeppigiana, edulis, rubrinervia. 137 138 Peel oO BeOlG cen Vol. 27, HO. « Valle (5): fusca, poeppigiana, edulis, > costaricensis, rubrinervia, Vaupes (=). Ecuador (10 spp.) fusca, ulei, poeppigiana, edulis, polychaeta, schimpffii, smithiana, rubrinervia, peruviana, velutina. Azuay (1): edulis. Bolivar ()): edulis, polychaeta, schimpffii, smithiana, Canar (2): edulis, schimpffii. Carchi (=). Chimborazo ()): edulis, polychaeta, schimpffii, smithiana, Cotopaxi (1): schimpffii. El Oro (3): poeppigiana, edulis, smithiana, Esmeraldas (3): poeppigiana, edulis, smithiana, Galapagos Islands(1): velutina. Guayas (5): fusca, edulis, schimpffii, smithiana, velutina, Imbabura (2): edulis, schimpffii. Leon (-) ° Los Rfos (6): fusca, poeppigiana, edulis, polychaeta, schimpffii, smithiana, Loja (2): edulis, smithiana. Manabi (1): velutina, Napo=Pastaza (5): ulei, poeppigiana, edulis, schimpffii, peruviana, Oriente (-), Pichincha (2): edulis, schimpffii. Santiago-Zamora (2): poeppigiana, peruviana, Tungurahua (2): edulis, schimpffii. Peru (9 spp.) fusca, falcata, ulei, poeppigiana, edulis, rubrinervia, amazonica, peruviana, velutina, Amazonas (1): edulis. Ancachs (1): edulis, Apurimac (1): edulis, Arequipa (-), Ayacucho (1): edulis, Cajamarca (1): edulis. Cuzco (5): falcata, ulei, poeppigiana, edulis, rubrinervia, Huancavelica (-), Hudnuco (3): ulei, poeppigiana, edulis, Iea (=). 1973 Krukoff & Barneby, Notes on Erythrina 139 Junin (3): falcata, wlei, edulis. Lambayeque (1): velutina. Libertad (1): faleata,. Lima (-). Loreto (6): fusca, ulei, poeppigiana, edulis, amazonica, peruviana. Madre de Dios (1): falcata. Moquegua (=). Pasco (1): edulis. Piura (=). Puno (1): rubrinervia. San Martin (3): fusca, poeppigiana, rubrinervia, Taena (-). Tumbes =l/e Brazil (11 spp. and 1 form) fusca, crista-galli, falcata, dominguezii, ulei, verna, poeppigiana, speciosa, amazonica, similis (?), velutina, velutina fma, aurantiaca, Acre (2): verna, poeppigiana. Alagoas (-). Terr, Amapa (1): fusca. Amazonas (3): fusca, uwlei, amazonica,. Bahia, (h): fusca, verna, speciosa, velutina, Ceara (1): velutina, Distrito Federal (3): crista-galli, dominguezii, speciosa. Espirito Santo (1): speciosa, Goias (1): dominguezii. Maranhao (5): crista~galli, falcata, ulei, verna, amazonica,. Mato-Grosso (3): dominguezii, verna, similis (7) Minas Geraes (6): fusca, crista-galli, falcata, verna, . speciosa, velutina, Para (3): fusca, ulei, amazonica, Parand (3): crista-galli, falcata, speciosa, Paraiba (1): velutina, Pernambuco (2): fusca, velutina, Piaui (2): fusca, velutina, Rio de Janeiro and Guanabara (5): crista-galli, falcata, verna, speciosa, velutina, Rio Grande do Norte Rio Grande do Sul (2):crista-galli, falcata. Terr. Rondénia (2): fusca, ulei. Terr, Roraima (-),. Santa Catarina (3): crista-galli, falcata, speciosa. S@ Paulo (5): crista-galli, falcata, verna, speciosa, velutina, Sergipe (=). 10 Poet O-LsOrGet A Vol. 27, no. 2 crista-galli, falcata, dominguezii, similis. Note: New collections of E, similis are badly needed, Uruguay (1 sp.) crista-galli, Argentina (3 spp. crista-galli, falcata, dominguezii,. Buenos Aires (1): crista-gallii. Catamarca (-), Chaco (2); crista-galli, dominguezii. Cérdoba (-). Corrientes (2): crista-galli, dominguezii. Entre Rios (1): crista~galli. Formosa (1): dominguezii. Jujuy (3): crista-galli, falcata, dominguezii. Los Andes (-). Mendoza (-). Misiones (2): crista~galli, falcata. Neuquen (-),. Pampa Central (=). Rioja (-). Rosario (=), Salta (2): falcata, dominguezii. San Juan (-), San Luiz (-), Santa Fe (2): crista-galli, falcata, Santiago del Estero (1): crista-galli. Tucuman (2): crista-galli, falcata, 1973 krukoff & Barneby, Notes on Erythrina 1hy1 Bolivia (8 spp.) fusca, crista-galli, falcata, dominguezii, ulei, poeppigiana, rubrinervia, similis. Chaco (=). Chuquisaca (-). Cochabamba (2): falcata, ulei. El Beni (2): fusca, poeppigiana, La Paz (l): falcata, poeppigiana, ulei, rubrinervia, Oruro (=), Pando (1): fusca, Potosi (=). Santa Cruz (3): dominguezii, verna, rubrinervia. Tarija (-) e Note: Two collections of E, edulis were seen from Bolivia but it is possible that they are cultivated plants, Bibliography (In order to conserve space, we are citing here only the papers which are not cited in Supplements III-VI),. Se. Krukoff, B. A. & R. C. Barneby. Notes on the species of Erythrina, VI, Phytologia 23: 1-31, 1972. BOOK REVIEWS Alma L. Moldenke "THE ENZYMES - Volume IV Hydrolysis (Other C-N Bonds, Phosphate Esters)" Third Edition edited by Paul D. Boyer, xi & 896 pp., illus., Academic Press, Inc., New York, N. Y. 10003. 1971. $2.50. This fact and concept packed volume continues coverage of the now quite well known hydrolases, especially those catalyzing hydrol- ysis of phosphate esters and of other C=-N bonds through papers by thirty-three biochemist-authors. Because they follow a similar format these individual efforts meld into a harmonious volume. The writing styles are direct and clear enough so that non~specialists can understandably follow then. The chemicals considered are mainly the ureases, penicillinase, aminohydrolases, glutaminase, L-Asparaginase, pyrrolidone carbox- ylic acid, staphylococcal nuclease with the latest structural in- formation from X-ray analysis, ribomucleases (including the long studied bovine pancreatic ones and deoxyribonucleases, venom and splenic exonucleases, alkaline and acid phosphatases, fructose-l, 6-diphosphatase and glucose-6—phosphatase so important in biolog- ical cycles. "It is the author's [R. C. Nordlie] view that syn- thetic activity of this unique enzyme may well prove to be equal- ly as significant as the more familiar phosphohydrolase activity. The generation of metabolically active pools of glucose-6-P, in certain cellular compartments, for further participation in specialized biosynthetic pathways may well prove to involve phos- phorylative action of this enzyme." Many workers, instructors and students whose activities involve hydrolases directly or indirectly will be grateful for this vol- ume, its predecessors and the anticipated next and last one. “HOW TO KNOW THE WILD FRUITS - A Guide to Plants Not in Flower by Means of Fruit and Leaf" by Maude Gridley Peterson, lxvi & 340 pp., illus., Facsimile edition of Dover Publications, Inc., New York, N. Y. 1001). 1973. $3.00. This pleasant book, herewith inexpensively available again, first appeared in 1905 when it served as a guide for many amateur naturalists and teachers of nature study classes. Its 80 illustra- tions reproduced well. This new edition has the added advantage of a "Table of Changes in Nomenclature" prepared by E. S. Harrar. It is an asset to have for field trips especially in the late summer and autumn anywhere in the north and middle eastern part of the United States, 142 1973 Moldenke, Book reviews 143 "ROCKY MOUNTAIN FLORA - A Field Guide for the Identification of the Ferns, Conifers, and Flowering Plants of the Southern Rocky Mountains from Pike's Peak to Rocky Mountain National Park and from the Plains to the Continental Divide", th Re- vised Edition by William A. Weber, viii & 38 pp., illus., Colorado Associated University Press, Boulder, Colorado 80302. 1972. Text edition $7.95. Trade edition $8.95. This work was originally published in 1953 as the "Handbook of Plants of the Colorado Front Range". It started out as a highly usable field guide, the first well constructed modern work since Rydberg's Flora. The revisions have honed it into an even more excellent work with keys encouraging to amateurs and scientifical- ly helpful to trained botanists. This summer it was interesting to see the many scientists perusing and purchasing this book in the unvversity book store in Boulder, Colorado. These scientists were attending the first International Congress for Systematic and Evolutionary Biology on the author's campus. "FLORA ANALITICA E FITOGEPGRAFICA DO ESTADO DE SAO PAULO" Volumes 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 & 6 by Jo&o Angely, 170 pp., illus., Ediges Phyton, Univetsity of S%o Paulo, Caixa Postal 5271, S&o Paulo 8, Brazil. 1969 & 1970 [1969—1972]. This is a tremendously detailed and prodigious work treating 7747 native, naturalized, and cultivated species in 169) genera in 219 families from this Brazilian state. For each name and its principal synonyms the original place of publication, common names, habitat and altitudinal range are given. There are 1901 maps of geographic distribution given, often showing more than a Single species and often covering areas beyond the So Paulo state limits. There are introductory chapters and many valuable charts of collated material. In any work of this size a batch of spelling errors often crops up, as, for instance, in Volume 1 p. xlvi Juglandales, xlvii Poly- gonaceae, p. 3 Petrea, p. 12 Palmae, p. 15 Caledonia, p. 18 Smith- sonian, etc. In the general classification of this same volume the Eriocaulaceae is listed under the Eriocaulinales. In the detailed treatment of this family in Volume 6 there are a few items to which attention might well be drawn; Leiothrix pe- dunculosa is accredited to "Rugland" rather than to Ruhland. The genus Lachnocaulon does not occur in Brazil. Eriocaulon beauverdi should be accredited to Moldenke directly with no ad- ditional parenthetical author. Eriocaulon kunthii is now con- sidered to be conspecific with and a synonym of E. ligulatun, as is also E. vaginatum. Paepalanthus decipiens Ruhl. is a synonym of P. caldensis and P. elongatus var. helichrysoides is actually var. ciliatus. In the same volume there are two different maps numbered ah PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 27, no. 2 1782. This fine work advances botanical. studies in southern Brazil to a very considerable degree. Its volumes are arranged as fol- lows: 1. Casuarinaceae to Leguminosae (Cassia in part) 2. Leguminosae (balance) through Vitaceae 3. Elaeocarpaceae through Umbelliferae ). Clethraceae through Scrophulariaceae 5. Bignoniaceae through Compositae 6. Monocotyledoneae, Gymnospermae, and Pteridophyta "DIE NUTZPFLANZEN DER TROPEN UND SUBTROPEN IN DER WELTWIRTSCHAFT" by Ilse Esdorn & Helmut Pirson, ix & 170 pp., illus., Gustav Fischer Verlag, Stuttgart 72, Germany. 1973. DM.32. This is evidently a second edition of a 1960 publication and therefore reaps the benefit of possible additions and corrections. Its greatest assets are informational accuracy, concise and clear language, useful organization, a well chosen bibliography, and thirty-four line drawings of plants. About eighty economic tropical and subtropical plants are discussed for their edible fruits, fibers, beverages, oils, gums, condiments, sugar and starchy staples. This work should prove of considerable value to professionals, teachers and students of crop biology, economic botany and re- lated fields. "VEGETATIONSKARTE VON SUDAMERIKA — Mapa de la Vegetacié6n de America del Sur" by Kurt Hueck & Paul Seibert, viii & 70 pp., illus., Gustav Fischer Verlag, Stuttgart 72, Germany. 1972. DM.28 paperback, This excellent study is published as Volume IIa of the "Vege- tationsmonographien der Einzelnen Grossr#ume" edited by H. Wal- ter, and like the previous volumes contains a great deal of valu- able material. In a pocket envelope on the back cover there is a large, colored, detailed (1:8,000,000) map of the South American conti- nent and its associated islands showing vegetation types through- out. The associated text consists of correspondingly lettered and numbered outlines briefly explaining bilingually (Spanish and German) the types of plant growth and the dominant species found in each area. The book and map will most assuredly be put to a great deal of different uses. hits, Se ws Sh PHYTOLOGIA Designed to expedite botanical publication Vol. 27 December, 1973 No. 3 LIBRARY Nov 29 1913 NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN CONTENTS DEGENER, O. & I., Santalum paniculatum var. chartaceum Deg. & Deg. . 145 MOLDENKE, H. N., Additional notes on the genus Aegiphila, XXI..... 148 CUATRECASAS, J., Miscellaneous notes on neotropical flora, V....... 169 En NEL. BOOK TEVICWS... soos iaowce ops ono ekd a) s 0 3a) « oh howdy ae 180 Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke 303 Parkside Road Plainfield, New Jersey 07060 U.S.A. Price of this number, $2.00; per volume, $8.00 in advance or $8.50 at close of volume; 50 cents extra to foreign addresses SANTALUM PANICULATUM var. CHARTACEUM Deg. & Deg. Otto & Isa Degener Two distantly related groups of Santalum are native but not endemic to the Hawaiian Archipelago. One, called the "freycinetianum group" by *Skottsberg, is more montane, and bears claret colored flowers and a half superior ova= ry; Se freycinetianum Gaud., and S. haleakalae Hillebr., are beautiful examples. The other, called the “ellipti- Dorothy Powers photo Santalum haleakalae Hillebr. 145 146 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 27, no. 3 cum group," is mainly coastal, and bears greenish yellow flowers and an inferior ovarye The latter is obviously rep- resented by Santalum ellipticum Gaud., sel. This inhabits all islands, rather typical plants growing below Diamond Head lighthouse in Honolulu and at Kaena Point, Island of Oahue On the Island of Hawaii this widespread species is represented by forma annectens Degener and vare luteum (Rock) Degener. The more aberrant of this S. ellipticum group on this island are S. paniculatum Hooke & Arne, and S. pilgeri Rocke The latter is a commercially valuable timber tree of the rainforest once centering about Huala-= lai, but now on the verge of extinction. Santalum paniculatum is a spreading, twiggy tree usual- ly two to three meters tall, with yellowish coriaceous leaves. It grows most abundantly near Kilauea Military Camp. As this area is within the confines of Hawaii Vol- canoes National Park, this interesting species is being spared from annihilatione While concentrating on the distribution of Wikstroemia taxa, we came across a single, strange sandalwood growing in a scrubby forest punctuated here and there with Metro- sideros trees, trees nonspecific with Australian onese This area is northeast of Glenwood and, as the crow flies, about ten miles distant from the nearest typical S. pani- culatum that we knowe Though as tall as some trees of Se pilgeri, it is not closely related to this distant speciese In spite of being much taller than any S. ellipticum sole, and S. niculatum ever observed, we judge it to be a var-= iety of the latter and worth recording as follows: SANTALUM PANICULATUM var. CHARTACEUM Deg. & Dege,y vare nov. Arbor 10 m. alta, foliis chartaceise Differing from the species in attaining a height of 10 meters rather than 2-3, and bearing chartaceous rather than coriaceous leaves, 1973 O. & I. Degener, Santalum 147 Type Locality: Deg. & Deg. 32,769. Fern Forest Estates, east of Belt Road, Puna, Hawaii. Scrubby Metrosideros for= est at 2,000 feet. June 5, 1972. Type at NeY., 12 cotypes elsewhere. As many owners of this subdivision are having their lots bulldozed clean of the endemic forest to replant them with Psidium guajava Le, for an anticipated jam, jelly and juice industry, this interesting taxon may not survive many more years. We therefore show a photograph of its habit of growth. It is the largest tree above the front tire of the jeepe *Skottsberg in Bull. B.P. Bishop Mus. 43:41. 1927. ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS AEGIPHILA. XXT Harold N. Moldenke ABNGIPHILA Jacq. Additional bibliography: C. Darwin, Diff. Forms Fls. 123--12h, 286--287, & 3h6 (1877) and ed. 2, 123—12h, Soccer & 36. 1886; H. Mill’ [trans]. D'A. Thompson}, Fertiliz. Fls. 1. 1883; Hubert, Trav. Lab. Nat. Méd. Fac. Pharm. Paris 13 (4): 1— 128). 19275 Lasser, Act. Ci. Venez. 2: 233--235. 1951; Blok, Poison-Pl. Venez. "90. 1962; Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 73—88 » 1973. Lasser collected a species of Aegiphila in the vicinity of Caicara, Venezuela, where it is known as "borracho". The natives claim that pigs there dig for the roots for food, but that when donkeys or horses eat it they are subject to an intoxication known locally as "“borrachera". This differs from the condition known by that name in cattle. Charles Darwin (1877) makes the following interesting observa- tion: "Most of the species of the South American gems Akgiphila, a member of the Verbenaceae, apparently are heterostyled; and both Fritz Muller and myself thought that this was the case with AE. obdurata [A. obducta Vell.], so closely did its flowers resemble those of the heterostyled species. But on examining the flowers, the anthers of the long-styled form were found to be entirely destitute of pollen and less than half the size of those in the other form, the pistil being perfectly developed. On the other hand, in the short-styled form the stigmas are reduced to half their proper length, having also an abnormal appearance; whilst the stamens are perfect. This plant therefore is di- oecious; and we may, I think, conclude that a short-styled progen- itor, bearing long stamens exserted beyond the corolla, has been converted into the male; and a long-styled progenitor with fully developed stigmas into the female." This is an extremely thought— provoking theory on 4 possible evolutionary origin of dioecism. ABGIPHILA CAUCENSIS Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 295. 1973. Espinal describes this plant as a shrub with yellow fruit and found it growing at 1300 meters altitude, fruiting in November. aye (0a). citations: COLOMBIA: Valle del Cauca: Espinal T. 2175 (0a AEGIPHILA ELATA Sw. Additional bibliography: C. Darwin, Diff. Forms Fls., ed. l, 12312) & 346 (1877) and ed. 2, 12312) & 346. 1886; H. Mill. {[transl. D'A. Thompson], Fertiliz. Fls. 469. 1883; Moldenke, Phy- tologia 27: 76--79, 82, 85, & 86. 1973. Charles Darwin (1877) made some extremely interesting observa- tions about this plant: "Mr. Bentham was so kind as to send me 148 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Aegiphila 149 dried flowers of this species [Aegiphila elata] and of AE. mollis, both inhabitants of South America. The two forms [of each spe- cies] differ conspicuously, as the deeply bifid stigma of the one, and the anthers of the other project far above the mouth of the corolla. In the long-styled form of the present species, the Style is twice and a half as long as that of the short-styled. The divergent stigmas of the two forms do not differ much in length, nor as far as I could perceive in their papillae. In the long- styled flowers the filaments adhere to the corolla close up to the anthers, which are enclosed some way down within the tube. In the short-styled flowers the filaments are free above the point where the anthers are seated in the other form, and they project from the corolla to an equal height with that of the stigmas in the long-styled flowers. It is often difficult to measure with accuracy pollen-grains, which have long been dried and then soaked in water; but they here manifestly differed greatly in size. Those from the short-styled flowers were to those from the long-styled in diameter in about the ratio of 100 to 62. The two forms of AE. mollis present a like difference in the length of their pistils and stamens." AEKGIPHILA MEDITERRANEA Vell. Additional synonymy: Aegiphyla mediterranea Arrab. apud Steud., Nom. Bot., ed. 2, 1: 29. 1840. Aegiphila mediterranea Arrab. apud Walp., Repert. Bot. Syst. : 124. 185. Additional & emended bibliography: Schau. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 9: 285 & [309--310]. 1851; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 46. 1893; Briq. in Chod. & Hassler, Bull. Herb. Boiss., sér. 2, : 1167 & 1168. 190); Briq. in Chod. & Hassler, Plant. Hassler. 2: 503 & 50). 1904; Glaz., Bull. Soc. Bot. France 58 [ser. h, 11], Mém. 3: 546. 1911; Moldenke, Brittonia 1: 252, 266, 267, 307, 309, 331-332, & 72—h77. 193k; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 46 (196) and pr. 3, 1: 46. 1960; Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 332—-333. 1966; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 16: 14. 1968; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 50: 7999. 1969; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 209. 1969; Angely, Fl. Anal. Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 1: xxxvi (1969) and ed. 1, h: i & 827. 1971; Hock- ing, Excerpt. Bot. A.18: li. 1971; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 15, 19h, 35h, 378, 379, 381, & 384 (1971) and 2: 847. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 228 & 294. 1973. The So Paulo record cited by me in my 193) work proves on re- examination to represent var. brevilobata Moldenke rather than the typical form of the species. Additional & emended citations: BRAZIL: Rio de Janeiro: G. Gardner 100 (F—686),22, W--1066266); Saldanha & Glaziou 29 [Glaz- 4ou 11337] (P). ABGIPHILA MEDITERRANEA var. BREVILOBATA Moldenke Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 209. 1969; Moldenke, Biol, Abstr. 50: 7999. 1969; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.18: hh. 150 P BET OL OG Ik Vol. 27, no. 3 1971; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 145 & 194 (1971) and 2: 847. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 294. 1973. Collectors describe this plant as a shrub, 2-3 m. tall, ora treelet, 5m. tall. Hatschbach says of the flowers "flor esverde- ada, dos pastos" or "flor creme-esverdeada". It has been collec- ted in anthesis in May and September, and material has been mis- identified and distributed in some herbaria as A. mediterranea Vell. and Cordia sellowiana Cham. Miss Troncoso identified it as A. brasiliensis Moldenke. Citations: BRAZIL: ParanA: Hatschbach 22189 (Mi); Hatschbach & Guimar&es 19837 (N), 22189 (N)3 K Krapovickas as 1336) (Z—type). So: Paulo: Campos pos Novaes son. sen. [Herb. Inst. Bot. S. Paulo 2127] (N). ARGENTINA: Misiones: Rodriguez 457 (N). AEGIPHILA MEDULLOSA Moldenke Synonymy: Aegiphila medulosa Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 2: 8, in syn. 1960 ° Additional & emended bibliography: Moldenke in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 33: 132—-133. 1933; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 93. (Gy 1938; Fedde & Schust, in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 60 (2): 568. 19415 Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 2: 8. ”1960; Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 488. 1961; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: Nee & 381 (1971) and 2: 87. 1971. AEGIPHILA MEMBRANACEA Turcz. Additional & emended bibliography: Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 6 (1893) and pr. 2, 1: 46. 1946; Moldenke, Mutisia 6: 3—l. 1952; Moldenke, Phytologia 5: 95. 1954; Moldenke, Inform. Mold. Set 51 Spec. [1]. 1956; Uribe, Mutisia 25: 23. 1956; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 6. 1960; J. F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 13 (5): 70) & 712—713. 1960; Mol- denke, Phytologia 13: 333 & 337. 1966; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 114, 121, 131, 133, 139, 145, & 384 (1971) and 2: 847. 1971; Mol- denke, Act. Bot. Venez. 6: 9h. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 228. 1973. Recent collectors describe this plant as a small shrub with overhanging branches or semi-climbing, 1.5 m. tall, the fruit orange, and have found it growing at 1000 meters altitude, flower— ing in April and October, and fruiting in October. The corollas are described as "greenish-yellow" on Lindeman 6131. Lépez- Palacios describes the plant as an "Arbustico ca. 1.50 m. GlAn- dulas en el envés de las hojas. Frutos amarillos que pasan a anaranjados. Muy similar en su h4bito a 2968 (Ae. mollis), pero de pubescencia menos densa." The Lépez-Palacios s 31h, di. distrib- uted as A, membranacea, matches well many other collections so identified by myself in the past, but I am now in doubt as to whether these specimens with the lower leaf~surface decidedly puberulent-pubescent actually should be placed here. Turczaninow's original (1863) description of the species calls for "laminis.... utrinque praeter costam glabris". It is more probable that these pubescent~-leaved specimens may actually represent A. mollis var. 1973 Moidenke, Notes on Aegiphila 151 intermedia Moldenke. Macbride (1960) cites only Tessmann 4,666 from Loreto, Peru, but gives the overall distribution of the species as "To Colombia, Venezuela, Surinam". Additional & emended citations: VENEZUELA: Apure: Lépez—Palac-— ios 2988 (Ld). Bolivar: Bernardi 6815 (N); Steyermark & Nilsson 193 (W—2186291). Falcén: Jahn 38) 1s (W—-603045). Mérida: Bernar— di di 2055 (S). FRENCH GUIANA: Mélinon 433 (F-50011, W—1123377) , sen. [in 1864] (W—-1112793), s.n. [in 1877] (F—6007L, W-- 1123380) ; Wachenheim 100 (F-50858, F—6),0047, W-—-1123261), s.n. [Environs of Godebert] J) (W—1123947) . ane MERIDENSIS Lépez—Palacios, Pittieria 5: [34]--[37], fig. » 1973 Bibliography: Lépez-Palacios, Pittieria 5: [8], 9, & [34]— Pile. 0. 1973. Illustrations: Lépez-Palacios, Pittieria 5: [37], fig. 8. 1973. This species is based on Lépez-Palacios 3013 from El Valle, near Mérida, Mérida, Venezuela, collected on January 1, 1973, and deposited in the herbarium of the Universidad de los Andes in Mérida. Lépez-Palacios (1973) says of the species: "Muy afin a la Aegiphila bogotensis var. aequinoctialis Moldenke de la cual difiere en el cdliz trunco y no bilabiado en la corola h-mera no 5-mera; en las hojas elfpticas, en el fruto esférico no obovado y en la ausencia de actileos." Citations: VENEZUELA: Mérida: Lépez-Palacios 3013 (Z--isotype). AEGIPHILA MICROCALYCINA Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 31)--315. 1972. Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 314—315 & 18. 1972; Anon., Biol. Abstr. Sh (7): BASIC. S.8 & $.280. 1972. Prance and his associates describe this species as a vine or liana and found it growing on sandy soil in forests on terrafirma as well as at the edge of an airfield, at 800 meters altitude, flowering in February and March. Material has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as A. vitelliniflora Klotzsch. The corollas are said to have been "cream, filaments white" on Prance, Steward, Harter, Pinheiro, & Monteiro 10907 and "white" on Prance, Stew Steward, Ram paces & Farias ; 9838, while Pra: Prance, Steward, Ramos, & Pee Wontciro 11333 h fade the "pe: "petals and stamens white’, A Setareereccular name recorded for this plant is "laitetotorimo". Material has been misidentified in some herbaria as Malpighiaceae. Citations: BRAZIL: Roraima: Prance, Steward, Harter, Ramos, Pinheiro, & Monteiro 10907 (i—-iaotype, =a Prance, Steward, Ramos, & Farias 9838 (N); ! Prance, Steward, Ramos, & & Monteiro 11233 (Ld) . AEGIPHILA MINASENSIS Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verben- 152 PHYTOL OGTS Vol. 27, no. 3 ac., [ed. 2], 7h & 175. 1949; Moldenke, Bol. Mus. Nac. Rio Jan., new ser., Bot. 12: 1—2 & cl 1950; Moldenke, Phytologia ): 02. 1953; E. J. Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 11: 5. 1953; Angely, Ind. Ang. 10. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé 86 & )1. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 145 (1971) and 2: 87. 1971. Illustrations: Moldenke, Bol. Mus. Nac. Rio Jan., new ser., Bot. 12: [5]. 1950. ABRGIPHILA MOLDENKEANA Lépez-Palacios, Pittieria 5: [26]—[33], fig. 5--7. 1973. Bibliography: Lépez-Palacios, Pittieria 5: [8], 9, 23, 2h, & ([26]—-[33], fig. 5—7. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 79—81. 1973. Illustrations: Lépez—Palacios, Pittieria 5: [31]—([33], fig. 5--7. 1973 The type of this species was collected by Luis E. Rufz—Terdn and Santiago Lépez-Palacios (no. 1983) at Paramoide de San Fran- cisco o de Guaraque, between the towns of Guaraque and Tovar, in the Cordillera de los Andes, district Tovar, Mérida, Venezuela, at an altitude of 2320 meters, and is deposited in the herbarium of the Universidad de los Andes in Mérida, Venezuela. Lépez— Palacios (1973) says of it "Muy affn a la Ae. novogranatensis Moldenke y a la Ae. odontophylla Donn. Sm.; de la primera difiere en las inflorescencias axilares, en las cimas verruculosas len- ticiladas y en el cAliz trunco, de la segundo en el indumento completamente diferente y en la ausencia de pequefios aguijones." ke cites also Rufz-Terén & Lépez-Figueiras 581 and Lépez-Palacios S.1538 from Mérida. He adds that "Creo que mucho material colom- biano, colectado en fruto, y colocado bajo el rubro de Ae. gran- dis debe ser reinterpretado y colocado aqui, pero este trabajo incumbe a quien llegue a enfrentarse con la revisién de las Ver- ben4ceas de Colombia, lo que no veo hacedero en un futuro cer- cano." Recent collectors describe this plant as an unarmed shrub or tree, 3-10 m. tall, with evergreen firmly "membranous" [charta- ceous] to subcoriaceous leaves, deep-green and shiny above with a yellowish midrib, paler dull-green beneath with a dull-lavender midrib and lateral raised veins, the branches of the inflores- cence patent-spreading, globose dull-green [immature] fruit, and red-purple flowers [Ruiz—-Terdn & Lépez-Figueiras 581 -- perhaps an error for "fruit" rather than "flowers" because the collection seems to be only in fruit]. It has been encountered growing at al- titudes of 1800 to 2850 meters, flowering in May, and fruiting in February, May, and August. Lépez-Figueiras & Rodriguez describe the plant as an "{rbol 8— 12 m de alto, 15 cm de didmetro DAP; ramificacién en el 1/3 super- ior. Ramas jévenes subtetr4gonas, pubescentes. Hojas simples, opuestas, su cori4ceas, verde claro por la haz, m&s p&lidas por el envés, pecioladas, pubescentes. Inflorescencias axilares solitarias; c4liz hipocrateriforme, bilabiado; flores cremosas; 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Aegiphila 153 fruto drupfceo, negro intenso" and collected it at 2500 meters altitude. Lépez-Palacios describes the leaves as membranous, "algo violdceas", the calyx truncate, the flowers tetramerous, and the corollas white. Material has been misidentified previously and distributed in some herbaria as A. grandis Moldenke, which it closely resembles superficially. On the other hand, the Lépez-Palacios & Rodriguez 889), distributed in some herbaria as A. moldenkeana, is actually A. bogotensis var. aequinoctialis Moldenke, while Bernardi 6157 is A. odontophylla Donn. Sm. Citations: VENEZUELA: Mérida: Lépez—-Palacios 1538 (Ft, Z); Ruiz-Ter4n & Lépez-Figueiras 581 (N), 1983 (N—isotype); J. A. Steyermark 56458 (F—1221913, N). AEGIPHILA MOLLIS H.E.K., Nov. Gen. & Sp. Pl., ed. folio, 2: 203, piea30, 16817. Additional & emended synonymy: Aegiphila mutisii H.B.K., Nov. Gen. & Sp. Pl., ed. folio, 2: 203, pl. 131. 1817. Aegiphila salutaris H.B.K., Nov. Gen. & Sp. Pl., ed. folio, 2: 202. 1817. Aegiphyla mollis Humb. & Bonpl. apud Steud., Nom. Bot., ed. 2, 1: 29. 180. Aegiphyla mutisii Humb. & Bonpl. apud Steud., Nom. Bot., ed. 2, 1: 29. 180. Aegiphyla salutaris Humb. & Bonpl. a- pud Steud., Nom. Bot., ed. 2, 1: 29. 180. Aegiphyla pubescens Willd. apud Steud., Nom. Bot., ed. 2, 1: 29, in syn. 180. Cormtia velutina Hayek in Engl., Bot. Jahrb. 2: 172. 1908. Aegiphila salutaris var. lutea Moritz ex Moldenke, Phytologia 1: 239, in syn. 1937. Aegiphila pubescens (H.B.K.) Willd. ex Mol- denke, Suppl. List Invalid Names [1], in syn. 19). Additional & emended bibliography: H.B.K., Nov. Gen. & Sp. Pl., ed. folio, 2: 202-203, pl. 130 & 131 (1817), ed. quarto, 2: pl. 130 & 131 (1817), and ed. quarto, 2: 249—250. 1818; D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 1: 130. 1839; Schau-, Linnaea 20: 483. 187; Schau. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 9: 288-289 & [309-310]. 1851; Bocq., Rév. Verbenac. 190. 1863; C. Darwin, Diff. Forms Fls., ed. 1, pr. 1 [London] 123-12) & 346 (1877] and ed. 1, pr. 2 [New York], 123— 12) & 346. 1877; H. Mtl. [transl. D'A. Thompson], Fertiliz. Fls. 1883; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 6. 1893; T. Peckolt, Bericht. Deutsch. Pharm. Gesel. 1): 478. 190); Hayek in Engl., Bot. Jahrb. 42: 172. 1908; Hubert, Trav. Lab. Nat. Méd. Fac. Pharm. Paris 13 (lh): 1-128.1921;Moldenke, Brittonia 1: 27, 25h, 259, 271, 403—h06, 408, h11—~)13, 46, 461, & h72—h77. 193k; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 60 (2): 568. 1941; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 46. 1946; LeCointe, Amaz. Bras. III Arv. & Plant. Uteis, ed. 2, 154. 1947; Moldenke, Mutis- ia 6: 4. 1952; Uribe, Mutisia 25: 23. 1956; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 46. 1960; J. F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 13 (5): 701—703, 713, & 715. 1960; Blohm, Poison. Pl. Venez. 90. 1962; Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 333--33h. 1966; Aris- 15h PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 27, no. 3 teguieta, Act. Bot. Venez. 3: 34. 1968; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 16: 3, ake. & 15. 1968; Lasser, Act. Bot. Venez. : 48. 1969; Dwy- er, Raymondiana ke: 706 1971; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 87, 89, 1h, 121, 381, 382, & 471 (1971) and 2: 87. 1971; Moldenke, Phytolo- gia 25: 228 (1973) and 27: 87. 1973. Illustrations: H.B.K., Nov. Gen. & Sp. Pl., ed. quarto, 2: pl. 130 & 131 (1817) and ed. folio, 2: pl. 130 [in color] & 131 [in color]. 1817. Recent collectors describe this plant as an "herb" or shrub, 1--2 m. tall, often arching, or a small tree, tom. tall, with yellow (immature? ] fruit, and have found it growing in thickets, open forests, on dissected plateaus, and in roadside savannas, at altitudes of 1100 to 1750 meters, flowering (in addition to months previously reported by me) in May and fruiting in September. The corollas are described as having been "orange" on Tyson & Blum 2552, "yellow" on Duke 12363, Dwyer 1301, and Woodson, Allen, & & Seibert 17h, "pale-yellow" | on Davidson ison 638, "almost yellow" on Duke Duke 13706a, "pale-cream" on Raven 2189, a and "greenish-cream" on Woodson & S & Schery 758. Lépez—Palacios describes this plant as an (2968) "arbustico ca. de 1—2 m. Hojas opuestas y 3-verticiladas, pubescentes por la haz, lanoso-velutinosas por el envés; flores de c4liz verdoso; corola planquecina. Frutos amarillos"; (3089) "arbusto ca. de 1 m.; flores verde cremosas"; (3111) "fritice ce ca.de 1—1.5 m.; hojas opuestas de base aguda y seta ag acuminado de aroma caracteristico; flores de color crema; en el sotobosque"; (3127) "arbusto de unos 1.5 m.; hojas firmemente membrandceas, las jovenes especialemente SOunaGas, con gldndulas a los lados del nervio medio; inflorescen- cias atin sin abrir"; and (318) "arbolito de 3) m., poco ramifi- cado; en potreros, en campo abierto; flores de color amarillo crema", He encountered it growing at 190--200 meters altitude, flowering in June. The Mutis 423 [305] collection, cited below, is said to be the type collection of A. mutisii H.B.K. as represented in the Madrid herbarium. It should be noted here that the revised dates for the H.B.K. references given above have been authenticated by the late Dr. John Hendley Barnhart, noted botanical bibliographer (1902). LeCointe (1917) records the vernacular name "contra-cobra" for this plant and notes that "T6éda a planta 6 fedorenta" and that it is employed in native popular medicine "Passa por ant{idoto do veneno das cobras". Blohm (1962) also avers that [in the saluta- ris form] it is used in Venezuela as an antidote against snake bites; also that the flowers are used in the treatment of epilep- sy and the bark as a purgative. Peckolt (1904) discusses the species under the names A. mutisii H.B.K. and A. salutaris H.B.K. Of the former he says "In den Nordstaaten [of Brazil] vorkommend mit den Benennungen Mofunbé da capoeira und Cipé amarra giqui — Fischreisliane. Dieser Schlingstrauch wird nicht arzneilich be- nutzt, nur zur Flechtarbeiten und zum Binden." Concerning the 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Aegiphila 155 latter he says "Im Staate Amazonas von den Kautschuksammlern Con- tra cobra -- Schlangenantidot benannt, zu welchem Zwecke die frischen Bltiten mit Zuckerbranntwein mazeriert und die Tinktur genommen wird; die gestossenen Bliiten als Umschlag auf die Biss- wunde. Die wnangenehm riechenden Blatter benutzt man als Tee bei Epilepsie, morgens und abends genossen; die Wurzelrinde als Ab- stihrmittel." Dwyer (1971) cites Woytkowski 5807 from Junin, Peru, as A. mutisii. Charles Darwin (1877) gives a most interesting description of the conspicuous heterostyly seen in the flowers of A. mollis, for which see under A. elata on pp. 148--19 of the present install- ment of these notes. Material of A. mollis has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as s A. ". panamensis Moldenke and as A. paniculata Mol- denke. Additional & emended citations: COSTA RICA: Puntarenas: Raven 2189 (N). PANAMA: Canal Zone: H. Pittier 2950 (W—677336) « Chir Aqui: M. E. Davidson 638 (E—1172335, F—-933709) ; J. A. Duke 13706a . (N); Woodson, Allen, & Seibert 117) (E—1171725) ; “Woodson & & Schery 758 (E——120)8°7, 857, N). Coclé: Tyson & Blum 2552 (E-- 1817311). Veraguas: J. A. Duke 12363 (Oh); J. D. Dwyer 1301 (E— 1799965). COLOMBIA: Arauca: Lépez—Palacios 2968 (Ac, sre léntico: Dugand 101 (F—660958), 169 (F—68526)) ; Elias 1102 (W— 11,8862) . Bolivar: Elias 581 (122097) « Cauca: : Espinal T. T.& Ramos 2729 (Ft); F.C. C. Lehmann 6692 (F--6630)7--photo, F--689795, W--13233)6) . Cundinamarca: H. He L. Mason 13878 (Ac); Mutis 423 [305] (W, W--1561208), 3660 (W—1561L53); F. W. Pennell ell 2767 (W— 1042453). Magdalena: H. H. Smith 868 (D--509228, E--117692, F-— 137858, W--53320, Ws), | 870 (D--528135, E--117689, F--137859, W— 5332h1), 1860 (D—526136, E--117688, F—-138702, W--533760). To- lima: Ariste-Joseph 4. 4.313 (W—~1068097). Valle del Cauca: Garcia y Barriga 64)9a (W—--1 741955) 5 F. C. Lehmann 5089 (F--578225). VEN- EZUELA: Barinas: Lépez-Palacios 3 3089 89 (Ld), 3111 (Ld), 3127 (id), 3148 (Ac). Carabobo: H. Pittier 7910 (W=-988006) « Federal Dis- trict: Funck 179 (P). “Lara: Saer 723 (F--636097). Mérida: Rufz- Ter4én & - L6pez-Figueiras 673 (N).- Miranda: H. Pittier 7855 (i 987953). State undetermined: Eggers 1346) (W—-1234682). LOCALITY OF COLLECTION UNDETERMINED: F. Oo. Lehmann mann B.T.705 (F—559957). AEGIPHILA MOLLIS var. INTERMEDIA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 60 (2): 568. 1941; J. F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 13 (5): 702 & 713. 1960; Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 33h. 1966; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 11) & 384 (1971) and 2: 847. 1971. Macbride (1960) says that "The var. intermedia Mold. described from Colombia is only tomentulose-puberulent and seems to be A. per- uviana.....Since compiling this account Julian Steyermark has kindly 156 PERT OL Geez Vol. 27, no. 3 sent me a series of A. mollis HBK. including the type photograph and cotype of var. intermedia Mold. which has made me more skepti- cal of the value of A. peruviana Turez. and thereby of other specific judgments." The Lépez-Palacios 31h, cited below, is regarded by the col- lector as representing A. membranacea Turcz., but Turczaninow (1863) describes his species as having the leaves (except for the midrib) glabrous on both surfaces. It seems very probable to me that the pubescent-leaved collections hitherto regarded as A. membranacea are more likely to actually represent A. mollis var. intermedia. Lépez-Palacios describes his plant as an “arbolito ca. de 3 m. en el sotobosque de las 'matas' llaneras; hojas cart4ceas, elipticas, de base y 4pice agudos, ligeramente glandulosas por el envés; corolas amarillo cremosas" and found it growing at 190 m. altitude, flowering in June. oe citations: VENEZUELA: Barinas: Lépez-Palacios 3144 Z)e ABGIPHILA MOLLIS var. SURFACEANA (Moldenke) Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 430. 1973. Synonymy: Aegiphila surfaceana Moldenke, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 58: 462--,63. 1931. Aegiphila velutina Huber ex Moldenke, Brittonia 1: 406, in syn. 193). Aegiphila surfacei Moldenke, Alph. List Invalid Names Suppl. 1: [1], in syn. 197. Additional bibliography: A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 6. 1938; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 59 (2): 416. 1939; Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 505. 1961; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 146, 382, & 383 (1971) and 2: 88. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 130. 1973. All of the notes given by me in previous installments in this series under A. surfaceana should be transferred here. It does not appear to me now that the taxon differs from A. mollis H.B.K. sufficiently to warrant specific recognition, but certainly enough to warrant varietal rank. It is also possible that one of the H.B.K. synonyms now included under A. mollis may belong here instead, Careful examination of the H.B.K. types is essential to decide this. Recent collectors describe this plant as a shrub or small tree, with grayish-green leaves and brown fruit and have found it flower- ing and fruiting in June. The corollas on Maas & Maas 331 are de- scribed as having been "green". Additional & emended citations: BRAZIL: Amaz6nas: Maas & Maas 331 (N); R. Schomburgk 981 (F--686525, W--703008). Pard: oo & & Sella 173 ( (F--602605); Hi Huber 2022 (F—602765), 3296 (F--602777 ABHGIPHILA MONSTROSA Moldenke Additional & emended bibliography: Moldenke, Brittonia 1: 27, 251, 252, 254, 265, 298--299, 301, 472, & L74--lL77. 1933 A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 6. 1938; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Aegiphila 157 Jahresber. 59 (2): 416. 1939; Anon., U.S. Dept. Agr. Bot. Subj. Index 15: 14353. 1958; Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 33h. 1966; Molden- ke, Résumé Suppl. 16: 2 (1968) and 17: [1]. 1968; Gibson, *Pieldi- ana Bot. 2h (9): 170 & 17\--175. 1970; Moldenke, *Pifth Sum. 1: 66, 78, 81, & 82 (1971) and 2: 87. 1971. "Recent Collectors describe this plant as a weak or arborescent shrub or small tree, 2—8 m. tall, the trunk 8--15 cm. in diameter, the flowers scented, and the (immature] fruit green. They have found it growing in’ wet thickets, high or low forests, hilltop forests, achahual on hillslopes and creeksides, ramonal on hill- sides or lakeshores, and ramonal covering old temple ruins, as well as on high and wild coffee ridges, at 100 meters altitude, fruiting from December to April. They report the common names "carreta", "hullub", and "ruxsain". The corollas are described as having *been "white" on Contreras 1656, Gentle 5078, 6900, & 7548, and Ortiz 450 & 1458. Chavales Pélito and his associates cand it "in acahual viejo Selva med. Subperenn. de Manilkara xapotilla—Dendropanax-Lysiloma....in Suelo arcilloso. Roca cal- iza (sah-kab) a 5 cms." The Jdtiva & Epling 35) & 543, distributed as A. monstrosa, are actually A. alba Moldenke. Additional & emended citations: MEXICO: Campeche: Chavelas Pé- lito ES.798 (Mi); Chavelas Pélito & al. ES.102) (Mi). Chiapas: F. F. Miranda randa 5104 (W--2508)65) , 7890 (W—2508391). GUATEMALA: Al- ta Verapaz: - Cook & Griggs 521 (W—),08225, W——1323292); H. V. Johnson 520 (W--1081)12) . “El Petén: Contreras 1656 (Ld); C. L. Lundell 154h3 (Ld, N), 1546 (Au--228032, Ld), 15831 (Au—228028, Ld); Ortiz 450 (N), 857 (N), (N), 1458 (N). Izabal: P. C. Standley 23757 (W--1139432), 25114 (W--1120708) . BRITISH HONDURAS: Gentle Loh (W158 7465), 918 8B (E—-1067766), 5078 (Au--239636, Mi), 6900 (Au—22h)737) , 7548 ; (Au—-2396)1) , 9042 (Li (Ld, N); C. L. Lundell 1 146 (F—5808 39, W—1,90192) ; Schipp p 1083 (Ca——5057h9, E—-10),0),88, y— 668900); Winzerling 105 (F-57377, W-—-315503). HONDURAS: Atl&n- tida: Molina R. & Molina 25630 (N); P. C. Standley 52717 (F— 582333, W—10728h), 53176 (F--532231, W--107568), 55268 (F—~ 583997, W--1)087h4). Cortés: Carleton 422 (i—1169015—type) ; Record & Kuylen H.19 (W—~1315 373, Y—9965), H.19a (W—131537h). Yoro: P. C. Standley 53938 (F—583917, W--10805)) . AEGIPHILA MONTANA Moldenke Additional bibliography: A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 6. 1938; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 60 (2): 568. 191; Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 90. 1961; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: ll) (1971) and 2: 847. 1971. AEGIPHILA MONTICOLA Moldenke Additional bibliography: A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 6. 1938; Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 490. 1961; Acosta-Solis, Divis, Fi- 158 PHY TOLOGTA Vol. 27, no. 3 togeogr. Ecuad. [79]. 1968; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 13) (1971) and 2: 847. 1971. Acosta-Solis (1968) records the vernacular name, "palo zapallo", for this species and cites Acosta-Solis 6695. Emended citations: ECUADOR: Chimborazo: Rimbach 118 (F— 666795—type). Pichincha: Schimpff 252 (E—1081)13). ABGIPHILA MORTONI Moldenke Additional bibliography: Hill & Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 10: 5. 1947; J. F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 13 (5): 70h & 713— Tl. 1960; Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 90--491. 1961; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 139 (1971) and 2: 847. 1971. Macbride (1960) cites only Cook & Gilbert 1234 from Cuzco, Peru, the type collection. —— citations: PERU: Cuzco: Cook & Gilbert 123) (W—-60)),29- type AEGIPHILA MULTIFLORA Ruiz & Pav. Synonymy: Aegiphyla multiflora Ruiz & Pav. apud Steud., Nom. Bot., ed. 2, 1: 29. 1840. Clerodendron bolivianum Britton ex Rusby, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 27: 82. 1900. Clerodendron bolivi- anum Rusby ex Moldenke, Prelim. Alph. List Invalid Names 18, in syn. 19)0. Clerodandrum bolivianum Britton apud J. F. Wacbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 13 (5): 71h, in syn. 1960. Additional & emended bibliography: Bosc, Nouv. Dict. Hist. Nat., ed. 1, 1: 114 (1803) and ed. 2, 1: 17h. 1816; Roem, & Schult. in Licig Syst. Veg., ed. 15 [Stutte. A Alls iEage Co )s aS (e35}. 1818; Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 1, 1: 16. 3821; Bocq., Rév. Verbenac. 190. 1863; Jacks. in Hook. P. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 6. 1893; Moldenke, Brittonia 1: 255, 259, 26h, 295--297, 330, Wh, & L7a—— 477. 193h; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 6. 196; Moldenke, Phytologia 5: 96. 1954; Jacks. in Hook. ?. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 6. 1960; J. F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 13 (5): 702 & 714. 1960; Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 335. 1966; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 16: 1) (1968) and 17: 12. 1968; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 139, 181, 384, & 4O (1971) and 2: 847. 1971. Illustrations: Rufz & Pav., Fl. Peruv. & Chil. 1: pl. 76. 1798. Recent collectors have found this plant growing on open slopes, at altitudes of 21)0--3300 meters, flowering in June. Macbride (1960) notes that "Ruiz and Pavon apparently combined their Pillao and Huassahuassi collections and noted it growing near water with aspect of Cornus", He cites Field Mus. neg. 17587 and Rufz & Pavén s.n. [Pillao] and Asplund 13586 f. from Hudmco, Ruiz & z & Pavén SMe. $3.0. {Huassahuassi] from Junin, and Metcalf 30550 ana Vargas s 1311, 6948, & 964 from Puno, Peru. He designates the ; the Ruiz & Pavén col- lection from Junfn as the type of the species. Bosc (1803) calls the species "Sgiphyle multiflore", Additional & emended citations: PERU: Cuzco: Vargas C. 15630 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Aegiphila 159 (W—2),6618). BOLIVIA: Cochabamba: J. Steinbach 5809 (F-—-550552). El Beni: Buchtien 2992 (W--700579, W—11593l)8); Julio oh (Ww-- 1282316); H. H. Rusby 2619 (W--1323362). AEGIPHILA NERVOSA Urb. Additional & emended bibliography: A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 8: 5. 1933; Moldenke, Brittonia 1: 252, 253, 257, 275, 276, hg, ).67--L68, h72, 473, L75, & 76. 193k; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (2): 400. 1938; Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 91. 1961; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 15: h. 1967; Moldenke, Fifth Sumn. 1: 99, 102, & 382 (1971) and 2: 847. 1971; A. L. Moldenke, Phyto- logia 23: 318. 1972. Recent collectors describe this plant as a vine, hanging down from trees, 3--7 m. long, or a shrub, about 2 m. tall, with drooping branches, the fruit yellowish. They found it growing in woods and in wet areas on roadsides, at altitudes of 1200--1500 meters, flowering in February, and fruiting in February and April. Liogier refers to it as rare in deep forests on limestone and bauxite and comments about "the peduncles hanging down from trees". The flowers are described as having been "pale-brown" on Liogier 13993. Additional citations: HISPANIOLA: Dominican Republic: Liogier 13993 (N, Z), 14158 (Ac, N); Liogier, Jiménez, & Marcano 11,657 (Ld, N); Marcano s.n. [Jiménez 505] (Jz). AEGIPHILA NOVOFRIBURGENSIS Moldenke Additional bibliography: A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 6. 1938; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 60 (2): 568. 19); Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 335. 1966; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 1)5 (1971) and 2: 847. 1971. ABGIPHILA NOVOGRANATENSIS Moldenke Synonymy: Aegiphila novo-granatensis [Moldenke] ex Lépez—Palac- ios, Pittieria 5: 23. 1973. Additional bibliography: A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 6. 1938; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 60 (2): 568. 19); Moldenke, Phytologia 7: l91--i192. 1961; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 11) (1971) and 2: 847. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 80. 1973; Lépez-Palacios, Pittieria 5: 23 & 28—3C. 1973. Emended citations: COLOMBIA: Antioquia: F. C. Lehmann }),066 (F— 689791—isotype, W—93851)—type) . rar AEGIPHILA OBDUCTA Vell. Additional & emended synonymy: Aegiphyla obducta Arrab. apud Steud., Nom. Bot., ed. 2, 1: 29. 1840. Aegiphila obducta Arrab. apud Walp., Repert. Bot. Syst. h: 12). 1845. Aegiphila obdurata Darwin, Diff. Forms Fls., ed. 1, 12), & 286. 1877. Aegiphila obducata Vell. apud Sampaio & Peckolt, Arquiv. Mus. Nac. Rio Jan. 37: 334, in syn. 1943. Aegyfilla obducta Vell., in herb. 160 P BY T'O°k OFG°DR' 4 Vol. 27, no. 3 Additional & emended bibliography: Schau. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 92 289--290 & [309--310]. 1851; C. Darwin, Diff. Forms Fls., ed. 1, pr. 1 [London], 12h, 286--287, & 346 (1877) and ed. 1, pr. 2 [New York], 12h, 286—287, & 346. 1877; H. Mull. [transl. D'A. Thompson], Fertiliz. Fls. 69. 1883; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1* 46. 1893; T. Peckolt, Bericht. Deutsch. Pharm. Gesell. lj: 79-1180. 190; Glaz., Bull. Soc. Bot. France 58 $ser. 4, 11), Mém. 3: 547. 1911; G. Klein, Handb. Pflanzenanal. 2 (1): 530 & 532. 1932; Moldenke, Brittonia 1: 254, 255, 257, 259, 280, 4Sy--l56, & 472--h77. 193k; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 6. 19h6; Rambo, Sellowia 6: 59 & 84. 1954; Barroso, Rodriguésia 32: 71. 1957; Veloso & Klein, Sellowia 8: int. 12) & 127, int. 1,0 & 141, int. 17h & 175, 187, & 220 (1957) and 10: int. 28 & 29, int. 50 & 51, int. 9) & 95, & 105. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 46. 1960; Rizzini in Ferré, Simpos. S8bre Cerrado 107. 1962; Veloso & Klein, Sellowia 15: 10) & 109. 1963; Reitz & Klein, Sellowia 16: )), 55, & 6h. 1964; Angely, Fl. Anal. Paran., ed. 1, 579. 1965; Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 335. 1966; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 16: 1). 1968; Veloso & Klein, Sellowia 20: 12h, 145, 152, & 178. 1968; Farnsworth, Blomster, Quimby, & Schermerh., Lynn Index 6: 263. 1969; Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 1: xxxvi. 1969; Reitz, Sellowia 22: 8. 1970; Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitoge- ogr. S. Paulo, ed. 1, : 827 & i, map 1369; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: Ws5, 354, 379--382, & 38) (1971) and 2: 793 & 847. 1971. Peckolt (1904) gives a very detailed chemical analysis of this pliant, along with a number of varied medicinal uses to which its bark and seeds are put. Barroso (1957) found it growing at 850 meters altitude, cites Barroso 602 & 1501, and asserts that it is limited in its natural distribution to the states of Rio de Jan- eiro and Minas Gerais. Reitz (1970) cites the species to p. 153 in volume 6 of Sellowia and to pages 28 & 255 in volume 13, but it is not mentioned on any of those pages! It should also be noted here that, according to Dr. Erik As- plund, all Dusén collection labels of Paran4 plants with "a" num- bers were actually not collected by Dusén, but by Gosta Jonsson. However, in accord with my practice for the past 45 years, I am citing all such specimens just as the collector appears on the individual labels involved. Charles Darwin (1877) gives an extremely interesting descrip- tion of the heterostyly in this species, a description well worth repeating in full here: "Flowers of this bush were sent to me from St. Catharina in Brazil, by Fritz Muller, and were named for me at Kew. They appeared at first sight grandly heterostyled, as the stigma of the long-styled form projects far out of the corolla, whilst the anthers are seated halfway down within the tube; whereas in the short-styled fom the anthers project from the corolla and the stigma is enclosed in the tube at nearly the same level with the anthers of the other form. The pistil of the long-styled is to that of the short—styled as 100 to 60 in length, and the stigmas, taken by themselves, as 100 to 55. Never- theless, this plant cannot be heterostyled. The anthers in the 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Aegiphila 161 long-styled form are brown, tough, and fleshy, and less than half the length of those in the short-styled form, strictly as i to 100; and what is much more important, they were in a rudimentary condition in the two flowers examined by me, and did not contain a single grain of pollen. In the short-styled form, the divided stigma, which as we have seen is much shortened, is thicker and more fleshy than the stigma of the long-styled, and is covered with small irregular projections, formed of rather large cells. It had the appearance of having suffered from hypertrophy, and is probably incapable of fertilisation. If this be so the plant is dioecious, and judging from the two species previously described [A. elata Sw. and A. mollis H.B.K.], it probably was once hetero- styled, and has since been rendered dioecious by the pistil in the one form, and the stamens in the other having become function- less and reduced in size. It is, however, possible that the flowers may be in the same state as those of the common thyme and of several other Labiatae, in which females and hermaphrodites regularly coexist. Fritz Muller, who thought that the present plant was heterostyled, as I did at first, informs me that he found bushes in several places growing quite isolated, and that these were completely sterile; whilst two plants growing close together were covered with fruit. This fact agrees better with the belief that the species is dioecious than that it consists of hermaphrodites and females; for if any one of the isolated plants had been an hermaphrodite, it would probably have produced some PIU sec eee 6 "Yost of the species of the......gemus....apparently are heterostyled." Hatschbach describes A. obducta as a shrub, 2m, tall, tending to be vining, and found it growing in capoeira commana in rain- forests. The corollas on Hatschbach 2389 & 30078 are described as having been "white", The Lindeman & Haas 533, distributed as A. obducta, is actually Citharexylum solanaceum Cham. Additional & emended citations: BRAZIL: Guanabara: Duarte 496) (Herb. Jard. Bot. Rio Jan. 110272] (W—26502)6). Minas Geraes: Hatschbach 30078 (Ld); L. Riedel 452 (W--18)619). Parand: Dusén 379a (E--908060, E--103660k), 813 (E—1036230, W--1,81609); =e 15136 (w--256h725), ~ 24389 (N); Jonsson 379a (Ca— 501694, D--683023, W—1)81939). ~ Rio de Janeiro: Glaziou 160 (W— 11948h8), 6652 (W—-—1110388) ; Guillemin 975 (P). Santa Catarina: Rambo 31676 6 (B), 50296 (B); Ule 785 (W—9968) . MOUNTED ILLUS- TRATIONS: M Moldenke, Phytologia ae : 439, figs Be Oks «(Nera ABGIPHILA OBOVATA Andr. Additional & emended synonymy: Aegiphyla obovata Andr. apud Steud., Nom. Bot., ed. 2, 1: 29. 1640. Aegiphila dubia Moldenke in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 33: 120. 1933. Aegiphila sylvatica 162 P/E EOL: 0 Galt Vol. 27, no. 3 Greg ex Moldenke, Phytologia 1: 252—-253, in syn. 1937 [not A. sylvatica Moldenke, 1933]. Additional & emended bibliography: Roem. & Schult. in L., Syst. Vege, ed. 15, 3: 52h--525 & [535]. 1818; Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 1, 1: 16. 1821; Paxt., Pock. Bot. Dict., ed. 1, 8 (18,0) and. ed. 2° 8. 1849; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. Lis 46. 1893; Moldenke in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 33: 120-~121. "1933; Moldenke, Brittonia 1: 259, "269, 270, 380, 389, 391—395, 72 473, 476, & 477. 1934; A» W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 6. 1938; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 60 (2). 567. 191i Geek. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 46 (196) and pr. 3, 1: 46. 1960; Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 355: 1966; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 16: 1). 1968; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 111, 35), 379, 383, & 38) (1971) and 2: 847. 1971. Emended citations: TRINIDAD & TOBAGO: Tobago: W. E. Broadway 2973 (E--117698), 906 (E—1035167). Trinidad: W. | E. ;. Broadway 63L9 (E—-932367), 6396 (E—972760) , 61,06 (E--97276h) 5 Finlay s.n. [Trin. Bot. Gard. Herb. 2386] (4--132329h) , Sn. [Trin. Bot. Gard. Herb. 2389] (W--1323316). AHGIPHILA OBTUSA Urb. Additional & emended bibliography: Moldenke, Brittonia 1: 26), 358--360, 362, 472, & 473. 1933 Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 93. 1961; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 99 (1971) and 2: 87. 1971; C. D. Adams, Flow. Pl. Jam. 63h, 635, & 800. 1972. Adams (1972) refers to this species as "Rare and local....in woodland and woodland margins on limestone; 1500--2800 feet; fl. Jan, Aug—Sept, Adams 11720 & 12629, Harris 8996, Robertson UCiI 521; endemic." ~ Emended citations: JAMAICA: Alexander Prior s.n. (F—35003); N. L. Britton 322) (F--250)02); Harris 8996 (F—212051--isotype) . AEGIPHILA ODONTOPHYLIA Donn. Sm. Additional & emended synonymy: Aegiphila fusca frst. ex Molden- ke, Brittonia 1: 351, in syn. 193). Aegiphila aculeifera Moldenke in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 37: 209--210. 1934. Aegiphi Aegiphila furia Grst. ex Moldenke, Phytologia 1: 25), in syn. 1937. Aegiphila odontophilla onde Sm] ex Lépez-Palacios, Pittieria 5: [8]. 1973. Additional & emended bibliography: Donn. Sm., Bot. Gaz. 25: 157 (1898) and 57: 426. 191; Moldenke in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 37: 209--210. 193; Moldenke, Phytologia 1: 18-185, 222, & 25h (1937) and 1: 290. 1938; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: é, 1938; PaGs Standl., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 18: 99h. 1938; Moldenke, Alph. List Common Names 29. 1939; Moldenke, ese Distrib. Avi- cenn. 16 & 18. 1939; Moldenke, Phytologia 1: 378 & 395 (1940) and 2: 57--58. 191; Moldenke, Geogr. Distrib. Verbenad.: fede als 22, 30, 84, & 85. 1942; Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 90. 19hh; Moldenke, Alph. List Gp ly MAC 58, Sak, & 325. 196; Hill & Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 10: 5. 1947; Moldenke , Phytologia 2: 388 (1947) and 2: 7. 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Aegiphila 163 1948; Moldenke, Alph. List Cit. 2: 328, 332, 339, 343, 3hh, 36, & 62 (1948), 3: 692, 730, 817, 819, 9h0, 9h5, 950, 965, & 978 (1949), and 4: 1053, 1058, & 1078. 1949; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 38, 39, 58, 17h, & 175. 1919; Molden- ke, Phytologia ): 347, 385, 06, & {28 . 1953; Moldenke, Résumé 6, 6h, 229, WhO, & kyl. 1959; Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 56--457 & 493 (1961) and 8: 15, 1961; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 36: 036 (1961) and 37: 1062. 1962; Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 319 & 335. 1966; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.11: 50. 1967; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 87, 89, 114, 378, & 379 (1971) and 2: 847. 1971; Moldenke, Phyto- logia 23: 17 (1972), 25: 289 (1973), and 27: 80 & 81. 1973; Lé- pez-Palacios, Pitticria 5: [8], 9, 24, 28—30, & [38]—-{h2], fig. 9. 1973. Additional illustrations: Lépez-Palacios, Pittieria 5: [2], fig. 9. 1973. Recent collectors describe this plant as a shrub, 5--6 m. tall, or a tree to 10 m. tall, the trunk to 33 cm. in diameter at the base and 10 cm. in diameter at breast height, stems tetragonal, bark gray to gray-brown, "glandularly-rough" [probably meant to be granularly rough], the branches long and arching, the buds white, the flowers cruciform, 1 cm. in diameter, the corolla-lobes re- flexed, and the immature fruit green, ripening pale-yellow and semi-pellucid. They have found it growing in clay loam among sec- ondary growth, in roadside thickets, in cutover cloud-forests, and in semi-shade at the edges of cloud-forests, at altitudes of 2000-—-2500 meters, flowering in February, from April to July, and in September, fruiting in January, May, and June. Stork comments that it is "quite a common tree in thickets at edge of forests". The corollas are described as having been "white" on A. Gentry 6003, Hatheway 1393, A. Jiménez M. 2192 & 394, and Kirkbride & Duke 71), "creany-white" on Stork 4210, and "white, turning yellow in age" on Gillis 10015. According to some recent workers an easy way to distinguish A. odontophylla from A. anomala Pittier is that in the former the leaves are decussate-opposite, while in the latter they are verti- cillate. Lépez-Palacios says in a personal cormunication to me that Rufiz-Terd4n 3201 in the University of Los Andes herbarium and Ijjasz 35 in the Maracay herbarium represent this species fron Mérida, Venezuela. In his 1973 work he cites also Bernardi 6157 (previously regarded by me, apparently erroneously, as A. grandis Moldenke) and Little 15350 from Mérida. He comments that "El ejemplar 6157 de Bernardi parece haber sido determinado por el Dr. Moldenke como Aegiphila grandis, pues con letra del colector hay una nota que dice: 'Det. H. N. Moldenke VI, 57'. Si el Dr. Mol- denke hizo en realidad tal determinaci6én, parece que no leyé con detenimiento el rétulo en donde dice claramente: 'flor tetr4mera', lo que excluye su pertenencia a esta taxon. La especie, a pesar de parecer inconfundible, muestra cierta variabilidad, especial- mente en las hojas, que no todas son dentadas y cuyo tamafilo es muy 16), PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 27, no. 3 diverso; en los c4lices, que varfan desde truncos hasta bilabiados, y por tanto hay que enclavarla en dos distintas subsecciones: Lobatae y Edentatae, y en la corola con 3, h y 5 pétalos que la lleva también a distintas secciones: Amerina y Aegiphila, y aun en la forma misma de la inflorescencia, que unas veces es axilar y otras supraxilar." It is worth noting here that Standley (1938) keeps A. odonto- phylla and A. aculeifera as distinct taxa in Costa Rica, citing Brenes 5709 for A. aculeifera and Pittier 288 (the type) for A. odontophylla, calling the latter "endemic" to Costa Rica, in "wet forests of the central mountains, at 2,000—2,),00 meters". More recent ample collections convince me that the two taxa are identi- cal. Additional & emended citations: COSTA RICA: Alajuela: Brenes 5709 [301] (F—-854h16, F-85437, N), 5709a (N); Hatheway 1393 (W—2512700) ; A. Jiménez M. 394% (N); Skutch 3255 (N, W—16)3369); A. Smith 989 (N, N, N), 1037 (N, N, N), 4210 (F—905228, F— 90622h), A252 (F—9h1319, 9, N), He 110); (F—9.2205, N, N), P.2035 (Ca—12690); A A. F. Smith 110 [Stork 210] (Mi, N). Cartago: Gil- lis 10015 (Z); Jiménez M. 2192 (N, Ws, Ws); Stork 2230 (F—598755) ; Williams, Molina R., W R., Williams, & Gibson 28215 (N). Guanacaste: Prsted 11174 1117 (F- (F—687350, W——1269897) « Heredia: H. Pittier 288 (W—1323303—type). San José: H. Pittier 758) (E—photo, N—— photo, N--photo, S--photo Z—photo, Z—-photo) « PANAMA: Bocas del Toro: Kirkbride & Duke 71h (E—1933555), 753 (E--1983549). Chir iqui: A. Gentry 6003 03 (Ld). COLOMBIA: Cauca: F. C. Lehmann 852) (F—662523, W--1571,26) ; Sneidern 1661 (S, W-=2103663). Huila: E. L. Little Jr. 7711 (N, W--21)0351) VENEZUELA: Mérida: Bernar— ai 6187 (N). A®GIPHILA OVATA Moldenke Additional & emended bibliography: A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 6. 1938; Moldenke, Brittonia 1: 189—190. 1932; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 60 (2): 569. 1941; J. F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 13 (5): 704, 710, & 714—715. 1960; Moldenke, Phy- tologia 7: 93. 1961; Moldenke, Fifth Sum, 1: 139 & 181 (1971) and 2: 847. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 320. 1973. Macbride (1960) points out that in my key to the species of Aegiphila known to me in 1934 I describe the leaves of A. ovata as not ciliate, while in actuality they are ciliate. He cites only Killip & Smith 26520 from Loreto, Peru, the type collection, but feels that A. hirsuta var. colombiana Moldenke may be conspecific with it, saying "The var. colombiana......from Putumayo near Peru is of course more widely distributed, but the tree may be refer- able to A. ovata Mold., the apparent differences certainly [lie] within the range of expected variation". He also notes that A. ovata "Simulates A. cordata Poeppig with cordate or subcordate 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Aegiphila 165 shortly acuminate leaves and is apparently distinct". Emended citations: PERU: Junin: Killip & Smith 26520 (W— 631920--type) . AEGIPHILA PANAMENSIS Moldenke Synonymy: Aegiphila paniculata Moldenke, Trop. Woods 25: 16——- 17. 1931. Aegiphila nigrescens grst. ex Moldenke, Prelim. Alph. List Invalid Names 3, in syn. 190. Additional & emended bibliography: Moldenke, Trop. Woods 25: 1y—-17. 1931; Moldenke, Brittonia 1: 253, 257, 269, 273, 27h, 375-376, 386--388, 399-402, & 4.72--476. 193); Moldenke, Phyto- logia 1: "251,255 « 1937; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. "Suppl. 9: 6. 1938; Fedde & Schust. in Just, aay “Jahresber. 59 (2): 416. 1939; Mol- denke, Geogr. Distrib. Avicenn. 16--18. 1939; Hill & Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 10: 5. 197; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., feats. 15, 19, 22, 23, 30, & 85. 192; Moldenke, Alph. List Cit. 1: 7, ot: 58 123, ok LTO, 1932 (26828273, 319, 320, & 326 (1946), 2: 339, 3ho, 37, 3h 19, 361, 530, 609, & 610 (19485, 3 Tih, 715, 757, 780, 781, 816, 818, 918, 90, 959, 973, & 978 *(a99), and h: 1005, 103, 1036, 1038, 1046, 1048—1053, 1055, 1061, 1067, 1068, "1, 1186, & 1304. 1995 Moldenke, Known Geogr. Dis- trib. Verbenac., [ed. 3], 28, 3h, 38--0O, 59, & 175. 1949; Anon., U. S. Dept. Agr. Bot. Subj. Index 15: 1,353. 1958; Moidenke, Ré- sumé 33, 41, 45--47, 65, 230, & hi. 1959; Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 336. 1966; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 16: 3, 4, & ih. 1968; Gib- son, Pieldiana Bot. 2h (9): 172. 1970; hioldenke, Phytologia 23: uae" ted 25: 228, 309, 315, & ik (1973), and 27: 79, 8h, & e 9 Je Recent collectors describe this plant as an herb, an arching or scandent shrub, 1.5—5 m. tall, a small tree, 1 b—15 nm. tall, or a woody vine, the trunk to 13 cm. in diameter at breast height, the stems about 1 inch in diameter, the buds yellow-green, with a faint unpleasant odor, the calyx green, and the fruit from green (when unripe], yellowish-, dull yellow-, or yellow-green to final- ly orange. They have found it growing along roadsides, at the edge of secondary growth, in forests, deep forests, disturbed for- ests, clearings, cutover pine forests and thickets, marshy rain- forests, often by native plantations, in wooded swamps, in very advanced secondary rainforests, and in moist or riverine thickets, on brushy slopes and forested escarpment slopes, at the open edges of fields, in small ravines, and at the edges of steep pas- tures in forested coves with streams, often in muddy habitats, and even in the open sunlight, at altitudes of near sealevel to 850 meters. The Molinas refer to it as "a common shrub" in Copdn, Honduras. It has been collected in anthesis in April, July to October, and in December, and in fruit from October to January. The corollas are described as having been "white" on P. H. Al- len 906 & 2016, Croat 6580 & 679, J. A. Duke 8889 & 8983, and Molina | R. 26217, “twhitish" on | Blun & & Tyson m 1955 an and Tyson & Chu 2733, "cream" on Croat 12808 and Woodson, . Allen, & Seibert , 1756, "cream to white" on on Correa & & Dressler 381, "pal ipale-yellow" on LP. He 166 PRY TOL OG Th Vol. 27, no. 3 Allen 856 and Lewis, Porter, Durkee, & Baker 5523, "yellowish" on Skutch 1 2680, yellow" on “on Wedel 1221 weer: Wlemon-yellow" on Woodson, Allen, & Seibert 1247, and a ™ epoeriehcyad lice” on P. C. Standley 30216, while on P. white 255 they are described as "corolla—tube very fee limb yellow". Croat 7089 is accompanied by a wood sample. Skutch 2680 is the Missouri Botanical Garden her- barium has inflorescences which look as if they might have been pendent as in A. pendula Moldenke. The Ebinger 243, cited below, was previously erroneously cited by me as A. falcata Donn. Sm. Gibson (1970) reduces this species to synonymy under A. mar- tinicensis Jacq., but I feel that the characters of the fruiting- calyx and fruit certainly are in themselves sufficient to indi- cate a separate taxon, although possibly one of infraspecific rank might be acceptable. Aegiphila panamensis and A. paniculata are kept separate by some recent workers, as they were originally by myself. The type of the former is in flower, while that of the latter is in fruit, but it seems most likely to me now that they will prove to be conspecific. Material of A. panamensis has been misidentified and widely distributed in herbaria as A. falcata Donn. Sm., A. glandulifera Moldenke, and A. martinicensis Jacq., and even as Cestrum sp. On the other hand, the J. A. Duke 3805 and Lewis, Dwyer, Elias, & Robertson 857, digteibuted a as A. panamensis or Sor A. paniculata, | are A. falcata Donn. Sm., Molina R. 1. 22996 is A. laxicupulis Moldenke, Wedel 336 is A. magnifica Moldenke, P Piper 5616 is A. magnifica var. var. pubescens | Moldenke, J. A. Duke 13706, Tyson & Blum 2552, and Woodson & Schery 758 are A. mollis H.B.K., and Feddema 1887 is a species of " Schlegelia. The Wedel Wedel 2517, previously regarded by me as A, panamensis, seems to be A. A. glandulifera instead: its leaf- blades are abundantly impressed-punctate beneath and the rim of the fruiting-calyx is plainly erose-lobed. Additional & emended citations: GUATEMALA: Chiquimula: J. A. Steyermark 30757 (F--1037191). HONDURAS: Cop4n: Molina R. - 26217 (N); Molina R. & Molina 2,70 (N). NICARAGUA: Segovia: Englesing 100 (F—572555, N--photo, W—1522806, Y--1216, Z—photo). Zela- ya: Shank & Molina R. 4900 (W—2085127). COSTA RICA: Alajuela: Brenes 3574 [110] (F—-851573), 4320 [105] (F--852395), l345b [105a] (F—-852633), 4395 [180] (F--852362), 1323 (F-85653), 16823 [2] (F—858958, , N). Cartago: Prsted 11175 (W—1269898) . Guanacaste: Williams, Molina R., & Williams gente (N, W-—-2567032). ere ee cae (N); Lems augeiles (N, N); Raven men eA (N). San José: Skutch 2680 (B£--1110628). PANAMA: Bocas del Toro: Cooper & Slater Lo (F--572715, W—-1315h62, Y—-10140), 117 (W--1317525, Y—10297); Dunlap 20 (F—635780) , ”1,07 (F—S80018, W=-1205277), 438 (F— 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Aegiphila 167 580026, W--105651); Stork 20 (W--1166812), 48 1/2 (F—-579997, W— 1166837); Wedel 1221 (E—16)286). Canal Zone: P. H. Allen 2016 (E--119090); Blum & Dwyer 2103 (E--1817692); Blum & Tyson 1993 (E—18),1),36) ; Correa & Dressler 351 (N); Dodge & & Allen n 17471 (E (E-—— 1121185, Mi); Dwyer Dwyer 2873 (E—1799770) , 7172 (E—-18)1576, W— 2545753); Foster & Kennedy 2027 (Mi); Greenman & Greenman 5227 (E- 1887268, E—1887269); Killip 12171 (D—618113, W--1167303); Lewis, Dwyer, & Elias 20 (E--188161); P. C. Standley 25808 (W--12166)7) , 25956 (W—-1216752), 26165 (W--1217019), 29232 | 29232 (F—photo, N—photo, W--1218591, Z—photo), 3026 (N--photo, W--1219156, Z—photo) ; Tyson & Chu 1713 (E—181721); P. White 255 (E—1193766). Coclé: Lewis, Porter, Durkee, & Baker 5523 (Ld); W Woodson, Allen, & Sei- bert 12h7 (E—1170759), “12h9 (E--1171168), 1756 (E--1170879). Colén: H. H. Pittier 19 (W—67928) . Dariéur Ps P. H. Allen 856 (E— 1192018) , 906 (E--1191680) ; J. A. Duke }095 (Ca, ~E—1786116) , 14109 (E—1786138, Z). Panam: P. H. Allen 1123 (E--1189707, F-- 1005205) ; Bartlett & Lasser 16901 04, Mi); Blum & Tyson i955 (E--1832091); J. A. “Duke 3805 (Ca), 5514 (E—1819552), 5 5866 ( (E— 1814170); Heriberto 163 (W—108),380) ; Paul 153 (W—-1),9):783) ; He Pittier 1,501 (W--679662) , 6815 ° (W—716874—isotype) ; Pe Gs Stand- ley 2668, (Wi (W--12171)1) , 28155 (W—1217983), 28871 (N—photo, W— Ww 1218360, Z—~photo), 30496 (W-—-1219322). San Blas: J. A. Duke 8889 (oh), 8983 (W--2629833, Z); Lewis, Dwyer, Elias, & Solis & Solis 157° (E--18816,2), 201 (E--18816),0, N, W=25895 36) « Barro Colo- rado Island: Croat , 67h9 (N), 6780 (x), 7089 (N), 12808 (N); Eb- inger 23 (E--193893). COLOMBIA: Chocé: J. A. Duke 9091 (W— 2629847). Santander: Killip & Smith 1729 (A, A--photo, B— photo, D--photo, F--photo, G, G--photo, K--photo, N, N-—photo, N—-photo, P--photo, S—photo, W—photo, Z-—-photo, Z—-photo). ABHGIPHILA PARAGUARIENSIS Brigq. Additional synonymy: Aegiphila paraguariensis Brig. ex Eiten in Ferré, Simpos. Sébre Cerrado 190, sphalm. 1962. Additional & emended bibliography: Briq. in Chod. & Hassler, Bull. Herb. Boiss., ser. 2, : 1166-~1167. 190); Briq. in Chod. & Hassler, Plant. Hassler. 2: 502--503. 190); Hiten in Ferré, Simpos. Sébre Cerrado 190. 1962; Angely, Fl. Anal. Paran., ed. 1, 579. 1965; Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 336. 1966; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 16: : & lh. 1968; Angely, Fl. Anal. Fitogeogr . Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 4k: if& 827 map 1370. 1971; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: us, 2 “Ne - 382 (19713 and 2: 847. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 83.1 Recent pal lackers describe this plant as a shrub, treelet, or small tree, 1—6 m. tall, sometimes gnarled, the trunk aie cm. in diameter, the leaves yellow-green, the calyx green or yellow- green, stamens yellow, anthers brown, and young fruit green or 168 Pol Yo? OL). O:Gs 4k Vol. 27, no. 3 dark-green, shiny, maturing yellow. They have encountered it on outcrops, in "riacho" and swampy creek margins, in "campo cerrado" and on cerrado slopes, in reddish sand on campo cerrado near air strips, in cutover woodland and cutover forest slopes, and among rocks in areas of sandstone hills with steep rock faces and grassy or shrubby vegetation, at altitudes of 220—1750 meters, flowering in February, March, October, and November, fruiting from December to April. Irwin and his associates found it in "capoeira thicket in area of valley flats, capoeira with grazed grasses", Eiten (1962) describes the species as a "Low tree [in] tall shrub savanna of cerrado" and cites "E & MC ib2e"3 The corollas are said to have been "white" on Gottsberger 129, Irwin, Souza, & Reis dos Santos 10210, Krapovickas, Crist6bal, & varufiak 23398, “and Lindeman & H & Haas as 3190, , Crean on Irwin, Souza, eee as 26592, while on Ne T. Silva 57727 it is noted that they were yellow. Material of A. paraguariensis has been misidentified and dis- tributed in some herbaria as A. sellowiana Cham. On the other hand, the Harley, Lima, Onashi, & Souza 10585 and the Ramos & Sousa Dy, distributed as A. paraguariensis, are A. lhotzkiana Cham. Additional & emended citations: BRAZIL: Amaz6nas: Prance, Pena, & Ramos 3424 (Ld, N, S). Distrito Federal: Irwin, Souza, & Reis dos Santos 1014) dics: N), 10210 (Ac), 10677 (1d, N). Go: Gallia: Ir- win, - Souza, “& Re Reis dos Santos tos 10888 (Ac, N); N. T. Silva 57727 (Ss). “Mato Grosso: Philcox, F Fereira, & Bertoldo 34438 8 (N). ~ Minas Gerais: Anderson, Stieber, & Kirkbride 35553 (Ld, N); Irwin, Fon- s€ca, Souza, Reis dos Bate, & Ramos 28110 (Ac, N); Irwin, Har- ley, & Onishi “Onishi 29468 ( (Ld, N), 3030 O(N); Irw Irwin, Onishi, , Fonséca, Souza, Reis dos Santos, & Ramos 103 26010 (La, N); Irwin, Reis dos Santos, “Souza, ! & Syonalica , 23288 (Ac, N). Parand: = Daan 1Oh72 (' (Ca— 501693, E—1036228, W--181892) , 15963 (D--68 3022, E—908057, wWw— 1,81893); Lindeman & Haas 981 (nN). . S&o Paulo: Carvalho SNe {[Herb. Inst. Biol. S. Paulo 748] (W--159602); Cuatrecasas 26592 (W—2586696); I. S. Gottsberger 729 [1] (Ld); Krapovickas, Cris- tébal, & Marufiak 23398 (Ld); Lindeman & Haas 3190 (N, W—-2631)28) ; Wimura 160 0 (N). PARAGUAY: Hassler ssler ))98 (F--686671—cotype), 5056 5056 (F--686671--cotype) . AXNGIPHILA PARVIFLORA Moldenke Additional & emended bibliography: Moldenke, Brittonia 1: 254— 256, 266, 328—329, 336, 341, 417, 420, 473, & 476. 193k; A. We Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 6. 1938; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 60 (2): 568. 191; J. F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 13 (5): 717. 1960; Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 336. 1966; Moldenke, Fifth Sum, 1: 121 & 145 (1971) and 2: 87. 1971. [to be continued] MISCELLANEOUS NOTES ON NEOTROPICAL FLORA, V. by Jose Cuatrecasas Department of Botany, Smithsonian Institution Washington, D. C., 20560 These notes are a continuation of the previous contribu- tions of this series. See PHYTOLOGIA vols. 20: 465-481, 1971; 23: 350-365, 1972; 25: 249-256, 1973 and 27: 41-51, 1973. They are extracted from monographic studies supported in part by the National Science Foundation, Washington, D. C. ESPELETIA CRISTALINENSIS Cuatr. sp. nov. Caulirosulae visu griseo vel cinereo-virides usque 60 cm altae ad 100 cm latae, caule 40-60 cm alto 4 cm diametro, cum foliis marcescentibus tecto vel inferne exfoliato. Folia initialia et gemmae terminales dense albo-crispo-lanatae ad nervos longe villoso-lanatae. Folia rosularia adulta coriacea firma, 34-50 cm longa 5.5-8 (-10) cm lata, sessilia vel breviter pseudopetiolata. Lamina oblongo-oblanceolata vel oblonga, apice angustata acutaque, basin versus attenuata usque ad basim bene alata 1.3-1.7 mm lata, vel raro basi costa crassa fere exalata, margine visu integra minime revoluta sed dentibus minutis callosis mucroniformibus abaxiale recurvatis obsoletisque 4-12 mm distantibus vel magis remotis vel etiam adsunt; supra in juvenili dense crasseque albo-lanata pilis 5-6 mm longis tenuibus flexuosissimis intri- catis vestita, adulta viridis, in sicco brunnescens, subnitida, rugulosa, pilis brevioribus flexuosis seu crispis dilutis remanentibus sed costa plus minusve dense villoso-lanata tantum in vetustis fere glabrata, nervis secundariis leviter conspicuis; subtus dense albo-cinereo-lanata (in juvenili indumento crassiori), costa crassa robusta valde eminenti dense adpresse- que villoso-barbata, pilis primum longissimis intricato ascen- dentibus, deinde brevioribus sed persistentibus, nervis secundariis prominentibus in angulo 60-70° ascendentibus, circa marginem furcatis inter se arcuato-anostomosantibus, nervis tertiis ramosis cum quaternis reticulo polygonali denso promi- nenti badii instructis sed cum pilis longis valde flexuosis et crispis intricatisque vestimentum crassum lanatum formantibus velato, alveolis profundis cum pilis minoribus strictis crispis candidisque dense repletis. Vagina robusta ovata apice sub- rotundata basi latior valde amplectens 3-4.5 cm alta 3.5-5.5 cm lata adaxiale apice albo-barbato excepto glaberrima multe > prominuleque nervata, extus dense compresse albo-sericeo-barbata, pilis antrorsis circa 5 mm longis. Inflorescentiae axillares usque ad 12 in planta, 50-90 cm longae 12-24 (-40) cm latae, a ea a paniculatae capitula 9 170 PH? TO OG TA Vol. 27, no. 3 breviter pedicellata ferentes. Axis robustus vel mediocris basi usque ad 2 cm crassus, inferne striatus superne subteres, maturitate purpurascens, primum pilis longissimis (10 mn) strictissimis sericeis ascendentibus subadpressis deinde intri- catis flexuosis vel crispatis indumentum album gossypinum vel villoso-lanatum, laxiusculum vel densiusculum, plus minusve deciduum tectus, inferne e basi foliosus, superne plerumque tantum dimidia parte ramosus, interdum ex basi ramosus. Folia sterilia 6-8 alterna folia rosularia similia sed breviora, 12- 28 em longa 1.7-4 cm lata vagina bene evoluta semiamplectenti, superne foliis fertilibus alternatis gradatim minoribus usque ad 5-4 x 2-1.7 cm. Rami inferiores tantum 2-3, remoti et longissimi (18-50 cm) patulo-ascendentes, sursum omnes rami ramulique copiosi, alterni, interdum oppositi, ultimi breves 2-3 furcati, omnes dense vel moderate albo-lanuginosi, sed vetusti saepe glabrati purpurascentes plus minusve resinoso- glandulosi. Pedicelli 1-2.5 mm longi etiam lanati. Bracteae subtendentes, inferiores foliaceae supra glabrae subtus lanatae basi longe lateque vaginato-amplectentes, 5-2 x 2-l cm, supremae valde reductae usque ad lineares 10 x 2 m. Capitula mediocria radiata, 112-191 flores ferentia, ligu- lis amotis subglobosa 10-13 mm diametientia, circulo ligularum 23-30 (-35) mm, disco 9-13 mm diametro. Involucrum cupulatum dense fulvo-lanatum. Phyllaria sterilia 2-3-seriata, 5-8 (-10) crasse herbacea, 6.5-5 x 4-345 (-2), ovata acuminata acutaque vel oblongo-ovata, extus dense lanata pilis 1-3 mm longis flexuosis intricatisque, intus apice piloso excepta glabra 5-10 nervata. Phyllaria fertilia exteriora 6.5-5 x 2.5-2 mm tenuiter herbacea ovato-oblonga vel oblonga acuta extus fulvo-lanuginosa, interiora 5-4.5 x 2-1.5 mm membranacea marginibus hyalinis, amplectentia, oblonga acuta dorso margineque sursum pilosa et glandulosa, ciliis erectis crassiusculis obtusis vel subclavatis 0.3-0.5 mm. Receptaculum convexum, paulo conicun, 4-5.2 mm latum 1.8-2 mm altum, glabrum. Paleae 4.3-5 x 2 m amplectentes, membranaceae, hyalinae, 7-8 nervatae, oblongo-ovales, utrinque attenuatae, apice acutae, costa elevata pilosula, subapicem et apice marginibusque ciliato-barbulata, pilis ochraceis vel ful- vis, obtusis, subclavatis 0.2-0.5 m, et sparsis glandulis globosis subsessilibus praeditae. Flores radii feminei 32-60 in capitulo, triseriati. Corolla lutea vel flava 8.5-11 mm longa, tubo 1-1.5 m longo, dense piloso pilis hyalinis crassiusculis obtusis vel aliquis subobtusis 0.5-l1 mm longis, plus minusve flexuosis, patulis vel ascendentibus intricatisque, ad faucem saepe crebrioribus longi- oribusque, apice tubi truncato sed interdum dente adaxiali minuto instructo; lamina lineari vel oblanceolato-lineari 1-1.5 mm lata 4-5-nervata, basim versus leviter attenuata apice acuti- uscula edentata vel breviter bidentata, basi semiapperta abaxiale prope basin sparsis pilis et glandulis globosis minutis munita, adaxiale epidermo minute velutino-papillato. Stylus 3-4 mm longus ramis 0.6-0.8 mm. Achaenia exteriora 2-2.2 x 1.3 m, obovoideo-oblonga basim versus angustata, triangulata, interiora 1973: Cuatrecasas, Miscellaneous notes avjal 2.5 x 0.8-1 mm, laterale compressa, quadrangulata. Flores disci pseudohermaphroditi 78-131 in capitulo. Corolla luteo-viridula, 5-5.5 mm longa, tubulo 2-2.3 mm, sursum parce piloso pilis patulo-ascendentibus, obtusis, hyalinis 0.2- 0.3 mm, interdum parcis glandulis capitatis intermixtis; limbo tubuloso sursum leviter ampliato, basi paulo pilosulo, lobis oblongo-triangularibus acutis 0.8 mm longis, margine incrassato adaxiale minute papillosulo, extus glabris, rarissime parcissi- mis pilis vel glandulis. Antherae circa 2 mm appendice ovato- acutata 0.3-0.4 mm longa. Stylus 5.5-6 mm. Nectarium tubulo- sum 0.8-1 mm, apice leviter incrassatum minute denticulatum. Ovarium sterile pediculiformi, O.3 m. Typus: Venezuela, Trujillo, Distrito de Bocono: Paramo de La Cristalina, 2500-2600 m alt, en lomas semiclareadas de monte andino. Porte gris verdoso. claro o ceniciento verdoso, cogollo blanquecino; tronco erecto hasta 60 cm, 7 cm diam, cubierto de hoja marcescente, simple o ramoso sobre la base con varios grandes rosetones; 8-12 inflorescencias axilares robus- tas; hojas coridceas flexibles o rigidas, verdoso grisdceas haz, claras enves; vainas semiamplectentes; 1fgulas amarillo vivo; fldsculos amarillos, efreulo ligular 30 m, disco 13 mm; 17 Feb. 1973, J. Cuatrecasas, ne Ruiz-Teran, & M. Lopez- Figueiras 28556; US, holotypus; MERF, isotypus. Ibidem Paramo de La Cristalina en La Canada, 2550-2700 m, caulirrosuleto, est{pite 4O x 4 em, tortuoso, desnudo abajo, hojas verde obscuras mates haz, cinereas envés. Inflorescencias axilares 60-90 cn, pedunculos rojo purpureos con lana blanca, bracteas verde claras con lana leonada. Cap{tulos 35 mm dian, disco 15 mm. Lfgulas amarillo palidas o algo verdosulas; fldésculos verdes en la yema, amarillo-verdosos en antesis, 29 Jul. 1971, L. Ruiz-Terdn & M. Lépez -Figueiras PEs eater US, MERF. Id Paramo de La Cristalina, en canada boscosa, 2500-2600 m, rosula, tronco 40 cm alto, hoja gris planquecina, inflorescen- cias mucho mas largas, secas, 30 Oct. 1969, J. Cuatrecasas, L. Ruiz-Teran & M. Lopez-Figueiras 28194A; US, MERF. E. cristalinensis is closely related to E. jajoensis Aristg. having much smaller heads. ESPELETIA TAMANA Cuatr. sp. nov. Arbor circa 4 m alta, trunco erecto ad 10 cm diametro, cortice brunescenti. Rami primarii 3-4 subverticillati, robusti arcuato-ascendentes paulo ramificati. Ramuli ultimi dense adpresseque albo-sericeo-villosi cum vaginis foliorum delapsorum persistentibus tecti, tantum extremo dense foliati, folia vagi- nantia congeste amplectentia fasciculata seu subrosulata ferenti. In plantis juvenilibus interdum ramis axillaribus tenuibus elongatis, sparse brevifoliatis instructis (foliis petiolatis lamina 18-7.5 x 3.4-2.1 cm, petiolo 3-1 cm longo, vagina annulari 2 cm longa adaxiale 8-10 mm alta). Folia coriacea rigida petiolata, 30-53 cm longa. Lamina anguste oblanceolato-oblonga, apice attenuata acutaque, inferne f2 Pied FiOch,0‘G*1 & Vol. 27, no. 3 gradatim angustata et circa basim in pseudopetiolum angustata, margine revoluta visu integra sed minute denticulata dentibus mucroniformibus callosis 0.3-0.7 mm longis 5-15 mm inter se distantibus, recurvis, tantum abaxiale notatis; 24-7 cm longa 3.2-6 cm lata; supra plana, valde juvenilis pubescens mox glabrata costa tomentoso-villosa excepta, denique costa anguste impressa etiam glabrata, nervis secundariis transversis crebris et venulis minoribus subtiliter impressis visibilibus, super- ficie viridis plerumque tota glutinosa nitidaque; subtus crasse densissimeque ochraceo lanata, sed costa valde robusta supra bisulcata utroque latere bicostulata sulcataque adpresse villoso-sericea albicanti pilis acutis 1-2 mm longis antrorsis densis obsita, nervis secundariis transversis creberrimis, prominentibus, in adultis 5-8 per cm, 1-2 mm inter sese distantibus parallelis, angulo 90-85° a costam divergentibus, cum nervulis minoribus reticulum elevatum formantibus, alveolis profundis sicut reticulo indumento crasso crispo-lanato obtec- tis. Petiolus 2-4 cm longus ad costam reductus, 3-6 mm latus, utrinque ochroleuco-sericeo-villosus, basim triangulare dilata- tus. Vagina coriacea triangulata amplexicaulis 2.2-3.5 cm longa basi 3-5 cm lata utrinque densissime adpresseque albo- sericeo villosa, pilis antrorsis acutis ad 3 mm longis abaxiale inter sese adherentibus velum superficialem formantibus. Inflorescentiae terminales late corymboso-paniculatae, breviter robusteque pedunculatae basi valde foliosae, 40-60 cm longae 20-40 cm latae. Axis valde robustus, erectus, striatus, sicut ramis dense ochraceo-villoso-gossypinus, circa basim 2-3 cm diametro, pedunculo 6-12 cm longo albo sericeo villoso dense foliato foliis a caulinis similissimis, supra pedunculum ramosus ramis 8-9 alternis erecto-ascendentibus tertio superiori ramificatis capituliferisque. Foliis subtendentibus inferiori- bus 4a foliis sterilibus similibus sed brevioribus sessilibusque, 25-15 x 3-2 cm, supremis 8-3.5 x 2-l cm. Pedicelli 1-3 (-3.5) em longi erecti ochraceo villoso-lanuginosi, capitula erecta vel cernua ferentes; bracteis subtendentibus anguste ovato- lanceolatis acuminatis amplectentibus, 15-5 x 2-1 m, breviter lanuginosis. Ramis juvenilibis etiam inflorescentiae axillares quam terminales minores potest praesentes. Capitula mediocria radiata 60-100 flores ferentia, ligulis amotis globosa 10-12 mm diametro, circulo ligularum albo 19-25 mm, disco subhemisphaerico brunneo vel luteolo 8-10 mm dia- metro. Involucrum primum patellare denique cupulatum, viride, explanatum 11-12 mm diametiens. Phyllaria sterilia 5-6 stellate disposita, 5-7 x 2-4 mm crasse herbacea ovato-oblonga acuminata- que, acuta, leviter nervato-striata apice callosulo, plana, sed basi praecipue maturitate valde incrassata, extus villosula marginibus ciliatis apice calloso calvo excepto, pilis ascen- dentibus ferrugineis vel fuscis crassiusculis obtusis subclava- tis ad 0.5 mm longis. Phyllaria fertilia obovata subite acutata vel subrhombica 3.5-3.8 x 2.4-3 mm herbacea, plurivenosa, extus parce pilosa tertia parte superiori densiuscule barbata et margine-ciliata pilis fuscescentibus clavatis vel subclavatis 1973 Cuatrecasas, Miscellaneous notes 173 0.25-0.4 mm longis, maturitate coriacea, basi acrescenti et valde incrassata induratissima gibbosa plus minusve curvata amplectentia achaenia subtendentia. Receptaculum ovato- conicum 3-4.5 mm diametro, 2.5 mm altum, glabrum. Paleae 3.3- 3-5 mm longae 1.7-2.2 mm latae obovatae, apice obtuse triangu- latae, subcucullato-amplectentes, membranaceae, dorso subcari- nato costa et parcis nervis dorsalibus conspicuis marginalibus obsoletis, dorso subapicem et marginibus dense barbatis vel ciliatis pilis fuscis clavatis 0.05-0.2 mm. Flores radii feminei 14-22 in capitulo, 2-seriati. Corolla alba, 7-8 (-9) mm longa, crassiuscule membranacea, tubo 0.8-1 mm longo dense piloso pilis patulis hyalinis, crassis, clavatis cellula terminali late obovoidea vel pyriformi, 0.1-0.3 m longis; lamina elliptica vel oblongo-elliptica, 2.8-3.5 m lata, 5-nervata, apice obtuse bidentata, adaxiale minutissime papillato-epidermica, extus sparsis pilis brevibus obtusis et sparsis glandulis oblongo-obovoideis. Stylus 2.5 mm longus ramis crassiusculis 0.7-0.9 mm longis. Achaenia nigra, exter- iora obcordato-obovoidea argute triangulata, dorso paulo con- vexo, basi acuta, 2 x 1.7 mm, interiora 2.2 x 1-1.2 mm oblongo- obovoidea, basi acuta apice rotundata, 4-angulata vel subangu- lata plus minusve obliqua et curyata. Flores disci pseudohermaphroditi 48-106 in capitulo. Corolla lutescens 3.7-4 mm longa tubulo 1.5 mm basi excepta sparsis vel copiosis glandulis pediculatis et sparsis pilis hyalinis crasse clavatis brevibus, limbo subcampanulato basin versus sparsis glandulis, lobis triangularibus acutis, 0.8 mm altis, margine incrassata adaxiale papillosa, extus subapicem breviter barbulatis pilis brunnescentibus crasse clavatis brevibus 0.1-0.2 mm longis ornatis. Antherae 1.5 mm longae basi sagittatae breviterque caudatae, apice appendice ovata acutata 0.3 mm longa. Stylus 4 mm. Nectarium tubulosum 0.6 m longum minute obtuseque dentatum. Typus: Venezuela, Tachira: Paramo de Tamé, extremo MW, cabecera semiboscosa de la quebrada El Reposo, a -7 km N de Villa Paez, 2800 m alt.; arbolito 4 m, hojas bastante rfgidas verde intensas a verde oscuras, lucientes en la haz, ocre- lanogo-tomentosas envés, cap{tulos 25 mm diam total, disco 10 m, 1fgulas blancas, 20-VI-1973 collect. L. Ruiz-Terén & M. Lépez-Figueiras 8915. Holotypus, US; Asotypi MERF.- Ibidem loc. 2800-3000 m alt; tallo 40 em, ramoso apice, hojas coridceas r{gidas, frégiles, verde-amarillentas brillantes haz, ceniciento- verdosas envés, 16-I-73, Cuatrecasas, Ruiz-Teran & Lépez- Figueiras 28327 (US, MERF). Ibidem El Cobre, 2700-2800 m alt. Arbolito, tronco 1m, 4-5 ramas, hojas coridceas, rf{gidas frégiles, verde amarillentas haz, ocréceas envés, inflorescencia (seca) terminal de las ramas, 15-I-1973, Cuatrecasas, Ruiz-Teran & L6épez-Figueiras 28322 (US, ” MERF) . Tbidem, in Andean forest, small tree, 15-I-73, Cuatrecasas, Ruiz-Terdn & Lopez Figueiras 28321 (US, MERF). 17h Poppy TiO. oi sic ee cba bln ee es 209 REVEAL, J. L., & KING, R. M., Re-establishment of Acourtia D. Don MMMM Py a Sete, hye a) Seer Lie 8, Meat ene es Mematode Maa hin 228 KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae). CXIV. The genera of Barro Colorado Island, Panama...... . 233 _ KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae). CXV. A new genus and species, Pseudokyrsteniopsis MELE 6 crs naj thine hes, 5 ee ade hiner whe ORCE ake ea ont 241 _KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae). CX VI. New species of Neontranden 25050. ogee a gatas 245 ROBINSON, H., & BRETTELL, R. D., Studies in the Liabeae (Asteraceae). I. A new species of Liabum [ROOT ITENIOG 3) earl hoe on enseat 252 ROBINSON, H., & BRETTELL, R. D., Studies in the Senecioneae Panerarene | WH: The genus Pacino ot eas heaped 254 ROBINSON, H., & BRETTELL, R. D., Studies in the Senecioneae (Asteraceae). IV. The genera Mesadenia, Syneilesis, Miricacalia, mC ANA SINGCGHA® .\ 2295... Gi aca 0, ORY OR Rn 5 265 ROBINSON, H., & CUATRECASAS, J., The generic limits of Pluchea gna. tessaria (Inuleae, Asteraceae)... 0.0 00 eh ee ee 277 GENTRY, J. L., Jr., Restoration of the genus Jaltomata (Solanaceae) .. . 286 MOLDENKE, H. N., Notes on new and noteworthy plants. LXIV. ..... 289 ~MOLDENKE, H. N., Additional notes on the genus Aegiphila. XXII .... 290 Sree, 1... Book reviews... 6. 4c 2s ace eos ee lee we we ee 300 yewarowm Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke ow bet rd 303 Parkside Road TANIGAD Plainfield, New Jersey 07060 SARDEN USS.A. 3 Price of this number, $2.00; per volume, $8.00 in advance or $8.50 at close of volume; 50 cents extra to foreign addresses BEGONIA OF VENEZUELA Lyman B. Smith Smithsonian Institution Washington, D. C., U.S.A. This revision is preliminary to a more extensive one in the "Flora de Venezuela." Doubtless it will attract more material and add to the species in the final publication. The old division into sections has been discarded because of the breakdown of the distinction of placental form. Only the more important synonymy is given. 1. Plants scapose, tuberous or rhizomatous with very short internodes covered by the stipules; leaves and scapes fasciculate. 2. Petioles tomentose; inflorescences few-flowered, irregularly branched; staminate tepals 4 (-6), the pistillate 5; styles more than 2-branched, irregular....... 1. B. rosacea 2. Petioles covered with scales; inflorescence few-many- flowered, subregularly cymose; both staminate and pistil- late tepals 2; styles 2-branched, regular....2. B. stigmosa 1. Plants with long leafy stems and distinct internodes at least in part (B. glandulifera). 3. Ovary and capsule turbinate, not winged but with 3 equal horns. 4. Leaves peltate; styles 2-branched, regular. 3. B. trujillensis 4, Leaves basifixed; styles more than 2-branched, irregular (unknown in B. brevipetala). 5. Leaves straight or nearly so. 6. Staminate tepals ca. 50 m long........ 4. B. formosissima 6. Staminate tepals 8-30 mm long. {7. Leaves acuminate, few-lobed and coarsely crenate-serrate; capsule-column 3-4 mm long............. 5. B. vareschii 7. Leaves acute or obtuse, serrate but not lobate; capsule- column to 18 mm long. 8. Stem wholly decumbent; staminate tepals 6-20 mm long; pistillate tepals 8-20 mm long.......... 6. B. montana 8. Stem decumbent at base; staminate tepals 3-8 mm long; pistillate tepals 3-5 mm long........... 7. B. urticae 5. Leaves oblique or transverse to the petiole. 9. Capsule-horns horizontally complanate, obtuse; column very short. 10. Leaves 10-11 cm long, 5-6.5 cm wide; anther-connective very little produced; capsule-horns 10-12 mm long. 8. B. trispathulata 10. Leaves to 6 cm long, 2.5 cm wide; anther-connective much produced; capsule-horns short.......- 9. B. trapa 9. Capsule-horns not horizontally complanate, acute; column well developed. 209 210 PHY T.0'L:0G.2-A4 Vol. 27, no. 4 ll. Capsule-horns deflexed; stipules green, firm; leaves ferruginous-pubescent beneath....... 10. B. ferruginea 11. Capsule-horns spreading or ascending. 12. Stem wholly decumbent; outer tepals 15-27 mm long. 11. B. mariae 12. Stem erect; outer tepals smaller. 13. Colwmn of the ovary or capsule long and slender. 14. Inflorescence rather many-flowered. 12. B. brevipetala 14. Inflorescence few-flowered (staminate) or 1-flowered (piBtiLidte )... ..000s0s0s000ac00cce 24 13. Column of the ovary or capsule short and stout; inflerescence multiflorous or submultiflorous. 15. Stipules and bracts fleshy; inflorescence branching Me TAMEB ones ccccccctecessasssesieicm 1a ut mn 15. Stipules and bracts thin, pale; inflorescence branching twice..cccccccccccccceee 15. Be gehrigeri 3. Ovary and capsule ovoid, ellipsoid or globose, its wings generally unequal. 16. Plants annual or of less duration; bases fine, fibrous. 17. Capsule-wings subequal, narrowly crescentiforn. 16. B. semiovata 17. Capsule-wings distinctly unequal with the largest ovate. 18. Leaves and the largest capsule-wing twice as long as W1de . cc ccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccse Lie Be filipes 18. Leaves and the largest capsule-wing much wider. 19. Pistillate bracteoles about equaling the ovary and accrescent with fruit. 20. Filaments free or nearly 80; pistillate tepals free. 18. B. prieurei 20. Filaments connate in a slender column; pistillate tepals connate at base........... 19. B. steyermarkii 19. Pistillate bracteoles much shorter than the ovary, not accrescent in fruit. 21. Stem villous with multicellular hairs; pedicels VIlLOUBS. ccc cccccccccccccccccccccccccs COs Be hirtella 21. Stem glabrous; petioles glabrous except near the BPOXeccccccccccccccccccccceccccccccccs Ole Be humilis 16. Plants perennial with firm bases. 22. Leaves peltate...cccccccccccccecccesesess Coe Be DOucheana 22. Leaves basifixed. 23. Leaves straight or nearly s0, continuing the direction of the petiole. 24, Leaves palminerved, with truncate base and rounded BPOKe cccccccccccccccccccccccscccccccs O3e Be Cucullata 24, Leaves penninerved. 25. Inflorescence racemose or paniculate with a long Central axis... ..cscecccceccceee C4. B. buddleiifolia 25. Inflorescence cymose or few-flowered. 26. Staminate and pistillate tepals both 2; leaves asymmetric, elliptic-obovate, 4-8 cm wide. 25. B. alnifolia 1973 Smith, Begonia of Venezuela 211 26. Staminate tepals 4, pistillate 5. 27. Leaves nearly symmetrical, broadly ovate; stem scandent, rooting at the nodes....... 26. B. glabra 27. Leaves distinctly asymmetric at least at base (dimidiate); stem usually not scandent. 28. Leaves to +7 mm long and 17 m wide in the Venezuelan taxa; branches short and numerous; inflorescences few-flowered in the Venezuelan taxa. 29. Branches SmOOth..-cccrccccescccocess Ole Be foliosa 29. Branches densely papillose...... 28. B. microphylla 28. Leaves larger. 30. Leaves hirsute on both sides, thin. 29. B. ulmifolia 30. Leaves ciliate but otherwise glabrous. 31. Styles more than 2-parted; leaves membranaceous. 30. B. guaduensis 31. Styles bifid; leaves fleshy..... 31. B. meridensis 23. Leaves oblique or transverse to the petiole. 32. Inflorescence racemose or paniculate with a long central axis. 33. Inflorescence densely glandular; stem internodes BHOTC. ccccccccccccccccccccccccees 3c6 Be glandulifera 33. Inflorescence glabrous; stem internodes long. 33. B. nubicola 32. Inflorescence cymose or few-flowered. 34. Inflorescence few-flowered. 35. Stipules persistent, broadly ovate; bracts deciduous, MEGITE. csc dvccccccecccoccsceccctcs Gus Bo PANtGUREIE 35. Stipules deciduous, ovate-oblong; bracts persistent, Pimbriate..ccccccccccccccccccccccccccs 350 Be Patula 34. Inflorescence many-flowered. 36. Leaves narrow, more than twice as long as wide, 3.5- 4.5 (-6.5) cm wide, subentire, glabrous; staminate tepals 2. 37- Pistillate bracteoles about equaling the ovary, serrate; pistillate tepals subequal.... 36. B. laxa 37- Pistillate bracteoles minute; the 2 outer pistillate tepals much shorter than the others. 37. B. fagopyroides 36. Leaves ample, much less than twice as long as wide, distinctly serrate, pubescent beneath at least at base; staminate tepals 4; the 2 outer pistillate tepals much shorter than the others. 38. Plant with leaves and flowers verruculose. 38. B. verruculosa 38. Plant not verruculose anywhere. 39. Ovary or capsule with 2 large wings; petiole with an apical ring of hairs. 39. B. otophylla 39. Ovary or capsule with only one large wing. 40. Inflorescences bisexual; leaves broadly ovate, 212 PHT 0/1016 EA Vol. 27, no. shallowly cordate; petioles and young axes BELOSE 6's o:s:0 i's . var. PUTZEYSIANA (A. DC.) L. B. Smith & Schubert, Caldasia 4, no. 18: 192, pl. 17. 1946. B. putzeysiana A. DC. in Ann. Sci. Nat. IV. 11: 139. 1859; in DC. Prodr. 15, pt. 1: 375. 1864. ( ) Type: Trujillo, Funck & Schlim 821 (K, holotype). Venezuela: lara, Merida, Tachira, Trujillo. Colombia. 28. B. MICROPHYLLA A. DC. in KX. Prodr. 15, pt. 1? 375. 1864, non Willd. ex Kl. 1854, nomen in synon. Colombia, Schlim 561 (G, 1973 Smith, Begonia of Venezuela 217 Type: Moist woods, Mérida, Venezuela, Moritz 1263 (B, holotype). ; Venezuela: Merida, Téchira, Colombia. 29. B. ULMIFOLIA Willd. Sp. Pl. 4: 418. 1805. Pl. VI. Type: Caracas, Federal District, Humboldt & Bonpland (B, holotype). : Venezuela: Federal District, Anzoategui, Bolivar, Falcon, Monagas, Sucre. Trinidad, Guayana. 30. B. GUADUENSIS H. B. K. Gen. & Sp. 7: 178. 1825. B. ottonis Walpers, Repert. Bot. Syst. 2: 212. 1843. B. serrati- folia C. DC. Smithsonian Misc. Coll. 69, no. 12: 7. 1919. Type: Near Guadua, between Honda and Bogota, Cundinamarca, Colombia, Humboldt & Bonpland (P, holotype). Venezuela: Federal District, Apure, Aragua, Bolfvar, Miranda, Amazonas Territory. 31. B. MERIDENSIS A. DC. Ann. Sci. Nat. IV. 11: 123. 1859; in fee peredr. 15, pt. 1: 292: 1864. Type: Merida, Moritz 1261 (B, holotype). Venezuela: Merida, Sucre, Amazonas Territory. 32. B. GLANDULIFERA Griseb. Fl. British West Indies. 304. 18607 Pi. VII. Type: Maravel, Trinidad, Lockhart (TRIN, holotype). Venezuela: Sucre. Trinidad. 33. B. NUBICOLA L. B. Smith & Schubert, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 9: 354. 1957. Type: Occasional in high mountain forest, 2-8 km from Camp no. 3, Cerro de la Neblina, Rfo Yatua, Amazonas Territory, Venezuela, 800 m, 24 December 1953, Maguire, Wurdack & Bunting 36859 (NY, holotype; US, isotype). Venezuela: Amazonas Territory. 34. B. PASTOENSIS A. DC. Ann. Sci. Nat. IV. 11: 121. 1859; in DC. Prodr. 15, pt. 1: 284. 1864. 34a. var. PASTOENSIS. Stipules and inflorescence glabrous. Type: Pasto, Colombia, Triana 3031 (G, holotype). Colombia and Ecuador. 34b. var. HIRSUTIOR L. B. Smith & Schubert, Fieldiana Bot. 28: 418. 1952. Stipules pubescent outside, ciliate. Inflores- cence stipitate-glandular. Type: Between Los Corales and Las Cuadras, Merida, Venezuela, 1490-3210 m, 25 March 1944, Steyermark 55753 (F, holotype). Venezuela: Merida, Trujillo. 35. B. PATULA Haworth, Pl. Succ. Suppl. 100. 1819. B. fischeri Schrank, Pl. Rar. Hort. Aead. Monac. 1: pl. 59. 1819. B. pauciflora Lindl. Bot. Reg. 6: pl. 471. 1820. Type: Description. No specimen known. Venezuela: Apure, Aragua, Barinas, Bolfvar, Carabobo, Mérida, Trujillo, Yaracuy. Mexico and the West Indies to Bolivia and southern Brazil. 36. B. LAXA L. B. Smith & Schubert, Fieldiana Bot. 28: 416, fig. 88. 1952. Type: Peak in Cerro Turumuquire, Sucre, Venezuela, alt. 2300- 218 P BY PeOch O1G Eek Vol. 27, no. 4 2500 m, 8 May 1945, J. A. Steyermark 62677 (F, holotype). Known only from the type collection. 37- B. FAGOPYROIDES Kunth & Bouche, Ind. Pl. Hort. Berol. 16. 1848. B. fagopyroides beta fendleriana A. DC. in DC. Prodr. 15, pt. 1: 289. 1864. Type: Near Colonia Tovar, Aragua, Venezuela, Moritz in Berlin Hortus (B, holotype). Venezuela: Federal District, Anzoategui, Aragua, Falcon, Sucre-Monagas, Trujillo, Zulia. 38. B. VERRUCULOSA L. B. Smith, sp. nov. B. dichotomae Jacq. affinis sed foliis floribusque dense verruculosis differt. Herb to 2.5 m high, densely and minutely verruculose except for the oldest and stoutest parts; stem 1 cm thick, succulent. Leaves asymmetric, subreniform, evenly rounded except for the short oblique apex, broadly cordate at base, to 33 cm long and 25 cm wide, laxly obtuse-dentate; petiole to 12 cm long; stipules narrowly lanceolate, 3 cm long, fleshy, entire. Peduncles becoming axillary, 24 cm long. Inflorescences bisexal, cymose, branched 8-10 times, many-flowered, 20 cm wide. Bracts triangular-ovate, minute. Pedicels 4-5 mm long. Staminate tepals 4, white, the outer suborbicular, 3 mm long, the inner obovate, smaller. Stamens few, free; anthers oblong, slightly longer or shorter than the filaments. Pistillate bracteoles like the bracts, much shorter than the ovary. Pistillate tepals 5, minute (immature), the 2 exterior ones about half as large as the interior. Styles 2-parted, somewhat irregular (normal 2) Ovary unequally 3-winged. Capsule unknown. Pl. VIII. VENEZUELA: SUCRE: Cerro de humo; north slopes with virgin cloud forest, along the headwaters of one of the tributaries of Rfo Santa Isabel, above Sipara, west of Santa Isabel, about 14 km north of the village of Rfo Grande Arriba, above Boca de Cumana and Punta Siparo, northwest of Irapa, Peninsula of Paria, 1060 m, 1 March 1966, J. A. Steyermark 94804 (US, holotype; VEN, isotype). 39. B. OTOPHYLLA L. B. Smith & Schubert, Fieldiana Bot. 28: 417, fig. 89. 1952. Type: In forest of a ravine tributary to the Rio Manzanares, between La Trinidad and the ridge between Cerro de Diablo and Cerro Turumiquire, Sucre, Venezuela, 1300-1900 m, 12 May 1945, Steyermark 62758 (F, holotype). O. B. SCABRIDA A. DC. in DC. Prodr. 15, pt. 1: 367. 1864. Type: Venezuela, Moritz (B, holotype). Venezuela: Federal District, Sucre. 41. B. DICHOTOMA Jacq. Coll. 3: 250. 1789. B. sulcata Scheidw. in Otto & Dietr. Allg. Gartenzeit. 16: 130. 1648. B. sucrensis L. B. Smith & Schubert, Fieldiana Bot. 28: 418, fig. OOF 19525, Fl. EX. Type: Moist forest, near Caracas, Federal District, Venezuela, Jacquin in Vienna Hortus (W, holotype?). ; Venezuela: Federal District, Aragua. Barinas, Merida, Falcon, Lara, Miranda, Sucre, Trujillo, Yaracuy, Zulia. Colombia. 1973 Smith, Begonia of Venezuela 219 Plate I lcm ARTa angerini A - BEGONIA FORMOSISSIMA, branch; B = staminate flower; C - stamen; D, E - pistillate flowers; F - style. 220 P BP Ou Ose feyk Vol. 27, Bogus: Plate II A - BEGONIA MARIAE, branch and pistillate flower; B - styles; C - staminate flowers; D - stamen; E - branch and fruit. 1973 Smith, Begonia of Venezuela 221 Plate III A - BEGONIA LIPOLEPIS, branch; B - leaf (under); C - staminate flower; D - pistillate flower. 222 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 27, no. Plate IV A - BEGONIA GEHRIGERI, branch; B - staminate flower; C - stamen; D - infrutescence; E - fruit. 1973 Smith, Begonia of Venezuela 223 Plate V A A - BEGONIA BUDDLEIIFOLIA, habit; B - staminate flower; C - stamen; D - pistillate flower; E - styles; F - seed. 22h PHYTOL OG PA Vol. 27, no. 4 Plate VI A - BEGONIA ULMIFOLIA, branch; B - staminate flower; C - stamen; D - pistillate flower; E - style; F - fruit. 1973 Smith, Begonia of Venezuela 225 Plate VII Aehtat eer) a, A - BEGONIA GLANDULIFERA, habit; B - staminate flower; C - stamen; D - pistillate flower; E - style. 226 PHY DOL OG BA Vol. 27, now Plate VIII A - BEGONIA VERRUCULOSA, branch; B - staminate flower; C - stamen; D - pistillate flower. 1973 Smith, Begonia of Venezuela Zor Plate IX A - BEGONIA DICHOTOMA, branch; B - staminate flower; C - stamen; D - pistillate flower; E - style. RE-ESTABLISHMENT OF ACOURTIA D. DON (ASTERACEAE) James L. Reveal and Robert M. King Department of Botany National Museum of Natural History Smithsonian Institution Washington, D.C. 20560 Comments made to us many years ago by the late Dr. Lloyd H. Shinners have led us to make a reevaluation of the sectional dif- ferences in the genus Pexezia. Our studies confirm the remarks of Shinners, and the more recently published views of Vuilleumier (1970), that the North American species of Perezia, assigned to the section Acourtia, are generically different from those species of the genus found in South America belonging to the typical sec- tion. Simpson (née Vuilleumier) has recently confirmed to us her desire to use Acourtia for the species she will review in a forth- coming treatment of the tribe Mutisieae for NORTH AMERICAN FLORA covering the geographical area circumscribed by the Flora North America project. We propose here to present a summary of the genus as we understand it, but noting that two species complexes which we feel do not belong to Acourtia are in need of additional study. One complex, that centering around P. suncinata (Lag. ex D. Don) A. Gray, may be a distinct genus in its own right, with the name Clanionea Lag. ex D. Don available for these species. We feel Simpson is in a better position than us to evaluate the merits of CLattonea in relationship with other genera, especially those of South America. The second group occurs in Central Amer- ica, and we will review this assemblage at a later date. ACOURTIA D. Don, Trans. Linn. Soc. London 16:203. 1830. Sparingly to few branched herbs or subshrubs; leaves coriac~ eous, alternate, mostly sessile, generally oblong and broadly cordate-amplexicaul, suborbicular to lance-attenuate, the margin usually spinulose-denticulate to spinulose-dentate. Inflorescence a paniculate, corymbose or thysoid cyme; heads 4-60flowered (mos t- ly 8-15); involucres obconic, turbinate or campanulate, rarely hemispheric, truncate at the base, the phyllaries in 3-8 series, stiff, imbricated, unequal. Receptacle flat or slightly convex, usually glabrous. Corollas lavender-pink or white, homogamous, bilabiate with the outer three lobes fused into a ligule and the inner two lobes shorter, separate. Achenes linear-cylindric to fusiform, inconspicuously ribbed. Pappus of scabrous setae in 1-2 (sometimes partly in 3) series. Pollen tricorporate, spherical to slightly prolate, surface smoothly reticulate. Type species: Acourtia formosa D. Don 228 1973 Reveal & King, Re-establishment of Acourtia 229 Our studies indicate that the genus contains the following - 41 species. Acourtia alamanii (DC.) Reveal & King, comb. nov., based on Dum- enchia alamanit DC., Prodr. 7:67. 1838. Acourtia alamanii (DC.) Reveal & King var. adnata (A. Gray) Reveal & King, comb. nov., based on Perezia adnata A. Gray, Smith- sonian Contr. Knowl. 3(5):127. 1852. Acourtia arachnolepis (Robins.) Reveal & King, comb. nov., based on Perezia arachnolLepis Robins., Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 43: 47. 1907. Acourtia aspera (Bacig.) Reveal & King, comb. nov., based on Pex- ezia aspera Bacig., Contr. Gray Herb. 97:18. 1931. Acourtia carpholepis (A. Gray) Reveal & King, comb. nov., based on Perezia carphoLepis A. Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 19: 60. 1883. Acourtia coulteri (A. Gray) Reveal & King, comb. nov., based on Perezia coultert A. Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 15:40. 1880. Acourtia cuernavacana (Robins. & Greenm.) Reveal & King, comb. nov., based on Perxezia cuernavacana Robins. & Greenm., Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 32:50. 1896. Acourtia dissiticeps (Bacig.) Reveal & King, comb. nov., based on Perezia dissiticeps Bacig., Contr. Gray Herb. 97:17. 1931. Acourtia dugesii (A. Gray) Reveal & King, comb. nov., based on Perezia dugesii A. Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 19:60. 1883. Acourtia dugesii (A. Gray) Reveal & King var. pilulosa (Bacig.) Reveal & King, comb. nov., based on Perezia dugesti var. ptlhulosa Bacig., Contr. Gray Herb. 97:19. 1931. Acourtia erioloma (Blake) Reveal & King, comb. nov., based on Pex- ezia erioloma Blake, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 55:118. 1942. Acourtia formosa D. Don, Trans. Linn. Soc. London 16:204. 1830. Acourtia glomeriflora (A. Gray) Reveal & King, comb. nov., based on Gochnatia glomeri flora A. Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 1Os575 1883. Acourtia grandifolia (S. Wats.) Reveal & King, comb. nov., based on Perezia grandifolia S. Wats., Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 25: 156. 1890. 230 PHY TOL 0 Grn Vol. 15, no. Acourtia herbeckada DC., Prodr. 7:66. 1838. Acourtia hooveri (McVaugh) Reveal & King, comb. nov., based on Perezia hoovert McVaugh, Contr. Univ. Michigan Herb. 9:466. 1972. Acourtia lepidopoda (Robins.) Reveal & King, comb. nov., based on Perezia Lepidopoda Robins., Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 43:47. 1907. Acourtia lobulata (Bacig.) Reveal & King, comb. nov., based on Perezia Lobulata Bacig., Contr. Gray Herb. 97:16. 1931. Acourtia longifolia (Blake) Reveal & King, comb. nov., based on Perezia longifolia Blake, J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 18:36. 1928. Acourtia lozanii (Greenm.) Reveal & King, comb. nov., based on Perezia Lozantii Greenm., Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 41:268. 1905. Acourtia michoacana (Robins.) Reveal & King, comb. nov., based on Perezia michoacana Robins., Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 27: 179. 1892. Acourtia microcephala DC., Prodr. 7:66. 1838. Acourtia montana (Rose) Reveal & King, comb. nov., based on Pexr- ezia montana Rose, Contr. U.S. Natl. Herb. 1:105. 1891. Acourtia montana (Rose) Reveal & King var. intermedia (Bacig.) Reveal & King, comb. nov., based on Perezia montana var. Anteunedia Bacig., Contr. Gray Herb. 97:19. 1931. Acourtia nana (A. Gray) Reveal & King, comb. nov., based on Per- ezia nana A. Gray, Mem. Amer. Acad. Arts II, 4:111. 1849. Acourtia nelsonii (Robins.) Reveal & King, comb. nov., based on Perezia neksonii Robins., Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 35:342. 1900. Acourtia oxylepis (A. Gray) Reveal & King, comb. nov., based, on Perezia oxykepis A. Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 15:41. 1880. Acourtia palmeri (S. Wats.) Reveal & King, comb. nov., based on Perezia pakmert S. Wats., Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 24:58. 1889. Acourtia parryi (A. Gray) Reveal & King, comb. nov., based on Perezia pavyt A. Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 15:40. 1880. Acourtia patens (A. Gray) Reveal & King, comb. nov., based on Penezia patens A. Gray, Smithsonian Contr. Know]. 3(5):127. 1852. 1973 Reveal & Ving, Re-establishment of Acourtia 231 Acourtia pinetorum (Brandeg.) Reveal & King, comb. nov., based on Perezia pinetorum Brandeg., Zoe 5:105. 1901. Acourtia platyphylla (A. Gray) Reveal & King, comb. nov., based on Perezia platyphylka A. Gray, Mem. Amer. Acad. Arts II, 4: 111. 1849. Acourtia platyptera (Robins.) Reveal & King, comb. nov., based on Perezia pkatyptera Robins., Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 44:626. 1909. Acourtia pringlei (Robins. & Greenm.) Reveal & King, comb. nov., based on Perezia pringLet Robins. & Greenm., Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 29:388. 1894. Acourtia purpusii (Brandeg.) Reveal & King, comb. nov., based on Perezia purpusct Brandeg., Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 4:194. Sia: Acourtia reticulata (Lag. ex D. Don) Reveal & King, comb. nov., based on Proustia reticulata Lag. ex D. Don, Trans. Linn. Soc. London 16:200. 1830. Acourtia rigida DC., Prodr. 7:66. 1838. Acourtia rigida DC. var. acuminata (Bacig.) Reveal & King, comb. nov., based on Perezia rigida var. acuminata Bacig., Contr. Gray Herb. 97:19. 1931. Acourtia rigida DC. var. linearifolia (Bacig.) Reveal & King, comb. nov., based on Perezia rigida var. Lineartfolia Bacig., Contr. Gray Herb. 97:18. 1931. Acourtia seemannii (A. Gray) Reveal & King, comb. nov., based on Perezia seemannii A. Gray, Smithsonian Contr. Knowl. 3(5): W275 Wee Acourtia simulata (Blake) Reveal & King, comb. nov., based on Perezia stmukata Blake, J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 33:272. 1943. Acourtia thurberi (A. Gray) Reveal & King, comb. nov., based on Perezia thurbert A. Gray, Mem. Amer. Acad. Arts II, 5:324. 1854. Acourtia thyrsoidea (Gray in Torr.) Reveal & King, comb. nov., based on Penezia thyrsoidea Gray in Torr., Rept. U.S. Mex. Bound. Surv. 2:104. 1859. Acourtia tomentosa (Brandeg.) Reveal & King, comb. nov., based on Perezia tomentosa Brandeg., Zoe 5:258. 1908. 232 Po YoT104,0 Git Vol. 27, nos h Acourtia turbinata (LaLlave & Lex.) Reveal & King, comb. nov., based on Perxezia turbinata LaLiave & Lex., Nov. Veg. Descr. 1225.) 1824. Acourtia wislizenii (A. Gray) Reveal & King, comb. nov., based on Perezia wiskizenti A. Gray, Mem. Amer. Acad. Arts II, Asie o4oe Acourtia wislizenii (A. Gray) Reveal & King var. megacephala (A. Gray) Reveal & King, comb. nov., based on Perezia wis Lizenti var. megacephaka A. Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 22:433. 1887. Acourtia wrightii (A. Gray) Reveal & King, comb. nov., based on Perezia wrightii A. Gray, Smithsonian Contr. Knowl. 3(5): 272 e52e Acknowledgments This study was supported in part by National Science Found- ation grants GB-22645 (Reveal) and GB-20502 (King). We wish to thank H. Robinson for his many helpful suggestions and comments. Reference VUILLEUMIER, B.S. 1970. The systematics and evolution of Perezia sect. Penrezia (Compositae). Contr. Gray Herb. 199: 1- 163. STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE). CXIV. THE GENERA OF BARRO COLORADO ISLAND, PANAMA, R. M. King and H. Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560 Sometime ago Dr. Thomas Croat of the Missouri Botanical Garden provided us with a list of species that are commonly called Eupatorium on Barro Colorado Island. The list was provided to allow us to indicate proper disposition of the species. We were asked to state the more obovious key differences between the various genera involved. In response we provide the following key. Mikania and Ageratum are added to make the key to the Eupatorieae of the island more complete. The addition of Ageratum is based on the Near certainty of its presence on the island even though there are no collections on record. This little exercise on the genera of Barro Colorado Island is but a first step toward our Larger project, the Eupatorieae of Panama. Eupatorieae Herbs, vines, shrubs or trees, terrestrial or epi- phytic. Leaves opposite, alternate or whorled, simple, rarely compound, usually petiolate. Heads discoid, 1-300 flowered. Phyllaries in 1-8 series, usually separate, commonly imbricated, herbaceous or coriaceous. Receptacle flat, convex, hemispherical or conical; glabrous, hairy or paleous. Flowers perfect and fertile, cells without raphids. Corollas tubular, campanulate, funnelform; rarely irregular, white, blue, pink, red or purple, never yellow. Corolla lobes 5, rarely 4, glabrous, glandular or hairy. Stamens 4-5. Anthers rounded or hastate at base, never tailed; appendage vestigial to elongate, flat often hollow; exothecial cells usually quadrate with thickenings on lateral and transverse walls. Style base with or without node, glabrous to hirsute, immersed in nectary, not elevated. Style branches well developed, sometimes glanduliferous, appendages semicylindrical or terete; papillose or smooth, clavate, truncate or obtuse at apex, stigmatic surface of two distinct lines restricted to Lower half of lateral margins, rarely on inner surface and reaching 233 23h PHY POLOG TA Vol. 27, noes nearer tip. Achenes prismatic or flattened, 2-10 ribbed, usually 5 or 10; setiferous or glandular; base of achene indistinct or forming a carpopodium; carpopodium if present symmetrical or asymmetrical. Pappus of scales, awns, or setae, coroniform or a few clavate Lobes, persistent or deciduous, rarely in more than one series. Pollen spherical, usually ca.18- 20, diam., tricolpate, rarely almost smooth, usually short spinose, with rather simple wall structure. Key to the genera of Eupatorieae of Barro Colorado Island l. Plants scandent, heads with 4 flowers and 4 principle phyllaries Mikania 1. Plants erect herbs, subshrubs or shrubs, heads with more than 4 flowers or 4 phyllaries Zz 2. Pappus of membranous, flattened, elongate scales or coroniform Ageratum 2. Pappus setose 3 3. Leaves sessile, subsessile or winged to base Ayapana 3. Leaves definitely petioled, not winged 4 4, Phyllaries not spreading at maturity, deciduous with age Chromolaena 4, Phyllaries spreading with age, at least outer phyllaries persistent 5 5. Heads 4-12 flowered, corollas glabrous Critonia 5. Heads 20-80 flowered, corollas usually with glands or hairs 6 6. Receptacle densely hairy HebecLinium 6. Receptacle glabrous 7 7. Outer phyllaries very broad; base of achene slender, very asymmetrical Heterocondylus 7. Outer phyllaries not broader; base of achene short and mostly symmetrical Fleischmannia 1973 King & Robinson, Genera of Barro Colorado 235 Ageratum L. Sp. Pl. 2: 839. 17.53% Annual herbs to perennial subshrubs; few branched. Leaves opposite or alternate, petiolate or sessile, blades elliptic, lanceolate to deltoid or ovate, margins entire to dentate or shallowly lobed. Inflores- cence corymbose. Heads small, phyllaries 30-40 imbricated to subimbricated, equal or subequal, in 2-3 series, lanceolate, coriaceous. Receptacle conical, glabrous or paleaceous. Flowers 20-125 per head. Corollas funnelform or tubular, 5 lobed, Lobes about as long as wide, papillose, sometimes setiferous on the outer surface, cells of corolla with sinuous walls. Anther collars slender, walls of cells with annulate thickenings. Anther appendage Large, longer than wide, composed of rather large cells. Stylar base without enlarged node, glabrous. Stylar appendage Linear, usually strongly and densely papillose. Achenes 4-5 ribbed, usually glabrous. Carpopodium distinct, large, usually asymmetrical. Pappus when present coroniform or of 5-6 free, membraneous, flattened scales, Ageratum conyzoides L. Sp. Pl. 2: 839. 1753. Ayapana Spach, Hist. Veg. Phan. 10: 290. 1841. Erect herbaceous plants with mostly opposite leaves, leaves sessile or winged to base, lamina narrowly ovate to elliptical. Inflorescence lLaxly Paniculate-corymbose. Involucre of 15-35 lanceolate subimbricate phyllaries; in 2-3 series; receptacle convex, glabrous; flowers 5-40 per head; corollas tubular or funnel-shaped, glabrous internally, with glands externally on the lobes, cells of corolla narrow with rather sinuous walls; anther collar usually rather slender with elongate transversely annulate cells, exothecial cells rather quadrate, appendage usually long triangular; stylar node distinct- ly enlarged and glabrous, stylar appendages with prominent elongate projecting cells; achenes prismatic, 5-costate, with a few to many setae mostly along the costae. Carpopodia very distinct, enlargedwith con- striction above, cells very thick-walled, lowest row of cells very enlarged and other cell rows much small- er; pappus setae long but reduced to short scales in one species, scabrous, apical cells acute. Ayapana elata (Steetz) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium elatum Steetz in Seem. Bot. Voy. Herald 148, 1854. Costa Rica, Panama. 236 PH Y TO. LO Gtk Vol. 27, no. Chromolaena A.P.Decandolle, Prodr. 5: 133. 1836. Sparingly to densely branched herbs or shrubs ; leaves opposite, triangular to elliptical, margins sub- entire to highly lobed. Inflorescence laxly to dense- ly corymbose; heads 10-40 flowered; involucre of 18-45, ovate to lanceolate densely imbricate very unequal phyllaries in 4-6 series, phyllaries all deciduous at Maturity; receptacle flat to convex, glabrous, pales sometimes present. Corolla tubular with scarcely con- stricted base; outer surface smooth with tips of Lobes usually capped with a group of thick walled often pro- minently projecting cells, outer surface with few to many short stalked glands and often with rather stiff hairs, without stomates; inner surface of Lobes usually papillose with a dense layer of projecting cells, cells inside of corolla tube narrow with sinuous walls with upper ends sometimes projecting. Anther collar comp- osed of numerous quadrate cells below, elongate cells above, usually with prominent ornate banding on walls, bands transverse in elongate cells and oblique or vert- ical in many of the short cells; exothecial cells most- ly about as long as wide; anther appendage Large, entire or toothed at the apex; pollen spherical, tri- colpate, spinose, modified "' type II " present in many species. Style without basal node; surface cells of stylar appendage smooth to long projecting. Achene prismatic, 5 or rarely 3 costate, bearing setae mostly on costae, sometimes with glands; carpopodium short cylindrical or narrowed below, cells small often wider than high with usually thickened walls; embryo usually borne high in the achene on a distinct highly vascular- ized stalk, lower end of embryo projecting below point of insertion of stalk and partially sclerotized, basal vasculature of achene united to well above level of carpopodium; pappus of ca. 40 slender, scabrous, per- sistent setae, usually pointed apical cells. Chromolaena odorata (L.) R.M.King & H.Robinson, PhytoLogia 20: 204, 1970. Critonia P.Browne. Civ. Nat. Hist. Jam. 490. 1756. Coarse herbs to small trees or woody vines, sparingly branched. Leaves opposite, distinctly petioled, petioles sometimes winged, blades elliptical to broadly ovate (bases hastate in two species), with- out capitate glands, with distinct lactifers internally beside the veins or in the centers of the areoles, Inflorescence paniculate, branches opposite usually spreading at 90 degree angles. Heads usually sessile or short pedicellate in clusters of 3-12. Involucre 2937 King & Robinson, Genera of Barro Colorado 231 of ca. 20-25 imbricate, stramineous, usually glabrous, 2-3 striate phyllaries in 4-6 series; inner series elliptical to narrowly oblong, very easily deciduous, outer series very short orbicular, persistent. Recept- acles plain to slightly convex, glabrous or with a few hairs. Flowers 4-12 per head; corollas tubular below and sometimes slightly spreading above, glabrous; lobes 5, usually Longer than wide with smooth elongate cells, cell walls usually slightly sinuous; anther filament short, inserted above lower third of corolla; corollas slender usually with distinct quadrate cells betow, walls inornate or with slight but distinct annular thickenings; anther appendages large usually longer than wide. Style base without enlarged node, glabrous; appendage filiform to spathulate, smooth to slightly mamillose. Achenes prismatic with 5 often very prominent ribs, ribs and surfaces sparsely to densely setose. Carpopodium a narrow rim or short cylindrical, cells small, quadrate to rounded with walls of confluent thickenings. Pappus of 30-35 scabrous, coarse, persistent setae with crowded bases, tips slightly enlarged and more closely serrulate, apical cells usually acute. : Critonia billbergiana (Beurl.) R.M.King & H.Rob- inson, Phytologia 22: 48. 1971. Fleischmannia Schultz-Bip., Flora 33: 417. 1850. Sparingly branched herbs; leaves opposite, rare- ly subopposite or alternate, elliptical to rhomboidal > usually with cuneate short petiolate base, upper margin serrate or crenulate, in one species leaves dissected into long narrow segments. Inflorescence laxly branch- ing; heads 30-50 flowered; involucre of ca. 30 narrow, usually acute, subimbricate, mostly subequal phyllaries in 2-3 series; receptacle glabrous or with minute scattered hairs. Corolla tubular with only slightly narrowed base; outer surface of lobes usually with short hairs, with glands in some mexican and central american species, surface papillose with projecting cell ends especially along margins of lobes; cells of much of inner surface of lobes and tube with upper ends projecting as papillae, cells mostly narrow with sinuous walls. Anther collar usually slender, with elongate cells showing distinct transverse thickenings throughout, with few or indistinct short cells below; exothecial cells mostly quadrate or wider than long; anther appendage large, often truncate at apex. Style without distinct basal node, glabrous, cells of stylar 238 PoB YT O10 Gtk Vol. 27,ineaue appendage linear, densely Long- projecting. Achene prismatic, usually with setae or serrations on ribs, without glands; carpopodium distinct with prominent upper rim, rounded with thick walled usually quadrate cells; pappus of 5-40 slender sometimes rather fragile setae, with pointed apical cells. Fleischmannia microstemon (Cassini) R.M.King & H.Robinson, Phytologia L9: 204. 1970. Fleischmannia sinclairii (Benth. ex Oerst.) R.M. King & H-Robinson, Phytologia 19: 206. 1970. Hebeclinium A.P.Decandolle, Prodr. 5: 136. 1836. ants erect, sparsely branched, Large herbs or subshrubs. Leaves always opposite, Long petiolate, blades broadly ovate to deltoid, often serrate. Inflorescence a corymbose panicle. Involucre of 25- 40 phyllaries in 3-5 series; receptacle hemispherical, glabrous to densely hairy; 20-80 flowers per head; corolla narrowly tubular, 5-lobed, outer surface of corolla glabrous below, lobes usually longer than wide, usually with prominent multicellular uniseriate hairs and a few glands; inner surface of some species with numerous multiseptate hairs; cells of corolla narrow with sinuous walls; anther collar often slender, composed of rather thin walled cells, many quadrate cells in lower part, walls with distinct thickenings. Anther appendages rather large with Large cells; style base without enlarged node, glabrous. Stylar appendage very narrow throughout, only slightly mMamillose. Achenes prismatic, 4-5 ribbed, setae some- times present, carpopodia scarcely distinct, only a few rows of short cells at edge, area of longer upper cells merging with sides of achene and extending up ribs, pappus of ca. 30-40 scabrous setae, apical cells pointed. Hebeclinium macrophyllum (L.) A.P.Decandolle, Prodr. 5: 136. 1836. Heterocondylus R.M.King & H.Robinson, Phytologia 24: Erect or climbing herbs, subshrubs or shrubs; sparingly branched. Lower leaves opposite, upper leaves often to usually alternate, short-petioled, blades ovate to narrowly oblong, entire to serrate. 1973 King & Robinson, Genera of Barro Colorado 239 Inflorescence few to many branched, paniculate to cymose. Heads Large, phyllaries 15-30, imbricated to subimbricated, strongly unequal to subequal, in 3-5 series, oblong to lanceolate; receptacle flat, glabrous. Flowers 20-80 per head. Corollas narrowly funnel- shaped, 5-lobed, Lobes triangular usually distinctly longer than wide, smooth, glabrous or with a few glands; cells of corolla with mostly sinuous walls; anther collars often thickened above, lower cells subquadrate to wider below, oblong to longer above, walls with annulate thickenings, appendage longer than wide. Stylar node present, glabrous or hairy. Style branch broadly Linear, smooth to short papillose. Achenes 5 ribbed, ribs setose to glandular, lower part of achene long-tapered. Carpopodium distinct somewhat asymmetri- cal, frequently stopper-shaped, cells subquadrate, in many series with distinct thickened walls. Pappus in one series, setose, setae 20-35, scabrous, apex un- equal to gradually dilated. Apical cells acute. Heterocondylus vitalbis (A.P.Decandolle) R.M.King & H.Robinson, Phytologia 24: 391-392. 1972. Mikania Willdenow in Linnaeus, Sp. Pl. (ed 4) 3(3): 1742. 1803. =. Plants perennial scandent vines or reclining weak shrubs, sparsely branched. Leaves opposite or very rarely verticillate, petioled. Inflorescence paniculate, racemose, corymbose or rarely cymose, heads sessile or pedicellate. Involucre of 4, mostly narrowly oblong equal phyllaries, with or without a fifth bracteole, receptacle slightly convex, glabrous, 4 flowers per head; corollas campanulate or broadly funnelform, glabrous, 5-lobed, lobes usually Longer than wide, cells often large and quadrate with straight walls, stomates absent. Anthers exserted at maturity. Anther collar slender, composed of rather thin-walled, lnornate, quadrate cells. Anther appendage large, usually broad, composed of short cells, walls inornate or with beaded thickenings. Style base often stout, rarely with distinct node, glabrous or papillose in species with long papillae on the style branches. Stylar appendage Linear, usually short papillose. Achenes prismatic, 4-5 ribbed, glabrous or rarely with a few short stalked glands or setae, carpopodia short cylindrical. Pappus of ca. 35-40 scabrous setae, apical cells usually blunt. 20 PH Y-E-OL 0 GE's Vol. 27, no. Mikania leiostachya Benth., Pl. Hartw. 201. 1845, Mikania micrantha H.B.K., Nov. Gen. et Sp. 4: 105. L818. | eds fol. Acknowledgement This study was supported in part by the National Science Foundation Grant GB 20502 A #1 and A #2 to the senior author. STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE). CXV. A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES, PSEUDOKYRSTENIOPSIS PERPETIOLATA. R. M. King and H. Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. Dr. Hugh Iltis of the University of Wisconsin at Madison requested that we annotate his herbarium collections of Eupatorieae, indicating proper generic concepts. It was during the course of this study that we encountered a collection called Eupatorium Pycnocephaloides Rob. distributed by the Field Museum Which we here describe as a new genus and species. Pseudokyrsteniopsis perpetiolata R.M.King & H.Robinson, HOV. cen. et (Sip. steracearum (Eupatorieae). Plantae herbaceae erectae usque ad 2 m altae pauce ramosae. Folia opposita, petiolis 1-3 mm longis valde incrassatis base anguste perfoliatis, laminis 2-6 cm longis 1-5 cm latis deltoideis denticulatis base valde hastatis triplinervis supra hirtellis subtus glandulis stipitatis minutis dense obsitis. Inflorescentiae lLaxe panicul- atae, rami recte squarrosi, pedicellis ultimis 1-2 mm longis hirtellis et glandulis stipitatis dense obsitis. Capitula ca. 8-9 mm longa ca. 4-5 mm lata; squamae involucri ca. 20 virides 3-4-seriatae lLanceolatae vel lineares 3-9 mm longae, 1.0-1.5 mm latae Longe attenu- atae; receptacula plana glabra. Flores 13-18; corollae 3.5-4.0 mm lLongae tubulares superne plerumque constric- tae, lobis ca. 0.3 mm longis ca. 0.25 mm Latis sub- oblongis extus pauce glanduliferis ad apicem scleroideis; filamenta in parte superiore anguste, cellulis quad- ratis vel breviter oblongis, parietibus parum trans- verse ornatis; thecae antherarum 0.8-1.0 mm Longae base rotundatae, appendicibus ca. 0.4 mm longis 0.2 mm latis oblongis; styli inferne glabri non nodulosi; ramis Longe clavatis sublaevibus. Achaenia ca. 2.5 mm longa 5-costata dense minute setifera base interdum attenuata, carpopodiis breviter subcylindricis, cell- ulis 5-6-seriatis subquadratis ca. 5, diam., parietibus valde incrassatis; setae pappi ca. 30 subpersistentes scabrae base discretae ad apicem non incrassatae scabriores, cellulis apicalibus argute acutis. Grana pollinis ca. 20, diam. 2)1 22 PHY TOL OG T&A Vol. 27, no. 4 Type: Guatemala: Dry mountain slopes above Rio Blanco, near village of Rio Blanco, Department of El Quiche. Alt. 1400 meters. December 6, 1962. Louis O. Williams, Antonio Molina R. & Terua P. Williams 22457 (Holotype US!), (Isotype WIS!). The genus resembles Brickellia from which it differs clearly by the lack of a hairy basal node on the style, by the 5 ribbed achene, by the short sym- metrical carpopodium and by the terete pappus setae. Actually, closest relationship is to Kysteniopsis and the species could be placed in a broadened concept of that genus, but the squarrose spreading branches of the inflorescence and the attenuate tips on the phyllaries which so resemble Brickellia are markedly different from known species of Kysteniopsis. A com- pletely unique feature of the new material is the in- crassate petiole of the leaves. The collections were apparently widely distributed as Eupatorium pycnocephaloides which is a Fleischmannia. The latter differs by its papillose corolla Lobes and style as well as by its narrow petioles. Acknowledgement This study was supported in part by the National Science Foundation Grant GB 20502 A #1 and A #2 to the senior author. 1973 King & Robinson, A new gems & species 243 x F oR itce -< Agee =e Pod a . 4. OM y TS SUATEMALA Figure Ll, eseudokysteniopsis perpetiolata R.M.King & H.Robinson, n. sp. Holotype US. Photo by Victor E. Krantz, Staff Photographer, National Museum of Natural History. 2h) PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 27, no. bad Nua iii, ise Mig Sy i on : Figures 2-3. Pseudokysteniopsis perpetiolata R.M. King & H.Robinson, n. sp. 2. Enlargement of the inflores- cence, 3. Enlargement of the petiole bases. Photos by Victor E. Krantz, Staff Photographer, National Museum of Natural History. STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE). CXVI. NEW SPECIES OF NEOMIRANDEA. R. M. King and H. Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. The striking nature of the showy and often epi- phytic species of Neomirandea might have been expected to draw more interest and more careful treatment to the group. Unfortunately, the reverse seems to be the case as the true nature of the genus was buried in an unworkable and unnatural concept of Eupatorium., Recent studies in the area from southern Mexico to Panama and especially near Costa Rica where the genus is concentrated, have led to the description of five new species. Now, yet two more undescribed species have been discovered during concentrated studies in preparation for the writing of the Eupatorieae in the Flora of Panama series to be published by the Missouri Botanical Garden. Neomirandea chiriquensis R.M.King & H. Robinson, ap. nov... Plantae frutescentes ca. 1.5 m altae. Caules teretes subincrassati glabri. Folia opposita breviter vel distincte petiolata, petiolis 5-10 mm longis, laminis late ellipticis vel obovatis 6-11 cm longis 2.5-6.5 cm latis integris coriaceis base late cuneatis ad apicem obtusis utrinque minute glandulo- punctatis cetera glabris. Inflorescentiae corymbosae usque ad 20 cm latae 10 cm altae, pedicellis ultimis 5-10 mm longis minute puberulis. Capitula ca. 7 mm longa 3 mm lata. Squamae involucri plerumque Lavand- ulae ca. 15 imbricatae vel subimbricatae ca. 3-seria- tae 1.5-5.0 mm longae 0.7-1.0 mm latae lanceolatae vel lineares pauce fimbriatae extus subglabrae; receptacula glabra vel minute spiculifera. Flores 8-10 in capitulo; corollae ca. 4 mm longae anguste infundibulares Lavand- ulae vel purpurascentes intus et extus glabrae, lobis late triangularibus parum longioribus quam Latioribus, cellulis quadratis, parietibus non sinuosis; appendices antherarum late ovatae; styli inferne non inflati glabri; achaenia prismatica 2.0-2.5 mm longa glabra ad apicem pauce spiculifera; carpopodia distincta, cell- ulis subquadratis 3-5-seriatis; setae pappi ca 40 ad apicem vix scabrae plerumque anguste vel distincte clavatae. Grana pollinis 20-22, diam. 2h5 2h6 PHY TO1LOG T& Vol. 27, no. Type: Panama: Chiriqui: Vicinity of Boquete, E of Palo Alto. Elevation 5000 ft. Slender shrub ca. 4 ft. tall, all branches of inflorescence red-violet, invol- ucre violet, florets and styles white at anthesis becoming red- violet Later. 23 July 1959. W.LJStern, oe EE: J.D.Dwyer, & J.E.Ebinger 1086 Holotype io! The new species is very close to N. allenii R.M. King & H.Robinson, one of the most common species in the lower ranges of central Panama. Distinctions of the new species include the distinctly petiolate leaves, the longer more glabrous phyllaries, the glabrous corolla Lobes and the nearly glabrous achenes. InN. allenii the leaves are sessile or nearly so and the. phyLLlaries mostly less than 3 mm long, the corolla lobes and achene have many glands which are mostly very lLong-stalked. Neomirandea panamensis R.M.King & H.Robinson, sp. nov., Plantae arborescentes erectae usque ad 13 m altae base incognitae. Caules teretes vel valde striati minute granuloso- puberuli. Folia opposita majuscula lLongipetiolata, petiolis usque ad 15 cm longis base anguste vel late alatis interdum auricu- latis, laminis deltoideis vel aceriformibus grosse dentatis vel vadose lobatis serrulatis ad apicem vix acuminatis base rotundatis vel truncatis 3-5-nervatis ad petiolum anguste cuneatis interdum denticulatis subtus granulose fusco-puberulis. Inflorescentiae corymbosae usque ad 27 cm Latae 18 cm altae, pedicellis ultimis minus 1 mm longis. Capitula fasciculata plus 5 mm longa. Squamae involucri fulvae ca. 15 imbricatae 4-5-seriatae ovatae vel oblongae 1-4 mm longae ad apicem late rotundatae fimbriatae extus glabrae; receptacula glabra. Flores 5 in capitulo; corollae ca. 4 mm Longae anguste infundibulares Llavandulae intus glabrae, tubis extus glanduliferis, Lobis oblongo-lanceolatis 3-4 longioribus quam latioribus ad apicem glanduliferis, cellulis quad- ratis, parietibus non sinuosis; appendices anther- arum Late ovatae; styli inferne inflati glabri; achaenia inferne glabra superne setifera; carpopodia distincta, cellulis subquadratis 4-5-seriatis; setae pappi 45-55? ad apicem vix scabrae. Grana pollinis ca. 25u diam, Type: Panama: Bocas del Toro: Robalo Trail, Northern slopes of Cerro Horqueta. Alt. 6000-7000 ft. Tree 40 ft. Flowers lavender, frequent. August 5-7, 1947, Paul H. Allen 4954 (Holotype MO ! Isotype MO! ). 1973 King & Robinson, New species of Neomirandea 2h7 The species is related to Neomirandea angularis (B.L.R.) K. & R. and N. burgeri K. & R. with similar palmate leaf blades. The species is distinct from both these closely related species by the great height of the plants, by the prominence of the stipular wings, by the numerous setae on the upper part of the achenes and by the glands on the tube of the corolla. Other distinctions from N. angularis include the less prom- inent abaxial pubescence on the Leaves and the lack of hairs inside the corolla. Additional distinctions from N. burgeri include the lack of large teeth on the distal part of the petiole. The plants show rather immature heads and measurements of some parts remain uncertain. 21,8 Fe T10 DOG # Vol. 27, no. Sanne! Mir Botanical Cia Figure 1. Neomirandea chiriquensis R.M.King & H.Robinson, n. sp. Holotype, MO. Photo by Victor E. Krantz, Staff Photographer, National Museum of Natural History. 1973 King & Robinson, New species of Neomirandea 2h9 Figure 2, Neomirandea chiriquensis R.M.King & H.Robinson, n. sp. Holotype, Mo. Enlargement of the Inflorescence. Photo by Victor E. Krantz, Staff Photographer, National Museum of Natural History. 250 PHY T.0':L.0 Ga & Vol. 27, BOs 4 ’ . . ue » *“requent, _ Figure 3. Neomirandea panamensis R.M.King & H. Robinson, n. sp. Holotype, MO. Photo by Victor E, Krantz, Staff Photographer, National Museum of Natural History. 1973 King & Robinson, New species of Neomirandea 251 7 "ae i j a Yih MMMM Meh. Me — Figure 4. Neomirandea panamensis R.M.King & H. Robinson, n. sp. Holotype, MO. Enlargement of the Inflorescence. Photo by Victor E. Krantz, Staff Photographer, National Museum of Natural History. STUDIES IN THE LIABEAE (ASTERACEAE). I. A NEW SPECIES OF LIABUM FROM MEXICO. H. Robinson and R. D. Brettell Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. A series of Compositae collected in 1949 by Dr. H. E. Moore Jr. of Cornell University has proven to contain an unusually high percentage of undescribed species. Desribed here from this collection is a large and seemingly showy species of Liabum which we name after the collector. Liabum moorei H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, sp. nov. Plantae frutescentes erectae usque ad 2 m altae pauce ramosae. Caules crassiusculi ad 9 mm diam. substriati juniores arachnoideo-tomentosi. Folia opposita, petiolis 2.5-3.0 cm longis basi vix latioribus, lamimis late ovate rhomboideis 10-12 em longis 6-8 cm latis integris basi breviter cuneatis prope basin triplinervis ad apicem distincte breviter acuminatis supra glabris subtus albo-lanuginoso-tomentosis. Inflorescentiae terminales corymbosae; pedicelli 2-4 cm longi breviter albo- tomentosi ad medium bi-bracteati. Capitula campanulata ad 2.0-2.2 cm longa 2.5-3.0 cm lata; squamae involucri ca. 40 extus albo-lanuginoso-tomentosae 4-5-seriatae breviter ovate vel lineari-lanceolatae ca. 5-20 mm longae ad 3 mm latae; receptacula plana glabra. Radii ca. 12 uniseriati, corollis ca. 25 mm longis minute setiferis. Flores discorum ca. 30; corollae flavae ca. 18 mm longae anguste infundibulares supra media dense minute setiferae, cellulis apicalibus setarum binis elongatis eglandul- osis scleroideis; lobi ca. 5 mm longi lineares superne extus longe piliferi, pilis paucis longe tenuibus crispis; thecae antherarum ca. 6 mm longae, cellulis exothecialibus ovalis plerumque in extremis nodiferis; appendices oblongae 1 1/2 - 2 longiores quam latiores; rami stylarum elongati. Achaenia prismatica striata ca. 3.5 mm longa ca. 1 mm lata dense sericeo- hirsutula; carpopodia breviter subcylindrica valde prominentia, cellulis minutis ca. 15-seriatis subquadratis; pappus setiformis bi-tri-seriatus, setis exterioribus vix distinctis paucis brevioribus, apicibus plerumque vix latioribus, cellulis apical- ibus subacutis. Grana pollinis 40-50 y, diam. Type: MEXICO: Guerrero: 36-38 kms. from Iquala on road to Teloloapan, streamsides and slopes by Rio de los Sabinos near Los Sabinos. Shrub to 6' high. Flowers bright yellow. Leaves white below. 5 Nov. 1949. H.E.Moore, Jr. 5518 (HOLOTYPE US; ISOTYPE BH). The presence of large heads and prominent rays distinguish the new species from all but Liabum andrieuxii (DC.) Benth. & 252 1973 Robinson & Brettell, New species of Liabum 253 Hook.f. The new species is distinct from the latter by the lack of intermixed coarser hairs on the stems and petioles, by the essentially entire ovate leaf blades with white tomentum cover- ing the complete undersurface including the veins, and by the more densely tomentose phyllaries with short pointed tips. STUDIES IN THE SENECIONEAE (ASTERACEAE). III. THE GENUS PSACALIUM H. Robinson and R. D. Brettell Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. A distinctive group of mexican Senecioneae has been rather consistently separated from Senecio by various authors on the basis of the white flower color and the lack of rays. The species have been placed under the genus Cacalia by many authors though the latter name actually must be applied to a completely different group of plants (Rydberg, 1924; Cuatrecasas, 1960) . The partic- ular group of mexican "Cacalioid" Senecioneae considered here are the perennial subscapose herbs with corolla lobes separated to the tube. These species have been treated by Rydberg (1924) and Pippen (1968) as two genera, Psacalium having peltate leaves, and Odontotrichum lacking peltate leaves. Recent observations have provided the basis for a number of refinements over the concepts of previous authors. Previous concepts have recognized in only a general way some basic distinctions within the Senecioneae of Mexico. The most recent efforts of Pippen (1968) have indicated the polyphyletic nature of the so-called "Cacalioid" group in relation to what has been called Senecio. The concept is simplified by the discovery that the "Cacalioid" genera with some elements of Senecio belong in a series having single fused stigmatic lines on each style branch and lacking any specialized enlargement at the base of the anther collar. As such, the series is clearly distinct from typical Senecio. In the series some segregates treated by Pippen (1968) such as Digitacalia stand clearly apart by the caulescent habit and the thickenings on the transverse walls of the exothecial cells. Odontotrichum and Psacalium, the two segregates of subscapose herbs with corolla lobes separate to the tube, however, seem to form a single unit with some species such as Q. radulifolium being transitional. There is no evidence yet that any of the hybridization in the complex occurs between mem- bers of the two different genera but the close relationships suggest that such examples might be found. The present view is that the two groups of species should be treated as a single genus under the older name Psacalium. The general relationships of Psacalium indicate some predis- position toward palmate and even peltate leaves in the group. On this basis one cannot assume the forms with peltate leaves are necessarily the more derived forms or that they are monophyletic. 254 1973 Robinson & Brettell, Genus Psacalium 255 Still, an analysis of diversity in the genus might favor the non-peltate forms as ancestral. Certainly, the most divergent element in the genus is the non-peltate leaved P. paucicapitatum which has flocculent pubescence, an erect globose fleshy corm and a subracemose inflorence. Other characters besides petiole attachment seem to vary in the genus. Contrary to previous accounts the flowers are some- times yellow as in P. matudae described below. Also, some species completely lack a pappus, some have a very short pappus and one has a pappus falling before maturity. Previous authors have quite properly treated these pappus variations as only species differences. The review of material in the U.S. National Herbarium and some specimens kindly loaned by the New York Botanical Garden and Cornell University, has indicated additional need for changes in species concepts. The species reviewed include two new to science, two resurrected from synonymy and one raised from varietal rank. Differences from the Pippen treatment are largely the result of seeing additional material but in some cases opinions differ as to the value of various characters. Pippen has provided evidence of hybrid origin in Odontotrichum scabrum Rydb. ( P. globosum x P. sinuatum), but in all other cases where definite differences can be demonstrated species are maintained in this study. In view of the many alterations a new key to the unified genus concept has been prepared. The range is extended to include Guatemalan species and some alternative subdivisions to those used in Pippen's key are provided. Key to the species of Psacalium: 1. Inflorescence rather elongated, paniculate or thyrsiform to sSubracemose with heads sometimes nodding 1. Inflorescence broadly corymbose or cymose, usually with congested or subfasciated primary branching 12 2. Leaves not peltate; stems, undersurface of leaves and outer surface of phyllaries covered with dense flocculent pubescence; tips of pappus setae enlarged with enlarged cells; plants from enlarged erect globose corm P. paucicapitatum 2. Leaves peltate; pubescence coarse to lacking but not densely flocculent; tips of pappus setae pointed, not enlarged; plants from a compact usually creeping fleshly rhizome 3 256 Mi PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 27, no. Achenes pubescent 4 Achenes glabrous 6 Heads erect without prominent subinvolucral bracts; pappus 6-7 mm long P. eriocarpum Heads nodding, with numerous prominent subinvolucral bracts; pappus mostly 8-10 mm long 5 Leaves deeply lobed with lobes usually deeply bilobed; phyllaries bearing many long coarse setae P. matudae Leaves shallowly lobed to less than half way to center; phyllaries bearing only very short setae and glandular hairs P. holwayanum Heads usually with 5 flowers and 5 phyllaries 7 Heads with 8 or more flowers and phyllaries 9 Stems densely villous; leaves dense long villous below; corollas 12 mm long P. pinetorum Stems and leaves short pubescent; corollas 6-9 mm long 8 Phyllaries densely pubescent on outer surface; lower surface of leaves variously pubescent with rather coarse hairs P. megaphyl1um Phyllaries essentially glabrous; lower surface of basal leaves densely pubescent with fine very thin-walled hairs P. tabulare Heads with 8-12 flowers 10 Heads with 20 or more flowers 1] . Lamina of basal leaves mostly 4-12 cm across, nearly glabrous below; inflorescence very lax P. laxiflorum . Lamina of basal leaves up to 40 cm across, covered with numerous fine hairs below; heads in dense clusters P. nelsonii Lower surface of basal leaves densely long tomentose, lamina lobed less than half distance to center; inflorescence without broadened petioles or broad pedicellar bracts P. mollifolium 1973 Robinson & Brettell, Genus Psacalium 257 11. Lower surface of basal leaves with sparse or short rather coarse hairs, lamina lobed about 2/3 distance to center; inflorescence with broadened petioles on upper leaves and some broad bracts on pedicels P. peltatum 12. Basal leaves peltate or subpeltate 13 12. Basal leaves not at all peltate or subpeltate 19 13. Pappus lacking 14 13. Pappus present 15 14. Leaves dissected into very slender branching lobes; plants without underground tubers P. calvum 14. Leaves with sharply toothed lobes over 5 mm broad; plants with fleshy underground tubers attached to caudex P. nanum 15. Achenes glabrous, upper cauline leaves with slender petioles 16 15. Achenes pubescent, upper cauline leaves with expanded petioles TZ 16. Basal leaves angulate, not lobed; stem hirsute P. hintonii 16. Basal leaves lobed half distance to center; stems glabrous or very sparsely hirsute P. peltigerum 17. Leaves broadly and shallowly lobed, sometimes centrally peltate, glabrous or with rather indistinct hairs below; phyllaries usually very blunt P. poculiferum 17. Leaves deeply lobed, always strongly excentric to subpeltate, with prominent short hairs on the veins below; phyllaries usually acute 18 18. Leaves thin, papery, lobes with regular sharp diverging segments distally P. quercifolium 18. Leaves thick, parchment-like, lobes with irregular short or blunt teeth or segments P. radulifolium 19. Pappus not longer than the corolla tube 20 19. Pappus longer than the corolla tube 24 20. Pappus 2 mm long or less, about half as long as the corolla tube 21 258 20. 21. 7a ee 22. 22. 2a. 23 24. 24. 25. 25. 26. 26. el Fay AP 28. PET T OL O Grd Vol. 27, no. h Pappus over 2 mm long, about as long as the corolla tube Petioles flattened, winged; basal leaves with lobes usually longer than broad P. brachycomum Petioles subterete, not winged; basal leaves coarsely toothed or lobulate with lobules broader than long P. palmeri Basal leaves toothed or subentire, not lobed; petioles stout, densely pubescent P. nephrophyl lum Basal leaves deeply pinnately or subpalmately lobed Zo Upper cauline leaves with broadly auriculate bases, the margins laciniate; pappus deciduous before maturity of achenes P. cirsiifolium Cauline leaves without auriculate or laciniate-margined bases; pappus persistent P. cervinum Achenes pubescent 25 Achenes glabrous 29 Heads large, 1.5-2.5 cm high with 40 or more flowers; corolla tube 7-10 mm long, twice as long as the lobes, pappus setae clavate distally P. platylepis Heads smaller, 1.0-1.4 cm high or less; flowers 25 or less; corolla tube 3-5 mm long, about as long as the lobes; pappus setae not clavate distally 26 Phyllaries 10, sparsely pubescent; heads with 12-25 flowers P. napellifolium Phyllaries 5-8, glabrous; heads with 5-14 flowers es Leaves deeply dissected or pinnatisect into linear segments, the ultimate segments linear or narrowly triangular, at least 5 times longer than broad P. filicifolium Leaves shallowly or deeply lobed but not finely dissected or pinnatisect into linear segments, the ultimate segments triangular or deltoid, less than 3 times longer than broad 28 Heads with 9-14 flowers and 7-8 phyllaries; cauline leaves reduced, bracteiform, narrowly ovate, laciniate-lobed, 8 cm long or less, 1-3 cm broad, the base not auriculate P. pringlei 1973 Robinson & Brettell, Genus Psacalium 259 28. Heads with 5-6 flowers and 5 phyllaries; cauline leaves broadly ovate, leafy, auriculate based, 11-20 cm long, 11-20 cm broad, the margin dentate or lobed P. tussilaginoides 29. Basal leaves deeply lobed 30 29. Basal leaves subentire to shallowly lobed 32 30. Heads with 6-8 flowers and 5-6 phullaries; leaves 3-4-pin- natisect P. decompositum 30. Heads with 9-11 flowers and 7-9 phyllaries; leaves deeply dissected or pinnatifid but not cleft to midrib 31 31. Heads more cylindrical; lower pair of lobes on leaves not deflected downward P. multilobum 31. Heads turbinate; lower pair of lobes on leaves deflected downward P. sinuatum 32. Heads large with 30 or more flowers; phyllaries 13-14 33 32. Heads small with 15 or fewer flowers; phyllaries 8 or fewer 34 33. Bracts subtending the involucre oblong or obovate, distally laciniate, 3 mm wide; corolla tube 9-10 mm long, twice as long as lobes; phyllaries 12-15 mm long P. amplum 33. Bracts subtending the involucre linear-subulate, tapering to a point distally; corolla tube 5-6 mm long, slightly longer than the lobes; phyllaries 7-9 mm long P. pachyphyllum 34. Inflorescence very compact, globose with essentially sessile heads; phyllaries 5-6 per head P. globosum 34. Inflorescence tightly or loosely corymbose; heads distinctly pedicellate; phyllaries usually 7-8 35 35. Basal leaves with broad shallow lobes P. amplifolium 35. Basal leaves subentire to toothed, not lobed 36 36. Basal leaves deeply cordate; petioles of cauline leaves broadly leafy margined, base auriculate, clasping stem; corolla tube 5-6 mm long P. silphiifolium 36. Basal leaves obtuse to shallowly cordate at base, petioles of cauline leaves usually terete, base sometimes dilated but not auriculate; corolla tube usually 3-5 mm long 37 260 Poo YT O°: 0.6522 Vol. 27, no. k 37. Leaves slightly discolorous, undersurface rather obscurely whitish; leaves with numerous hairs especially toward margins and sometimes on petioles P. purpusii 37. Leaf surfaces concolorous, petioles and blades essentially glabrous P. goldsmithii The genus Psacalium contains the following 38 species. Psacalium amplifolium (DC.) H. Robinson & R. D. Brettell, comb. nov. Cacalia amplifolia DC. Prod. 6: 328. 1838. Psacalium amplum (Rydb.) H. Robinson & R. D. Brettell, comb. nov. dontotrichum amplum Rydb. Bull Torrey Bot. Club 51: 417. 1924. Psacal ium brachycomun (Blake) H. Robinson & R. D. Brettell, comb. nov. Cacalia brachycoma S. F. Blake, Contr. Gray Herb. II. 52: 58. 1917. Psacalium calvum (Brand.) Pippen, Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 34:417. 1968. Psacalium cervinum (Rydb.) H. Robinson & R. D. Brettell, comb. nov. Odontotrichum cervinum Rydb. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 51: 420. 1924. Psacalium cirsiifolium (Zucc.) H. Robinson & R. D. Brettell, comb. nov. Odontotrichum cirsiifolium Zucc. Abhand]. Baier. Akad. Wiss. lzvclis 632: Psacalium decompositum (A. Gray) H. Robinson & R. D. Brettell, comb. nov. Cacalia decomposita A. Gray, Pl. Wright. 2: 99. 1853. Psacalium eriocarpum (S. F. Blake) Blake, Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci. 28: 492. 1938. Psacalium filicifolium (Rydb.) H. Robinson & R. D. Brettell, comb. nov. Odontotrichum filicifolium Rydb., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club bis 44 ei924- Psacalium globosum (Rob. & Fern.) H. Robinson & R. D. Brettell, comb. nov. Cacalia globosa Rob. & Fern., Proc. Amer Acad. 30: 119. 1894. Psacalium goldsmithii (B. L. Robinson) H. Robinson & R. D. Brettell, comb. Nov. Cacalia goldsmithii B. L. Robinson, Proc. Amer. Acad. 43: 45. 1907. Psacalium hintonii (Pippen) H. Robinson & R. D. Brettell, comb. nov. Sacalium peltigerum var. hintonii Pippen, Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 34: 430. 1968. 1973 Robinson & Brettell, Genus Psacalium 261 Psacalium holwayanum (B. L. Rob. ) Rydb., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club Sie) 3/2. 1924. Psacalium laxiflorum Benth. Pl. Hartw. 41: 1841. Psacalium matudae H. Robinson & R. D. Brettell, sp. nov. Plantae erectae grosse herbaceae ad 1 m altae non ramosae. Caules, folia, pedicelli, bractae subinvolucri et squamae involucri dense stipitato-glandulosae sparsius valde hirsutae, folia basilaria vix glandulifera. Caules teretes nigricantes. Folia alterna remota superne decrescentia, petiolis 2-23 cm longis basaliter sensim distincte latioribus, laminis peltatis radiantibus 5-7 lobatis basilaribus usque ad 15 cm diam., lobis ad 7 cm longis 2 cm latis prope medium dichotomis apice breviter acutis, laminis foliorum superiorum 3-8 cm diam. plerumque 5 lobatis. Inflores- centiae terminales paniculatae ca. 35 capitatae; pedicellis 3-5 mm longis. Capitula campanulata ad 1.5 cm longa 4-6 mm lata; bracteae subinvolucratae ca. 7-10 lineares usque ad 1 cm longae; squamae involucri 8-9 uniseriatae lineares 10-1] mm longae ca. 1.5 mm latae Obscure virides; receptacula parum convexa glabra vel sparsim hirsuta. Radii nulli. Flores discorum ca. 11; corollae flavae 9-10 mm longae superne infundibulares, tubis ca. 6 mm longis, lobis ca. 3 mm longis linearibus; thecae antherarum ca. 3.5 mm longae, cellulis exothecialibus oblongis, parietibus lateralibus nodiferis; appendices 1 1/2 longiores quam latiores. Achenia cylindrica ca. 4 mm longa dense setifera; carpopodia subcylindrica, cellulis ca. 10 seriatis quadratis vel brevioribus; pappus ca. 8 mm longus facile deciduus biseriatus distincte scabrus, cellulis apicalibus argute acutis non incrassatis. Grana pollinis ca. 40, diam. Type: MEXICO: Mexico: Tlatlaya y cernanias. En bosque claro, altitude 1700 m. Dec. 28, 1953. Matuda et al 30015 (Holotype US); Additional specimens: Mexico: Tezoloapan, Pelon de tres reyes. En ladera semihumeda, rocosa, en bosque de los pinos, 2900 m. Nov. 22, 1970. Matuda et al 38241; En ladera humeda, rocosa en bosque mixto de pinos y incinos, 3000 m. Nov. 22, 1970. Matuda et al 38252; Temascaltepec, Pefidn. 1680 m. Oct. 17, 1932. Hinton 2143; Volcan. 1450 m. Nov. 3, 1932. Hinton 2487 (all US). Psacalium megaphyllum (Rob. & Greenm.) Rydb. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club Sle 374. 1924. Psacalium mollifolium S. F. Blake, Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci. 28: 491. 1938. Psacalium multilobum (Pippen) H. Robinson & R. D. Brettell, comb. nov. Odontotrichum multilobum Pippen, Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 34: 397. 1968. Psacalium nanum Pippen, Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 34: 422. 1968. 262 PE? Oo GDA Vol. 27, no. 4 Psacalium napellifolium (S. Schauer) H. Robinson & R. D. Brettell, comb. nov. Cacalia napellifolia S. Schauer, Linnaea 19: 732. 1847. Psacalium nelsonii Rydb. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 51: 374. 1924. Psacalium nephrophyllum (Rydb.) H. Robinson & R. D. Brettell, comb. nov. Odontotrichum nephrophyllum Rydb. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 51: 418. 1924. Psacalium pachyphyllum (Sch. Bip.) H. Robinson & R. D. Brettell, comb. nov. Cacalia pachyphylla Sch. Bip. ex Seem. Bot. Voy. Herald. 310. 1856. Psacalium palmeri (Greene) H.Robinson & R. D. Brettell, comb. nov. Cacalia palmeri E. L. Greene, Pittonia 1: 219. 1888. Psacalium paucicapitatum (Rob. & Greenm.) H. Robinson & R. D. Brettell, comb. nov. Cacalia paucicapitata Rob. & Greenm. Amer. Journ. Sci. III. 50: 158. 1895. Psacalium peltatum (H.B.K.) Cass. Dict Sci. Nat. 43: 461. 1826. Psacalium peltigerum (Rob. & Seat.) Rydb. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club Str, 374. 1924. Psacalium pinetorum (St. & Stey.) Cuatr. Brittonia 8: 157. 1955. Psacalium platylepis (Rob. & Seat.) H. Robinson & R. D. Brettell, comb. nov. Cacalia platylepis Rob. & Seat. Proc. Amer. Acad. 28: 110. 1893. Psacalium poculiferum (S. Wats.) Rydb. Bull. Torrey Bot Club 51: 375. 1924. Psacalium pringlei (S. Wats.) H. Robinson & R. D. Brettell, comb. nov. bacatta pringlei S. Wats. Proc. Amer. Acad. 25: 156. 1890. Psacalium purpusii (Greenm.) H. Robinson & R. D. Brettell, comb. nov. Cacalia purpusii Greenm. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 4: 95. 1910. Psacalium quercifolium H. Robinson & R. D. Brettell, sp. nov. antae erectae grosse herbaceae usque ad 1 m altae non ramosae. Caules puberuli teretes striati inferne rubescentes. Folia alterna plerumque basilaria superne decrescentia remota, petiolis basilaribus usque ad 20 cm longis dense puberulis inferne villosis, laminis peltatis valde eccentricis 7-15 cm longis et latis profunde 9-11-lobatis, lobis 2-6 cm longis 0.8-1.5 cm latis, lobulis argutis divaricatis, sinibus late rotundatis, subtus distincte sparsim puberulis; petioli foliorum superiorum late laminati laciniati basi 1973 Robinson & Brettell, Genus Psacalium 263 valde auriculati, laminis diminutis vel nullis. Inflorescentiae terminales late corymbosae ca. 60 capitatae; pedicellis 3-8 mm longis sparsim puberulis. Capitula subcylindrica ca. 8 mm longa 2-3 mm lata; bracteae subinvolucri nullae; squamae involucri 4-5 anguste ellipticae 6 mm longae 1.5-2.0 mm latae extus glabrae. Flores discorum 4-5; corollae albae 7-8 mm longae, tubis 3.0-3.5 mm longis, lobis 4 mm longis linearibus; thecae antherarum ca. 2 mm longae; appendices 1 1/2-2 longiores quam latiores. Achaenia cylindrica ca. 3 mm longa dense setifera; carpopodia brevia, cellulis 3-4-seriatis; pappus ca. 5 mm longus facile deciduus biseriatus distincte scabrus, cellulis apicalibus argute acutis non incrassatis. Grana pollinis 30-35, diam. Type: MEXICO: Sinaloa: Cerro de 1a Sandia, northeast of Panuco, Pacific slope. Pine forest, herb, flowers white. alt. 1700-1900 m. Aug. 29-30, 1935. Pennell 20085 (Holotype US). The new species is related to Psacalium radulifolium and P. poculiferum. The latter species differs by the more shallowly lobed leaves with little or no pubescence below. The new species differs from P. radulifolium by the thinner texture of the leaves which are more translucent with a more evident fine netting of veins. The leaf lobes of the new species are more regular and generally sharper. The blade attachment is about 8-10 mm in from the margin while that of P. radulifolium is usually much closer. Psacalium radulifolium (H.B.K.) H. Robinson & R. D. Brettell, comb. nov. Cacalia radulifolia H.B.K., Nov. Gen. et Sp., Folio ed. 4: 132, 1818. Psacalium silphiifolium (Rob. & Greenm.) H. Robinson & R. D. Brettell, comb. nov. Cacalia silphiifolia Rob. & Greenm., Amer. Journ. Sci. ITI. 50: 158. 1895. Psacalium sinuatum (Cerv.) H. Robinson & R. D. Brettell, comb. nov. Cacalia sinuata Cerv. in Llav. & Lex., Nov. Veg. Desc. fides 29. 1824). Psacalium tabulare (Hemsl.) Rydb., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 51: S7be 1928". Psacalium tussilaginoides (H.B.K.) H. Robinson & R. D. Brettell, comb. nov. Cacalia tussilaginoides H.B.K., Nov. Gen. et Sp., Folio ed. 4: 132. 1818. References Cuatrecasas, J. 1960. Studies on Andean Compositae-IV. Brittonia 12: 182-195. 26h PUY O,L-0 GFA Vol. 27, no. k Pippen, R. W. 1968. Mexican "Cacalioid“ genera allied to Senecio (Compositae). Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 34 (6): 365-447. Rydberg, P. A. 1924. Some senecioid genera I-I[I. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 51 (9): 369-378; (10): 409-420. STUDIES IN THE SENECIONEAE (ASTERACEAE). IV. THE GENERA MESADENIA, SYNEILESIS, MIRICACALIA, KOYAMACALIA AND SINACALTA H. Robinson and R. D. Brettell Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. Among the true members of the tribe Senecioneae the second most consistently recognized genus name is Cacalia L. Authors that place such elements as Ligularia Cass. and Kleinia L. in synonymy seem able to accept Cacalia as distinct. This is remark- able for many reasons of which the most important are the unnat- ural limits of the concept, the unreliability of both of the most commonly used genus characters, and the fact that the proper type of the genus is an Adenostyles rather than anything generally recog- nized as a Cacalia. The genus Cacalia has been usually interpreted as those members of the Senecioneae with white flowers and lacking rays. Attempts have been made to recognize C. atriplicifolia L. as the lectotype. Both of these concepts need extensive correction. Regarding the typification of Cacalia, the initial clarification was by Rydberg (1924) with further statements by Cuatrecasas (1960) and Pippen (1968). The statement by Cuatrecasas was the most important but was unfortunately obscured by the dropping of a line in printing. The corrected part of the second paragraph is as follows: "In addition to the reasons given by Rydberg (among them the description of the styles by Linné, as long as and similar to those of Eupatorieae), I wish to point out that Linné described Cacalia with tetramerous corollas as early as the second edition of Genera Plantarum, 1742, page 401: ‘corollis hermaphroditis quadrifidis.' Similarly, in the 8th edition (Schreber 1791, page 545): ‘limbo quadri-f.quinquefido'. Tournefort (1700, Inst. p. 452, fig. 258, cited by Linné) wrote: ‘Cacalia differt a Senecione flosculis quadrifariam scissis.' Among all species of Cacalia in Linne's Species Plantarum, Cacalia alpina is the only one with elongate, curled stigmas and 4-merous corollas." True Cacalia is Adenostyles though it would be hopelessly confusing to apply the name in that genus. Conservation of the genus name Adenostyles is to be recommended. Thought might be given to conservation of the Cacalia in the non Linnean sense, but such a distortion of the original concept could only conserve a minor part of the Cacalia of later authors. The suggested lectotype, Cacalia atriplicifolia L., is a member of the group noted here as Mesadenia Raf. from the southeastern 265 266 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 27, no. United States. In any case the mexican and asiatic species must be segregated. The mexican species have already been treated by Pippen (1968) and placed in the various genera Digitacalia Pippen, Pericalia Cass. ex Rydb., Odontotrichum Zucc. and Psacalium Cass. Some aSiatic species have already been placed in the segregate genera Syneilesis Maxim. and Miricacalia Kitam. The scrupulous avoidance of new names for the group called Cacalia in Asia in the past has necessitated the description of the new genus Koyamacalia here. The delimitation of Cacalia in the past has served well in some limited areas but on the whole it has been a farce. The flower color is actually yellow in some species that have been placed in the group and white in others that have been excluded. Ray flowers are lacking in many isolated species among the Seneci- Oneae but are present in genera such as Ligularia L. of Asia and Pippenalia McVaugh of Mexico which are closely related to different elements in the broad concept of Cacalia. At best, it is possible to recognize a larger element in the Senecioneae which contains such genera as Psacalium, Mesadenia, Syneilesis, Miricacalia, Koyamacalia, Ligularia and Pippenalia. This larger element has a tendency toward white flowers and lack of rays but such types are often more closely related to species with yellow flowers and rays than to each other. It is possible to recognize many members of the larger "Cacalioid" relationship by the often broadly palmate or even peltate leaves but this character like the flower color and rays is inexact. Bases of anthers have often been used in the Senecioneae but have proven erratic. The style tips of the "Caca- lioid" group are blunt in almost all members but the character is neither unique to the group nor totally reliable in the asiatic species. Characters derived from this study, exothecial cells and carpopodial structure, prove excellent at the generic level but useless at defining the overall relationship. The variation in the characters cited is often so patterned as to suggest inter- generic hybridization as a major mechanism in the evolution of the Senecioneae. It must be acknowledged that no character has yet been found that perfectly sets off the "Cacalioid" Senecioneae. Two characters that show an amazingly close correlation, however, are the anther collars and the stigmatic lines. The enlargement at the bases of the anther collars has been noticed by many authors including Cassini and they have occasXionally been illustrated in outline. It was Koyama (1967) who seems to have first noted the tendency for the character to be restricted to certain groups in the Seneci- Oneae. The anther collars of the "Cacalioid" genera never have the enlarged or thinner walled basal cells. Among these I would include a number of groups presently placed in the broad concept of Senecio. Stigmatic lines of the "Cacalioid" genera are, as indicated in previous papers in this series, covering the complete inside surface of the style branches. In most other Senecioneae including typical Senecio the stigmatic surface is divided into | two distinct lines. By the combination of these two characters 1973 Robinson & Brettell, Studies in Senecioneae 267 the limits of a distinct “Cacalioid" group can be seen. The group is mostly northern hemisphere with only Chersodoma Philippi and Paracalia Cuatr. noted thus far from South America. It should be noted that the name "Cacalioid" is erroneous since Adenostyles, the true Cacalia, is not "Cacalioid" in the present sense. Two characters raised to prominence here at the generic level are the exothecial cells and the cellular structure of the carpo- podium. The exothecial cells of Senecio and its closer relatives do not seem very reliable but those of the "Cacalioid" species seem to correlate well with other characters. The exothecial cells of the asiatic members have thickenings on the transverse or end walls (Fig. 1). Most Western Hemisphere species have thickenings along the lateral walls (Fig. 2). The forms of carpopodia in the "Cacalioid" group are not unique to that group, but one of the forms in the group is particularly useful in delimiting one group 3 4 Figs. 1-2. Exothecial cells. 1. Koyamacalia nikomontana (Matsum.) Robinson & Brettell. 2. Mesadenia reniformis (Muhl.) Raf. Figs. 3-4. Carpopodial cells. 3. Koyamacalia nikomontana. 4. Mesadenia reniformis. of genera. The series including Miricacalia and Koyamacalia has elongate cylindrical carpopodia with oblong very thick-walled cells (Fig. 3). The thick walls are heavily lined with pores. Carpopodia of other genera are shorter and sometimes tapering with quadrate and usually thinner-walled cells (Fig. 4). The characters are regarded as of generic significance in the group. The present paper is intended to summarize some of the necessary divisions among "Cacalioid" genera in three primary areas, Mexico, S.E. United States, and Eastern Asia. MEXICO The "Cacalioid" genera of Mexico are a far more extensive 268 Pearl Quiles Ls Vol. 27, noad series than suggested by Pippen (1968). Present concepts would recognize at least six genera: DIGITACALIA Pippen. Caulescent plants with palmately lobed leaves, no rays, corolla divided to tube, exothecial cells thickened on end walls. NELSONIANTHUS Robinson & Brettell. Caulescent epiphytes with ovate leaves, no rays, corolla partially cleft into narrow lobes, exothecial cells thickened on end walls. (See Robinson & Brettell, Studies in the Senecioneae II). PSACALIUM Cass. Leaves mostly basal with often broad or peltate blades, no rays, corolla divided to tube, exothecial cells with lateral thickenings, with or without pappus. The concept includes Odontotrichum Zucc. and Sciadoseris Kunze. (See Robinson & Brettell, Studies in the Senecioneae III). PIPPENALIA McVaugh. Leaves mostly basal with peltate blades, rays present, corolla partially cleft into rather narrow lobes, exothecial cells with lateral thickenings, without pappus. ROLDANA La Llave & Lex. Caulescent plants with ovate to palmate or peltate blades, stems with or without resin ducts, with or without rays, corolla partially divided into short or rather long lobes, exothecial cells with lateral thickenings. The concept is provisionally broad and includes Pericalia Cass. ex Rydb. PITTOCAULON Robinson & Brettell. Caulescent plants with seasonally deciduous leaves, stems with two rows of resin ducts, leaf blades palmate, rays present, corolla short lobed, exothecial cells with lateral thickenings. (See Robinson & Brettell, Studies in the Senecioneae I). SOUTHEASTERN UNITED STATES The "Cacalioid" species of the area can be divided into two groups: Rugelia Shuttlew. ex Chapm. with mostly basal leaves, large heads and exothecial cells with thickenings at ends; and Mesadenia Raf. with more caulescent plants, narrow heads and many exothecial cells with prominent thickenings along the lateral walls. Synosma suaveolens (E1l1.) Raf. which is often associated with this group is not "“Cacalioid". The species of Mesadenia recognized by Rydberg (1924) and Small (1933) are as follows: Mesadenia angustifolia Rydb. in Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 51: 378. 1924. Mesadenia atriplicifolia (L.) Rafin. New Fl. Amer. 4: 79. 1836. 1973 Robinson & Brettell, Studies in Senecioneae 269 Mesadenia diversifolia (Torr. & A. Gray) Greene, Pittonia 3: 182. 1897. Mesadenia elliottii Harper, Torreya, 5: 184. 1905. Mesadenia floridana (A. Gray) Greene, Pittonia 3: 183. 1897. Mesadenia lanceolata (Nutt.) Rafin. New Fl. Amer. 4: 79. 1836. Mesadenia maxima Harper ex Small, Fl. S.E£. U.S. 1301. 1903. Mesadenia reniformis (Muhl.) Rafin. New Fl. Amer. 4: 79. 1836. Mesadenia sulcata (Fernald.) Small Fl. S.E. U.S. 1301. 1903. Mesadenia tuberosa (Nutt.) Britton. ex Britton & Br. Fl. N. U.S. 3: 474. 1898. EASTERN ASIA The "Cacalioid" genera of the Eastern Hemisphere form a complex group with some outlying forms in the Aleutian Islands and the Western United States. The genera of note here are Ligularia, Syneilesis, Miricacalia, Koyamacalia and Sinacalia. All of these show exothecial cells with thickenings on the ends or transverse walls and most species tend to have inflorescences racemose or with racemose branches. Some of the distinctive features of the genera are as follows: LIGULARIA Cass. Plants with leaves usually mostly basal, bases of petioles prominently sheathing, rays present, achenes glabrous, carpopodium short and tapered with small quadrate cells. (See Koyama 1968). According to Koyama the genus is mostly asiatic where about 100 species have been reported. SYNEILESIS Maxim. Plants more caulescent, bases of petioles not sheathing, leaf blades at least slightly peltate, no rays, achenes glabrous, carpopodium short cylindrical with small quadrate cells, embryo with one cotyledon. (See Koyama 1969, 1972). The genus contains the following six species: Syneilesis aconitifolia (Bunge) Maxim., Prim. Fl. Amur. 165. 1859. Cacalia aconitifolia Bunge, Enum. Pl. Chin. Bor. 37, n. 208. 1831. Syneilesis australis Ling, Contrib. Inst. Bot. Nat. Acad. Peiping, Aa. 1.937. Syneilesis intermedia (Hayata) Kitamura, Acta Phytotax. & Geobot. 6: 244. 1937. Senecio intermedius Hayata Mater. Fl. Formos. 270 Pre, FT OF EOrGr iss Vol. 27, DO. 4 155. 1911. nom. illeg. Cacalia intermedia Hayata, Ic. Pl. Formos. 8: 66. 1919. Syneilesis hayatae K hayatae Kitamura, Journ. Jap. Bot. 10: 702. 1934. Syneilesis palmata (Thunb.) Maxim., Bull. Acad. Petersb. 19: 487. 1874. Arnica palmata Thunb. Fl. Jap. 319. 1784. Syneilesis subglabrata (Yam. & Sasaki.) Kitamura, Journ. Jap. Bot. 10: 702. 1934. Cacalia intermedia Hayata var. subglabrata Yam. & Sasaki, Journ. Trop. Agr. 3: 243. 1931. Cacalia subglabrata Kitamura, Acta Phytotax. & Geobot. T: 148. 1932. Syneilesis tagawae Kitamura, Journ. Jap. Bot. 10: 701. -1934. in syn.; ©“ Mem. Coll. Sci., Kyoto Imp. Univ. Ser. Bo Relapeenee 1942. syneilests s aconitifolia var. tagawae Kitamura Comp. Nov. Jap. 1: 24. 1931. MIRICACALIA Kitamura. Plants more caulescent, bases of petioles slightly sheathing, leaf blades not peltate, involucre with prominent broad calyculus at base, no rays, achenes glabrous and prominently beaked at maturity, carpopodium long cylindrical with oblong thick-walled cells. (See Koyama, 1969). The genus contains one species: Miricacalia makineana (Yatabe) Kitamura, Acta Phytotax. & Geobot. Kyoto. 5: 214. 1936. Senecio makineanus Yatabe, Bot. Mag. Tokyo. 6: 115. 1892. KOYAMACALIA H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, genus novum Asteracearum (Senecioneae). Plantae herbaceae caulescentes. Folia alternata, petiolis base parum vel distincte vaginatis, laminis plerumque triangularibus vel reniformibus non peltatis. Inflorescentiae vel rami plerumque racemose raro corymbosi. Calyculi nulli. Flores radii nulli. Flores disci abli vel flavi; corollae anguste infundibulares, faucis elongatis, lobis 3-4 longioribus quam latiori- bus; filamenta in parte superiore non inflata; cellulae exotheciales breviter oblongae vel ellipticae, parietibus transversal ibus noduliferis; lineae stigmaticae connatae; achaenia glabra non rostrata; carpopodia longe cylindrica, cellulis oblongis, parietibus valde incrassatis prominente microstriatis. Species typica: Cacalia hastata L. Plants more caulescent, bases of petioles slightly to prominently sheathing, leaf blades not peltate, no distinct calyculus, no rays, achenes glabrous and not beaked, carpopodium long cylindrical with oblong thick-walled cells. The genus is the element called Cacalia in asian floras. Koyama (1969) reviews the basis for considering Cacalia hastata L. as the lectotype of Cacalia, a concept that would preserve present usage in asian floras but which has no basis in the Code of Nomen- clature. Cacalia hastata does not conform with either the protologue 1973 Robinson & Brettell, Studies in Senecioneae 271 or genus descriptions given by Linneaus. Furthermore, the selection of Cacalia atriplicifolia L. as lectotype would hive priority. The history of the usage of the name Cacalia on a world wide basis does not suggest particularly the asian or for that matter any other definable concept as typical. At this point of critical circumscription of the group the only valid action is establishment of a mew genus. There is no way that Cacalia hastata can be the type of Cacalia except through an unlikely and unwise act of conservation intended to preserve a part of a misconception. The genus Koyamacalia is closest on one side to Miricacalia which has the same type of carpopodium but has a distinct calyculus and a beaked achene. Also related to Koyamacalia are the Chinese specimens placed in the following genus Sinacalia distinguished by the presence of ray flowers. Excluded from the concept of Koyamacalia is Cacalia section Vaginales as delimited by Koyama (1969). The latter group shows the habit of Ligularia and the species may prove to belong to that genus in spite of the lack of ray flowers. The genus is named for Dr. Hiroshige Koyama now curator of phanerogams at the National Science Museum in Tokyo. Dr. Koyama has produced the most critical studies of this grcup of plants and has provided some useful comments on some of the species during his recent visit. The genus Koyamacalia contains the following 47 species many of which are included here on the basis of description. Koyamacalia adenostyloides (Fr. & Sav.) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Senecio adenostyloides Fr. & Sav. ex Maxim., Nel biol. 9: 297. 1874. Koyamacalia amagiensis (Kitamura ) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. re celia la amagiensis Kitamura,Comp. Nov. Jap. 1: 23. 1931. Koyamacalia ambigua (Ling) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Cacalia ambigua Ling,Contr. Inst. Bot. Nat. Acad. Peiping 2: 528. 1934. Koyamacalia auriculata (DC.) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Cacalia auriculata ta OG. Prod. 6: 329. 1837. Koyamacalia bulbiferoides (Hand.-Mzt.) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Cacalia bulbiferoides Hand.-Mzt., Symb. Sin. 7:1131. 1936. Koyamacalia chenopodifolia (DC. ) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Senecio chenopodifolius DC., Prod. 6: 364. 1837. Koyamacalia cyclota (Bur. & Franch) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Senecio cyclotus Bur. & Franch., Journ. de Bot. Bea SO 272 PHY T CLOG rs Vol. 27, no. Koyamacalia dasythyrsa (Hand.-Mzt.) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Cacalia dasythyrsa Hand.-Mzt., Acta Hort. Gotoburg. 122° 296. "1938. Koyamacalia delphiniifolia (Sieb. & Zucc.) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, Comb. nov. Cacalia delphiniifolia Sieb. & Zucc., Abh. Acad. Muench. 4(3): 190. 1846. Koyamacalia deltophylla (Maxim.) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Senecio deltophyllus Maxim., Bull. Acad. Petersb. 27: 487. 1881. Koyamacalia farfaraefolia (Sieb.& Zucc.) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Cacalia farfaraefolia Sieb. & Zucc., Abh. Acad. Muench. 4(3): 190. 1846. Koyamacalia firma (Komarov) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Cacalia firma Komarov, Acta Hort. Petrop. 18: 420. 1900. Koyamacalia hastata (L.) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Cacalia hastata L..Sp. Pl. 2: $35. .1753. Koyamacalia hupehensis (Hand.-Mzt.) H.Robinson & Brettell, comb. nov. Cacalia hupehensis Hand.-Mzt.,Symb. Sin. 7: 1131. 1936. Koyamacalia hwangshanica (Ling) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Cacalia hwangshanica Ling, Contr. Inst. Bot. Nat. Acad. ‘Petping. 5: Il. 1937: Koyamacalia kiusiana (Makino) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Cacalia kiusiana Makino, Bot Mag. Tokyo. 24: 228. 1910. Koyamacalia latipes (Franch.) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Senecio latipes Franch. in Morot, Journ. de Bot. 8: 356. 1894. Koyamacalia leucanthema (Dunn) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Senecio leucanthemus Dunn, Joun. Linn. Soc., Bot. 35: 506. 1903. Koyamacalia levingii (Clarke) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Senecio levingii Clarke,Comp. Ind. 301. 1876. Koyamacalia macrocephala (Hand.-Mzt.) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Cacalia macrocephala Hand.-Mzt., Notizbl. Bot Gart. Berlin, 13%, 633... 1937. Koyamacalia maekawae (Nakai) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Miricacalia maekawae Nakai, Journ. Jap. Bot. 14: 642. 1938. Koyamacalia matsudae (Kitamura) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Cacalia matsudae Kitamura, Journ. Jap Bot. 20: 196. 1944. 1973 Robinson & Brettell, Studies in Senecioneae er Koyamacalia maximowicziana (Nakai & Maekawa ex Hara) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Cacalia maximowicziana Nakai & Maekawa ex Hara, Journ. Jap. Bot. 10: 432. 1934. Koyamacalia nikomontana (Matsu,.) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Cacalia nikomontana Matsum., Bot. Mag. Tokyo. 13: 84. 1899. Koyamacalia nipponica (Miq.) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Cacalia nipponica Miq., Ann. Mus. Bot. Lugd.-Bat. 2: 181. 1866. Koyamacalia nokoensis (Masam. & Suzuki) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Cacalia nokoensis Masam. & Suzuki, Journ. Soc. Trop. Agr. Taiwan 2: 5]. 1930. Koyamacalia otopteryx (Hand.-Mzt.) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Cacalia otopteryx Hand.-Mzt., Symb. Sin. 7: 1132. 1936. Koyamacalia palmatisecta (Jeffr.) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Senecio palmatisectus Jeffr., Not. Bot. Gard. Edinb. 9: 128. 1916. Koyamacalia pelleifolia (J.R.Drumm.) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Senecio pelleifolius King ex J.R.Drumm., Kew Bathe Ihe 271. 1911. Koyamacalia peltifolia (Makino) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Cacalia peltifolia Makino, Journ Jap. Bot. 5: 27. 1928. Koyamacalia penninervis (Koyama) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Cacalia penninervis H.Koyama, Mem. Fac. Sci. Kyoto Univ. 2: 180. 1969. Koyamacalia phyllolepis (Franch.) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Senecio phyllolepis Franch. in Morot, Journ. de Bot. 8: 360. 1894. Koyamacalia pilgeriana (Diels) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. er. enecio pilgerianus Diels, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 36 (Beibl. 82): 106. 1905. Koyamacalia profundorum (Dunn) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Senecio profundorum Dunn, Journ.,Linn. Soc., Bot. 35: 507. 1903. Koyamacalia pseudotaimingasa (Nakai) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Cacalia pseudotaimingasa Nakai, Bot. Mag. Tokyo 29; 0. 1915: Koyamacalia quinqueloba (DC.) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. P snanthes quinqueloba Wall. ex DC., Prod. 7: 195. 1838. a Frenantnes 27h PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 27, no. Koyamacalia roborowskii (Maxim.) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Senecio roborowskii Maxim., Bull. Acad. Petersb. 27: 487. 1881. Koyamacalia rockiana (Hand.-Mzt.) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, Comb. nov. Cacalia rockiana Hand.-Mzt., Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin ser. 8, 3: 165. 1891. Koyamacalia rubescens (S.Moore) 4.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. Nov. senecio rubescens S.Moore, Journ. Bot. 13: 228. 1875. Koyamacalia rufipilis (Franch.) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Senec7zo rutipilis Franch. in Morot, Journ. de Bot. 8: 359. 1894. Koyamacalia shikokiana (Makino) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. cacalia shikokiana Makino, Bot. Mag. Tokyo 12: 80. 1898. Koyamacalia sinica (Ling) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. acalia Sinica Ling, Contr. Inst. Bot. Nat. Acad. Peiping oy a REY G Koyamacalia souliei (Franch.) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Senecio souliei Franch., Bull. Soc. Philom. Paris, Ser. 8. 32 165. 189i. Koyamacalia tebakoensis (Makino) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Cacalia delphiniifolia var. tebakoensis Makino, Bot. Mag. Tokyo 24: 230. 1910. Koyamacalia yakushimensis (Masamune) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Cacalia yakushimensis Masamune, Journ. Soc. Trop. Agr. Taiwan 2: 37. 1930. Koyamacalia yatabei (Matsumura & Koidz.) H.Robinson & R.D.Brett- ell, comb. nov. Cacalia yatabei Matsumura & Koidz., Bot. Mag. Tokyo 24: 152. 1910. Koyamacalia zuccarinii (Maxim.) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Senecio zuccarinii Maxim., Mél. Biol. 9: 298. 1874. SINACALIA H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, genus novum Asteracearum (Senecioneae). Plantae herbaceae caulescentes. Folia alternata, petiolis base vix vaginatis, laminis triangularibus profunde lobatis vel subpinnatifidis non peltatis. Inflorescentiae pyramidaliter paniculatae, ramis racemosis. Calyculi nulli. Flores radii et disci pauci; corollae flavi anguste infundibul- ares, faucis elongatis, lobis anguste triangularibus ca. triplo longioribus quam latioribus; filamenta in parte superiore non 1973 Robinson & Brettell, Studies in Senecioneae 275 vel parum inflata; cellulae exotheciales breviter oblongae vel ellipticae, parietibus transversalibus noduliferis; lineae stigmaticae plerumque connatae; achaenia glabra non rostrata; carpopodia longe cylindrica, cellulis oblongis, parietibus valde incrassatis prominente microstriatis. Species typica: Senecio henryi Hems1. Plants more caulescent, bases of petioles scarcely sheathing, leaf blades subpinnately lobed, inflorescence paniculate with racemose branches, no distinct calyculus, few ray and disk flowers, achenes glabrous and not beaked at maturity, carpopodium long cylindrical with oblong thick-walled cells. The genus is related to Koyamacalia and Miricacalia by the distinctive form of the carpopodium. Sinacalia is distinct from the related genera by the presence of ray flowers. Some of the most distinctive features of Sinacalia are the slight enlargement under the collars in some of the specimens and the partial separation of the stigmatic lines in others. Both characters suggest closer relationship to Senecio. Sinacalia can be easily distinguished from Senecio by the racemose branches of the inflorescence. The mixture of characters in Sinacalia would seem to be the result of parallelisms or hybridization. The genus is Unlikely to represent a true phyletic link between the "Cacalioid" and "Senecioid" groups. The form of the enlargement in some of the anther filaments seems to confirm an impression gained from other anther collars in the Senecioneae. This enlargement is in a region below the regular collar. The "Senecioid" form of collar often seems to consist of two distinct parts, the lower part being derived from the tissue below the true collar. The genus seems to contain two species but the second species is known only from one misidentified specimen from Szechuan under the name Senecio palmatisecta J.F.Jeff. The known species for the genus is as follows: Sinacalia henryi (Hems].) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Senecio henryi Hems]. in Forbes & Hems]., Journ. Linn. Soc., Literature Cited Cuatrecasas, J. 1960. Studies on andean Compositae-IV. Brittonia 12: 182-195. Koyama, H. 1967. Taxonomic studies on the tribe Senecioneae of Eastern Asia. I. General part. Mem. Coll. Sci. Univ. Kyoto ser. B, 33 (3): 181-209. » 1968-1969. Taxonomic studies on the tribe Senecioneae of Eastern Asia. II. Enumeration of the species of Eastern Asia. Mem. Fac. Sci. Kyoto Univ., Biol. 2 (1): 19-60; ene): 137-183: 276 POHCYOT OE O10 TILK Vol. 27, no. Koyama, H. and F. Maeda 1972. A preliminary note on the embryogenesis in Syneilesis palmata. Acta Phytotax. Geobot. 25: 92-95. Pippen, R. W. 1968. Mexican "“Cacaliod" genera allied to Senecio (Compositae). Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 34 (6): 365- 446. Rydberg, P. A. 1924. Some Senecioid genera I-II. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 51 (9): 369-378; (10): 409-420. Small, J. K. 1933. Manual of the Southeastern Flora. i-xxii, 17-1554. THE GENERIC LIMITS OF PLUCHEA AND TESSARIA (INULEAE, ASTERACEAE) . H. Robinson and J. Cuatrecasas Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. During recent efforts to determine various collections of Compositae from Peru, a number of specimens with field identifi- cations as Eupatorium and Baccharis were identified as the recently described species, Tessaria zamalloae Cabrera. While resolving the problem of identification a new problem was encountered regarding generic limits. A solution to the generic problem is suggetsed here. The various genera of the Inuleae subtribe Pluchinae have been reviewed in tabular form by Randeria (1960) in her study of the genus Blumea. Many of the genera of the subtribe such as Blumea and Laggera belong to a group distinguished by being essentially herbaceous and by having phyllaries more like those of the tribe Astereae. Genera of this group not or inadequately noted in previous summaries are Pseudoconyza Cuatr. of Latin America and Merrittia Merrill of the Philippines. Outside of this group are the two genera Tessaria and Pluchea which are usually shrubs or trees and which have broader or coarser usually more tightly imbricated phyllaries without discolored tips. The present generic problem is restricted to the latter two genera. Tessaria was described by Ruiz and Pavon in 1794 and two species were given in 1798. Both species are generally recog- nized as one species, T. integrifolia R. & P. The species ranges from Central America south to Argentina. Pluchea was described by Cassini in 1817 on the basis of Conyza marylandica Michx. which equals Pluchea camphorata (L.) DC. A third genus has been described in the complex, Berthelotia DC. described in 1836 based on B. lanceolata DC. originally from India. Attempts by various authors to compare the genera ultimately produced a broad concept of Pluchea including species from North and South America as well as Europe, Asia and Africa. Species of Berthe- lotia were at times placed in Tessaria but these African and Asian species have more recently been included in Pluchea. The genus Tessaria has been retained for a group of about four species mostly in souhtern South America and supposedly distin- guished by having fewer male flowers in the head and having more differentiated spreading inner phyllaries (Hoffmann, 1894). Three of the species of Tessaria have been treated for Argentina by Cabrera (1939). An initial survey of Tessaria is sufficient to see great differences between the species. Only two of the four species 277 278 Pas TOL 0 Gk Vol. 27, no. treated by Cabrera, T. integrifolia and T. absinthisides actually have fully differentiated prominently recurving inner phyllaries, and only T. integrifolia commonly shows the single male flower per head that is used by some as a generic character. Further investigation shows that two other South American species T. dodoneaefolia and T. zamalloae are actually closer to various African and Asian species that have been placed in Pluchea and evenly closer to Pluchea chingoyo (H.B.K.) DC. of Peru. Two conflicting generic concepts exist in the two geographical areas. A final broader survey of both genera has shown a wealth of character differences without clear indication of marked phyletic breaks. A representative series is studied here in an attempt to fix a possible natural division between the genera, if any. Various character differences found among the species of Tessaria and Pluchea seem best treated in sequence. The follow- ing series is arranged in a generally progressive order starting with characters more restricted to typical Pluchea. Pappus setae deciduous. The setae are very fragile in some of the species of Pluchea including P. salicifolia (Mil1.) Blake and the type of the genus P. camphorata. The setae are more persistant though completely separate in material seen of P. odorata (L.) Cass. Pappus setae are increasingly persistant in the intermediate species such as P. indica (L.) Less., P. dioscoridis (L.) DC. and Tessaria dodoneaefolia (Hook. & Arn.) Cabrera. In T. zamalloae Cabrera the setae are firmly attached though reduced in number, being widely separated on the achenes of the male flowers. To a slight extent in T. absinthioides and more especially in T. integrifolia and P. lanceolata the pappus setae become very broad and extensively fused at the base. These last tend to form a sheath on the achenes. The tips of the setae are usually slender, being distinctly fringed and clavate in only P. lanceolata of the species studied. Phyllaries. In typical Pluchea species including P. campho- rata, P. salicifolia, P. suaveolens (Vell.) Kuntze and P. odorata the inner phyllaries are only slightly differentiated and have only slightly spreading tips during anthesis. There is a considerable difference in the appearance in the involucres of other species such as P. indica, P. dioscoridis, P. lanceolata, P. chingoyo, T. dodoneaefolia and T. zamalloae. These six species, the first three Asian and African and the second three South American, all have more coriaceous tightly appressed outer phyllaries in a turbinate form with more deciduous erect-spreading to slightly recurved inner phyllaries. Bridging the gap between the latter and typical Pluchea is P. fosbergii Cooperrider & Galang described in 1965, a sterile hybrid between P. odorata and P, indica that has been produced on many Pacific Islands. As already stated, the extremely recurved long inner phyllaries occur only in Tessaria integrifolia and T. absinthioides, species 1973 Robinson & Cuatrecasas, Pluchea and Tessaria 279 which show many important differences from each other in other structures. Glands on female corollas. Female corollas with short- stalked capitate glands on one or more lobes are nearly correlated with the distribution of undifferentiated inner phyllaries. Such corollas are found in typical Pluchea and are lacking in Tessaria or most of Berthelotia. Unfortunately for the correlation, there are glands on the lobes in most specimens of P. indica even in areas where P. odorata does not seem to be available to hybridize. Glands on lobes of male corolla. Numerous capitate glands occur on the outer surface of the male corolla lobes in all typical Pluchea and in most other species in the complex such as P. odorata, P. indica, P. lanceolata, P. chingoyo, Tessaria dodoneaefolia, T. zamalloae and T. absinthioides. A species with no glands on the corolla lobes is P. dioscoridis but in this species glands of the same type are usually clustered on the anther appendages. Anther appendages often have glands in P. indica and in material seen of P. bojeri (DC.) Humb., these species having glands on both the corolla lobes and anther appendages. Only Tessaria integrifolia of the species examined never has capitate glands on either the corollas or the anther appendages. Hairs or glands on achene. Typical Pluchea has achenes distinctly pubescent. Hairs have been seen in P. camphorata, P. salicifolia and P. odorata and glands in P. suaveolens. A few setae have been seen on achenes of P. indica from Asia. Pubescent achenes occur again in P. chingoyo, P. fiebrigii n. sp., Tessaria dodoneaefolia and T. zamalloae. Most of Berthelotia and both Tessaria integrifolia and T. absinthioides have glabrous achenes. In this respect more typical Tessaria differs from other American species and stands closer to the species of Africa and Asia. The distribution of this character runs counter to trends shown by the distribution of glands on the male corollas or the degree of differentiation of inner phyllaries. Hairs on lobes of male corolla. Two species studied have distinctive long hairs on the outer surface or margin of the male corolla lobes. In Pluchea lanceolata these hairs are mixed with glands. In Tessaria integrifolia the hairs are the only pubescence on the corollas. Short cells at tips of anther tails. The tails of the anthers of typical Pluchea and almost all other members of the complex have tips with rather elongate cells which sometimes form a digitate cluster. In three species examined the apices of the tails are blunter. In Pluchea lanceolata the apical cells seem to turn toward the side so that any projections are 280 PHY TOL 0 G-Eik Vol. 27, no. lateral. In Tessaria integrifolia there is no clear indication of such distortion but the tails are blunt at the tip with rather quadrate apical cells. Some specimens of T. absinthioides have short apical cells as in T. integrifolia. The blunt tips of the tails are a third character shared by Pluchea lanceolata and Tessaria integrifolia, two species that show no other reasons to be considered particularly closely related. Pointed anther appendages. Pluchea and Berthelotia species all show a distinctly rounded apex on the anther appendages. Tessaria integrifolia has anther appendages rather sharply pointed. There is a tendency for somewhat pointed appendages in T. absinthioides. The appendages of Pluchea fiebrigii become unusually elongate and very narrowly rounded but are not sharp as in typical Tessaria. Tips of male corolla lobes. Almost all species of the complex, including all species that were previously placed in Pluchea, have rather evenly tapered tips on the lobes of the male corolla. The margins of the lobes are usually crenulate or papillose with projecting cells. Tessaria integrifolia is very distinct in the thickened entire margins and the rostrate or narrowly acuminate tips. Such an acuminate tip is also seen in Pluchea fiebrigii described below and in some material of Tessaria absinthioides. Shape of male corolla. Only Tessaria integrifolia among all the species studied has shown two very distinctive features of the male corolla. In this species the lobes are very elongate, being divided to below the middle of the corolla. Also, the base of the corolla is differentiated into a very short but distinct tube. The whole corolla has unusually thick and firm tissue. No other species resembles T. integrifolia in these features. The presence of only one male flower per head is also known from only this species but the character is not constant, the variety polyandra Cabrera may have 3-5 male flowers. The evidence, with a pattern of only partially correlated characters, suggests a continuous intergrading series from typical Pluchea to typical Tessaria. There are minor elements such as Pluchea lanceolata with the enlarged tips on the pappus setae, the African species with glands on the anther appendages and the more macroscopically evident group in South America, including Tessaria dodoneaefolia, T. zamalloae and Pluchea fiebrigii, which have narrower outer phyllaries and heads with a reduced number of female flowers. There is also such evidence as achene pubescence and corolla hairs that seem to conflict with most other evidence such as the form of the inner phyllaries. Still, the overall pattern continues to indicate one large series with three possible subgroupings, Pluchea, Berthelotia and 1973 Robinson & Cuatrecasas, Pluchea and Tessaria 281 Tessaria. The three basic elements, Pluchea, Berthelotia and Tessaria, represent the most obvious groupings of species. Pluchea would represent those American species with the least differentiated inner phyllaries, with glands on the female and male corollas and with pubescent achenes. Berthelotia would represent the Asian, African and South American species with more erect- spreading inner phyllaries, with usually glabrous female corollas, with glands on either the male corollas or on the anther append- ages and with achenes either pubescent or glabrous. Tessaria would represent the Latin American species with highly different- iated inner phyllaries that become strongly reflexed, with glabr- ous female corollas and glabrous achenes. It is unfortunate that this three-part concept breaks down in two critical points. The distinction between Pluchea and Berthelotia is obscured by the demonstrated hybridization between P, odorata and P. indica. Even without the hybrid the presence of glands on the female corollas and the presence of some setae on the achene in P. indica would weaken the distinction. The distinction between Berthelotia and Tessaria is also weakened by the combinations of characters seen in the two species, T. absinthioides and Pluchea fiebrigii. Though lacking the distinctive corolla features of Tessaria integrifolia, there is a tendency toward acuminate tips on the corolla lobes, more pointed anther appendages, blunter anther tails and more differentiated reflexed inner phyllaries in T. absinthioides, and there are acuminate corolla lobe tips in Pluchea fiebrigii. The T. integrifolia type corolla lobe tips in P. fiebrigii contrast markedly with the rest of the plant which has the distinctive appearance of the T. zamalloae- T. dodoneaefolia group. The complete mixture of Tessaria and Pluchea features in T. absinthioides suggests that here as between Berthelotia and Pluchea there is hybridization. Actually, there seems to be no way of explaining many of the mixtures of characters in the Pluchea - Berthelotia - Tessaria series except by hybridization among various and often rather unrelated species. In spite of the evidence of interaction throughout the Tessaria — Pluchea series there is a great disadvantage in reducing the series to a single genus. Tessaria is the older name and name changes in many familiar species would be required. The logical answer is to maintain the genus Tessaria as a single species distinguished by its uniquely formed male corolla. Such a distinction would correlate with the dendroid nature of the species emphasized by Cabrera (1959). In this way the few species previously appended to Tessaria would fall into Pluchea. Tessaria absinthioides would also fall into Pluchea in spite of the possibility of partial derivation from T. integrifolia. The genera can be distinguished by the following key. 282 P°R.®. TO L6G Tk Vol. 27; Hock TESSARIA BERTHELOTIA integrifolia absinthioides fiebrigii zamalloae chingoyo ty WY pee Ww W | 2 corolla glands s corolla pubescence Y A A Ae Ke ° ¥ achene pubescence tS M, anther tails aH anther appendage es f oat ne \ & corolla shape © a ob 3 SS ‘ : cpp eid pee —= = S— <3 mL < Jy SS | = 5S = me << one: g lf == —_ sx TD =p es 2 22 == Abe Deere: eee 28h PT DO O1G aed Vol. 27, now 1. Trees; male corollas mostly solitary, contracted with short tube at base, lobes over half of corolla length Tessaria 1. Shrubs; male corollas never solitary, without distinct basal tube, lobes less than three times as long as wide Pluchea The following three species are transferred to Pluchea and one species described as new. Pluchea absinthioides (Hook. & Arn.) H.Robinson & J.Cuatrecasas, comb. nov. Baccharis absinthioides Hook. & Arn., Bot. Capt, Beech. Voy “5/751 1830. Pluchea dodoneaefolia (Hook. & Arn.) H.Robinson & J.Cuatrecasas, comb. nov. Bupatorium dodoneaefolium Hook. & Arn., Comp. Bot. Mag. 2: 44. 1836. Pluchea zamalloae (Cabrera) H.Robinson & J.Cuatrecasas, comb. nov. Tessaria zamalloae Cabrera, Not. Mus. La Plata, Bot. Lis Z0nls aleb}s)- Pluchea fiebrigii H.Robinson & J.Cuatrecasas, sp. nov. Planta frutescens usque ad 2 m alta parce ramosa. Caules teretes brunneoli dense breviter puberuli. Folia alterna lineari- elliptica 20-40 mm longa 4-5 mm lata pauce serrulata base anguste cuneata ad apicem argute acuta utrinque dense minute puberula obscure glandulo-punctata. Inflorescentia terminalis corymbosa, pedicellis plerumque 1-2 mm longis minute puberulis. Capitulum ca. 7 mm altum; squamae involucri ca. 40 flavescentes 5-6- seriatae plerumque lanceolatae vel lineares 2-6 mm longae usque ad 1 mm latae extus plerumque glabrae margine parce hirsutae vel minute laciniatae interiores facile deciduae; receptaculum planum glabrum. Flores radii ca. 60-70 filiformes ca. 4.0 mm longi 3-4-lobati, lobis non glanduliferis anguste acutis; achaenia ca. 0.8 mm longa ecostata sparse setifera et glanduli- fera, glandulis non capitatis, carpopodiis distinctis, cellulis multiseriatis; pappus setiformis aliquantum persistentibus, setis ca. 18. Flores disci ca. 8 tubulares ca. 5 mm longi 5-lobati, lobis ca. 0.8 mm longis 0.4 mm latis triangularibus ad apicem breviter rostratis extus multo glanduliferis; thecae antherarum ca. 2.5 mm base digitiferae, appendicibus elliptico- lanceolatis subacutis; styli plerumque argute papillosi; achaenia ca. 0.8 mm longa 0.3 mm lata extus non scleroidea; setae pappi ca. 20-22 base plerumque distinctae contiguae. Grana pollinis ca. 20-25, diam. valde spinosa. Type: BOLIVIA: Chuquisaca: Camataqui. 2500 m, 10. 2. 1904. K. Fiebrig 3073 in part (Holotype US). The species shows the head form of Tessaria dodoneaefolia A973 Robinson & Cuatrecasas, Pluchea and Tessaria 285 and T. zamalloae with rather narrow outer phyllaries and a reduced number of female flowers. The species differs by the narrower leaves, the denser pubescence on the leaves and the more pointed lobes of the male corollas. The anther appendages also seem longer and more narrowly rounded at the tip than usual for the genus. Literature Cited Cabrera, A. L. 1939. Las especies Argentinas del genero "Tessaria"., Lilloa 4: 181-189, pl. 1-3. Candolle, A. P. de 1836. Ordo CII. Compositae. Prod. Syst. Nat. 5: 4-695. Cassini, H. 1817. Apergu des Genres nouveaux formés par M. Henri Cassini dans la famille des Synanthérées. troisitme fascicule. Bull. Sci. Soc. Philom. 1817: 31-34. Cooperrider, T. S. and M. M. Galang 1965. A Pluchea hybrid from the Pacific. Amer. Journ. Bot. 52: 1020-1026. Hoffmann, 0. 1894. Compositae. in Engler and Prantl, Die Natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien 4 (5): 87-391. Randeria, A. J. 1960. The composite genus Blumea, a taxonomic revision. Blumea 10: 177-317. Ruiz, H. and J. A. Pavon 1794. Florae peruvianae et chilensis prodromus. Madrid. and . 1798. Systema vegetabilium florae peruvianae et chilensis. Madrid. RESTORATION OF THE GENUS JALTOMATA (SOLANACEAE). Johnnie L. Gentry, Jr. Department of Botany Field Museum of Natural History The generic name, Jaltomata Schlechtendal, is the correct name that applies to the plants traditionally referred to as Saracha Ruiz & Pavon (1794 and 1799). The confusion in the nomenclature of these plants began with a study of Miers (1848). He recognized that two genera were included in Ruiz and Pavén's genus Saracha, and established a new name, Poecilochroma, for one element. How- ever, he based the new name on the generic type of Saracha, S. punc- tata Ruiz & Pavén, and applied the name, Saracha, to the remaining species. This nomenclatural error has persisted until the present time although the problem was recognized and discussed by both Mac-— bride (1930 and 1962) and Morton (1938). Macbride urged that this nomenclature be continued by conserving the name, Saracha Ruiz & Pavon emend Miers, while Morton held the opposing point of view. See Miers (1857) for more discussion concerning Poecilochroma and Saracha. Schlechtendal provided a combined generic and specific descrip- tion in proposing his new genus. Jaltomata edulis Schlecht. was the only species described and therefore serves as the type of the genus. A year later Schlechtendal (1839) reduced Jaltomata to syn- onymy under Saracha and made the combination S. jaltomata based on J. edulis. Schlechtendal's (1840 and 1841) publications in Linnaea concerning Jaltomata are essentially the same as those published in Index Seminum Horto Academico Halensis in 1838 and 1839. A more detailed study of the genus is required before propos-— ing additional nomenclatural changes. Therefore, only the following two new combinations are made at this time. JALTOMATA Schlechtendal Jaltonia Steudel, Nom. Bot. ed. 2. 1: 796. 1841, nom. superfl. JALTOMATA CONFINIS (Morton) J. L. Gentry, comb. nov. Saracha confinis Morton, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 51: 77. 1938. Type. GUATEMALA. Chimaltenango: roadside bank at Santa Elena, above Tecpam, altitude about 2,500 meters, 18 July 1933, A. F. 286 1973 Gentry, The genus Jaltomata 287 Skutch 447 (holotype, US No. 1586075, photograph F No. 1166445!,; isotype, GH). JALTOMATA PROCUMBENS (Cav.) J. L. Gentry, comb. nov. Atropa procumbens Cav. Icon. IG EE Sig tho 126 alysube Saracha procumbens Ruiz & Pavon, Fl. Peruv. 2: hee (99 e Bel linia procumbens Roemer & Schultes, Syst. Veg. 4: 687. 1819. Witheringia procumbens Miers, Ill. South Amer. Pl. 2: app. 56. TE57: Jaltomata edulis Schlecht. Ind. Sem. Hort. Acad. Halensis p. 6, no. 7. 1838. Saracha jaltomata Schlecht. og. cit. p. 10, no. 11. 1839 (based on J. edulis); Hort. Halensis. t. 14, 1841- 53. Saracha jaltonia Steudel, Nom. Bot. ed. 2. 1: 796. 1841, nom. superfl. Saracha edulis Thellung, Mem. Soc. Neuchat. Sci. Nat. Be ehOoe 1913. The following genera are nomenclatural synonyms of Saracha Ruiz & Pavén: Bellinia Roemer & Schultes, Syst. Veg. 4: 56, 687, 1819; Diskion Rafinesque, Sylva Tell. 55. 1838; Pcecilochroma Miers, London J. Bot. 7: 353. 1848. This nomenclatural problem was discovered during the pre- paration of the Solanaceae for the Flora of Guatemala, a project which is supported in part by a grant from the National Science Foundation (GB-37560X). LITERATURE CITED Macbride, J. F. 1930. Spermatophytes, Mostly Peruvian-II. 3. Peruvian Solanaceae. Field Mus. Bot. 8: 110. . 1962. Solanaceae. In: Flora of Peru. Field Mus. Borel sn park V—B, Now Wy 2. Miers, J. 1848. Contributions to the Botany of South America. London J. Bot. 7: 353-359. . 1857. Illustrations of South American Plants 2: =P 2 148-150; App. 55-57. Morton, C. V. 1938. Notes on the genus Saracha. Proc. Biol. Soe. Wash. 51: 75-TT- Ruiz, H. & Pavon, J. 1794. Florae Peruvianae et Chilensis Pro- dromus 31, t. 34. . 1799. Flora Peruviana et Chilensis 2: ho, lob. 288 P BYP 0.4, OGen & Vol. 27, no. Schlechtendal, D. F. L. 1838. Index Seminum Horto Academico Halen- sis 8. . 1839. Index Seminum Horto Academico Halen- sre oO: ; . 1840. Index Seminum Horto Academico Halen- sis 1838. Linnaea 13. Litt.-Ber. 98. . 1841. Index Seminum Horto Academico Halen- sis 1839. Linnaea 14. Litt.-Ber. 129. NOTES ON NEW AND NOTEWORTHY PLANTS. LXIV Harold N. Moldenke BISTORTA BISTORTOIDES var. OBLONGIFOLIA (Meisn.) Moldenke, comb. nove Polygonum bistorta & oblongifolium Meisn. in P. DC., Prodr. 1h (1): 126. 1856. CHAMAENERION ANGUSTIFOLIUM ssp. CIRCUMVAGUM (Mosquin) Moldenke, comb. NOVe Epilobium angustifolium ssp. circumvagum Mosquin, Brittonia 18: 169. 1966. CITHAREXYLUM BULLATUM Moldenke, sp. nov. Arbor 12 m, altus; ramis tetragonis dense furfuraceo-tomentosis; foliis oppositis ovatis, laminis 13—16 cm. longis 7—9 cm. latis coriaceis supra glabris nitidisque valdeque bullatis, subtus den- sissime ferrugineo-furfuraceo-tomentosis; inflorescentiis terminal- ibus solitariis simplicibus spicatis usque ad 27 cm. longis. Tree to 12 m. tall; branches apparently stout, conspicuously tet- ragonal, densely furfuraceous-tomentose; principal internodes elon- gate; leaves decussate-opposite; petioles stout, 1—1.5 cm. long, borne on enlarged and conspicuous sterigmata, very densely furfura- ceous-tomentose; leaf-blades coriaceous, dark-green, ovate or ellip- tic-ovate, 13-16 cm. long, 7—9 cm. wide, obtuse or rounded at the apex, entire, rounded or acuminately prolonged into the petiole at the base, glabrous and shiny above and very conspicuously bullate in drying, very densely furfuraceous-tomentose beneath; midrib and the about 8 pairs of irregularly disposed secondaries deeply impres- sed above and very prominent beneath; vein and veinlet reticulation abundant, distinct, deeply impressed above, mostly hidden by the tomentum beneath; inflorescence terminal, solitary, simple, erect, to 27 cm. long in fruit, densely furfuraceous-tomentose; flowers not seen; fruiting-calyx heavy, about 6 mm. long and 1 cm. wide, rather densely pubescent, its rim irregularly split; fruit drupace- OUuSs « The type of this species was collected by Arthur S. Barclay, Pedro Juajibioy, and José Gama (no. 3189) on a steep slope near a stream in a forest, at 2750 meters altitude, along the Carretera a Mundo Nuevo, 1) km. east of La Calera, Cundinamarca, Colombia, on February 18, 1972, and is deposited in the United States National Herbarium at Washington. LIPPIA MYRIOCEPHALA var. OVATIFOLIA (Moldenke) Moldenke, comb. nov. Lippia hypoleia var. ovatifolia Moldenke, Phytologia 1): 217. 1967. 289 ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS ABGIPHILA. XXII Harold N. Moldenke AEGIPHILA Jaca. Additional & emended bibliography: Willd., Enum. Pl. Hort. Berol. Suppl. 8. 1813; C. Darwin, Diff. Forms Fls., ed. 1, pr. 1 [London], 123--12), 286--287, & 346 (1877) and ed. 1, pr. 2 [New York], 123--12), 286-287, & 346. 1877; C. Darwin [transl. Heck- el], Différent. Form. Fleurs 123-130, 292--293, & [355]. 1878; C. Darwin, Diff. Forms Fls., ed. 2, 123--12h, 286--287, & 3h6. 1886; C. Darwin [transl. Maraz & Tarnavschi], Difiert. Form. Flor. 86. 1965; Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. S. Paulo, ed. 1, ): 818, 826—828, & i, maps 1367—1371. 1971; Lépez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 1-56 & 60. 1973; Moldenke, Phytolo- gia 27: 18—168. 1973. The Angely (1971) reference in the bibliography above was pre- viosly erroneous cited by me as "1970", the title-page date, but volume ) of this work was not actually issued until 1971. AEGIPHILA ARCTA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Lépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 9—10 & 15. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 290. 1973. AEGIPHILA BOGOTENSIS (Spreng.) Moldenke Additional bibliography: Lépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 3 (13): 15—16 & 55. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 7h--75, 151, & 153. 1973. Barclay and his associates describe this plant as a tree, , m. tall, the "young branches and veins of lower leaf-surfaces ferrug- inous-pubescent, upper leaf-surface dark-green, flowers pale-green in bud, white at anthesis" and found it growing on steep slopes below a cliff, flowering in March. Additional citations: COLOMBIA: Cubdinamarca: Barclay, Juajib- joy, & Gama 3239 (W—-2702267). XK AEGIPHILA CAPITATA Moldenke Additional & emended bibliography: Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeo- gr. S. Paulo, ed. 1, : 826 & i. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 294-295. 1973. AEGIPHILA CASSELIAEFORMIS Schau. Additional & emended bibliography: Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeo- er. S. Paulo, ed. 1, : 826 & i. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 75 & 82. 1973. ABGIPHILA CORDIFOLIA (Ruiz & Pav.) Moldenke Additional bibliography: Lépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 2. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 298— 290 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Aegiphila 291 299. 1973. AEGIPHILA COSTARICENSIS Moldenke Additional synonymy: Aegiphila costarricensis Moldenke apud Lépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 16, sphalm - 1973. Additional bibliography: Lépez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 16--17. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 75—-76. 1973.6 Recent collectors describe this plant in Mexico as a small tree, 5——6 m. tall, with blue or turquoise-blue fruit (in May), and have found it growing in sandy black soil in primary vegeta- tion of high evergreen forests. Additional citations: MEXICO: Veracruz: Beaman 603 (Ac); Cal- zada 853 (Ld). Ceci Se ae AEGIPHILA CRENATA Moldenke Additional & emended bibliography: Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fito- geogr. S. Paulo, ed. 1, : 826 & i, map 1367. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 299--300. 1973. AEGIPHILA DENTATA Moldenke Additional & emended bibliography: Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fito- geogr. S. Paulo, ed. 1, : 826 & i. 19713; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 301. 1973. AEGIPHILA DEPPEANA Steud. Additional synonymy: Aegiphila depeana [Steud.] ex Lépez- Palacios, Revist. Fac, Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 23 & 2h, sphaim e 1973 e Additional bibliography: Lépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 17, 23, & 2h. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia Cl 164 1913. AEGIPHILA ELATA Sw. Additional synonymy: Aegiphila alata Heckel in C. Darwin (transl. Heckel], Différent. Form. Fleurs [355], sphalm. 1878. Additional & emended bibliography: C. Darwin, Diff. Forms Fls., ed. 1, pr. 1 [London], 123—12) & 36 (1877) and ed. 1, pr. 2 (New York], 123—12) & 346. 1877; C. Darwin [transl. Heckel], Différent. Form. Fleurs 128—129 & [355]. 1878; C. Darwin, Diff. Forms Fls., ed. 2, 123—12) & 346. 1886; C. Darwin [transl. Mar- az & Tarnavschi], Difiert. Form. Flor. 86. 1965; Lépez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 17--19, 32, 33, 36, & 48—50. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 148-19, 155, & 161. 1973. Barclay and his associates describe this plant as a vine to 10 meters long, the calyx green, the corolla lemon-yellow, and the fruit green, turning yellow-orange when ripe, and found it climb- ing in trees near roadsides at 600 m. altitude, flowering and fruiting in August. 292 PEE O! EO Gea Vol. 27, noeoh elata and so distributed in several herbaria, is actually var. macrophylla (H.B.K.) Lépez—Palacios. Additional citations: COLOMBIA: Tolima: Barclay, Juajibioy, & Gama 3702 (W—-2702321). ARGIPHILA ELATA var. MACROPHYLIA (H.B.K.) Lépez—Palacios Additional synonymy: Aegiphila macrophilla H.B.K. ex Lépez- Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 18 & 38, sphalm. 1973. Aegiphilla macrophylla Willd. ex Lépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 18, sphalm. 1973. Additional bibliography: Lépez—-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 17--18, 38, 9, & 50. 1973; Moldenke, Phy- tologia 27: 77--79, 85, & 86. 1973. Lépez—Palacios describes this plant as an "Arbusto de ramas péndulas; tallo lenticelado; hojas firmemente membrandceas, ova- das, agudas; cdliz fructifero diversamente hendido. Fruto amar- illo, obovado, ligeramente umbilicado" and found it in fruit in August, Additional citations: TRINIDAD & TopAGO: Trinidad: Herb. Trin. Bot. Gard. 2390 (N, R, W—13611))). VENEZUELA: Mérida: Lépez— Palacios & & Bautista 3313 (AE ABGIPHILA FENDLERI Moldenke Additional bibliography: Lépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 19-20 & 45. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 310. 1973. AEGIPHILA FILIPES Mart. & Schau. Additional bibliography: Lépez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 20~21, 32, 37, & O. 1973; Moldenke, Phy- tologia 27: 79 & 87. 1973. AEGIPHILA FLORIBUNDA Moritz & Moldenke Additional bibliography: Lépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 17, 21--22, 34, & 49. 1973; Moldenke, Phy- tologia 25: 312 & 15. 1973. AEGIPHILA FLUMINENSIS Vell. Additional & emended bibliography: Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeo- gr. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 4: 826 & i. 1971; Lépez—-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 36. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia Sle (9s, A9 i130 AEGIPHILA GLANDULIFERA Moldenke Additional synonymy: Aegiphila glandulifera var. glandulifera Lépez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 23. 1973. Additional bibliography: Lépez—Palacios, Revist. Fac, Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 17, 21--24, & 5. 1973; Moldenke, Phytolo- gia 25: 302, 31, 31,—316, & 416 (1973) and 27: 87 & 166. 1973. 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Aegiphila 293 Lépez-Palacios & Bautista describe this plant as a small tree, 8--10 m. tall, the leaves both opposite and ternate, and found it growing at 25 m. altitude. The Lépez-Palacios & Bautista 3222, distributed as A. glandulifera, seems better placed as A. mollis var. intermedia Moldenke. Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Mérida: Lépez—Palacios & Bau- tista 3211 (Z). AEGIPHILA GLANDULIFERA var. PYRAMIDATA L. C. Rich. & Moldenke Additional bibliography: Lépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 17 & 23—-2h. 1973; *Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 302 & 315—316. 1973. AEGIPHILA GRANDIS Moldenke Additional bibliography: Lépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 2l—26, 0, 1, Lb, & 50. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 79—81, 153, & 163. 1973. AEGIPHILA GRAVEOLENS Mart. & Schau. Additional & emended bibliography: Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeo- gr. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 4: 826 & i. 19713; Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 81 .4973- AEGIPHILA GUIANENSIS Moldenke Additional bibliography: Lépez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 26—29. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 27: Ole 913 AEGIPHILA HIRSUTISSIMA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Lépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ, Los Andes 9 (13): 15, 27--28, & 3. 1973; Moldenke, Phytolo- gia 27: 82. 1973. AEGIPHILA HOEHNEI Moldenke Additional bibliography: Lépez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 20. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 296 & Sel. 19736 AEGIPHILA HOEHNEI var. PUYENSIS Moldenke Additional bibliography: Lépez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 20. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 321. 1973. AEGIPHILA INTHGRIFOLIA (Jacq.) Jacq. Additional synonymy: Aegiphila integriflolia [Jacq.] ex Lépez-— a? Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 30, sphalm, 9736 Additional & emended bibliography: Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeo- gr. S. Paulo, ed. 1, ): 827 & i, map 1368. 1971; Lépez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. “Farm ¢ Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 27—30 & 45. 19733 Mol- denke, Phytologia 27: 76, 81, & 82. 1973. 29h PB Ye? 0.1/0 Geb Vol. 27, no. AEGIPHILA INTERMEDIA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Lépez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 27--30 & hh. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 409-10. 1973. AEGIPHILA LAETA H.B.K. Additional bibliography: Lépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 30—31 & 37. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 41l0O—11. 1973. AEGIPHILA LAEVIS (Aubl.) Gmel. Additional bibliography: Lépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 17, 31--33, & 60. 1973; Moldenke, Phyto- logia 27: 77 & 82—83. 1973. AEGIPHILA LANCEOLATA Moldenke Additional & emended bibliography: Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeo- gr. S. Paulo, ed. 1, : 827 & i. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: )13--1), 1973. ABGIPHILA LAXIFLORA Benth, Additional bibliography: Lépez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 17, 21, 22, 32—35, & 6. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 11, 412, & 415. 1973. ABRGIPHILA LEWISIANA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Lépez—Palacios, Revist. Fac, Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 34--36. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 415. 1973. AEGIPHILA LHOTZKIANA Cham, Additional & emended bibliography: Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeo= gr. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 4: 827 & i, map 1368. 1971; Lépez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 4. 1973; Moldenke, Phy- tologia 27: 83 & 168. 1973. ABGIPHILA LONGIFOLIA Turez. Additional bibliography: Lépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 22, 32, & O. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 17. 1973. AEGIPHILA LUSCHNATHI Schau. Additional & emended bibliography: Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeo- gr. S. Paulo, ed. 1, : 827 & i, map 1369. 1971; Moldenke, Phyto- logia 27: 83. 1973. ABGIPHILA MACRANTHA Ducke Additional bibliography: Lépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 36. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 83—8}. 1973. 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Aegiphila 295 AEGIPHILA MARTINICENSIS Jacq. Additional synonymy: Aegiphila martinisensis Jack. ex Lépez- Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 31, sphalm. 1973. Additional bibliography: Willd., Enum. Pl. Hort. Berol. Suppl. 8. 1813; Lépez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 Gisyere), 31, 32, 35—L0, 4S, & 47. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia ate Tis 2B, 8,88, & 166. 1973. AEGIPHILA MEMBRANACEA Turcz. Additional bibliography: Lépez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 15, 32, 39—hO, & 45. 1973; Moldenke, Phy- tologia 27: 150—151 & 156. 1973. The Lanjouw & Lindeman 2085 and Lindeman 6131 distributed as A. membranacea and the former so cited by me yin a previous install- ment of these notes, seem better placed as A. mollis var. inter- media Moldenke. - AEGIPHILA MOLDENKEANA L6épez-Palacios Additional bibliography: Lépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 25, 26, & hO—ll. 1973; Moldenke, Phyto- logia 27: 152--153. 1973. AHGIPHILA MOLLIS H.B.K. Additional synonymy: Aegiphila nobilis Heckel in C. Darwin (transl. Heckel], Différent. Form. Fleurs 129. 1878. Additional bibliography: C. Darwin (transl. Heckel], Différent. Form. Fleurs 129 & [355]. 1878; C. Darwin, Diff. Forms "Fls., ed. 2, 123—12) & 346. 1886; C. Darwin [transl. Mfaraz & Tarnavschi], Difiert. Form. Flor. 86. 1965; Lépez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 1—l3, 46, 47, 52, & 53. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 150--151, 153--156, 161, & 166. 1973. Lépez-Palacios & Bautista describe this plant as a shrub, 1-—- 1.5 m. tall, the leaves pilose beneath, especially on the venation. The corollas on Lépez—Palacios & Bautista 3181 are described as having been "cream-colored, those on Barclay, Juajibioy, & Gama 356 as "pale-yellow". The latter collectors describe the plant as a shrub to 3m. tall, the herbage soft-pubescent, the filaments "pale", and the anthers yellow, and found it growing on shrubby slopes. Additional citations: COLOMBIA: Cundinamarca: Barclay, Juajib- ioy, & Gama 3546 (W—2702073). VENEZUELA: Mérida: L6épez—Palacios & Bautista 3181 (Ac). ABGIPHILA MOLLIS var. INTERMEDIA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Lépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 2. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 150— 151 & 155--156. 1973. Recent collectors describe this plant as a small shrub or small tree, 1.5--8 m. tall, the trunk elongate, to 5 cm. in diameter, 296 PHY TO LOGas Vol. 27, no. branches overhanging, leaves both opposite and ternate, lightly pubescent beneath, inflorescences axillary and terminal, the calyx truncate, with inconspicuous apiculations, and the fruit orange. They have found it growing in forests and along roadsides, at 2h5—-250 m. altitude, flowering in June, August, and October, fruiting in June. The corollas are said to have been "green- yellow" on Lindeman 6131 and "cream" on Lépez—Palacios & Bautista 3222. Material has been misidentified and distributed in some herbar— ia as A. glandulifera Moldenke and A. membranacea Turez. The Lan- jouw & Lindeman 2085, cited below, was previously erroneously cited by me as A, membranacea. Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Mérida: Lépez—Palacios & Bau- tista 321 (Ld), 3222 (Ac), 3269 (Id). SURINAM: Lanjouw & Linde- man 2085 (N); Lindeman 6131 (N). AEGIPHILA MOLLIS var. PUBERULENTA (Moldenke) Lépez—Palacios, Re- vist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 47. 1973. Synonymy: Aegiphila puberulenta Moldenke in Fedde, Repert,. Spec. Nov. 33: iy. 1933. Additional & emended bibliography: Moldenke in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 33: 137--138. 1933; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 6. 1938; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 60 (2): 568. 191; Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 497. 1961; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 16: h. 1968; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 11h & 121 (1971) and 2: 847. 1971; Lépez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 46—)7. 1973.6 All the notes given in previous installments of this series, as well as in my original monograph (193), should be transferred to the present taxon. Recent collectors describe this plant as a gnarled shrub, about 2m. tall, or a vine, with thick corky bark, fragrant flow- ers, and green (immature) fruit. They have found it flowering in July and fruiting in November and December. The Dugand 331, dis- tributed as A. puberulenta, appears to be A. peruviana Turez. in- stead. Additional & emended citations: COLOMBIA: Bolfvar: Elias 617 (F—600893--isotype, W—-1)23697--type), 673 (W--1h42993), Chocéd: J. A. Duke 9091 (Oh). rr AEGIPHILA MOLLIS var. SURFACEANA (Moldenke) Moldenke Additional bibliography: Lépez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 43, 4b, & 52. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 156. 1973. AEGIPHILA NERVOSA Urb. Additional bibliography: Lépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 48. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 159. 1973. 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Aegiphila 297 AHGIPHILA NOVOGRANATENSIS Moldenke Additional synonymy: Aegiphila novoranatensis [Moldenke] ex L6pez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 25, sphalm. 1973. Additional bibliography: Lépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 25 & 1. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 152 & 159. 1973. ABEGIPHILA OBDUCTA Vell. Additional bibliography: C. Darwin [transl. Heckel], Différent. Form. Fleurs 129-130, 292--293, & [355]. 1878; C. Darwin, Diff. Forms Fls., ed. 2, 124, 286-287, & 346. 1886; C. Darwin [transl. M&raz & Tarnavschi], Difiert. Form. Flor. 86. 1965; Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 148 & 159—161. 1973. ABHGIPHILA OBOVATA Andr. Additional bibliography: Lépez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Los Andes 9 (13): 32 & 46. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 161— 162. 1973. ABEGIPHILA ODONTOPHYLLA Donn. Sm. Additional bibliography: Lépez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 25, 26, i, & 13—hh. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 152, 153, & 162—-16. 1973. AEGIPHILA PANAMENSIS Moldenke Additional bibliography: Lépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 35. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 155 & 165--167. 1973. AHGIPHILA PARAGUARIENSIS Briq. Additional bibliography: Lépez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm, Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): . 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 167-- 168. 1973. AWGIPHILA PARVIFLORA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Lépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 27, 28, & h--l5. 1973; Moldenke, Phyto- logia 25: 228 & 229 (1973) and 27: 168. 1973. Steyermark & Bunting describe this plant as a shrubby vine, the leaves membranous, dull-green above and paler green beneath, and found it growing at 125 meters altitude, in flower and fruit in April. Irwin and his associates call it a tree, 5 m. tall, the trunk 8 cm. in diameter, and the fruit green and shiny, growing in cerrado and forest islands at 1000 m. altitude, in fruit in February. Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Amazonas: Steyermark & Bun- ting 102709 (N). BRAZIL: Bahia: Irwin, Harley, & Smith 31110 (id, N). 298 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 27, Hane ABEGIPHILA PAUCIFLORA Standl,. Additional & emended bibliography: A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 8: 5. 1933; Moldenke, Brittonia 1: 25h, 266, 313—~31h, 476, & 477. 193h; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber . 56 (2): 2hs. 1937; Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 95. 1961; Gibson, Fieldiana Bot. 2h (9): 170 & 176. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: "81 (1971) and 2: 87. 1971. Emended citations: BRITISH HONDURAS: D. Stevenson 5 (F—572629 type, Y—11987—isotype). ABEGIPHILA PAVONIANA Moldenke Additional bibliography: A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 6. 1938; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 60 (2): 569. 191; Ja Fr. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 13 (5): 704 & 715-716. 1960; Voldenke, Phytologia 7: 495. 1961; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 13) (1971) and 2: 767 & 8h7. 1971. Macbride (1960) says that this species "Reminds one of same forms of A. mollis HBK. but its inflorescence......is more simple and less developed, perhaps an individual condition or variation but, ex char., there seems to be a single character that, if correct, may indicate a distinct species, namely, the much larger h=lobate calyx." He suggests that the type collection may have been collected at Guayaquil, Ecuador, by Tafalla. AHGIPHILA PENDULA Moldenke Synonymy: Aegiphyla pendula Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 27, in syn. 1972. Additional & emended bibliography: Moldenke in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 33: 135--136. 1933; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 6. 1938; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 60 (2): 568. 191; Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 337. "1966; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 89, i ale 13h, & 381 (1971) and 2: 847. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 427 (1972), 25: 315 & 410 (1973), and 27: 166. 1973; Lépez— Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 22 & hs. 973 Recent collectors describe this plant as a scrambling or scan- dent shrub, the inflorescences pendent at the ends of arching branches, and the fruit yellow. They have found it growing at the edge of mangrove swamps, flowering and fruiting in November. The corollas are said to have been "pale-yellow" on I. M. Johns- ton 1666 & 1683. ~~ The Berti 207, distributed as A. pendula, is actually A. glandulifera Moldenke, while J. A. Duke 8827 and Dwyer 6871 are A. laeta H.B.K. as Additional & emended citations: PANAMA: Canal Zone: I. M. Johnston 1666 (E—-1711532), 1683 (E~1709576); P. C. Standley 25719 (W--12166608). VENEZUELA: Zulia: H. Pittier 10645 (W— (w— 1187282—type); Tejera 157 (W—1065738), "168 (W--106742h). ECU- ADOR: Napo=Pastaza: Asplund 18677 (N). 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Aegiphila 299 AHGIPHILA PENNELLII Moldenke Additional bibliography: A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 6. 1938; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 60 (2): 568. 191; Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 496. 1961; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 11) (1971) and 2: 87. 1971. Emended citations: COLOMBIA: Tolima: F. W. Pennell 3185 (W— 102689—isotype). sing ABGIPHILA PERNAMBUCENSIS Moldenke Additional bibliography: Hill & Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 10: 5. 1947; Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 96, 1961; Rizzini in Ferré, Simpos. SObre Cerrado 119. 1962; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 1)5 (1971) and 2: 847. 1971. The Irwin, Harley, & Smith 31110, distributed as A. pernambu- censis in at least some herbaria, seems better placed as A. parvi- flora Moldenke. ARGIPHILA PERPLEXA Moldenke Additional & emended bibliography: Moldenke in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 33: 136—137. 1933; Moldenke, Brittonia 1: 252, 257, 269, 271, 388--389, 393, & 465—h77. 193); A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 6. 1938; Sandw., Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1938: 373. 1938; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 60 (2): 568. 1913; Mol- denke, Fieldiana Bot. 28: 1082. 1957; Anon., Kew Bull. Gen. Index 1929-1956, 5. 1959; Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 496 (1961) and 13: 331. 1966; J. A. Steyerm., Act. Bot. Venez. 1: 170 (1966) and 3: 156. 1968; El-Gazzar & Wats., New Phytol. 69: 483 & 85. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 111 & 121 (1971) and 2: 847. 1971; Lépez Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 46. 1973. Steyermark (1968) cites Blanco 127 from Venezuela. Fedde & Schuster (19,1) misspell R. W. Squires' surname "Spires". Additional & emended citations: TRINIDAD & TOBAGO: Tobago: Fggers 5540 (W—1323297). VENEZUELA: Delta Amacuro: Rusby & Squires 316 (E—~117691—isotype, F—160982—isotype, Mi—isotype, W—3256)6--isotype). ABGIPHILA PERUVIANA Turez. Additional & emended bibliography: Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 6 (1893), pr. 2, 1: 6 (196), and pr. 3, 1: 46. 1960; J. F. Macbr,, Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 13 (5): 702, 703, 713, & 716. 1960; Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 337. 1966; Dwyer, Ray- mondiana ): 70. 1971; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 139, 181, & 382 (1971) and 2: 793 & 817. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 155. 1973. Schunke describes this plant as a shrub, m. tall, the flower— color being "10Y9/9". He asserts that the leaves are toxic, but are used to cure ulcers. He found it growing in low forests, at 210 m. altitude, flowering in October, and records the vernacular name "ocuera blanca". Other collectors refer to it as a shrub 2 m. tall or a vine, with fragrant flowers, growing in much degraded subxeriphytic woods or in forests on river islands, flowering in March and July. [to be continued] BOOK REVIEWS Alma L. Moldenke "RATE CONTROL OF BIOLOGICAL PROCESSES — Symposia of the Society for Experimental Biology — Number XVII" edited by D. D. Davies, vii & 583 pp., illus., Cambridge University Press, Cambridge or London and New York, N. Y. 10022. 1973. $23.50. This symposium was held in the University of Oxford about a year earlier than the appearance of this publication. Its aim was "to provide a broad biological approach to the topic of rate control in metabolism. Participants....included X-ray crystall- ographers, enzymologists, metabolic biochemists and plant and animal physiologists." The book consists of 2 papers totally indexed by author and by subject and individually documented with their own bibliographies. They vary considerably in topics, such as "Pyridine mucleotides and rate control" by Sir Hans Krebs, "Control of and by pH" by the editor, "Control of photosynthetic carbon metabolism", and "Fine control of sugar uptake by Escherichia coli." This should prove to be an important reference book for a wide range of students, instructors and professionals. "ALASKA TREES AND SHRUBS" by Leslie A. Viereck and Elbert L. Little, Jr., viii & 265 pp., illus., Agriculture Handbook No. 10, Forest Service, United States Department of Agri- culture, U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 2002. 1972. $3.25. After a general introduction and discussion of the vegetation types the 128 species in 5) genera and 19,families are each il- lustrated by means of very good line drawings, keyed, described in all their aspects and located on geographic distribution maps. Inside the back cover there is an envelope for a colored vege— tation map on a 1:5,000,000 scale. This work should prove valuable to arborists, foresters, plant geographers, the Alaskan schools, and the many educated residents in and travelers to this far-off portion of our country. "THE PINE BARRENS: Vegetation Geography" by Jack McCormick & Les= lie Jones, Research Report No. 3 New Jersey State Museum, Trenton, New Jersey 08625. 1973. $.00 paperbound. Seventy-one overlay maps of contiguous sections of these 1.2 million acres of Atlantic Coastal Plain from New Brunswick and South Amboy to Cape May and west to Salem and Canton present a 300 1973 Moldenke, Book reviews 301 careful preliminary assessment of the biotic vegetational commun- ities of the New Jersey Pine Barrens. Mapping categories consist of six forest types, three land-use classes and five marsh or water types. This area is the least altered by population and industry in this most crowded state. Development is therefore sure to follow. But in what form? "Many people now consider that the highest and best use of the area will be as an extensive open space preserve and water catchment area to serve the rapidly growing population of surrounding urban areas." This study should be of real use to the assorted planners, naturalists, conservationists and resource managers who are now or who will be concerned with this region. "FUNGI IN AGRICULTURAL SOILS" by K. H. Domsch and W. Gams, xiii & 290 pp., illus., Halsted Press of John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, N. Y. 10016. 1973. $19.75. This work first appeared as "Pilze aus Agrarboden" in 1970 from Gustav Fischer Verlag; its English translation by P. S. Hud- son, the previous director of the Commonwealth Bureau of Plant Breeding and Genetics at Cambridge, appeared in 1972 from the Longman Group. The text treats the 10 identified species extracted by the authors from wheat fields in Kiel and Kiel-Kitzeberg and so in- cludes "a large proportion of all the species that appear regu- larly as components of the mycoflora of arablle soils in the ten- perate zone......lhe survey shows more and more soil fungi to be ubiquitous, With a virtually worldwide distribution." There are 139 clear illustrations in either photomicrographs or camera lucida line drawings. There are actually 1600 items listed in the bibliography. The fungi are listed alphabetically. Common synonymy is given as well as differentiating taxonomic, geograph- ical, ecological, and physiological data. There is a listing of the systematic position of the genera described in the oo-, zygo-, asco-, basidio— and deutero-mycetes as well as an index. Because of the widespread importance of it contents, it is certainly advantagsous to have this book available in another widely read language. "MOLEKULARE BIOLOGIE DER ZELLE" 2nd Edition edited by Heinz Bielka, 725 pp., illus., Gustav Fischer Verlag, Jena, Ger- many. 1973. DM. 52.70. This is a very thoroughly and modernly prepared advanced text on molecular biology fully equal in quality to the finest ones in the English language. The expected chapters with much biochemi- cal content are written by 21 different author-specialists in- cluding the editor. Each paper carries its own bibliography and 302 PHYTO POGE:A Vol. 27, no. 4 is well illustrated with excellent electron-micrographs, line drawings and diagrams (over 350 in all) usually different from those in American and English texts. In our country this book should serve as an excellent reference work. "OUR PLANT FRIENDS AND FOES" by William Atherton DuPuy, xiv & 290 pp., illus., Facsimile Edition by Dover Publications, Inc., New York, N. Y. 1001). 1969. $2.50 paperback. This is a replication of the Second Edition of 1930 unabridged except for the replacement of many of the photographs. It pro- vides a pleasant, easily read introduction to economic botany starting out with an appreciation of Johnny Appleseed. "GROWING WOODLAND PLANTS" by Clarence & Eleanor G. Birdseye, xii & 223 pp., illus., Facsimile Edition by Dover Publications, Inc., New York, N. Y. 1001). 1972. $2.50 paperback. This delightful and helpful book first appeared in 1951 under the aegis of the Oxford University Press. "The purpose of 'Growing Woodland Plants' is to teach both novice and experienced gardeners to recognize, enjoy, conserve, cultivate, and propagate, on any desired scale, approximately 200 species of wildflowers and ferns native to our American woodlands." The authors! experiences have been limited to the area east of Montana and north of Virginia, but that far from limits the scope of this book which is hereby welcomed as an in- expensive joy and hobby guide. "COMMON AQUATIC WEEDS" by L. W. Weldon, R. D. Blackburn, & D. S. Harrison, 3 pp., illus., Facsimile Edition by Dover Publi- cations, Inc., New York, N. Y. 10014. 1973. $2.00 paper- back. This work first appeared as the Agriculture Handbook No. 352 in 1969 from the Agricultural Research Service, United States Department of Agriculture, in cooperation with the Florida Agri- cultural Experiment Station and the U. S. Army Corps of Engineers. It lists, photographs, describes, and gives both the distribution and importance of about fifty free-floating, emersed and submersed higher plants and even a few algae. This work is oriented toward control of these aquatics that "are rapidly becoming a major problem". No members of the Erio- caulaceae are considered, 1973 Moldenke, Book reviews 303 "OUR NORTHERN SHRUBS — And How to Identify Them" by Harriet L. Keeler, xxx & 539 pp., illus., Facsimile Edition of Dover Publications, Inc., New York, N. Y. 10014. 1969. $3.75 paperback, This work was originally published in 1903 and was much used in field natural history courses and lovingly by amateur natural- ists. The many photographs have been well reproduced. The book has an added appendix of nomenclature changes arranged by Edward G. Voss which adds updating to the advantage of availability. "FUNGORUM RARIORUM ICONES COLORATAE Pars VI — Co..oured Illustra- tions of Rare and Interesting Fungi V" by Derek A. Reid, 59 pp., illus., Verlag von J. Cramer, 2201 Lehre, Germany. 1972. DM. 30 paperbound. Here are presented more of these exquisite plates — numbers 1 through 48 for Agaricus bresadoliams, Cortinarius pearsonii, Lepiota adulterina, Inocybe atripes, Russula Rilotan Leptonia incana var. nn Gyrodon lividus, “and Hy Hygrocy2e punicea f. splendidissima ess with related epacuae and genera. There are 23 detailed text figures for all of these organisms as well as detailed text. "INTRODUCTORY BIOLOGY" by Paul R. Ehrlich, Richard W. Holm & Michael E. Soulé, xviii & 746 pp., illus., McGraw-Hill Book Company, St. Louis, San Francisco, Dusseldorf, Johannisburg, Kuala Lumpur, London, Mexico, Montreal, New Delhi, Panama, Rio de Janeiro, Singapore, Sydney, Toronto and New York 10020. 1973. $8.95 paperback, $10.95 clothbound. The orientation, content, presentation, languaze and illustra- tions have made this so excellent a text that I find myself re- gretting that my teaching days are over. This book can be adap- ted to all kinds of beginning courses in biology from honors groups of potential biologists to marginal non-science majors and can serve as enrichment material for the high school student. There are so few really superior (like this one) texts from which to choose, yet the book market is almost glutted with in- effectual ones which belie the first sentence in this one's pre- face "Biology is the most exciting of the sciences today". "THE ILLUSTRATED FLORA OF ILLINOIS — GRASSES — Panicum to Danthonia" by Robert H. Mohlenbrock, xix & 378 pp., illus., Southern Illinois University Press, Carbondale & Edward- ville, Illinois. 1973. $15.00. The first book in this state flora was "Flowering Rush to 30h PHYTOL Oar A Vol. 27, no. Rushes" which appeared in 1970. The next dealt with "Grasses: Bromus to Paspalum um" and was published in 1972. This one completes the grasses to a total of 286 species with 9 lesser taxa. The useful descriptive information and the fine drawings have con- siderable value beyond Illinois' state borders because most of these grasses have wide geographic distribution. The author provides workable keys, synonymy, a new interpreta- tion of subfamilies and tribes, habitats and ranges, and geograph- ic distribution maps gridded for counties. This book — this set —- with serve well both the serious ama—- teur and the professional botanist. "ICONOGRAPHIA CORMOPHYTORUM SINICORUM" Volumes I & II by the Aca- demy of Science; Vol. I, vi & 1157 pp., illus., & Vol. II, iv & 1312 pp., illus., Academy of Science, Chao Yang Gate 137, Peking. 1972. This is the beginning of a fine work with different families and family groups acknowledged not to individual botanists but rather to the universities or schools where the work was done, as, for instance, the Hamamelidaceae is credited to San Yat Sen Uni- versity. Fine line drawings illustrate each species. For each there is descriptive text, habitat description, and geographic distribution even beyond the mainland Chinese boundaries where in- volved, but all is written in Chinese. Volume I covers the Bryophyta, Pteridophyta, Gymnospermae, and Archichlamydeae from the Casuarinaceae through the Hernandi- aceae, with full keys, a Chinese character index, and scientific name index. Volume II covers the Archichlamydeae from the Papaveraceae through the Cornaceae. It also has keys, a Chinese character in- dex and a scientific name index. Throughout the Chinese character text the scientific names are written in Roman type. Illustrations are fortunately in their own international language! There is a foreword by Chairman Mao. The preface emphasizes the prospects of medicinal herbs among the flora which may prove a help to the general populace and this is cited as a hoped for product of this study. PHYTOLOGIA Designed to expedite botanical publication December, 1973 No. 5 ' CONTENTS RUDD, V.E., Dalbergia simpsonii, a new legume from Peru ......... 305 WIEHLER, H., Seven transfers from Episcia species in cultivation | CCE) Cia 2 hice e 5 pl ala erected duty anit ik ne SE aE 307 WIEHLER, H., One hundred transfers from Alloplectus and Columnea ( Gesneriac BB, Scio tie Maile ee A SIE SSS col a ent Oy Saito: conte ate nee Oe 309 SEYMOUR, Rem RSET INICATORUG 4 oie. c ces: hoi wn te oe Wee doh ae 330 MOLDENKE, H. N., Notes on new and noteworthy plants. LXV ...... 349 EE DOOR TCVIEW ooo owls og nw pts pine aie eee ts 351 MOLDENKE, H. N., Additional notes on the genus Aegiphila. XXIII ... 352 MAOEDENKE, A. L., Book reviews .....0 0000000. eves c lee eaee 377 4 sustee § LIERARY DEC 11 1973 New ar = i ss ARK BOTAN MICS AL A} RDEN) — Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke _ 303 Parkside Road Plainfield, New Jersey 07060 U.S.A. Price of this number, $2; per volume, $8 in advance or $8.50 at close of volume; 50 cents extra to foreign addresses DALBERGIA SIMPSONII, A NEW LEGUME FROM PERU Velva E, Rudd Smithsonian Institution and California State University, Northridge Among the many interesting plant collections made in Peru by Dr. Donald R. Simpson is a new species of Dalbergia. Only fragmen- tary flowers are available so the presence of terminally dehiscent anthers cannot be verified. However, on the basis of vegetative material and fruit, relationship with species such as D. monetaria L. f. and D. riedelii (Radlk.) Sandw. is evident. The new species, named for the collector, is most readily recognized by its relativ- ely large, ciliate leaflets, distinct from any others in the genus, and its nitid, lenticular pods. DALBERGIA SIMPSONII Rudd, sp. nov. Arbor parva, affine D. monetaria L. f. et D. riedelii (Radlk.) Sandw., sed foliolis amplis, ciliatis et fructibus lentiformibus, nitidis notabilis. Small tree, about 3.5 m. tall; bark gray; young stems rufous- tomentulose; stipules deltoid, about 4 mm. long, glabrescent, cadu- cous; leaves 7-foliolate, the axis about 12-14 cm. long, rufous- tomentulose; leaflets subcoriaceous, elliptic, 7-13 cm. long and 4-5 cm. wide, acuminate, the base rounded to subcordate, the upper surface glabrous, nitid, the lower surface moderately pubescent with lax or patent hairs, the margins densely ciliate; inflorescen- ces axillary, about 3 cm. long, fasciculate, the axes tomentulose, glabrescent; bracts deltoid-cucullate, about 1 mm. long, 1 mm. wide at the base; bracteoles minute, deltoid-ovate, pubescent, 1 mn. long and wide or less; flowers probably about 7 mm. long (complete flowers not seen); calyx tomentulose, glabrescent, 3 mm. long, 2.5 mm. in diameter, the teeth deltoid, 0.5-1 mm. long; petals ap- parently glabrous, the color not known; stamens apparently diadel- phous 9:1; fruit indehiscent, l-seeded, lenticular, glabrous, ni- tid, the body 4-5 cm. long, 3-3.5 cm. wide, 1 cm. thick, the stipe 5 mm. long. Type: Donald R. Simpson 775, Peru, Depto. Loreto, Prov. Maynas, Alto Nanay, along a trail near Santa Marfa de Nanay, 4 March 1968 (holotype US no. 2619700; isotype F ). 305: Vol. 27, no. 5 PHEYTOLGGEA leaf; b, fragment of Rudd: a, with seed, i simpsoni open fruit Dalbergia fruit: d, Fig. 1 - flower; c, SEVEN TRANSFERS FROM EPISCIA SPECIES IN CULTIVATION (GESNERTACEAE) by Hans Wiehler University of Miami, Florida Episcia Martius, as presently constituted, is another genus of the neotropical Gesneriaceae in need of reconstruction because it contains several diverse elements which blur generic limits within the tribe Episcieae Endlicher. In a later, complete treat- ment of the taxa involved it will be proposed that the genus Episcia should be restricted to species with stolons. Eight such species are presently known. The external morphology and the results of hybridization experiments indicate that the section Skiophila (Hanst.) Benth. of Episcia will have to be united with the genus Nautilocalyx Lind. ex Hanst.. The type species of this section, E. melittifolia (L.) Mart., forms partially fertile hybrids with Nautilocalyx villosus (Kunth & Bouché) Sprague, and none with other species of Episcia sensu stricto. (I made this cross at Cornell University in 1967; voucher specimens, also of the reciprocal cross, are deposited at BH, Wiehler 6801, 6802; hybrid pollen stainability 73%.) The genus Nautilocalyx, a group of terrestrial herbs with sappy stems, con- tains in my present estimate over 45 species. The section Paradrymonia (Hanst.) Lwbg. forms another quite natural unit, rather distinct in the tribe Episcieae. Most of the species have a rosette-shaped habit, some are vining like Drymonia Mart., all have long and lanceolate leaves. As one of the most foreign elements within Episcia, this group needs to be given again its generic status. I have so far encountered 29 species in her- baria and in field work (many of them undescribed), and I am pres- ently observing 10 species under greenhouse conditions. - This transfer deals only with species now in cultivation; several of them I collected recently in Panama and Venezuela. Genus Nautilocalyx Lind. ex Hanst., Linnaea 26:207, 180-181 (1854) 1. Nautilocalyx melittifolius (L.) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Besleria melittifolia L., Sp. Pl. 619 (1753) For the extensive synonomy see Leeuwenberg (1958, p.408), and Morton (1966, p./70) 2. Nautilocalyx membranaceus (Morton) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Episcia membranacea Morton, Acta Bot. Venez. 1(2): 72 (1966) 307 308 Par? 0. 0G as Vol. 27, no. 5 3. Nautilocalyx porphyrotrichus (Lwbg.) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Episcia porphyrotricha Lwbg., Acta Bot. Neerl. 7: 3315 (Gl958) Genus Paradrymonia Hanst., Linnaea 26:207, 180 (1854) 4. Paradrymonia ciliosa (Mart.) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Hypocyrta ciliosa Mart., Nov. Gen. et Sp. Pl. 3:53 (1829) Synonyms: Episcia ciliosa (Mart.) Hamst., in Martius, Fl. Bras. 8(1):403 (1864); Columnea ciliosa (Mart.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 2:472 (1891) Centrosolenia glabra Benth., Bot. Mag. 76:t.4552 (1850); Paradrymonia glabra (Benth.) Hanst., Linnaea 26:207 (1854; = type sp. of Paradrymonia); Episcia glabra (Benth.) Hanst., Linnaea 34:349 (1865) 5. Paradrymonia decurrens (Morton) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Centrosolenia decurrens Morton, Fieldiana, Bot. 18(3-4):1158 (1938) Synonym: Episcia decurrens (Morton) Lwbg., Acta Bot. Neerl. 8:53 (1959) 6. Paradrymonia lineata (Morton) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Centrosolenia lineata Morton, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 29:41 (1942) Synonym: Episcia lineata (Morton) Lwbg., Acta Bot. Neerl. 8:53 (1959) 7. Paradrymonia lurida (Morton & Raymond) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Episcia lurida Morton & Raymond, Baileya 18(1):9 (1971) References Leeuwenberg, A.J.M. 1958. The Gesneriaceae of Guiana. Acta Bot. Neerl. 7:291-444 Morton, C.V. 1966. Gesneriaceae. Acta Bot. Venez. 1(2):65-74 ONE HUNDRED TRANSFERS FROM ALLOPLECTUS AND COLUMNEA (GESNERIACEAE) by Hans Wiehler University of Miami, Florida Alloplectus Mart. and Columnea L. are large genera in the tribe Episcieae Endl. of the neotropical subfamily Gesnerioideae. The boundaries of these two genera have become vague and over- lapping with the addition of much diverse material, to a combined total of over 330 species. This includes undescribed herbarium material and collections recently brought into cultivation. A study of all the taxa of the neotropical Gesneriaceae in general (resulting in a new classification, Wiehler, 1974), and a detailed investigation of the genera Alloplectus and Columnea in particular, indicate: 1. that a thorough knowledge of all the genera of the tribe Episcieae is an absolute prerequisite to a clearer delimi- tation of Alloplectus and Columnea; 2. that these two genera are sound taxonomic units in the original sense of their authors; 3. that the sections into which these two genera are presently divided are unsatisfactory and outdated; 4. that this aggregation of 330 species actually comprises seven quite natural groups all of which should have generic standing on equal footing with the rest of the genera of the Gesnerioideae; 5. that this regrouping does not require the erection of new genera, only the re-insti- tution of four names published previously; and 6. that, in addi- tion, a number of species now attributed to Alloplectus and Columnea need to be transferred to other genera of the tribe Episcieae. Each of the reconstructed generic groups will be given a complete treatment later, with keys and descriptions of species and novelties. The present paper deals only with a clarification of the limits of Alloplectus and Columnea and the transfer of ex- cluded species, both urgent and necessary to avoid confusion of named material already in cultivation, and to aid botanists cur- rently involved in neotropical floristic studies. The basis for the proposed transfers has been the examination of the available holotypes and/or isotypes of the species treated, and all available additional material (loans from the major her- baria total over 9000 sheets), and extensive field work in South America, as well as seven years of greenhouse observations. The friendly assistance of the curators of the herbaria involved is here gratefully acknowledged. The decisive factors in this proposed regrouping of genera have been a better knowledge of the taxonomic characters employed, 309 310 PHEYTTOQLOGIA Vol. 27, no. 5 especially new information on the fruit, and the result of hybrid- ization experiments. The critical generic characters are, in order of importance: 1. the type of fruit, 2. the number of nectary glands, 3. the plant habit or pattern of growth, and 4. the shape of the corolla. An additional stamen feature is used for the species to be transferred to Drymonia Mart.. The fruit is either a fleshy capsule or a berry of a characteristic shape and color. The form of the nectary plays an important systematic role in the other tribes of the Gesnerioideae. In the Episcieae the nectary is usually reduced to two large connate dorsal glands near the base of the ovary, giving the appearance of one large single gland. In two of the groups separated from Alloplectus and Columnea the nectary condition is more primitive (see key below). A distinct pattern of shoot growth earmarks another group (Dalbergaria). The shape of the corolla is significant in view of the strong assump- tion that all of the 330 species involved are pollinated exclusive- ly by hummingbirds (cf. Wiehler, 1972b). The color of the corolla is typically either red, orange, or yellow, or shades or combina- tions thereof. The hybridization experiments (Sherk & Lee, 1967; Wiehler, unpublished data) indicate zero per cent hybrid pollen stainability for all intergeneric crosses (as understood here), although interspecific combinations (in Columnea sensu stricto, within Dalbergaria, within Ortholoma, and within Pentadenia) re- veal high degrees of pollen stainability. Within the Gesneri- oideae, such hybridization data helps to indicate levels of rela- tionship (Wiehler, 1970). Alloplectus Mart. (Nov. Gen. et Sp. Pl. 3:53, 1829, name con- served) thus emerges as a genus of about 65 species with a center of distribution in the Andes of Ecuador and Colombia. Most of the species are terrestrial rain or cloud forest plants with large, opposite decussate leaves, but a few are scandent epiphytes with small leaves. The inflorescence is usually a pendent simple or compound cyme (the gesneriaceous cyme, Wiehler, 1974), often re- duced to 1-2 flowers, usually with a shortened peduncle. The co- rolla has typically either a constricted throat with a nearly regular narrow limb and an inflated Hypocyrta pouch below the entrance (A. ichthyoderma Hanst.), or it is shaped like the Nemat- anthus corolla, with a widened throat laterally compressed, as in A. tetragonus (Oerst.) Hanst.. A distinguishing feature is the specialized type of fruit, a fleshy capsule in which the two valves recoil at maturity, displaying a compact and pulpy cone-shaped mass of enlarged fleshy funicles and seeds. The genus Drymonia, charac- terized by a unique set of anthers, shares the same type of fruit. Alloplectus (n=9) can be separated from the southeast Brazilean genus Nematanthus Schrader (including Hypocyrta Mart., both n=8) by the presence of an adaxial hypodermis in the leaves of the latter and by the difference in chromosome numbers. The proposed new lectotype of the genus will be A. hispidus (H.B.K.) Mart., a matter to be treated in a separate paper (cf. Wiehler, 1972b). 1973 Wiehler, Transfers from Alloplectus & Columnea 311 The genus Columnea L. (Sp. Pl. 638, 1753) would now be re- stricted to the section "Eucolumnea" of Hanstein, last defined by Fritsch in Engler & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 4(3b):170 (1894). This is a group of about 75 species, with a center of distribution in Costa Rica and Panama. The type species is C. scandens L. from the West Indies. Key to the genera separated from Alloplectus and Columnea 1. Fruit a fleshy bivalved capsule 2. Anther locules dehiscing by pores at the lower end; plants predominantly vining epiphytes, a few species terrestrial Drymonia (110+ spp.) 2. Anther locules dehiscing by longitudinal slits; plants terrestrial, some epiphytic; inflorescence pendent; nectary a connate double dorsal gland Alloplectus (65 spp.) 1. Fruit a berry 3. Plants terrestrial; inflorescence erect; berry black (or transparent, with black seeds shining through); nectary con- sisting usually of 2 or 4 opposite separate glands, rarely reduced to a connate double dorsal gland Corytoplectus (8 spp.) 3. Plants epiphytic; berry white, red, orange, yellow, or lavender 4. Nectary consisting of 5 separate glands, or 4 glands, with the 2 dorsal glands connate; berry globose, white or lav- ender Pentadenia (24+ spp.) 4. Nectary a connate double dorsal gland 5. Suffrutescent, usually unbranched shoots of a distinct fern-frond-shaped habit, with the subsessile leaves in close-set imbricating distichous pairs of which one is stipule-like, the other large, narrow and oblanceolate, the pairs alternating in respect to their sizes; berry ovoid, yellow, orange, or red; corolla usually tubular or somewhat inflated, with a subregular narrow limb, but bilabiate and Columnea-like in some species (the large lamina often with red extrafloral attraction patterns) Dalbergaria (65+ spp.) 312 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 27, no. 5 5. Shoot habit never like a fern frond; plants either thin- stemmed, pendent, scandent, or suffrutescent, branched, and erect, the opposite leaf pairs of equal or unequal size, or leaves whorled 6. Corolla with a narrow, gradually widening (never inflated) tube, with a distinct galea and a long and narrow reflexed lower lobe; berry globose, white Columnea (75“spp-) 6. Corolla either tubular throughout or inflated, with a sub- regular limb (a galea present only in combination with a strongly inflated tube); berry globose or ovoid, usually colored a shade of red, sometimes white Ortholoma (70+ spp.) A. Transfers from Alloplectus_ and Columnea_ to Corytoplectus Corytoplectus Oersted, ampl. Wiehler Alloplecto Mart. affine, a quo fructu baccato, inflorescentia umbellata-cymosa erecta, et plerumque numero glandium nectari- ferarum differt. Plantae semper terrestres, caules succulenti, folia opposita decussata. Bracteae inflorescentiarum praesentes vel absentes. Sepala aequalia sed forma variantia. Numerus glandium 4, 2, vel raro 1. Stigma capitatum vel bilobum. Corytoplectus Oerst., Centralamer. Gesner. 45 (1858) Synonyms: Diplolegnon Rusby, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. 27:29 (1900) Alloplectus Mart., pro parte Type sp.: Alloplectus capitatus Hook., as cited by Oersted = Corytoplectus capitatus (Hook.) Wiehler, see below. Etymology: corytos, leather pouch, quiver; plectus, pleated, folded; = (the calyx) gathered like a leather pouch. Corytoplectus is a genus of terrestrical herbs with fleshy or suffrutescent stems. The opposite-decussate leaves are usually of equal size. Corytoplectus can be separated from its ally Allo- plectus by the inflorescence, an upright umbellate structure (versus a pendent cyme or solitary flower in A.), and, more impor- tantly, by the fruit, a globose berry in Corytoplectus, a fleshy capsule in Alloplectus. The nectary consists of 4 or 2 separate glands in all but two northern species, C. capitatus and C. con- gestus. The five calyx lobes have the same shape and size, ex- cept that the dorsal lobe is narrowed in some species. The corolla insertion into the calyx appears almost vertical. The corolla is tubular, with some ventral inflation, constricted in the throat, and with a narrow limb of five lobes, usually of equal size. The seeds are black. The eight known species occur in cloud forest areas of the Andes, from Bolivia to coastal Venezuela, and in a similar habitat in the Guiana Highlands. 1973 Wiehler, Transfers from Alloplectus & Columnea 313 1. Corytoplectus capitatus (Hook.) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Alloplectus capitatus Hook., Bot Mag. 75:t.4452 (1849) Synonyms: Columnea capitata (Hook.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 2:472 (1891) Crantzia capitata (Hook.) Fritsch, in Engler & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 4(3b):168 (1894) 2. Corytoplectus congestus (Lind. ex Hanst.) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Alloplectus congestus Lind. ex Hanst., Linnaea 34: 371 (1865) Synonyms: Columnea congesta (Lind. ex Hanst.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 2:472 (1891); Crantzia congesta (Lind. ex Hanst.) Fritsch, in Engler & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzen- fam. 4(3b):168 (1894) Alloplectus zamorensis Lind. & André, Ill. Hort. 19: 352 (1872) Hypocyrta pulchra N.E.Brown, Gardener's Chron. Ser. TIT, 16:244 (1894); Bot. Mag. 122:t.7468 (1896) - Corytoplectus deltoideus (Morton) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Alloplectus d deltoideus Morton, Fieldiana, Bot. 28: 521711953) 4. Corytoplectus latifoilus (Rusby) Wiehler, comb. nov. 5. Basionym: Columnea latifolia Rusby, Descr. New Sp. S. Amer. Pl. 126 (1920) Corytoplectus riceanus (Rusby) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Diplolegnon riceanum Rusby, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. 27: 29 (1900) Synonym: Alloplectus grandifolius Britt., ibidem, p. 30 - Corytoplectus schlimii (Planch. & Lind.) Wighler. comb. nov. Basionym: Alloplectus schlimii Planch. & Lind., Fl. Serres Sandeebus.o-201.) t.827 ((l852—53) Synonym: Columnea Speihint. (Planch. & Lind.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 2:472 (1891) 7. Corytoplectus speciosus (Poepp.) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Alloplectus speciosus Poepp., in Poepp. & Endl., Nov. Gen. et Sp. Pl. 3:6 (1845) Synonyms: Crantzia speciosa (Poepp.) Fritsch, in Engler & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 4(3b):168 (1894) Alloplectus corymbosus Kl. ex Hanst., Linnaea 34:371 (1865); Columnea corymbosa (Kl. ex Hanst.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 2:472 (1891); Crantzia corymbosa (Kl. ex Hanst.) Fritsch, in Engler & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzen- fam. 4(3b):168 (1894) Alloplectus vittatus Lind. & Andre, Rev. Hort. 42: 22M GSO) El eaoree 7/2725 pple Sars 70) Alloplectus poeppigiana Kuntze, Rev. Gen.2:472 (1891) 314 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 27, no. 5 B. Transfers from Columnea and Alloplectus to Pentadenia Pentadenia (Planchon) Hanstein, ampl. Wiehler Corolla tubulosa vel leviter inflata vel subcampanulata in- flata. Limbus subaequalis vel bilabiatus vel lobi dorsales in galeam connati. Glandes discretae 5, interdum dorsales in unam connatae. Fructus bacca. Pentadenia (Planch.) Hanst., Linnaea 26:211, 186-187 (1854); cf. Oersted, Centralamer. Gesner. 57 (1858) Basionym: Columnea L., subg. Pentadenia Planch., Fl. Serres Jard. Eur. 6:45, t.552 (1850); cf. Hanstein, Linnaea 34:397 (1865) Synonyms: Columnea L., sect. Pentadenia (Planch.) Benth., in Benth. & Hook., Gen. Pl. 2:1010 (1876); Fritsch, in Engler & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 4(3b):170 (1984) Stygnanthe, Hanst., Linmaea 26:209, 185 (1854); Columnea L., sect. Stygnanthe (Hanst.) Benth., in Benth. & Hook., Gen. Pl. 2:1009 (1876) Flueckigeria Rusby, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. 21:488 (1894); non Flueckigeria Kuntze (1891) Kohlerianthus Fritsch, in Engler & Prantl, Nat. Pflan- zenfam., Nachtr. 1I:300 (1897) Type sp.: Pentadenia aurantiaca (Decne. ex Planch.) Hanst., Lin- naea 26:211 (1854) = P. strigosa (Benth.) Hanst., see below. Etymology: penta-, five; dens, tooth, point, prong; = (the nectary consisting of) five teeth. Pentadenia may be separated from related genera by the pres- ence of five individual nectary glands of which the two dorsal ones are sometimes connate. All of the 24 collected species of which one half are still undescribed, are epiphytes. The corolla tube varies from tubular to strongly inflated, and the corolla limb varies from subregular to bilabiate, with the two dorsal lobes sometimes fused into a galea as in the Columnea flower. The fruit, unknown to Hanstein, is a globose berry, usually white, but in a few species lavender. Inhabiting cloud and rain forests, the species are distributed from the Andes of Bolivia to coastal Vene- zuela and northwards to Mexico. 1. Pentadenia ascendens (Rusby) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Columnea ascendens Rusby, Mem. Torr. Bot. Cl. 4:239 (1895) 2. Pentadenia fritschii (Rusby) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Flueckigeria fritschii Rusby, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. 21:488 (1894); Kohlerianthus fritschii (Rusby) Fritsch, in Engler & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., Nachtr. I:300 (1897) 1973 Wiehler, Transfers from Alloplectus & Columnea 315 3. Pentadenia isernii (Cuatr.) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Columnea isernii Cuatr., Anales Univ. Madrid 4:247 (@935) 4. Pentadenia lophophora (Mansf.) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Columnea lophophora Mansf., Biblioth. Bot. 116:145 (1937) 5. Pentadenia microsepala (Morton) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Alloplectus microsepalus Morton, Fieldiana, Bot. 28: 5237 (1953) 6. Pentadenia nervosa Kl. ex Oerst., Centralamer. Gesner. 57 (1858) Synonyms: Columnea nervosa (Kl. ex Oerst.) Hanst., Linnaea 34: 400 (1865) Alloplectus rubidus Morton, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 24:204 (1937); Columnea rubida (Morton) Morton, Baileya 7:58 (1959) 7. Pentadenia sericea (Mansf.) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Columnea sericea Mansf., Biblioth. Bot. 116:145 (1937); non C. sericea (Hanst.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 2:472 (1981) 8. Pentadenia spathulata (Mansf.) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Columnea spathulata Mansf., Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin-Dahlem 14(121):37 (1940) 9. Pentadenia strigosa (Benth.) Hanst., Linnaea 26:211 (1854) Basionym: Columnea strigosa Benth., Pl. Hartweg. 232 (1846) Synonyms: Columnea campanulata Benth., ibidem Columnea macrantha Benth., ibidem Columnea aurantiaca Decne. ex Planch., Fl. Serres Jard. Eur. 6:45, t.552 (1850); Pentadenia aurantiaca (Decne. ex Planch.) Hanst., Linnaea 26:211 (1854) Columnea pichinchensis Hanst., Linnaea 34:398 (1865) 10. Pentadenia trollii (Mansf.) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Columnea trollii Mansf., in Fedde, Repert. 36:122 (1934) 11. Pentadenia vinacea (Morton) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Columnea vinacea Morton, Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 29: 38 (1944) Synonym: Alloplectus vinaceus (Morton) Gibson, Phytologia 23(4) :334 (1972) 12. Pentadenia weberbaueri (Mansf.) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Columnea weberbaueri Mansf., in Fedde, Repert. 38: 2G) 1(G985) C. Transfers from Columnea_ and Alloplectus to Dalbergaria Dalbergaria Tussac, ampl. Wiehler Suffrutex erectus vel patens, basi ramosus, ramis crassis, folia opposita subsessiles disticha crassiuscula, folia per paria valde inaequalia, laminae foliorum majorum oblanceolata vel ellip- tica, folia minora stipuliformia. Sepala subaequalia sed forma varianti. Corolla tubulosa vel inflata, limbo subaequale vel bi- labiato. Bacca ovoidea. 316 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 27, no. 5 Dalbergaria Tussac, Flore des Antilles 1:141 (1811-13) Synonyms: Vireya Raf., Specchio 1:194 (1814) Gollandra Lem., FL. Serres Jard. Eur. /3¢t.223 qe) Columnea L., subg. Collandra (Lem.) Hanst., Linnaea 34:383 (1865); Columnea L., sect. Collandra (Lem.) Benth., in Benth. & Hook., Gen. Pl. 2:1009 (1876) Columnea L., subg. Cryptocolumnea Hanst., Linnaea 34: 394 (1865); Columnea L., sect. Cryptocolumnea (Hanst.) Benth., in Benth. & Hook., Gen. Pl. 2:1009 (1876) Alloplectus Mart., pro parte, sensu Stearn, Bull. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) Bot. 4(5):189 (1969) Type sp.: Dalbergaria phoenicea Tussac, Flore des Antilles 1:141, t.19 (1811-13) = D. sanguinea (Pers.) Steud., see be Low Etymology: N. Dalberg, a Swedish botanist, 1730-1820 The genus Dalbergaria can be separated from the rest of the taxa under discussion by its distinct pattern of shoot growth, easily recognizable in field and herbarium, and by the fruit, a colored ovoid berry. The suffrutescent thick stems of these epi- phytes usually branch only near the base. The subsessile leaves are in close-set imbricating distichous pairs, of which one is stipule-like, the other large and oblanceolate or elliptic, the pairs alternating in respect to their sizes, giving a fern-frond- shaped appearance to the foliage. The underside of the lamina is often marked with species-distinct red patterns, an aid to polli- nation by hummingbirds. The axillary inflorescences are hidden from above. The calyx lobes are usually of equal length, with the dorsal lobe narrowed. The corolla is either tubular with a sub- regular limb, or somewhat inflated with an irregular, bilabiate limb, or Columnea-like in a few species (those of section Crypto- columnea). In addition to the 26 transfers, well over 40 species await description. Dalbergaria occurs in montane cloud and rain forests from Bolivia to the Guianas and north to Mexico, and on the Greater Antilles. 1. Dalbergaria archidonae (Cuatr.) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Columnea archidonae Cuatr., Anales Univ. Madrid 4: 245 (1935) 2. Dalbergaria aureonitens (Hook.) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Columnea aureonitens Hook., Bot. Mag. 73:t.4294 (Feb. 1847) Synonyms: Collandra aureonitens (Hook.) Hanst., Linnaea 26: 209 (1854); Alloplectus aureonitens (Hook.) Stearn, Bull. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) Bot. 4(5):189 (1969). Columnea pilosa Lem., Fl. Serres Jard. Eur. 3:t.223 (May 1847); Collandra pilosa (Lem.) Lem., ibidem Columnea sanguinea (Pers.) Hanst., var. cubensis Urb., Symb. Antill. 2:359 (1901); Columnea cubensis (Urb.) Britt., Torreya 5:215 (1906); Alloplectus cubensis (Urb.) Stearn, Bull. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) Bot. 4(5):189 (1969) 1973 Wiehler, Transfers from Alloplectus & Columnea 317 Columnea affinis Morton, Fieldiana, Bot. 28:529 Gl9>5)i3 Alloplectus affinis (Morton) Stearn, Bull. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) Bot. 4(5):189 (1969) Note: The disjunct distribution pattern of D. aureonitens between continental Colombia-Venezuela and the island of Cuba is no less peculiar than the distribution of the red-spotted form of D. sanguinea between Colombia-Venezuela-Trinidad and the island of Hispaniola. D. aureonitens has some populations with red- spotted laminas on the mainland, just as D. sanguinea has some populations with plain green laminas in Venezuela and Colombia (all collections of the latter sp. from Central America and Peru and Bolivia are likewise without red spots). In both species exists some regional color variation in the bracts, calyx, corolla, and berry. The two related species can be easily and consistently distinguished by a difference in the indumentum of the midvein of the abaxial lamina: sericeous (appressed) in D. aureonitens, and hirsute-villous (erect or spreading) in D. sanguinea. No instance of natural hybridization has been observed in sympatric populations in Venezuela. 3. Dalbergaria consanguinea (Hanst.) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Columnea consanguinea Hanst., Linnaea 34:383 (1865) 4. Dalbergaria crassa (Morton) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Columnea crassa Morton, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 29: 45 (1942) 5. Dalbergaria darienensis (Morton) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Columnea darienensis Morton, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 29:46 (1942) 6. Dalbergaria dimidiata (Benth.) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Alloplectus? dimidiatus Benth., Pl. Hartweg. 235 (1846) Synonym: Columnea dimidiata (Benth.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 2:472 (1891); cf. Leeuwenberg, Acta Bot. Neerl.8:48 (1959) 7. Dalbergaria ericae (Mansf.) Wiehler, comb. nov. -Basionym: Columnea ericae Mansf., in Fedde, Repert. 36:123 (1934) 8. Dalbergaria eubracteata (Mansf.) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Columnea eubracteata Mansf., Biblioth. Bot. 116:146 (1937) 9. Dalbergaria florida (Morton) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Columnea florida Morton, J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 27(7): 310 (1937) 0. Dalbergaria guianensis (Morton) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Columnea guianensis Morton, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. 75:564 (1948) Synonym: Alloplectus guianensis (Morton) Stearn, Bull. Britt. (Nat. Hist.) Bot. 4(5):189 (1969) 1. Dalbergaria guttata (Poepp.) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Columnea guttata Poepp., in Poepp. & Endl., Nov. Gen. et Sp. Pl. 3:1 (1840) 318 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 27, no. 5 2. Dalbergaria inaequilatera (Poepp.) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Columnea inaequilatera Poepp., in Poepp. & Endl., Nov. Gen. et Sp. Pl. 3:1 (1840) 3. Dalbergaria kahlbreyeriana (Masters) Wiehler, comb. nov. 14 its)? Gye ITA 18. TOF 20. Basionym: Columnea kahlbreyeriana Masters, Gard. Chron., N.S. 17:44 (14-1I-1882); ibidem, p. 216 ("217"), fig. 32 (18-LI-=1882) Synonyms: Columnea kahlbreyeri Hook. f., Bot. Mag. 108: t.6633 (1-VII-1882) Columnea citrina Morton, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 29:44 (1942) Columnea conferta Morton, ibidem . Dalbergaria lanata (Seem.) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Alloplectus lanatus Seem., Bot. Voy. Herald 186 (1854) Synonym: Columnea lanata (Seem.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 2:472 (1891); cf. Leeuwenberg, Acta Bot. Neerl. 8:50 Gi959) Dalbergaria pectinata (Morton) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Columnea pectinata Morton, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 29:50 (1942) Dalbergaria perpulchra (Morton) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Columnea perpulchra Morton, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 29:51 (1942) S Dalbergaria picta (Karsten) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Columnea picta Karsten, Florae Columbiae 2: 105 (1865) Dalbergaria praetexta (Hanst.) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Columnea praetexta Hanst., Linnaea 34:394 (1865) Dalbergaria pulcherrima (Morton) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Columnea pulcherrima Morton, J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 35(4):128 (1945) Dalbergaria rubrocincta (Morton) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Columnea rubrocincta Morton, J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 35(4):129 (1945) . Dalbergaria sanguinea (Pers.) Steud., Nom. Bot.(ed.2)1:479 (1840) Basionym: Besleria sanguinea Pers., Syn. Pl. 2:165 (1807) Synonyms : Alloplectus sanguineus (Pers.) G.Don, Gen. ie 4: 655 (1837); Collandra sanguinea (pais ) Griseb. Mem. Amer. Acad. Arts 8:526 (1863); Columnea gee guinea (Pers.) Hanst., Linnaea 34:384 (1865) Dalbergaria phoenicea Tussac, Fl. Antill. 1:141, t.19 (1811-13); Collandra phoenicea (Tussac) G.Don, Loud. Encycl. Pl., Suppl. 2:1402 (1855) Vireya sanguinolenta Raf., Specchio 1:194 (1814) ?Collandra picta Kl. & Hanst., Allg. Gartenzeitung 22:162 (1854); non Lem. (1852) Columnea sanguinea (Pers.) Hanst., var. trinitensis Morton, Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 29(1):4 (1944) 1973 Wiehler, Transfers from Alloplectus & Columnea 319 Columnea purpurata Hanst., Linnaea 34:386 (1865) Columnea grandifolia Rusby, Descr. New Sp. S. Amer. PIP L2G lo 20) Columnea pallida Rusby, ibidem, p. 125 Columnea viridis Morton, Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 29: 38 (1944); Alloplectus viridis (Morton) Gibson, Phytologia 23(4):335 (1972) Columnea cinnabarina Morton & Raymond, Baileya HSCL) 26) (L971) (See note under D. aureonitens) 22. Dalbergaria schimpffii (Mansf.) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Columnea schimpffii Mansf., in Fedde, Repert. 36: 122 (1934) 23. Dalbergaria silvarum (Morton) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Columnea silvarum Morton, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 29:54 (1942) 24. Dalbergaria stricta (Rusby) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Columnea stricta Rusby, Descr. New Sp. S. Amer. Pl. 125 (1920) 25. Dalbergaria tessmannii (Mansf.) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Columnea tessmannii Mansf., in Fedde, Repert. 36: 123 (1934) 26. Dalbergaria villosissima (Mansf.) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Columnea villosissima Mansf., in Fedde, Repert. 36: 121 (1934) D. Transfers from Columnea and Alloplectus to Ortholoma Ortholoma (Bentham) Hanstein, ampl. Wiehler Corolla tubulosa vel inflata, limbo subaequali vel bibabi- ato vel lobis dorsalibus in galeam connatis. Fructus bacca. Ortholoma Basionym: Synonyms : (Benth.) Hanst., Linnaea 26:209, 184-185 (1854); cf. Oerst., Centralamer. Gesner. 50 (1858) Columnea L., sect. Ortholoma Benth., Pl. Hartweg. 231 (1846) Columnea L., subg. Ortholoma (Benth.) Hanst., Linnaea 34:391 (1865) Trichantha Hook., Ic. Pl. 7:t.666 (1844); see: Benth., in Benth. & Hook., Gen. Pl. 2:1009 (1876); Fritsch, in Engler & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 4(3b):168 (1894); Morton, Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 38(1):1-25 (1963); Morton, Phytologia 22(3):223-224 (1971) Stenanthus Oerst. ex Hanst., Linnaea 26:209, 184-185 (1854); Oerst., Centralamer. Gesner. 48 (1858); Columnea L., subg. Stenanthus (Oerst. ex Hanst.) Hanst., Linnaea 34:387 (1865); Columnea L., sect. Stenanthus (Oerst. ex Hanst.) Fritsch, in Engler & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 4(3b):169 (1894) 320 Type sp.: PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 27, no. 5 Pterygoloma Hanst., Linnaea 26:211, 188 (1854); Columnea L., subg. Pterygoloma (Hanst.) Hanst., Linnaea 34:395 (1865); Columnea L., sect. Pterygoloma (Hanst.) Fritsch, in Engler & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam 4(3b):169 (1894) Columnea L., sect. Systelostoma Benth., in Benth. & Hook., Gen. Pl. 2:1010 (1876) Ortholoma acuminatum (Benth.) Hanst., Linnaea 26:209 (1854); basionym: Columnea acuminata Benth., Pl. Hart- weg. 231 (1846) Etymology: ortho-, true, well-developed; loma, limb. Ortholoma is a genus of over 70 species of mostly vining or scandent epiphytes with the opposite leaf pairs of equal or un- equal size, with a tubular or inflated corolla and a limb varying from subregular to strongly bilabiate. A galea is present in some species with a strongly inflated, wide corolla tube. Ortholoma can be separated from Alloplectus by the type of fruit (a berry), from Corytoplectus by the plant habit, the inflorescence, and the color of the berry, from Pentadenia by the condition of the nectary (a double dorsal gland), from Dalbergaria by the distinct habit of the latter, and from Columnea by the usual absence of the hooded corolla (present only in combination with a subcampanulate-inflated, wide corolla tube). The globose or ovoid berry is usually pink, red, or purple, sometimes white. The genus is distributed from the montane cloud and rain forests of Bolivia to coastal Venezuela, and north to Guatemala; four species occur in the Greater Antilles, and one in eastern Brazil (Ceara). 1. Ortholoma alienum (Morton) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Trichantha aliena Morton, Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 38(1):5 (1963) Synonym: Columnea aliena (Morton) Morton, Phytologia 22(3): 224 (1971) 2. Ortholoma ambiguum (Urb.) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Alloplectus ambiguus Urb., Symb. Antill. 1:408 (1899) Synonyms: A. ambiguus, var. chlorosepalus Urb., loc. cit. A. ambiguus, var. erythrosepalus Urb., loc. cit. 3. Ortholoma anisophyllum (D.C.) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Columnea anisophylla D.C., Prodr. 7:542 (1839) Synonyms: Nematanthus heterophyllus Poepp., in Poepp. & Endl., Nov. Gen. et Sp. Pl. 3:3, t.203 (1840); Columnea heterophylla (Poepp.) Hanst., Linnaea 34:393 (1865) Ortholoma warscewiczianum Kl. ex Oerst., Centralamer. Gesner. 51 (1858); Columnea warscewicziana (Kl. ex Oerst.) Hanst., Linnaea 34:392 (1865) Ortholoma vestitum Kl. ex Oerst., Centralamer. Gesner. 51 (1858) Columnea sanmartensis Rusby, Descr. New Sp. S. Amer. Pili L279 C920) 1973 Wiehler, Transfers from Alloplectus & Columnea 322: 4. Ortholoma calotrichum (Donn. Sm.) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Columnea calotricha Donn. Sm., Bot. Gaz. 40:9 (1905) Synonums: C. calotricha Donn. Sm., var. breviflora Morton, Bol. Soc. Venez. Cienc. Nat. 23(101):78 (1962); Alloplectus calotrichus (Donn. Sm.) Stearn, Bull. BELE Mus (Nai. Hi siz) eBot. (5) 2 k39) (L969) - Ortholoma clarum (Morton) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Trichantha clara Morton, Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 38(1):19 (1963) Synonym: Columnea clara (Morton) Morton, Phytologia 22(2): 244 (1971) - Ortholoma cristatum (Griseb.) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: " Pterygoloma cristatum Griseb., Fl. Brit. W. Ind. 464 (1861) Synonyms: Columnea grisebachiana Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 2:472 (1891) 10. Ge 1 Ee 14. Sr - Ortholoma dictyophyllum (Donn. Basionym: . Ortholoma dissimile (Morton) Wiehler, comb. Basionym: Alloplectus cristatus (L.) Mart., sensu Fawcett, Prov. List. Fl. Jam. 28 (1893), non sensu Mart. Columnea hunnewellii L.B. Smith, Rhodora 39:275 (CSE 7/)) Sm.) Wiehler, comb. Columnea dictyophylla Donn. Sm., Bot. Gaz. (1916) nov. 61:385 nov. Columnea dissimilis Morton, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 29:47 (1942) Synonym: Columnea translucens Raymond, Bot. Notis. 114:351 (1961) . Ortholoma dielsii (Mansf.) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Columnea dielsii Mansf., Biblioth. Bot. 116:145 (1937) Ortholoma domingense (Urb.) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Alloplectus domingensis Urb., Symb. Antill. 2:357 (1901) Synonym: Alloplectus domingensis Urb., var. microphyllus Morton, Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 29(1):19 (1944) Ortholoma erythrophyllum (Hanst.) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Columnea erythrophylla Hanst., Linnaea 34:388 (1865) Ortholoma filipes (Oliver) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Columnea filipes Oliver, in Hook., Ic. Pl. 25:pl. 2428 (1896) Ortholoma formosum (Morton) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Trichantha formosa Morton, Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 53 (1))19 (1963) Synonym: Columnea formosa (Morton) Morton, Phytologia 22(3): 244 (1971) Ortholoma herthae (Mansf.) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Columnea herthae Mansf., in Fedde, Repert. 41:146 (937) Ortholoma heterophyllum (Oerst.) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Stenanthus heterophyllus Oerst., Centralamer. Ges- ner 405 ipl. 5 (1858) 322 16. by i 18. Ig 20%. 74) Dis 22s 22a Z's Synonyms: Ortholoma Basionym: Synonym: Ortholoma Basionym: Ortholoma Basionym: Ortholoma Basionym: Synonyms: Ortholoma Basionym: Synonym: Ortholoma Basionym: -Ortholoma Synonym: Ortholoma Basionym: -Ortholoma Synonym: Ortholoma Basionym: PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 27, no. 5 Columnea heterophylla (Oerst.) Hanst., Linnaea 34: 390 (1865); non Roxb. Columnea grata Morton, Fieldiana, Bot. 18(3-4): 1164 (1938) illepidum (Moore) Wiehler, comb. nov. Columnea illepida Moore, Baileya 8(2):56, f. 19 (1960) Trichantha illepida (Moore) Morton, Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 38(1):12 (1963) incarnatum (Morton) Wiehler, comb. nov. Columnea incarnata Morton, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 29:48 (1942) lehmannii (Mansf.) Wiehler, comb. nov. Columnea lehmannii Mansf., in Fedde, Repert. 41:146 (1937) minor (Hook.) Wiehler, comb. nov. Trichantha minor Hook., Ic. Pl. 7:t.666 (1844) Columnea minor (Hook.) Hanst., Linnaea 34:387 (1865) Trichantha major Hook., Ic. Pl. 7:t.667 (1844); Columnea major (Hook.) Hanst., Linnaea 34:388 (1865) Trichantha bullata Morton, Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 38(1):16 (1963); Columnea bullata (Morton) Morton, Phytologia 22(3):224 (1971) Trichantha teuscheri Morton, Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 38(1):21 (1963); Columnea teuscheri (Morton) Moore, Baileya 13(1):16 (1965) Trichantha elegans Rose ex Morton, Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 38(1):23 (1963); cf. Bot. Mag. t.5428 (1824); Columnea elegans (Rose ex Morton) Morton, Phyto- logia 22(3):224 (1971) moorei (Morton) Wiehler, comb. nov. Columnea moorei Morton, Baileya 7:55, fig.15 (1959) Trichantha moorei (Morton) Morton, Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 38(1):10 (1963) oblongifolium (Rusby) Wiehler, comb. nov. Columnea oblongifolia Rusby, Mem. Torr. Bot. Cl. 6: 98 (1896) ochroleucum Kl. ex Oerst., Centralamer. Gesner. 51 (1858) Columnea ochroleuca (Kl. ex Oerst.) Hanst., Linnaea 34:393 (1865) parviflora (Morton) Wiehler, comb. nov. Columnea parviflora Morton, J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 35: 127 (1945) pendulum Kl. ex Oerst., Centralamer. Gesner. 52 (1858) Columnea pendula (Kl. ex Oerst.) Hanst., Linnaea 34: 397 (1865) peruvianum (Zahlbr.) Wiehler, comb. nov. Columnea peruviana Zahlbr., Ann. K.K. Naturhist. Hofmus. 7:8 (1892) 1973 Wiehler, Transfers from Alloplectus & Columnea 323 24. Ortholoma pubescens (Griseb.) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Pterygoloma pubescens Griseb., Fl. Brit. W. Ind. 464 (1861) Synonyms: Columnea pubescens (Griseb.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 2: 472 (1891); Alloplectus pubescens (Griseb.) Faw- cect, Prov. bist. EL.) Jam. 26) (13893) 25. Ortholoma repens (Hook.) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Alloplectus repens Hook., Bot. Mag. 72:t.4250 (1846) Synonyms: Pterygoloma repens (Hook.) Hanst., Linnaea 26:211 (1854) = type sp. of Pterygoloma Hanst.; Columnea repens (Hook.) Hanst., Linnaea 34:395 (1865) Columnea jamaicensis Urb., Symb. Antill. 2:359 (1901) Note: Hooker described this species from cultivated material said to have come to Europe from northern Colombia, but there ap- pears to have been a mix-up, cf. Stearn, Bull. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) Bot. 4(5):219 (1969). All field collections of this dis- tinct species originate from Jamaica; I have not found any her- barium material of this species from Colombia. My live Jamaican collection agrees exactly with the type illustration. To regard this species as an endemic of Jamaica agrees, furthermore, with the unusual high degree of endemism of Gesneriaceae on that is- land: 33 out of 35 species, including all other species of Ortho- loma and Columnea. 26. Ortholoma roseum (Morton) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Trichantha rosea Morton, Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 38(1):7 (1963) Synonym: Columnea rosea (Morton) Morton, Phytologia 22(3): 224 (1971) 27. Ortholoma sanguinolentum (Kl. ex Oerst.) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Stenanthus sanguinolentus Kl. ex Oerst., Central- amer. Gesner. 49 (1858) Synonyms: Columnea sanguinolenta (Kl. ex Oerst.) Hanst., Linnaea 34:389 (1865) Stenanthus squarrosus Kl. ex Oerst., Centralamer. Gesner. 49 (1858) Columnea costaricensis Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 2:471 (1891); Crantzia costaricensis (Kuntze) Fritsch, in Engler & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 4(3b):168 (1894) 28. Orthcloma serratum (Kl. ex Oerst.) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Stenanthus serratus Kl. ex Oerst., Centralamer. Gesner. 49 (1858) Synonym: Columnea serrata (Kl. ex Oerst.) Hanst., Linnaea 34:390 (1865) 29. Ortholoma tropicale (Morton) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Trichantha tropicalis Morton, Contr. U.S. Nat. Hexrbi.) 38@1)): 1311963) Synonym: Columnea tropicalis (Morton) Morton, Phytologia 22:(3) 13224 (1971) 32h PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 27, no. 5 30. Ortholoma ulei (Mansf.) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Columnea ulei Mansf., in Fedde, Repert. 38:26 (1935) 31. Ortholoma venustum (Standl.) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Columnea venusta Standl., Fieldiana, Bot. 17(2): 2ZV0ONCL93 7) E. Transfers from Alloplectus to Drymonia Drymonia Mart., Nov. Gen. et Sp. Pl. 3:57 (1829) Synonyms: Macrochlamys Decne., Rev. Hort., Sdr. III, 3:243 (1849) Polythysania Hanst., Linnaea 26:209, 184 (1854) Saccoplectus Oerst., Centralamer. Gesner. 43 (1858) Caloplectus Oerst., ibidem, p.45 Anisoplectus Oerst., ibidem, p.46 Erythranthus Oerst., ibidem, p.46 Calanthus Oerst., ibidem, p.47 Alloplectus Mart., subg. Calanthus (Oerst.) Hanst., Linnaea 34:361 (1865) Alloplectus Mart., subg. Erythranthus (Oerst.) Hanst., Linnaea 34:362 (1865) Alloplectus Mart., sect. Macrochlamys (Decne.) Dalla Torre & Harms, Gen. Siphonog. 474 (1904) Crantzia Scop., sect. Calanthus (Oerst.) Fritsch, in Engler & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 4(3b):168 (1894) Crantzia Scop., sect. Macrochlamys (Decne.) Fritsch, ibidem. Drymonia is a genus of over 110 species, consisting mostly of epiphytic vines. This very natural group can be distinguished easily from all other genera of the Gesnerioideae by its uniquely specialized anthers, described in detail by Moore in Baileya 3:111, fig. 43, 1955. The mature fruit, like in Alloplectus, is a fleshy capsule with brightly colored reflexed valves, displaying a cone- shaped mass of funicles and seeds. The genus occurs in moist forests throughout the Neotropics, with a center of distribution in Colombia and Ecuador. The following species had been placed originally in Alloplectus because of an undue emphasis on the shape of the calyx and the corolla, a problem intrinsic to the initial concepts of both genera. 1. Drymonia affinis (Mansf.) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Alloplectus affinis Mansf., in Fedde, Repert. 41:147 (1937) 2. Drymonia coccinea (Aubl.) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Besleria coccinea Aubl., Hist. Pl. Guian. 2:632 (CLi7/s)) Synonyms: Alloplectus coccineus (Aubl.) Mart., Nov. Gen. et Sp. Pl. 3:57 and index, p. 189 (1829); Columnea coccinea (Aubl.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 2:472 (1891); 1973 Wiehler, Transfers from Alloplectus & Columnea 325 Crantzia coccinea (Aubl.) Fritsch, in Engler & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 4(3b):168 (1894) Alloplectus circinatus Mart., Nov. Gen. et Sp. Pl. SEDO, be223 56.2 Gozo) =) Collumeayicircinata Mact. ) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 2:472 (1891) Alloplectus patrisii D.C., Prodr. 7:545 (1839); Columnea patrisii (D.C.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 2:472 (1891) 3. Drymonia coriacea (Oerst.) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Erythranthus coriaceus Oerst., Centralamer. Gesner. Ae ples Gl858) Synonyms: Alloplectus coriaceus (Oerst.) Hanst., Linnaea 34: 363 (1865); Columnea coriacea (Oerst.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 2:472 (1891) Alloplectus ventricosus Donn. Sm., Bot. Gaz. 25:154 (1898) 4. Drymonia doratostyla (Lwbg.) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Alloplectus doratostylus Lwbg., Acta Bot. Neerl. 8: 44 (1959) 5. Drymonia erythroloma (Lwbg.) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Alloplectus erythroloma Lwbg., Acta Bot. Neerl. 8: 45 (1959) 6. Drymonia foliacea (Rusby) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Besleria foliacea Rusby, Mem. Torr. Bot. Cl. 4:420 (1895). The type material, Rusby 338, had been dis- tributed originally as "Alloplectus?" 7. Drymonia hansteiniana Wiehler, nom. nov. Synonyms: Polythysania parviflora Hanst., Linnaea 26:208-209, fig. 55 (1854); Oerst., Centralamer. Gesner. 50 (1858); Hanst., Linnaea 34:428 (1865); Alloplectus parviflorus (Hanst.) Hemsley, Biol. Centr. Amer. Bot. 2:484 (1882); non Drymonia parvi- flora Hanst., Linnaea 34:352 (1865) 8. Drymonia hoppii (Mansf.) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Alloplectus hoppii Mansf., in Fedde, Repert. 41:148 (9377) 9. Drymonia mortoniana Wiehler, nom. nov. Synonym: Drymonia parvifolia Morton, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 29:56 (1942); non Drymonia parvifolia Griseb., Fl. Brit. W. Ind. 463 (1862) = D. serrulata (Jacq.) Mart. 10. Drymonia multiflora (Oerst.) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Calanthus multiflorus Oerst., Centralamer. Gesner. 47, pl.4 (1858) Synonyms: Alloplectus multiflorus (Oerst.) Hanst., Linnaea 34: 361 (1865); Columnea multiflora (Oerst.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 2:472 (1891) 11. Drymonia pendula (Poepp.) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Alloplectus pendulus Poepp., in Poepp. & Endl., Nov. Gen. et Sp. Pil. 3:6, tab.205 (1845) 326 Synonym: PinE? Ob Gra Vol. 27, no. 5 Columnea endlicheriana Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 2:472 (1891) 12. Drymonia semicordata (Poepp.) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Synonyms: Alloplectus semicordatus Poepp., in Poepp. & Endl., Nov. Gen. et Sp. Pl. 3:5 (1845) Columnea semicordata (Poepp.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 2: 472 (1891) Crantzia semicordata (Poepp.) Fritsch, in Engler & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 4(3b):168 (1894) Alloplectus sylvarum S.Moore, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lon- don Bot., Ser.II, 4:411 (1895) Crantzia pseudocordata Cuatr., Anales Univ. Madrid 4(2):249 (1935) . Drymonia solitaria (Rusby) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: 1: Alloplectus solitarius Rusby, Mem. Torr. Bot. Cl. 4:238 (1895) F. Additional transfers from Alloplectus and Columnea to other genera Several species currently in Alloplectus and Columnea belong quite clearly to other genera than those treated above. Some of the more obscure names are represented only by a single type speci- men. One important former member of Alloplectus has been trans- ferred already to Nematanthus as N. hirtellus (Schott) Wiehler (Wiehler, 1972a, 1972b). 1. Nematanthus dichrus (Sprengel) Wiehler, comb. nov. Bas ionym: Synonyms: Besleria dichrus Sprengel, Syst. Veg. 2:840 (1825) Columnea dichroa (Sprengel) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 2:472 (1891); Crantzia dichrus (Sprengel) Fritsch, in Eng- ler & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 4(3b):168 (1894) Besleria bicolor Schott, Medicin. Jahrb. 6(2):64 (1820); non H.B.K. (1818) Alloplectus schottii G. Don, Gen. Syst. 4:655 (1837) Alloplectus dichrous D.C., Prodr. 7:546 (1839); non Hook., Bot. Mag. 72:t.4216 (1846) = N. hirtellus Alloplectus angustifolius D.C., Prodr. 7:546 (1839); Columnea angustifolia (D.C.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 2:472 (1891) Alloplectus pinelianus Lem., Fl. Serres Jard. Eur. 2(8):pl.5 (1846) Alloplectus concolor Hook., Bot. Mag. 74:t.4371 (1848) 2. Nematanthus villosus (Hanst.) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Alloplectus villosus Hanst., in Mart., FljeBracg.o. 407, pl.66 (1864); non Hypocyrta villosa Hook. & Arn .(1834) = Hypocyrta fissa (Vel.) Handro & L.B. Smith 1973 Wiehler, Transfers from Alloplectus & Columnea 327 Synonym: Columnea klotzschiana Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 2:472 (1891) 3. Kohleria platylomata (Donn. Sm.) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Diastema platylomatum Donn. Sm., Bot. Gaz. 61:381 (1916) Synonyms: Nematanthus? erianthus Benth., Pl. Hartweg. 231 (1846) ; Columnea eriantha (Benth.) Hanst., Linnaea 34:391 (1865); non Kohleria eriantha (Benth.) Hanst., Linnaea 34:442 (1865) 4. Alsobia punctata (Lindl.) Hanst., Linmaea 26:207 (1854), type species of Alsobia Hanst., ibidem Basionym: Drymonia punctata Lindl., in Edward's Bot. Reg. 28: Misc .63 (1842); Bot. Mag. 70:t.4089 (1844) Synonyms: Episcia punctata (Lindl.) Hanst., Linnaea 34:342 (1865) Columnea septentrionalis Morton, Baileya 15:119 (1967) 5. Vanhouttea lanata Fritsch, in Engler, Bot. Jahrb. 29, Beiblatt 65:16 (1900) Synonym: Alloplectus tomentosus Glaziou, Bull. Soc. Bot. France 58, Mem. 3£:515 (1911) 6. Paradrymonia metamorphophylla (Donn. Sm.) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Alloplectus metamorphophyllus Donn. Sm., Bot. Gaz. Byeoyd Sue ia (genus Paradrymonia Hanst., Linnaea 26:207, 1854) 7. Alloplectus savannarum Morton, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. 75:563 (1948) Synonyms: Columnea steyermarkii Morton, Bol. Soc. Venez. Ci. Nat. 23(101):76 (1962) Columnea calotricha Donn. Sm., var. austroamericanum Morton, ibidem, p. 78 8. Alloplectus sprucei (Kuntze) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Columnea sprucei Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 2:471 (1891), misprinted as "A." sprucei Synonym: Crantzia sprucei (Kuntze) Fritsch, in Engler & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 4(3b):168 (1894) 9. Alloplectus lindenii (Kuntze) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Columnea lindenii Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 2:471 (1891) Synonym: Crantzia lindenii (Kuntze) Fritsch, in Engler & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 4(3b):168 (1894) 10. Alloplectus weirii (Kuntze) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Columnea weirii Kuntze, Rev. Gen. 2:471 (1891) Synonym: Crantzia weirii (Kuntze) Fritsch, in Engler & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 4(3b):168 (1894) 11. Alloplectus bolivianus (Britt.) Wiehler, comb. nov. Basionym: Columnea boliviana Britt., Mem. Torr. Bot. Cl. 4: 238 (1895) 328 Peby TO lOsGekrk Vol. is no, 5 Literature Cited Sherk, L.C. & R.E. Lee, 1967. Interspecific hybridization in the genus Columnea (Gesneriaceae). Baileya 15(3):89-96 Oersted. A.S. 1858. Centralamericas Gesneraceer (pp. 1-78, tab. I-XI) = Kong. Dansk. Vidensk. Selsk. Skrift. 5(5):75-152, tab. I-XI (1859) Wiehler, H. 1970. Studies in the morphology of leaf epidermis, in vasculature of node and petiole, and in intergeneric hybridization in the Gesneriaceae-Gesnerioideae. Unpublished thesis, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York Wiehler, H. 1972a. Chromosome numbers in some American Gesneriaceae. Baileya 18(3):118-120 Wiehler, H. 1972b. Name changes in some American Gesneriaceae in cultivation. Baileys 18(4):133-137 Wiehler, H. 1974. The genera of the New World Gesneriaceae. I. Character evaluation and a revision of the tribes. Brittonia 26 (accepted for publication) 1973 Wiehler, Transfers from Alloplectus & Columnea 329 The 330 species of the Alloplectus and Columnea assembly thus appear to fall within two major groupings. There is, first- ly, the Alloplectus alliance with Corytoplectus, Alloplectus, and Drymonia. Within the evolutionary highly advanced family Gesneri- aceae, Corytoplectus shows a mixture of relatively “primitive" characters (terrestrial habit, nectary condition), and a feature apparently more “advanced" than in its two allies, the berry fruit. The specialized fleshy capsule of Alloplectus and Dry- monia, containing the same type of funicular pulp as the berry in the tribe Episcieae, appears, however, to be just about as "advanced" as the berry. Each fruit type represents a successful end-product, along a different pathway, and each is geared towards particular seed dispersal agents. Into the second group, the Columnea alliance, belong Penta- denia, Dalbergaria, Ortholoma, and Columnea. The latter three genera each contain about the same number of species. In contrast to former classifications it may be noted that the corolla charac- ter is here de-emphasized. The Columnea-type corolla ocurrs, with some modification, in all four genera (as well as in genera of other tribes, Asteranthera Hanst., and Rechsteineria Regel). Pentadenia, Dalbergaria, and Ortholoma represent the whole range of corolla shapes from tubular with a subregular limb to the hooded Columnea corolla. The significance of the variation and convergence of corolla shapes of these hummingbird flowers still needs to be explored. References Sherk, L.C. & R.E. Lee, 1967. Interspecific hybridization in the genus Columnea (Gesneriaceae). Baileya 15(3):89-96 Oersted, A.S. 1858. Centralamericas Gesneraceer (pp. 1-78, tab. I-XI) = Kong. Dansk. Vidensk. Selsk. Skrift. 5(5):75-152, tab. I-XI (1859) Wiehler, H. 1970. Studies in the morphology of leaf epidermis, in vasculature of node and petiole, and in intergeneric hybridization in the Gesneriaceae-Gesnerioideae. Unpublished thesis, Cornell Univefsity, Ithaca, New York 1972a. Chromosome numbers in some American Gesneriaceae. Baileya 18(3):118-120 ("1971") 1972b. Name changes in some American Gesneriaceae in cultivation. Baileya 18(4):133-137 ("1971") 1974. The genera of the New World Gesneriaceae. I. Character evaluation and a revision of the tribes. Brittonia 26 (accepted for publication) CASSIA IN NICARAGUA Frank C. Seymour In the course of identifying specimens collected by my companions and myself in Nicaragua in four expeditions between 1968 and 1972, it proved advisable to construct keys to various families and genera. In order to reduce the likelihood of overlooking some species or failing to give it adequate consideration, that seemed the best way. Now and then one of the species collected had not been known previously in Nicaragua. The only published flora of Nicaragua, -- that by M. R. Goyena in two volumes in 1909 and 1911 respectively , -- was written so long ago that much progress has been made since then in the knowledge of the plants of Nicaragua. Copies of it are few and far between and usually unobtainable for reference. For these reasons it proved necessary to include in keys all the species known in all countries in Central America. Such a key to Cassia having been constructed, why should it not be published? The sources on which the following key has been based are many. Specimens in several herbaria have been examined as indicated in the following list of species. The printed publications are numerous, of which the principal ones are listed in the biblio- graphy at the end of this article. When anyone wishes to identify a specimen from Nicaragua, these herbaria and even the literature are not always available. Even if they are available, much time is con- sumed in consulting them. Therefore in the hope that it will be useful to others and save them the long labor which has been necessary to write this key and annotated list, the present paper is presented. The genus, Cassia, is by some included in the family Leguminosae subfamily Caesalpinioideae: by others it is placed in a separate family, Caesalpiniaceae. To characterize it briefly: leaves simply pinnate, with an even number of leaflets, 1-60 pairs. In many species , one or more glands borne between or below the lowest pair of leaflets. Petals nearly equal, usually yellow, imbricate in bud, the upper inclosed in the lower. Sepals nearly or quite distinct. Stamens 5-10, usually distinct, in some species not all fertile. Pods elongate , from flattened to terete. Plants, herbs, shrubs or trees, and sometimes between one or the other. This key is frankly artificial. Whenever they are constant an effort has been made to use the characters which are most easily observed. 330 1973 Seymour, Cassia in Nicaragua 331 Distinctions based on whether the species is an herb or a woody plant are sometimes difficult. Not only may an herbarium specimen not show that character but some species are between herbaceous and woody (suffrutescent). For this reason, such distinctions have been subordinated. In the latter part of this key, fruiting characters are most distinctive. However, for specimens which are not fruiting, a special key for the flowering stage has been provided. ARTIFICIAL KEY TO SPECIES A.Petiole and axis of leaf without gland(s) B. nitBiy Leaflets acute or acuminate; plant a tree or shrub Cc. ac. C.Leaflets 4-15 pairs; tree D. 7 De Leaflets 7-20 cm long, glabrous; sepals ovate or oblong . 2 0 6 OS! pi ge go rome NOkCmon Ee mCwrO Pmacma. ao 1. C, Fistula me D.Leaflets 3-7 cm long, finely hairy beneath; sepals orbicular oak evans tx yactause 4. C. spectabilis DC. C.Leaflets 2-3 pairs, 3-8 cm long, hairy beneath E. E.Spines at base of stipules; leaflets wedge-shaped at base; sepals 5-9 mm long; shrub . . 6. C. anisopetala Donn.Smith E.Spines none; leaflets densely na beneath F. F.Leaflets 3 pairs, 6-8 cm long, rounded at base, densely yellowish-hairy beneath; sepals 4-5 mm long....... Mies) Ts vlo saybs lafes orci its 42. C. xanthophylla (B. & R.) Lundell F.Leaflets 2 pairs, up to 15 cm long; fertile stamens 7; PIRREOT OCC. SPOR. 25 5) «ofits: eywdeos. scighvbye vm Ba Bake aomge Cede a es oe . 8. C. oxyphylla Kunth var. dariensis (B. & R.) Schery B.Leaflets obtuse or notched (retuse) at tip G. me G.Leaflets 6-20(-40) pairs; plant a tree or - shrub He, ~#H, a.Sepals 10-15 mm long I. I.Pod 4-winged, 1.5 cm wide; leaflets 3-8 cm wide, 6-12 pairs; petals prominently veined ...21. C. alata L. I.Pod not winged, 1-2 cm wide, 7- 15” cm long Jey ~ J.Stipules about 3 cm long, leaf-like, rounded at tip; leaflets 2 cm wide, 6 cm long, 5-20 pairs ............ Mme cpichicgss ohsilceenih ausiavagehtne anetekovele te 26. C. nicaraguensis Bth. J.Stipules 10-12 mm long; leaflets 7-15 pairs; plant a small shrub or tree K. K.Leaflets 2.5-5 cm wide, 7-10 cm long; stipules ~~ lanceolate, usually persistent . . 24. C. reticulata Willd. K.Leaflets almost 2 cm wide, 2-3.5 cm long; stipules ~ persistent, ovate, heart- Shaped at base............ KOON COO OC OME ORS Go MO obo Oe 25. C. didymobotrya Fresen 332 PHY TOLOG DA Vol. 27, no. 5 H. Sepals 5-8 mm long; stipules falling early; leaflets 1-2 cm wide, 3-7 em long, obtuse or retuse, 6-20(-40) pairs; tree L. L. Petals pink or white; stipules small; young branchlets densely hairy; pods terete, margined ......-. 2. C. grandis L.f. L.Petals yellow M. M.Pods terete, glabrous, 2 cm thick, up to 5 em long; stipules triangular, 2-lobed; leaflets up to 1.5 cm wide, 4-5 cm long, 2-20 pairs; branchlets puberulent ....3. C. moschata HBK. M.Pods flattened, 12-15 mm wide N. N .Leaflets 1-2 em wide, 3-7 cm long, 5-9(-30) pairs; petiolules 3 mm long; petioles 3-5 cm long; pods puberulent.....- chee oi ehals ein alates else el sienereleners 27. C. siamea Lam. N.Leaflets up to 1 cm wide, 1-4 cm long, 12-40 pairs; petiolules 2 mm long; petioles 1-2 cm long; .-. - 28. C. multijuga Rich G.Leaflets 1-5 pairs O. O.Plant a tree or shrub; leaflets 2-10 cm long, densely hairy beneath P. P.Branches without spines; pod 8-12 mm wide; leaflets 1-5 pairs 5. C. petensis (B. & R.) Standley cin ee) aot eer ens, © le te aie ere) M8) ere (OLe SBS eke O.Plant an herb; leaflets blunt or retuse Q. Q.Leaflets 4-5 pairs, 0.5-2.5 cm long; stem with dense white ; spreading hairs ......-+++seeeeee 48. C. pilosa L. | Q.Leaflets 1-2 pairs, 0.5-20 cm long, blunt; stem sticky R. R.Leaflets 1 pair; pod flat, 3-5 mm wide, 1.5-4 em long; pedicels surpassing leaves.....+-+-:> 47. C. rotundifolia Pers. R.Leaflets 2 pairs, stem with long or short hairs S. f S .Leaflets glabrous, 1-2 cm long; pod compressed, 5-7 mm WIGCi. rete hetero eters otereterete:loral 61. C. hispidula Vahl S.Leaflets hairy, at least beneath; pods 5-8 mm wide T. ; T.Petals 5-7 mm long; stamens 5 or 7; leaflets 2-3 cm long; pods 4-6 mm wide, 2.5-4.5 cm long, with long spreading ; Pais yA ie ere ate asl Mel te” on seuempierms 60. C. Absus L. | T.Petals 10-15 mm long; stamens 9-10; sepals hairy U. U.Sepals acute; flower-buds pointed; pods 4-5 cm long, setulose-hirsute +::::° Lt. Cc. Rosei Standley U.Sepals very blunt; flower-buds rounded at tip; pods 2.5 cm long, with long spreading hairs......-.+.-- PS eeiiee dt Tacks thee eee 62. C. Killippii Rose A.Petiole or axis of leaf bearing 1 or more glands V. V.Gland below lowermost leaflets W. om W.Leaflets 10-50 pairs, 1.5-3 mm wide, 8-18 mm long; in C. nicoyana, gland uncertain; herbs except slightly shrubby C. flavicoma X. X.Gland sessile or nearly so, depressed; leaflets 10-50 pairs Y. 1973 Seymour, Cassia in Nicaragua 333 Y.Flowers on internodes; leaflets hairy, 3 mm wide, up to 13 mm ~ long, 10-25 pairs; hairs swollen at base . .58. C. patellaria DC. Y.Flowers in axils of leaves; leaflets 4-8 mm long, conspicuously ~ veined Z. Z.Peduncles 1-2.5 cm long; flowers mostly solitary; leaflets 1-1.5 ~ mm wide, glabrous or hairy, obtuse or acute, 15-50 pairs; stipules 5-15 mm long, heart-shaped. . . . 50. C. flexuosa L. Z.Peduncles very short; leaflets glabrous, sometimes ciliate, ~ obtuse, mucronate, 15-25 pairs; stipules 10-15 mm long, not heart-shaped ys... a9); C. simplex (Standley) Standley X.Gland narrowed at base or on a stem; stipules small, usually very ~ narrow, not heart-shaped; leaflets 6-25(-40) pairs a. a.Stem of gland very short and thick; leaflets 10-20 pairs, 7-12 mm long b. b.Leaflets copiously pilose beneath with long appressed hairs, LO SUG pairs s,s, WMP. ee ee ae 55. C. mayana Lundell b.Leaflets glabrous beneath or nearly so, 2-2.5 mm wide, 10-20 Parsee. ee 56. C. stenocarpoides (Britton) Lundell a.Stem of gland long; gland elongate; leaflets 1.5-3 mm wide, 6- 18 mm long, 10-25(-40) pairs c. c.Peduncles 1-1.5 em long; petals 12-15 mm long; sepals 9-10 SAMIBLON terete fe 2G) See es 51. C. Seleri (Rose) Lundell c.Peduncles 4-8 mm long d. d.Hairs of pod dense, long, spreading; stem pilose e. e.Leaflets 10-25 pairs; stipules 10-14 mm long; pods 4 mm Wades 2 0>DNeMelong,. PllOSC .. ) . Mameneen nent tee tee te Ske, Meee a 52. C. stenocarpa Vogel e.Leaflets 7-13 pairs; pods 3 mm wide, 1.5-2 cm long, long=villous™) Ss .°.°% 53. C. nicoyana (Britton) Standley d.Hairs of pod sparse, short, appressed; leaflets 1.5-3 mm wide, 1-sided at base f. f.Leaflets glabrous , 6-13 pairs; stem pilose; herb; stipules 4-8 mm long; stem of gland long; annual. . . eaters, Ba ewe 94. C. Wilsonii (B. &R.) Standley f.Leaflets appressed-hairy beneath, up to 30 pairs; gland on stem; smallshrub. 2. 2 2°). 57. C. flavicoma HBK. W.Leaflets 1-9 pairs g. g.Leaflets 1-3 pairs; flowers single, axillary h. h.Leaflets 1 pair, 1-3 cm long; plant glabrous; pods 5-6 mm wide, seamen ones herb) fo. '. .). F!s sw se ee 43. C. diphylla L. h.Leaflets 2-3 pairs i. i.Leaflets 2-5 mm wide, 5-10 mm long, 2-3 pairs; gland on stem; pods aboutt en long; herb*: ..°.°. . . .. 45. C. Tagera L. i.Leaflets 5-9.2 mm wide, 1-3.5 cm long; pods 4-10 cm long j. j.Leaflets 3 pairs, 2-3.5 cm long; peduncles shorter than leaves; pods about 10 mm wide, including wings; gland 33h PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 27, no. 5 lengthened; plant glabrous throughout or nearly so; annual wherinitesed aycita Sri yo soins ceca te emt 19. C. pentagonia Miller j.Leaflets 2 pairs; shrub or shrub-like; hairs of young stems spreading to ascending k. k.Peduncles shorter than leaves; gland sessile. ......... eee ee ten ee 44. C. tetraphylla Desv. var. aurivilla Irwin k.Peduncles longer than leaves; gland depressed, stem spreading- Ji A nS Pee ee Wr Sere) Cac ceo: Cre 46. C. Bartlettii Standley g.Leaflets 4-9 pairs; plant an herb; pods flattened 1. 1.Peduncles few- to several-flowered; leaflets 1.5-9 cm long, 4-8 pairs m. m.Leaflets hairy above and beneath, 4-10 cm long, sometimes glabrous, abruptly acute; stipules 5-9 mm long, falling very early; pods 10-30 em long..@ sic genes 29. C. leptocarpa Bth. m.Leaflets glabrous except ciliate margin, acuminate; pods flat- tened, 6-9 mm wide, margins thickened n. n.Gland globose; larger (upper) leaflets (1.5-) 2-3.5(-4) em wide, 3-6 cm long, 4-5 pairs; petiolules about 2 mm long. . Bese? sd kale Boda Sua ten BY “whe tearaiiars (iy Cea as 30. C. occidentalis L. n.Gland elongate, cylindrical; larger leaflets 8-12(-15) mm wide, 1.5-6 cm long, 7-8 pairs; petiolules 1 mm long. . MP ee eer re ee ee eee 31. C. ligustrina L. 1.Peduncles 1-flowerd; leaflets 0.4-2.5 cm long o. o.Peduncles mostly 6 mm long or less; leaflets 6-13 pairs, 8-12 mm long;. gland long-stemmed .,.«s. . <\...% «(eign Bilin Sat, gn ech gia ae aeh es 54. C. Wilsonii (B. & R.) Standley o.Peduncles longer than leaves; leaflets 4-9 pairs p. p.Stem densley pilose with long spreading hairs; leaflets 5-25 mm long; gland short-stemmed, sometimes lacking ..... Me Or ee EP TE Fe POMC ec of tc 48. C. pilosa L. p.Stem usually incurved-puberulent; leaflets 4-8 mm long; gland slender-stemmed.......... 49. C. serpens L. V.Gland(s) between leaflets, usually between lowest pair, sometimes between other pairs also q. q.Leaflets acute or acuminate r. r.Leaflets 3-6 pairs, 2-9 cm longs. s.Pods almost terete, 6-9 cm long, 1 cm thick; plant glabrous throughout; leaflets long-acuminate, 3-4 pairs; shrub or BIMGLELCS: oa. i snetiming suk bivok omnchialiniailons 13. C. laevigata Willd. s.Pods compressed or flat t. t.Axis of leaves and plant elsewhere hirsute; pods 4-5 mm wide, 6-10 cm long; leaflets acute, 3 pairs; herb. ..... ON EIT A ESS Se SP 33. C. cobanensis (Britton) Lundell t.Axis of leaves puberulent or sparsely hairy; pods 16-18 em long; shrub or tree u. u.Pods 8 mm wide, short-stipitate, leaflets 3-4 pairs, 1.5-5 cm long; tree; doubtful, tentative place..... . 65. C. verbenensis (Britton) Standley 1973 Seymour, Cassia in Nicaragua 335 u.Pods 5-6 mm wide, long-stipitate; leaflets 4-6 pairs, 2-9 cm long, BGMIMITT Ate ear Gali: Mememe vol bmedene SP 39. C. Tonduzii Standley r.Leaflets 2 pairs, up to 18 cm long; shrub or tree v. v.Leaflets abruptly acute, 7-9 cm wide, 15-18 cm long; veins much raised beneath w. w.Fertile stamens 4; upper pair of leaflets only slightly 1-sided at base; petiole 2-4 cm long; leaflets puberulent-tomentulose beneath with raised hairs; sepals up to 8 mm long; petals 1.5 emmwide,; 2 cm long... 2... 7. C. Maxonii (B. & R.) Schery w.Fertile stamens 7; veins of leaflets raised at least beneath x. x.Petiole 12 cm long; hairs of leaflets beneath tomentulose with raised hairs; sepals 5-8 mm long; petals 1 cm wide, 2-3 cm long; leaflets 1-sided at base....... 8. C. oxyphylla Kunth x.Petiole 2-6 cm long; stem zigzag; hairs of leaflets beneath short, appressed; sepals up to 13 mm long; petals 2 cm wide, 1.5-3 cm long; leaflets slightly or very 1-sided at base... 5 (od to Le cee CRC CMO la hare ran 9. C. fruticosa Miller v.Leaflets long-acuminate, up to 11 cm long y. y.Floral bracts 8 mm long or longer; petioles up to 5 cm long; a gland between each pair of leaflets. ......:5..+.4-. y.Floral bracts about 2 mm long z. z.Leaflets up to 4 cm wide, 9 cm long; petiole 2.5 cm long ee eet boyht bh fe erie aera, del Lobe 16. C. unica Schery z.Leaflets up to 7 em wide, 25 cm long; petiole about 10 cm WOT Ey oat dot Beas Oat fe oe Goh we Oh 10. C. caudata Standley q.Leaflets obtuse or retuse, sometimes mucronate A. A.Leaflets 12-40(-60) pairs, 1.5-10 mm wide; shrub or small tree B. B.Leaflets 9-10 mm wide, 1-4 cm long; pods 1.5 cm wide, up to PURCIIMON Ces! sis feo) ih <, AlaGee wee 28. C. multijuga Rich. B.Leaflets 1.5-3 mm wide, 8-15 mm long; pods 4-5 mm wide, 9- 14cm long C. C.Hairs of upper stem very fine (puberulent); stem elsewhere glabrous; leaflets 20-30 pairs, about 3mm wide....... > 5 108 6) Qa Mec Oe Amn nen ene ae 37. C. foliolosa Bth. C.Hairs of stem 7-9 mm long, spreading, sometimes lacking; leaflets 12-60 pairs, glabrous, mostly 1.5-3 mm wide; gland long-stemmed.. ... 2 . 38. C. Williamsii (B. & R.) Standley A.Leaflets 2-10 pairs D. im D.Leaflets densely yellowish-tomentose beneath, 6-8 pairs, 1-5 em long; petals 12-15 mm long; pod densely hairy, 7 mm wide; SM 2Or LPCCirian cyutuaesl ic lakers ames e 17. C. tomentosa L. f. D.Leaflets not densely tomentose beneath E. E.Pods present F. F.Pods thick, not compressed; peduncles axillary; herb except sometimes C. bicapsularis G. 336 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 27, no. 5 G.Pods 4-4.5 cm long, straight, with valley between seeds; leaflets 4 pairs, 2-5 cm long, hairy beneath; stem with appressed hairs below, ascending hairs above; annual . .23. C. uniflora Miller G.Pods 8-20 cm long, without valleys between seeds; leaflets 2-5 pairs, 1-7 cm long H. H.Pods 10-15 mm wide or thick, margins not thickened; plant woody I. I.Sepals 8-12 mm long; leaflets 1-4 cm long, 3-5 pairs; pedicels 3-8 mm long; plant glabrous throughout or nearly so.... SES I STE eS eS 14. C. bicapsularis L. I.Sepals 6-8 mm long; leaflets 2 pairs, upper pair 6-9 cm long; pedicels 1-2 cm long; twigs puberulent...........-.: SUFs AP ed Se; AeA he 15. C. Rowleeana (B. & R.) Standley H.Pods 2-5 mm wide, 8-20 cm long; herb J. J.Pods 2-3 mm wide, 8-16 cm long, margins not thickened; leaflets 2 pairs, 2-7 em long, sparsely pilosulous beneath; stem with spreading hairs; sepals 6-10 mm long........ TE cP ae mares oS eee 20. C. pilifera Vogel J.Pods 3-5 mm wide, (11-)15-20 cm long, margins thickened, much curved; leaflets 2-4 pairs, 1.5-5 cm long, glabrous beneath, less often hairy beneath; stem glabrous or nearly so; sepals 5-8 mm long; gland slender. . 18. C. obtusifolia L. F .Pods flat or compressed K. K.Leaflets glabrous beneath or nearly so; pedicels 1-2 cm long; sepals 4-9 mm long; stipules linear to awl-like; shrub or tree L. L.Leaflets 2-3 pairs, 2-4.5 em long; stem glabrous; gland long; pods 4mm wide, 8-12 cm long. . . . 36. C. Holwayana Rose L.Leaflets 4-10 pairs, 1-3 cm long; stem hairy or glabrous... SETS I Ee AP SES v3 ROR: 34. C. biflora L. K.Leaflets distinctly hairy beneath, at least on veins; petals 1.5-3 em long M. M.Pods 8-12 mm wide; leaflets 4-8 pairs, 2-5 em long; shrub or small tree N. N.Pods 8-10 mm wide; petals 2.5-3 cm long; pods narrowed betweeniseeds te. 8 Pn net eas oe 22. C. Skinneri Bth. N.Pods 12 mm wide; petals 6-8 mm long; sepals 4-8 mm long uelee Sat Ne Se aes le 40. C. guatemalensis Donn. Smith M.Pods 3-6 mm wide, 8-12 cm long O. O.Petals 2-3 cm long; pods 3-4 mm wide; leaflets 2-5 or more pairs, 1-3.5 cm long; pedicels 1-2 cm long; shrub or small CHEECH ST. Hea Sa eee See 63. C. xiphoidea Bertol. 1973 Seymour, Cassia in Nicaragua 337 O.Petals 1.5-2 cm long P. P.Leaflets 3 pairs, 2-5 cm long; petals 1.5-2 cm long; pods 3-6 mm wide, much curved; pedicels 2-5 cm long; herb or WiOOdWsatibDAaSe!: Wate. lth k es 32. C. leiophylla Lundell P.Leaflets 6-10 pairs, 1-2 cm long; petals 1.5 cm long; pods 5-6 mm wide; shrub ... .35. C. longirostrata (B. & R.) Lundell E.Pods absent Q. Q.Pedicels 3-8 mm long; leaflets 2-5 pairs R. R.Stem glabrous or nearly soS- S.Sepals 5-8 mm long; annual; leaflets 2-4 pairs, 1.5-5 em long, usually glabrous but sometimes hairy beneath; herb..... RR a he) Ph ae) ee MH ac. a ae uh Beane were 18. C. obtusifolia L. S.Sepals 8-12 mm long; stem woody at base; leaflets 3-5 pairs, 1-4 cm long; plant glabrous throughout or nearly so Ch a la le a a 14. C. bicapsularis L. R.Stem very hairy; herb T. T.Leaflets 2 pairs, sparsely pilosulose beneath, 2-7 cm long; hairs of stem long, spreading; sepals 6-10 mm long... . Py SS ee ee a ee oe 88 20. C. pilifera Vogel T.Leaflets 4 pairs, hairy beneath, 2-5 cm long; hairs of stem appressed below, ascending above; sepals 6 mm long... MMT Te nc oh foew ay. a is ects Tonia Wega 23. C. uniflora Miller Q.Pedicels 1-5 cm long; sepals 4-9 mm long; leaflets 2-10 pairs U. U.Plant an herb or woody at base; leaflets 3 pairs, 2-6 cm long; stipules 12-16 mm long, persistent; petals 1.5-2 cm long; pedicels 2-5 cm long; sepals 8 mm long or less; herb or woody Git IOASE Gane oie en ere 32. C. leiophylla Vogel U.Plant a shrub or tree; stipules linear or setaceous, falling early except perhaps in C. xiphoidea; pedicels 1-2 cm long; shrub or small tree V. V.Axis of leaves and leaflets beneath glabrous or nearly so W. W.Leaflets 2-3 pairs, 2-4.5 cm long; stem glabrous; petals Beano Crpiong:*. “Pare. LS Toes OG 36. C. Holwayana Rose W.Leaflets 4-10 pairs, 1-3 em long; stem hairy or glabrous; PetalseyZacmelonioey 1). settee eine 34. C. biflora L. V.Axis of leaves and leaflets at least sparsely hairy beneath especially on veins X. X.Petals 6-8 mm long; sepals 4-8 mm long; leaflets 4-8 pairs, p-ovem done s eo ses 3 40. C. guatemalensis Donn .Smith X.Petals 1.5-4 cm long Y. Y.Petals 1.5 cm long; sepals 6-8 mm long Z. Z.Leaflets densely hairy beneath, 1-2 cm long, 6-10 pairs; hairs silky . .35. C. longirostrata (B. & R.) Lundell Z.Leaflets 2 pairs, upper pair 6-9 cm long....... AeA 15. C. Rowleeana (B. &. R.) Standley Y.Petals 2-4 cm long; hairs of leaves not silky, usually sparse beneath a. 338 Perr? 0L06 Ta Vol. 27, no. 5 a.Leaflets 1-3.5 cm long, 2-5 pairs or more, sparsely or densely hairy beneath; pedicels 1-2 cm long. : . 63. C. xiphoidea Berl a. beatles 2- 5 cm nate a 7 pairs, pilose beneath at least on veins; pedicels long; petals 2.5-3 cm long; . . c SAAT One . 22. C. Skinneri " Bth. Abbreviations used which are not in common use. B. & R., Britton & Rose S. A., South America Bth., Bentham SEY, private herbarium of Frank M. & G., Martens & Galeotti C. Seymour ENAG, Herbarium of the WDP, Herbarium of St. Norbert Escuela Nacional de Agricul- College, West De Pere, Wis. tura y Ganaderia, Managua, W. I., West Indies Nicaragua WMWGL, Williams, L. O., Molina, MHV, Maxon, W. R., Harvey, A. R., Williams, T. P., Gibson, A.D. & Valentine, A. T., D. N. & Laskowski, Chester, collectors collectors ANNOTATED SYSTEMATIC LIST With notes on species found in Central America but not known in Nicaragua. The order of species followed is that of the Harvard Herbaria with occasional insertions. To assist the reader to obtain further information, the reference is given to the original description or to the place where the combina- tion here used was published. A few synonyms are given in cases where they were involved in writing this article. An asterisk * before a name indicates that the species is not indigenous. * 1. C. Fistula L., Sp. Pl. 377. 1753. Fla. (cult.) (FLAS), Mex. (GH), Guatemala (cult.), W. I. Introduced from tropical Asia. Nicaragua, Chinandega, Dept. Chinandega, Baker 2287 (GH). 2. C. grandis L.f., Suppl. Pl. 230. 1781. s. Mex. to Panama, W. I., n. S. A. Nicaragua, Granada, Dept. Granada, Baker 113 (GH). 3. C. moschata HBK., Nov. Gen. & Sp. 6:338. 1824. Mex., British Honduras, Costa Rica, Panama. Nicaragua, La Virgen, Dept. 1973 10). 1s. Seymour, Cassia in Nicaragua 339 Rivas, Narvaez 1215 (GH); Hamblett 1406 (ENAG, SEY, MO). C. spectabilis DC., Cat. Hort. Monsp. 90. 1813. s. Mex. to Panama) We lies Mens As C. petensis (B. & R.) Standley, Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ. 461: 61. 1935. This species and C. anisopetala are easily recognized by the spines. British Honduras, Guatemala. C. anisopetala Donn. Smith, Bot. Gaz. 37:209. 1904. Guatemala. Isotype: Guatemala, Cubilquitz, Dept. Verapaz, alt. 350 m, May 1902, Tuerckheim 8194 (GH). C. Maxonii (B. & R.) Schery, Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 38:77. 1951. Mex., Central America, n.S. A., Synonym: Chamaefistula Wil- liamsii B. &R., N. Amer. Fl. 23:236. 1930; non Peiranisia Wil- liamsii B. &R., N. Amer. Fl. 23:265. 1930. Type: Maxon & Harvey 6611. Characterized by 4 large fertile stamens. Hairs on leaflets beneath short, curly, whereas in C. fruticosa and C. undulata, hairs on leaflets beneath are puberulent. C. oxyphylla Kunth, Mimos. 129. t. 39. 1819. aebetals Shorter), Wider. 8 ois: rust) a) ne var. oxyphylla a.Petals longer, narrower, up to 2.3 cm long, 1 cm wide ='6. vid D8 a OD de REED OTE Le Coe eee var. dariensis Var. oxyphylla. Mex. to Panama. This variety probably not in Panama. Var. dariensis. (B. & R.) Schery, Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 38:79. 1951. Panama. Doubtfully distinct from var. oxyphylla. C. fruticosa Miller, Gard. Dict. ed. 8, no. 10. 1768. Cassia bacillaris L.f., Suppl. Pl. 231. 1781. Chamaefistula Valerioi B. &R., N. Amer. Fl. 23:236. 1930. Stem zigzag. Fertile stamens 7. a.Leaflets, especially upper pair, very 1-sided at base; sepals 6—l3a-mm longs) petals 1°3=2 cm long) 7% 2: =. var. fruticosa a.Leaflets only slightly 1-sided at base; sepals up to 10 mm long; petals up to 2.5 cm long, longer and narrower than in var. ATR COS AREY Pts ey Sects: stron s a reaecomenee 2 var. gatunensis Var. fruticosa. Mex. to Brazil. Nicaragua, Siuna, Dept. Zelaya, Atwood 3176 (ENAG, SEY, SMU, BM, GH, F, MO, UC): Seymour 3198 (WDP, MICH). Madregava, Dept. Zelaya, Seymour 3265 (VT). Santo Tomas, Dept. Chontales, Nichols 277a (MO). Tipitapa, Dept. Managua, Narvaez 13 (ENAG,SEY ,SMU,GH,MO) San Juan del Norte, Dept. Rio San Juan, Smith 89 (GH). Var. gatunensis (Britton) Schery, Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 38:81. 1951. Panama. C. caudata Standley, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 18:102. 1916. Costa Rica, Panama. C. Rosei Standley, Field Mus. Bot. 11:159. 1936. Mex., Guate- mala, Honduras (FLAS). 3,0 12. 13. 14, Ife 18. 19. PHYTOL OG EA Vol. 27, no. 5 C. undulata Bth., in Hooker, Journ. Bot. 2:76. 1840. s. Mex., British Honduras, Guatemala, Panama,n. S.A. Nicaragua, a lo largo del Rio Grande, alt. 0.15 m, Dept. Zelaya, Molina 2490 (GH); Bluefields , Molina 1926 (GH) Chemical Plant, Comarca del Cabo, Seymour 5601 (ENAG, SEY, SMU, BM, GH; F; MOL UC, NY). San Carlos, Dept. Rio San Juan, Atwood 2030a (SEY). C. laevigata Willd., Sp. Pl. 441. 1809. Fla. (FLAS), Mex., Guatemala, Honduras, Salvador, Panama. Much like C. occiden- talis. C. bicapsularis L., Sp. Pl. 376. 1753. a.Plant glabrous throughout or nearly so; lowermost lateral stamens short-beaked; beak 1mm long orless....... Mai 2 OA Be? SD eae var. bicapsularis a.Upper twigs and lower leaf-surface usually puberulent; lowermost lateral stamens long-beaked; beak 1-2 mm long. . Be CRM Pn cee. Ou ce opm ii ec Scie Yo. var. pubescens Bth. Var. bicapsularis. Mex. to Panama, W.1., S.A. Nicaragua, Managua, Dept. Managua, Garnier 3090 (A). Chinandega, Dept. Chinandega, Baker 4 (A,GH). Var. pubescens Bth., Trans. Linn. Soc. 27:525. 1871. C. indecora HBK., Nov. Gen. & Sp. 6:344. 1824. Mex. to Panama, W.I1., S.A. C. Rowleeana (B. &R.) Standley, Field Mus. Bot. 18:517. 1937. Chamaefistula RowleeanaB. &R.,N. Amer. Fl. 23:234. 1930. Endemic. Costa Rica. C. unica Schery, Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 38;76. 1951. w Panama. Type coll. 1911. Collected only once. C. tomentosa L.f., Suppl. Pl. 231. 1781. s. Mex. , Guatemala, Wi SS oo AS C. obtusifolia L., Sp. Pl. 377. 1753. s. U.S., Mex. to Panama, W:1.;S. A. Distinct from C.Tora L.)Sp.. PL. SvGhelvssee wien which it has commonly been confused as Dr. Daniel B. Ward kindly called to my attention. Leaflets 3 pairs, with long appres- sed hairs beneath. Pods 3-5 mm wide, 15-20 cm long, much curved. Gland between leaflets. Pedicels 2-2.5 em long in flower, 2.5-3.5 cm long in fruit. See note under C. pentagonia. Nicaragua, Siuna, Dept. Zelaya, Seymour 3150 (VT). Sebaco, Dept. Matagalpa, Seymour 2536 VT). Tipitapa, Dept. Managua, Seymour 2343 (ENAG,SEY,SMU, BM,GH,F,MO,UC ,NY,WDP,MICH). Granada, Dept. Granada, Hamblett 1110 (ENAG,SEY ,MO), C. pentagonia Miller, Gard. Dict. ed. 8, no. 18. 1768. Guatemala, Honduras, Brazil. Gland below lowermost leaflets. Pods 1 cm wide, 5-10 cm long, only slightly curved. Sometimes confused with C. obtusifolia, q.v. In Fl. Panama, Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard., C. pentagonia is treated as a synonym of C. Tora L. The chara- 1973 Seymour, Cassia in Nicaragua 341 cters here given seem to make it clearly distinct from C. obtusifolia. 7A VE C. pilifera Vogel, Syn. Cass. 23. 1837. s. Mex. to Panama, Cuba, S.A. Stem with long spreading hairs. Peduncles 2-4- flowered. Pods 3.5-4 mm wide. 14-17 cm long, Cp. C. Williamsii. 21. C. alataL., Sp. Pl. 378. 1753. Fla. (cult.) (FLAS), s. Mex. to Panama., W. I., S. A., Old World tropics. "In general appear- ance it is exactly like C. reticulata but the pods of the two species are, of course, very unlike." Fl. Guatamala, Field Mus. Bot. 24: part 5:109. 1946. Nicaragua, Teustepe, Dept. Boaco, Seymour 2452 (ENAG, SEY, GH, MO). Limbaykan, Dept. Zelaya, Nelson 4898 (ENAG,SEY ,MO). Bluefields, Dept. Zelaya, Molina 1978 (GH); Atwood & Moore 356 (SEY ,GH ,MO) San Carlos, Dept. Rio San Juan, Atwood 2031 (ENAG,SEY,SMU, BM,MO). 22. C. Skinneri Bth., Trans. Linn. Soc. 27:542. 1871. s. Mex., Guatemala, Honduras, Salvador. 23. C. uniflora Miller, Gard. Dict. ed. 8, no. 5. 1768. C. sericea ~ Sw. , Prodr. Ind. Occ. 66. 1788. Mex, British Honduras, G Guate- mala, Honduras, Salvador, W. I., Venezuela, Galapagos Is. Nicaragua, Potrerillos, Dept. Boaco, Seymour 2358 (SEY ,MO). San Francisco, Dept. Boaco, Robbins 6046 (ENAG,SEY). Tecolostate, Dept. Boaco, Salas & Taylor 3530 (ENAG). Teustepe., Dept. Boaco, Seymour 2453 (VT). Managua, Dept. Managua, Garnier 4031 (GH). Tipitapa. Dept. Managua, Zelaya 49 (BM); Atwood 2815 (SEY, SMU ,GH,MO). Granada, Dept. Granada, Moore 1119 (SEY, MO): Nichols 1132 (ENAG,SEY ,SMU,BM,GH,F,MO). 24. C. reticulata Willd. , Enum. Pl. 443. 1809. Mex., British Hon- duras to Panama (FLAS), S.A. Nicaragua, no precise locality , Wright (GH) Lake Managua, Grant 1131 (A). Masaya, Dept. Masaya, Zelaya 151 (ENAG, SEY, SMU, BM, GH, Be MO>.UG-)). Granada, Dept. Granada, Baker 142 (GH), 41 (GH); Grant 899 (A). *25. C. didymobotrya Fresen, Flora 22:53. 1839. Guatemala, Hon- duras (GH), Costa Rica, Canal Zone. Introduced from tropical Africa. 26. C. nicaraguensis Bth., Trans. Linn. Soc. 27:552. 1871. s. Mex. to Panama. Nicaragua, Esteli, Dept. Esteli, alt. 850 m, Williams & Molina 10944 (GH). 3h2 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 27, no. 5 *27. C.siamea Lam., Encycl. 1:648. 1785. General in tropical America. Introduced from East Indies. Nicaragua, Matagalpa, Dept. Matagalpa, Zelaya 2308 (SEY) Managua, Dept. Managua, Robbins 6089 (ENAG,SEY,SMU,BM, GH,F,MO,UC,NY ,WDP,MICH). 28. C. multijuga Rich., Act. Soc. d*Hist. Nat. Paris 1:108. 1792. Mex. to Panama, n. S.A. "Often cultivated in Panama." Petiole usually but not always bearing an elongate gland between lowermost leaflets. 29. C. leptocarpa Bth., Linnaea 22:528. 1849. Similar to Cc. ligustrina L. and C. occidentalis L. Leaflets attenuate. Photo of type (A). a. Branches, leaves, pedicels, pods and sepals glabrous or glabrate: 510...) Gh ARUN Pe 5 Se var. leptocarpa a. Branches, leaves, pedicels, pods and sepals hairy..... Ai Geek lollh (DUOAE ee PEM te var. hirsuta Bth. Var. leptocarpa. s. Mex., Guatemala, Honduras, Salvador, Costa Rica, Cuba, S. A. Var. hirsuta Bth., Trans. Linn. Soc. 27:531. 1871. Panama. Nicaragua, Masaya, Dept. Masaya, Nichols 124a (SEY). 30. C. occidentalis L., Sp. Pl. 377. 1753. C. Sophora L., Sp. Pl. 379. 1753.0's.°U..S. , Mex.. to’ Panama, Woo eee Nicaragua, a lo largo del Rio Grande, Molina 2485 (GH) Jalapa, Dept. Nueva Segovia, Robbins 5488 (SEY) Yalaguina, Dept. Madriz, Seymour 956 (SEY, MO) Momotombo, Dept. Leon, Smith 130 (GH) Managua, Dept. Managua, Seymour 2626 (SEY) Lake Nejapa, vic. Managua, MHV 7551 (GH) Tipitapa, Dept. Managua, Hamblett 8 (VT) San Francisco, Dept. Boaco, Robbins 6047 (SEY) Teustepe, Dept. Boaco, Atwood & Seymour 2418 (SEY ,SMU ,GH ,MO) Corn Island, Dept. Zelaya, Seymour 4406 (SEY, MO) Punto Mico, Dept. Zelaya, Nelson 4246 (SEY, GH, MO) Granada, Dept. Granada, Seymour 1155a (VT) 31. C. ligustrinaL., Sp. Pl. 378. 1753. Fla.(FLAS), Panama, W. 1. 32. C. leiophylla Vogel, Syn. Cass. 25. 1837. Mex., British Honduras, Guatemala, Salvador, Costa Rica, Panama to Brazil. Nicaragua, Waspan, Comarca del Cabo, Atwood 3556 (ENAG, SEY, SMU, BM, GH, F, MO, UC, NY, WDP); Seymour 3581 (MICH) Siuna, Dept. Zelaya, Seymour 3013 (VT); Siuna, Dept. Zelaya, Seymour 3197 (ENAG, SEY, SMU, BM, GH, F, MO) Corn Island, Dept. Zelaya, Atwood 4392 (VT) Bluefields, Dept. Zelaya, Seymour 705 (VT) 1973 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. Seymour, Cassia in Nicaragua 33 El Recreo, Dept. Zelaya, Narvaez 462 (ENAG, SEY, SMU, BM, GH, F, MO, UC, NY, MICH) Jalapa, Dept. Nueva Segovia, Robbins 5487 (ENAG, SEY) Santo Domingo, Dept. Chontales, Seymour 3392 (VT) Santo Tomas, Dept. Chontales, Nichols 277 (VT) Santo Tomas, Dept. Chontales, Atwood 2725 (ENAG, SEY, MO) Masaya, Dept. Masaya, Nichols 124a (SEY, MO) San Carlos, Dept. Rio San Juan, Atwood 2030b (NY, WDP) San Carlos, Dept. Rio San Juan, Hamblett 2058 (VT) Penas Blancas, Dept. Rivas, Seymour 1858 (SEY, MO) C. cobanensis Lundell, Phytologia 1:214. 1937. Guatemala. Known only from the type. Type: Coban, Alta Vera Paz, Tuerckheim 2056. C. bifloraL., Sp. Pl. 378. 1753. C. pallidior Rose, Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci. 17:167. 1927. Mex. to Panama, W.I1.,n.S.A. Nicaragua, Chinandega, Dept. Chinandega, Baker 125 (GH) El] Viejo, Dept. Chinandega, Atwood 2638 (SEY, GH, MO) Casas Viejas, Dept. Matagalpa, Nichols 1060 (ENAG, SEY, SMU, BM, GH, F, MO, UC) Sebaco, Dept. Matagalpa, Narvaez 2526a (SEY, GH, MO) Boaco, Dept. Boaco, Seymour 5425 (ENAG, SEY, SMU, BM, GH, F, MO, UC, NY, WDP, MICH) Camoapa, Dept. Boaco, Atwood 3467 (SEY, SMU, GH, MO) Managua, Dept. Managua, Garnier 3079 (A), 4273 (A) Granada, Dept. Granada, Grant 911 (A) Ometepe, Dept. Rivas, Smith s. n. (GH) Penas Blancas, Dept. Rivas, Moore 1827 (GH); Nichols 1843 (ENAG, SEY, MO) La Virgen, Dept. Rivas, Hamblett 1190 (ENAG, SEY, UC) San Juan del Sur, Dept. Rivas, Narvaez 1255 (ENAG, SEY, SMU, BM, GH, F, MO, UC, NY, WDP, MICH) C. longirostrata (B. & R.) Lundell, Phytologia 1:214. 1937. Guatemala (GH). C. Holwayana Rose, Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 8:301. 1905. s. Mex., Guatemala, Honduras, Salvador. C. foliolosa Bth., Trans. Linn. Soc. 27:544. 1811. Guatemala. Leaflets about 3 mm wide, 8-12 mm long, 20-30 pairs. C. Williamsii (B. & R.) Standley, Field Mus. Bot. 18:519. 1937. Peiranisia Williamsii B. &R., N. Amer. Fl. 23:265. 1930. non Chamaefistula Williamsii B. & R., N. Amer. Fl. 23:236. 1930. Costa Rica, Panama. Similar to C. pilosa in having long white hairs. C. Tonduzii Standley, Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 20:215. 1919. Chiapas, Costa Rica. 3hh 40. 41. 42, 43. 44, PAYTOLOGTS Vol. 27, no. 5 C. guatemalensis Donn.Smith, Bot. Gaz. 2:6. 1897. Guatemala, Honduras, Salvador, Costa Rica. Nicaragua, Santa Lastenia, Dept. Jinotega, alt. 1500 m, WMWGL 27853 (GH). C. emarginata Le, op. Pl 9376. 1753. (Mexy to'Costavhicar W.1I.,n.S.A. Branchlets densely pilosulous or tomentose. Leaves eglandular. Nicaragua, Lake Masaya, Dept. Masaya, alt. 300m, Maxon 7734 (GH). C. xanthophylla (B. & R.) Lundell, Phytologia 1:215. 1937. Reported from Guatemala but probably incorrectly. Known only from the type: Casillas, Santa Rosa, 1300 m, Heyde & Lux 4471. C. diphylla L., Sp. Pl. 376. 1753. s. Mex. to Brazil, W.I., Philippines. If the very small gland should be obscured, this species might be confused with C. rotundifolia Pers. They can be distinguished by the following characters. A. Stem glabrous; petiole 5-6 mm long; stipules up to 15 mm or more long; longest sepals up to 10 mmlong....... at SURES eR RT 5 MALE Rs SM C. diphylla L. A. Stem hairy to almost glabrous; petiole not exceeding stipules; stipules up to 10 mm long; sepals up to 5 mm long SIGS PES Blea Pe C. rotundifolia Pers. Nicaragua, Bilwaskarma, Comarca del Cabo, Nelson 4631 (VT) Puente Pozo Azul, Comarca del Cabo, Seymour 4591 (SEY, GH, MO) Waspan, Comarca del Cabo, Atwood 3617 (VT); Seymour 3684 (GH, MO) Limbaikan, Dept. Zelaya, Nelson 4899 (SEY, MO) Puerto Isabel, Dept. Zelaya, Atwood & Seymour 2951 (ENAG, SEY, SMU, BM, GH, F, MO, UC, NY, WDP, MICH) Puerto Cabezas, Dept. Zelaya, Nelson 4532 (SEY, MO) Tamla, near Puerto Cabezas, Dept. Zelaya, Seymour 5998 (SEY). C. tetraphylla Desv., Journ. Bot. III, 72. 1814. var. aurivilla Irwin, Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 12:96-99. 1964. C. brevipes DC. Collad. Hist. Cass., 19. 1816. non C. tetraphylla Desv. var. brevipes (Bth.) Irwin. Fruiting peduncles shorter than leaves. Pods 10-14 mm wide, 2.4- 3.6 mm long, with long appressed hairs. British Honduras, Honduras, Costa Rica, Panama (FLAS). Nicaragua, La Esperanza, Dept. Zelaya, Rio Grande, Molina 2146 (F) Limbaikan, Dept. Zelaya, Seymour 4982 (ENAG, SEY, SMU, BM, GH, F, MO, UC, NY, WDP, MICH) 1973 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50. 51. 52. 93. 04. 55. 56. Seymour, Cassia in Nicaragua 3h5 C. TageraL., Sp. Pl. 376. 1753. s. Mex. to Panama, S. A. Glands on petiole minute. Stipules wide at base, heart-shaped. Nicaragua, Bihmona, Comarca del Cabo, Seymour 5719 (VT) Waspan, Comarca del Cabo, Seymour 3683 (SEY). Puerto Isabel, Dept. Zelaya, Atwood 2952 (SEY, SMU, GH, MO). C. Bartlettii Standley, Field Mus. Bot. 11:132. 1932. British Honduras, Guatemala. Isotype: British Honduras, El Cayo Dist. , Mountain Pine Ridge, 21 Feb. 1931, Bartlett 11649 (GH). C. rotundifolia Pers., Syn. 1:456. 1805. Fla.(FLAS), Mex. to Brazil. No specimen seen from Nicaragua or Guatemala. See note under C.diphylla C. pilosa L., Syst. ed. 10. 1017. 1759. Similar to C. Williamsii in having long white hairs. Fla.(FLAS), Chiapas, Guatemala, Salvador, Costa Rica, W.I., iN pyc atn C.serpens L., Syst. ed. 10. 1018. 1759. Fla. (FLAS), w. Mex., British Honduras, Guatemala, Honduras, Wetelvens el’. 05)<) “Ate Probably in Nicaragua, Realjo, Sinclair s.n. (GH). C. flexuosa L., Sp. Pl. 379. 1753. s. Mex. British Honduras, Salvador, Panama, Cuba, S.A. Nicaragua, Tamla, Dept. Zelaya, Seymour 5999 (ENAG, SEY, SMU, BM, GH, F, MO, UC, NY, WDP, MICH) C. Seleri (Rose) Lundell, Phytologia 1:215. 1937. Guatemala. Isotype: Guatemala, Barranca del Rio de las Vacar, Solidade Fabal, 15 Oct. 1896, Seler 2286 (GH). C. stenocarpa Vogel, Syn. Cass. 68. 1837. Chamaecrista riparia Britton, non Cassia riparia HBK. Similar to C. flexuosa L. Mex. to Panama, W.I.,n.S.A. Nicaragua, Sierras de Managua, Grant 956 (A). C. nicoyana (Britton) Standley, Field Mus. Bot. 18:516. 1937. Chamaecrista nicoyana Britton, N. Amer. Fl. 23:292. 1930. Endemic, Costa Rica. Leaflets 7-13 pairs, but Standley in Flora of Costa Rica, p. 516, says "10-22-jugate." C. Wilsonii (B. & R.) Standley, Field Mus. Bot. 10:219. 1931. British Honduras, Guatemala, Honduras. Type from Tela, Honduras. C. mayana Lundell, Phytologia 1:215. 1937. Chiapas, Guate- mala, Honduras, Costa Rica. Chamaecrista Tonduzii B. &R. N. Amer. FI. 23:290. 1930. non Cassia Tonduzii Standley, Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 20:215. 1919. C. stenocarpoides (Britton) Lundell, Phytologia 1:215. 1937. Fla., Guatemala, Costa Rica. Chamaecrista stenocarpoides Britton, in Britton & Rose, N. Amer. Fl. 23:293. 1930. Cassia 346 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 27, no. 5 stenocarpa Vogel var. stenocarpoides (Britton) Schery, Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 38:60. 1951. 57. C. flavicoma HBK., Nov. Gen. &Sp. 6:366. 1824. Mex., Honduras, Panama, W.I., S.A. See Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 38:61. 1951. Perhaps Cassia riparia HBK., Nov. Gen. & Sp. 6: 369. 1824. 58. C. patellaria DC., Collad. Hist. Cass. 125. 1816. Fla., Mex. , Honduras, Panama. 59. C. simplex (Standley) Standley, Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 27:199. 1928. Chamaecrista Browniana B. &R., N. Amer. Fl. 23:293. 1930. Cassia Browniana (B. & R.) Philipson, Mutisia #24, 2. 1956. Guatemala, Panama. Nicaragua, Santo Tomas, Dept. Chontales, Seymour 6307 (SEY, SMU). 60. C.AbsusL., Sp. Pl. 376. 1753. s. Mex., Guatemala, W.I., S. A., Old World tropics. 61. C. hispidula Vahl, Eclog. 3:10. 1807. C. leiantha Bth., in Hook. Journ. Bot. 2:78. 1840. s. Mex., Salvador, Costa Rica, Cuba, n. S.A. Nicaragua, Santo Tomas, Dept. Chontales, Nichols 278 (SEY) Casa Colorado, Dept. Carazo, Dudey & Hamblett 512 (SEY). 62. C. Killippii Rose, in Standley, Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci. 17:167. 1927. C. hispidula Vahl var. Killippii (Rose) Schery, Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 38:55. 1938. British Honduras, Guatemala, Panama. 63. C. xiphoidea Bertol., Fl. Guat. 415. 1840. Peiranisia Deamii B. &R.,N. Amer. Fl. 23:261. 1930. Cassia Deamii (B. &R.) Lundell, Carnegie Inst. Wash. Pub. 478:212. 1937. May be a synonym of Cassia biflora L. Chiapas, Guatemala, Honduras. Nicaragua, Casas Viejas, Dept. Matagalpa, Dudey 1032 (ENAG, SEY, SMU, BM, GH, F, MO, UC, NY, WDP) Nicaragua, Boaco, Dept. Boaco, Nichols 1470 (ENAG, SEY, SMU, GH, F, MO) Potrerillos, Dept. Boaco, Seymour 2356 (VT) Telica, Dept. Leon, Dudey, Hamblett & Nichols 216 (SEY, GH, MO) Doubtful species 64. C. Standleyi (B. & R.) Standley, Field Mus. Bot. 18:518. 1937. Included in the Flora of Costa Rica but with the comment: "pro- bably will be reduced to synonomy." No specimen seen. Ende- mic. Costa Rica. Field Mus. Bot. 18:518. 1937. Chamaefistula Standleyi B. &R.,N. Amer. Fl. 23:238. 1930. 65. C. verbenensis (Britton) Standley, Field Mus. Bot. 18:519. 1937. Peiranisia verbenensis Britton, N. Amer. Fl. 23:266. 1930. Costa Rica, endemic. The original description is inadequate to distinguish this species from some other species in Central 1973 Seymour, Cassia in Nicaragua 3h7 America. The description in Flora of Costa Rica, Field Mus. Bot. 18:519. 1937., adds little to the original description. Tree. Leaflets 1.5-3 cm long, 3-4 pairs, acute to obtuse, 1.5-5 em long, hairy beneath. Pods flat, 6 mm wide, 18 cm long. No specimen seen. 66. C. viscosa HBK., Nov. Gen. & Sp. 6:360. 1824. Reported in Guatemala but not included in Flora of Guatemala, Field Mus. Bot. 24, part 5, 131. 1946. This article reports 11 species in Nicaragua of which this writer has seen no specimen other than those collected by him and his compan- ions, 1968-1972. By name: C. diphylla L. C. leptocarpa Bth. C. simplex (Standley) C. flexuosa L. C. moschata HBK. Standley C. hispidula Vahl C. obtusifolia L. C. TageraL. C. leiophylla Vogel C. siamea Lam. C. xiphoidea Bertol. Tabular Summary of Species Collected by others in Nicaragua 16 Added by this writer and his companions 11 Total species here reported in Nicaragua Zit Reported only from elsewhere in Central America 36 Total here reported in Central America 63 Acknowledgments I acknowledge with thanks the privilege of examining specimens in the following herbaria. Arnold Arboretum, Harvard University, Dr. Richard A. Howard, Director Gray Herbarium, Harvard University, Dr. Reed C. Rollins, Director Pringle Herbarium, University of Vermont, Dr. H. W. Vogelmann, Director Herbarium of the University of Florida, Dr. Daniel B. Ward, Director Herbarium of the University of South Florida, Dr. Robert W. Long, Director Herbarium of the Escuela Nacional de Agricultura y Ganaderia, Mana- gua, Nicaragua Principal publications consulted in preparation of this article. Britton, N. L. & J. N. Rose, Caesalpiniaceae. North American Flora 23: 231-239. 1930. 348 PPTL OG te Vol. 27, no. 5 Standley, P. C., Flora of Costa Rica, Field Mus. Bot. 18:513-519. 1937. Standley, P. C. &J. A. Steyermark, Flora of Guatemala, Field Mus. Bot. 24, part 5, 105-132. 1946. Woodson, R. E., Jr., & R. W. Schery & Collaborators, Flora of Panama, Ann. Mo. Bot. 38: 39-83. 1951. Irwin, Howard S., Jr., Monographic Studies in Cassia, Section Xerocalyx. Memoirs of N. Y. Bot. Gard. 12, #1, 1964. Index of species and synonyms mentioned in this article. Numbers refer to species numbers, not pages. Absus 60 alata 21 anisopetala 6 bacillaris 9 Bartlettii 46 bicapsularis 14 biflora 34 brevipes 44 Browniana 59 caudata 10 cobanensis 33 dariensis 8 Deamii 63 didymobotrya 25 diphylla 43 emarginata 41 Fistula 1 flavicoma 57 flexuosa 50 foliolosa 37 fruticosa 9 grandis 2 guatemalensis 40 hispidula 61 Holwayana 36 indecora 14 Killippii 62 laevigata 13 leiophylla 32 leptocarpa 29 ligustrina 31 longirostrata 35 Maxonii 7 mayana 55 moschata 3 multijuga 28 nicaraguensis 26 nicoyana 53 obtusifolia 18 occidentalis 30 oxyphylla 8 pallidior 34 patellaria 58 pentagonia 19 petensis 5 pilifera 20 pilosa 48 reticulata 24 riparia 52, 57 Rosei 11 rotundifolia 47 Rowleeana 15 Seleri 51 sericea 23 serpens 49 siamea 27 simplex 59 Skinneri 22 Sophora 30 spectabilis 4 Standleyi 64 stenocarpa 52 stenocarpoides 56 Tagera 45 tetraphylla 44 tomentosa 17 Tonduzii 39, 55 Tora 17 undulata 12 unica 16 uniflora 23 Valerioi 9 verbenensis 65 viscosa 66 Williamsii 38 Wilsonii 54 xanthophylla 42 xiphoidea 63 NOTES ON NEW AND NOTEWORTHY PLANTS. LXV Harold N. Moldenke LANTANA LOPEZ=PALACII Moldenke, stat. & sp. nov. Lantana cujabensis var. punctata Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 11. 19h8. LEIOTHRIX HATSCHBACHII Moldenke, sp. nov. Herba annua; foliis rosulatis dense caespitosis filiformibus erectis 10—15 mm. longis 0.5 mm. latis glabratis ima basin e cinecinno perspicuo rufo-villoso emergentibus; vaginis 15—18 mn. longis arcte adpressis brunneis, adpresso-strigillosis; peduncu- lis 12—-25 cm. longis tenuibus dense sericeo-villosis; pilis al- bis antrorsis; capitulis hemisphaericis 7 mm. latis dense albo- villosis. Small anmial herbs, growing in close clusters; leaves numerous, rosulate, filiform, erect, 10--15 mm. long, 0.5 mm. wide, glabrate but issuing from an extremely dense reddish mass of erect villous hairs 5—7 mm. long; sheaths 15—-18 mm. long, closely appressed to the peduncle, brownish or blackish, obliquely split at the apex, appressed=-strigillose with rather inconspicuous antrorse hairs which soon rub off and leave the sheath glabrate and shiny; pedun- cles several per plant, erect, slender, 12--25 cm. long, not costate nor furrowed, slightly twisted, very densely white- villous with silky antrorsely ascending hairs; heads hemispheric, about 7 mm. wide, very densely white-villous throughout; involu- cral bractlets elliptic-oblong or very slightly obovate, plainly acuminate at the apex, densely white-villous toward and at the apex; florets trimerous, for characters see accompanying plate drawn by Charles C. Clare. Fig. 1. A - Habit, B - Flower—head enlarged. C = Involucral bractlet. D - Staminate floret. E- Staminate sepal. F - Staminate floret with sepals removed. G = Pistillate sepal. H = Gynoecium. J — Seed. The type of this species was collected by Gert Hatschbach (no. 30165) -—- in whose honor it is named — in wet sandy soil adjacent to rocky outcrops at Estribo Bandeirinha, municipality of Datas, Minas Gerais, Brazil, on August 10, 1972, and is deposited in my personal herbarium at Plainfield, New Jersey. SPHAERALCEA FENDLERI f. ALBIFLORA Moldenke, f. nov. Haec forma a forma typica speciei corollis albis recedit. This form differs from the typical form of the species in hav~ ing white corollas, The type of the form was collected by Andrew R. Moldenke and Harold N. Moldenke (no. 27908) on a dry sandy roadside along with masses of the typical form in Great Basin vegetation, Fort Apache, Navajo County, Arizona, on August 16, 1973, and is deposited in the Lundell Herbarium at the a td of Texas. 9 Vol. 27, no. 5 PHIYTOLOGIA 350 BOOK REVIEW Otto Degener Unable to identify with Casimir Pyramus deCandolle’s des-= eriptions all the Peperomia species I had collected since 1922, I was delighted that Dr. Truman George Yuncker came to the Ha- waiian Islands for nine months during 1932-33 as a Bishop Muse= um Fellow in Yale University to concentrate on the genus. I promptly turned my collection over to him for study, he identi- fying my material and..citing it in his "Revision of the Hawaii- an Species of Peperomia.” Bish. Mus. Bull. 112:1-131. 1933. Be- fore I received a copy of this publication, Piperaceae special- ist Prof. *William Trelease (1857-1945) of the University of Ill- inois, Urbana, wrote me under date of May 3, 1933: "From what I could see, it is providential that I did not get at the Pi-= peraceae, for Dre Yuncker, who is very painstaking, is doing them far more critically = now that he can see them in the field - than I could have done, and at the same time is laying an ex= cellent foundation of judgement from the species of the South Sease" During his visits to the Hawaiian Islands, I occasional- ly joined him in botanizing In fact, I even rented Dr. Yuncker and family my beach home on windward Oahu. The four Yunckers loved their stay except for the daily duty of feeding my flock of 200 colorful pigeons which roosted on the shingle roof, kept it rainproof, and occasionally burned Dr. Yuncker's thinning head of hair with hot guanoe Dr. Yuncker died January 1964. Thanks to Mrs. Ethel C. Yun- cker's long familiarity with her husband's studies and unfinish- ed manuscripts, Dr. Alcides R. Teixeira of the Institute of Bot- any, Sao Paulo, Brazil, was able to arrange for the publication of "The Piperaceae of Brazil. I = PIPER - Group I, II, III, IV.", in Hoehnea 2:19-366. Dec. 1972. The table of contents of the monograph indicates at a glance that the present publication con-= centrates on all Brazilian Piper species except those that bear leaves usually less than 10 cm. wide and with their "midrib branched to the upper fourth or throughout." This group is re- served for later publication with the genera Ottonia, Potho-= morphe, Sarcorhachis and Peperomia, the last genus by some au~ thors raised to a family of its own. Of the species 167 here keyed and thoroughly described with "Type Locality,” "Distri- bution,” and "Materials Examined," 69 are authored by deCandolle, two by Trelease, Piper ripununianum by Trelease & Yuncker, and 65 by Yuncker alone. The work ends with 147 full-page plates, *“Holographs are deposited at the Hunt Institute for Botanical Documentation and at the New York Botanical Gardene 351 352 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 27, no. 5 consisting of photographs of sheets of isotypes, types or holo- types. It is a pity that these are listed merely as "figures," as such a citation unfortunately does not indicate their im- portance. No pages are wasted for an index, which obviously shall end the final volume. The late Dr. Yuncker certainly fulfilled his teacher's judge- ment in 1933 that he is "very painstaking." He has long been the world authority on the Cuscutaceae, and has written a Flora of Tonga. Now his vast knowledge of the Piperaceae is being made available through the industry of Mrs. Yuncker in completing un-= finished manuscripts, and in the wisdom of Dr. Teixeira in pub- lishing theme ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS AEGIPHILA. XXIIT Harold N. Moldenke AEGIPHILA Jacq. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 53 (2): 645. 1930; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 53 (2): 1068 [1050]. 1932; R. C. Foster, Contrib. Gray Herb. 18): 168 & 169. 1958; Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 290—299. 1973; Moldenke in Woodson, Schery, & al., Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 60: 42, 101—120, Uih—145, & 147. 1973; Thorne in Meggers, Ayensu, & Duckworth, Trop. For. Ecosyst. Afr. & S. Am. 35. 1973. Thorne (1973) asserts that this is a genus of 160 species, restricted mostly to tropical America. The Fedde & Schuster (1932) reference in the above bibliography bears the date "1925" on its title-page, as does also the Wangerin reference, but ac- tually the former was not published until 1932 and the latter AEGIPHILA BOLIVIANA Moldenke Additional bibliography: R. C. Foster, Contrib. Gray Herb. 184: 168. 1958; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 292. 1973. AEGIPHILA BREVIFLORA (Rusby) Moldenke Additional bibliography: R. C. Foster, Contrib. Gray Herb. 18: 168, 1958; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 29h. 1973. AEGIPHILA BUCHTIENII Moldenke : Additional bibliography: R. C. Foster, Contrib. Gray Herb. 18h: 168. 1958; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 294. 1973. AEGIPHELA CHRYSANTHA Hayek Additional bibliography: R. C. Foster, Contrib. Gray Herb. 184: 168. 1958; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 08, 411, 412, & 17. 1973. 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Aegiphila 353 ABGIPHILA ELEGANS Moldenke Additional bibliography: R. C. Foster, Contrib. Gray Herb. 18h: 168. 1958; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 308. 1973. AEGIPHILA ELONGATA Moldenke Additional bibliography: R. C. Foster, Contrib. Gray Herb. 18h: 168. 1958; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 308. 1973. AEGIPHILA FILIPES Mart. & Schau. Additional bibliography: R. C. Foster, Contrib. Gray Herh. 18h: 168. 1958; Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 292. 1973; Moldenke in Linear Schery, & al., Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 60: 103, 11)--115, & - 1973. AEGIPHILA HERZOGII Moldenke Additional bibliography: R. C. Foster, Contrib. Gray Herb. 18h: 168. 1958; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 320. 1973. ABGIPHILA HIRSUTA Moldenke Additional bibliography: R. C. Foster, Contrib. Gray Herb. 18h: 168. 1958; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 320 (1973) and 27: 16h. 1973. AEGIPHILA INTEGRIFOLIA (Jacq.) Jacq. Additional bibliography: R. C. Foster, Contrib. Gray Herb. 18h: 168. 1958; Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 293. 1973; Moldenke in Woodson, Schery, & al., Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 60: 102, 106-107, Ths, 145, & 147. 1973. AEGIPHILA LAXIFLORA Benth. Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahres- ber. 53 (1): 1068 [1050]. 1932; Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 29h. 1973. Although the Fedde & Schuster (1932) work cited above bears the date "1925" on its title-page, it was not actually published until 1932. ABRGIPHILA LEWISIANA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 29h. 1973. Lépez-Palacios & Bautista describe this puzzling plant as an "Arbusto --6 m. Hojas membr4naceas, elfticas, caudadas, glab- rescentes, punteadas por el envés. Frutos amarillos de c4liz trunco, pequefio. Infrutescencias terminales péndulas." They found it growing at 1350 meters altitude. The flowers of this taxon have not as yet been seen either by these collectors or by myself. The fruit characters exhibited by their collection do not match those of the type collection. Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Mérida: Lépez-Palacios & Bautista 392 (1d). = ABGIPHILA LHOTZKIANA Cham. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 29). 1973. 35h PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 27, no. 5 The Eitens describe this plant as a shrub, 2m. tall, the pet- als, filaments, style, and stigma white, and the anthers yellow. They found it growing in low tree and scrub woodland cerrado. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Mato Grosso: Eiten & Eiten 9163 (N). AEGIPHILA MACRANTHA Ducke Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahres- ber. 53 (1): 1068 [1050]. 1932; Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 29k. 1973. The work by Fedde & Schuster, cited above, is dated "1925" on its title-page, but was not actually published until 1932. AEGIPHILA MOLLIS H.B.K. Additional bibliography: R. C. Foster, Contrib. Gray Herb. 18h: 168. 1958; Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 293 & 295-296. 1973; Moldenke in Woodson, Schery, & al., Ann, Mo. Bot. Gard. 60: 103, 115--116, 1h, & 145. 1973. Foster (1958) records this species from Bolivia and Macbride (1960) does the same but with a question. Actually, the species is not know from Bolivia. The Steinbach 3168 and D'Orbigny 186 collections, previously cited by me from Bolivia, actually repre- sent A, steinbachii Moldenke instead, as was pointed out by me in 19)1 and 1953. AEGIPHILA MULTIFLORA Rufz & Pav. Additional bibliography: R. C. Foster, Contrib. Gray Herb. 184: 168 & 169. 1958; Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 158-159. 1973. AEGIPHILA OVATA Moldenke Additional bibliography: R. C. Foster, Contrib. Gray Herb. 18: 168, 1958; Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 16--165. 1973. AEGIPHILA PERUVIANA Turcz. Additional bibliography: R. C. Foster, Contrib. Gray Herb. 18h: 168. 1958; Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 296 & 299. 1973. The corollas on Dugand 3431 are said to have been "white" when fresh. Macbride (1960) records the vernacular variants "chirapa-sacha" and "ucullucuy-sacha" for this plant and observes that it grows in forests, is about 1 m. tall, and has cream colored corollas. He says that "It suggests A. filipes Mart. & Schauer but, for one thing, the leaves seem to be firmer or softer [sic]." He cites Kiug 3511, Spruce 275, Ll. Williams 5383, 5479, 5588, 6291, 6836, & 7334, Woytkowski 35183, and Field Mus. Neg. 2619, all from San Martin, Peru. Dwyer (1971) cites Woytkowski ohh3, 5529, & 7119 from the same department. Material of A. peruviana has been misidentified and distribu- ted in some herbaria as A. puberulenta Moldenke or as Bora, eae. Additional & emended citations: COLOMBIA: Bolfvar: Dugand iar (N). PERU: Loreto: Schunke V. 936 (N). San Martin: Klug 3511 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Aegiphila 355 (E—1082326); Spruce 275 [Macbride photos 2619] (F—686)0k); Ll, Williams 5383 (F--62663h), 5479 (F--626655), 5480 (F—626822), 5588 (F—623162), 5697 (F—627110), 6152 (F—626992), 6291 (F—- 626708), 6304 (F-62001), 6836 (F--623681), 6860a (F--623905), 7334 (F--623187). BRAZIL: Roraima: Prance, Steward, Ramos, & Monteiro 11057 (Z). BOLIVIA:El Beni: H. H. Rusby 2473 Rusby 2h73 ate 117690, F—162)93, W--614, W--1323300) . AEGIPHILA PLATYPHYLLA Briq. Additional & amended bibliography: Briq. in Chod. & Hassler, Bull. Herb. Boiss., ser. 2, h: 1168 & 1169. 190); Briq. in Chod. & Hassler, Plant. Hassler. 2: 50, & 505. 190); Moldenke, Phytolo- gia 13: 337. 1966; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 18) & 383 (1971) and 23 8h7. 1971. Emended citations: PARAGUAY: Hassler 8056 (F-—-686872—-isotype) . AEGIPHILA PLICATA Urb. Additional & emended bibliography: Moldenke, Brittonia 1: 252, 26h, 269, 270, 357, 359, 361-362, & 472. 1934; Moldenke, Phyto- logia 7: 97. *1961; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 99 (1971) and 2: 847. 1971; C. D. Adams, Flow. Pl. Jam. 634, 635, & 800. 1972. Adams (1972) comments that this is "A very obscure species known only from the type, Bertero s.n.; endemic." ABEGIPHILA PUBERULENTA Moldenke This taxon is now knom as A. mollis var. puberulenta (Molden- ke) Lépez-Palacios, which see. _ AEGIPHILA PULCHERRIMA Moldenke Additional bibliography: A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew, Suppl. 9: 6. 1938; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 60 (2): 569. 190; J. F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 13 (5): 703, 711, & 716—-717. 1960; Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 98. 1961; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 139 (1971) and’2: 847. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 322. 1973. et (1960) comments that "in all probability" this species and A. insignis Moldenke are conspecific. He avers that A. pulcher rima *] "Resembles A. insignis unless (ex char.) the following differ- ences are taxonomically significant: leaves rounded at base or rare- ly subacute, acute or very short-acuminate at apex, midrib pilose both sides as the large veins beneath; axillary cymes to 9 cm. long, half as wide; pedicels 2--l; mm. long, nearly all subtended by ob- long or ovate bractlets, often forming a pseudo-involucre and wider than the pair of bracts (at base of each panicle branch), these to 2 cm. long, mm. wide; calyx obconic, lobes 1.3 mm. long; corolla tube 10.) m. long, lobes 7.2 m. long; stigma branches 3.3 mm. long.....echaracteristic features of a true species could question=- ably be known from a single collection; anyway, the yellow pilosity ex char. is only on the midrib as regards the upper leaf surface." He cites only Schunke 00, the type collection, which he says was identified as A. vitelliniflora Klotzsch by I. M. Johnston. 356 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 27, no. 5 AHGIPHILA PURPURASCENS Moldenke Additional bibliography: G. Taylor, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 12: k. 1959; Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 337. 1966; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 13h (1971) and 2: 847. 1971. Additional citations: ECUADOR: Azuay: Camp E.l388 (Se—1)39h:7). AEGIPHILA QUINDUENSIS (H.B.K.) Moldenke Synonymy: Petitia quinduensis H.B.K., Nov. Gen. & Sp. Pl., ed. folio, 2: 201. 1817. Petitia quinduensis Humb. & Bonpl. ex Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 1, 606. 1821. Petitia quinduensis Humb. ex Spreng. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 16, 1: 418. 1825. Petitia tenuifolia Willd. ex Schult. in Roem. & Schult., Syst. Veg. Mant. 3: 50. 1827 [not P. tenuifolia Willd. ex Walp., 185]. Petitia quinduensis Humb, & Kunth ex D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 1: 430. 1839. Aegiphila humboldtii Schau., Linnaea 20: 483. 1847; A. DC., Prodr. ll: 652. 1847. Petitia tenuifolia Kunth ex Schau. inA. I., Prodr. 11: 652, in syn. 1847. Petitia quindiuensis H.BsK. apud Schau., Linnaea 20: 83, in syn. 187. Aegiphita quinduensis (H.B.K.) Moldenke in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 2: 28, sphalm. 1937. Additional & emended bibliography: H.B.K., Nov. Gen. & Sp. Pl., ed. folio, 2: 201 (1817) and ed. quarto, 2: 28. 1818; Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 1, 606. 1821; Spreng. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 16, 1: 418 (1825) and $: 521. 1826; D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 1: 430. 1839; Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 2, 1: 309. 1840; Schau., Lin- naea 20: 483. 1847; Schau. in A. DC., Prodr. 11: 652 & 657. 18h7; Bocq., Adansonia, ser. 1, 3: 188. 1862; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 46 (1893) and pr. 1, 2: 477. 189k; Barnhart, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 29: 590. 1902; Moldenke, Brit- tonia 1: 275, 279, 41l5—h16, & 473-75. 193k; Moldenke, Phyto- logia 1: 29). 1938; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 6. 1938; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 60 (2): 568. 190; Jacks. in Hook, f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 6 (196) and pr. 2, 2: 477. 1946; Moldenke, Mieldiana Bot. 28: 1082. 1957; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3. 1: 46 (1960) and pr. 3, 2: 477. 1960; Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 337-—338. 1966; J. A. Steyerm., Act. Bot. Venez. 1: 170. 1966; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 11h, 121, 380, & 383 (1971) and 2: 595 & 847. 1971; Lépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 20—23, 36, & h7. 1973; Molden- ke, Phytologia 25: 2h2. 1973. Recent collectors describe this plant as a shrub, 3m. tall, the leaves subcoriaceous or submembranous, rugose, and rich- or deep-green above, dull beneath, flowering in November, and grow- ing at altitudes of 900—1900 meters. Lépez-Palacios & Bautista describe it as an "Arbusto ca. 3--l| m., glabro. Hojas subcorié- ceas en verde, punctulado-glandulosas por el envés. Inflorescen- cias axilares y terminales péndulas. C4liz trunco verde; corola amarillo cremosa." The corollas are described as "creamy~yellow" on Steyermark & Wessels-Boer 10076 and "creamy-white" on Steyermark, Bunting, & 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Aegiphila 357 Dressler 98250. It should be noted here that the revised H.E.K. reference dates given above have been authenticated by the late Dr. John Hendley Barnhart (1902). Additional & emended citations: COLOMBIA: Cundinamarca: Mutis 782 (W--1562101). VENEZUELA: Aragua: Delgado a5) (W—17h059 6)3 Tl. Williams 10251 (W—145918). Carabono: H. , Pittier 8806 (Ww 1065239). Federal District: H. Pittier 1040) (W--1187131)5 Steyermark, Bunting, & Dressler 95250 (Ld). Mérida: Lépez—Pala- cios & Bautista 350k (Ld). Yaracuy: Steyermark & Wessels-Boer 100476 (Ld, (La, N). AFGIPHILA RACEMOSA Vell. Additional synonymy: Aegiphyla racemosa Arrab. apud Steud., Nom. Bot., ed. 2, 1: 29. 1840. Aegiphila racemosa racemosa Arrab. apud Walp., Repert. Bot. Syst. h: 119 & 12), in syn. syn. LOyS. Additional & emended bibliography: Schau. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 9: 287 & [309--310]. 1851; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 47 (1893), pr. 2, 1: h7 (1946), and pr. 3, 1: 7. 1960; J. F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 13 (5): 718. 1960; Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 338. 1966; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 16: 1). 1968; J. A. Steyerm., Act. Bot. Venez. 3: 156. 1968; Moldenke, Fifth. Summ. 1: 11, 121, 129, 131, 133, 1s5, 376, 361, 382, & 38) (1971) and 2: Bh7- 1971; Lépez—-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 32, he, & 50. 1973. Recent collectors Bbenbine this plant as a shrub, 1.1--2 m. tall, or prostrate, or a scandent shrub or vine climbing in trees, the calyx green. They have found it growing in high woods and upland forests, mostly in sandy terra firma, at altitudes of 1000—1800 meters, flowering in January, March, June, and Novem- ber, and fruiting in June. The corolla is described as "cream" on Prance, Steward, Ramos, & Farias 99,0, "yellow" on Archer 8278, "white" on Belém & Pinheiro 2885, and "green" on Archer 8120. Steyermark (1968) cites his no. no. 88h from Venezuela. Additional & emended citations: COLOMBIA: Valle del Cauca: Killip & Hazen 11021 (W—11)3116). VENEZUELA: Mérida: Lépez-Pal- acios 161 (Ac), 2123 (Ft, 1d). GUYANA: J. S. de la Cruz 9h6 (D—6225h3, W—10698Lh), 3627 (D-—62238h, E—908709, F——Shl28h, W—1282855), 292 (D-~603222, E--928089, F—5))862, 1197036) , 4552 (D—653913, E—9573h8, 573256, W——13)3678). SURINAM: Kappler 1717 (E--117687). BRAZIL: Peceenaae G. P. Cooper s.n, [Lower Rio Madeira, March 20—2h] (W—2393h9); Oliveira 361) (N). Bahia: Belém & Pinheiro 2885 (Ld). Par&: Archer 8120 (W—2h393)8), 8278 (W—2h39337); Aubréville 187 (P); Dahlgren & Sella 371 (F— 60295h) , 52h (ee Killip . & Smith h 30389 (W—1,6),118) ; Ee Oliveira hh2 (N); Snethlage 109 (F—689279) « Pernambuco: Pickel 362 (W—16156l,7). Rio de Janeiro: Wilkes Exped. s.n. (W—557u0) « Roraima: Prance, Steward, Ramos, & Farias 990 (Ac, N). 358 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 27, noe 5 AEGIPHILA RETICULATA Moldenke Additional bibliography: A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 6. 1938; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 60 (2): 568. 190; Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 499. 1961; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: ll) (1971) and 2: 847. 1971. Emended citations: COLOMBIA: Cundinamarca: Mutis 985 [857] (W—-1560006—type) . . [an ARGIPHILA RIEDELIANA Schau, Additional synonymy: Aegiphyla serrata Arrab. apud Steud., Nom. Bot., ed. 2, 1: 29. 1840. Aegiphila serrata Arrab. apud Walp., Repert. Bot. Syst. h: 12h. 1845. Additional & emended bibliography: Schau. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 9: 282—283 & [309—310]. 1851; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 47 (1893), pr. 2, 1: 47 (1946), and pr. 3, 1: 47. 1960; Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 338. 1966; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 16: 15. 1968; Angely, Fl. Anal. Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. l, ks: i & 827, map 1370. 1971; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 16, 382, & 38 (1971) and 2: 87. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 319. 1973. The QO. Camargo 881 [Herb. Anchieta 5993], distributed as A. riedeliana, is actually A. hassleri Briq. ABGIPHILA RIMBACHII Moldenke Additional bibliography: Hill & Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 10: 5. 1947; Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 500. 1961; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 13h (1971) and 2: 847. 1971. Emended citations: ECUADOR: Los Rfos: Rimbach 234 (F—75929h— isotype, W--1619)95--isotype) . ABCIPHILA RORAIMENSIS Moldenke Additional bibliography: A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 6. 1938; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 60 (2): 68. 190; Moldenke, Fieldiana Bot. 28: 1082. 1957; Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 338-339. 1966; J. A. Steyerm., Act. Bot. Venez. 1: 90, 92, & 170, 1966; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 122 & 129 (1971) and 2: 87. 1971; Lépez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 8-- 9 & 53. 1973. Lépez=Palacios (1973) feels that A. steyermarkii, A. steyer- markii var. macrophylla, A. steyermarkii var. obtusifolia, and A. venezuelensis Moldenke should all be reduced to synonymy under A. roraimensis. In regard to A. steyermarkii and its varieties this may be justified, but A. venezuelensis is certainly a distinct taxon, Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Bolfvar: Jasser 1838 (N); J. A. Steyermark 9383) (N). AEGIPHILA SALTICOLA Moldenke Additional bibliography: A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 6. 1938; Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 500. 1961; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 146 & 180 (1971) and 2: 87. 1971. 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Aegiphila 359 Additional & emended citations: BRAZIL: Pard: Mexia 5922 (Ba— isotype, F--673005—type). SAO LUIZ ISLAND: Froes 11856 (Ws, Ws, Ws). ABGIPHILA SCANDENS Moldenke Additional bibliography: A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 6. 1938; Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 500. 1961; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 122 & 146 (1971) and 2: 847. 1971; Lépez-Palacios, Pittieria 5: 16 & 19. 1973; Lépez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 19 & h9—5SO. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 79. 1973. Recent collectors describe this plant as "sprawling liana- like" or "vining", the leaves membranous or firmly membranous, rich- or deep—green above, paler or dull-green beneath, and found it growing at altitudes of 100--250 meters, blooming in March. The corollas are described as "creamy-greenish" on Steyermark, Bunting, & Blanco 101487 and as "branca esverdeada" on Ducke 1190. Lépez-Palacios (1973) asserts that the "Steyermark 102197" [i.e., Steyermark, Bunting, & Blanco 102197], distributed as A. scandens, is really A. elata var. macrophylla (H.B.K.) Lépez—Palacios. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Amaz$nas: Ducke 1190 (W—- 2592938) » ABRGIPHILA SCHIMPFFII Moldenke Synonymy: Aegiphila schimpfii Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 450, sphalm. 198. Additional bibliography: Hill & Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 10: 5 1947; Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 500--501. 1961; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 135 & 382 (1971) and 2: 87. 1971. AFGIPHILA SELLOWIANA Chan. Additional & emended synonymy: Aegiphyla sellowiana Cham. apud Steud., Nom. Bot., ed. 2, 1: 29. 180. Aegyphila sellowiana Cham. ex Luetzelburg, Estud. Bot. Nordést. 3: 224. 1923. Aegiphila sellowiana var. subglabrata Cham. ex Moldenke, Brittonia 1: 332, in syn. 193). Aegiphila tomentosa var. silvestris Regnell ex Moldenke, Brittonia 1: 329, in syn. 1934. Aegiphila sellowiana Mart. ex Moldenke, Brittonia 1: 332, in text. syn. (193), Pre- lim. Alph. List Invalid Names 3, in syn. 190. Aegiphila sellow- iana Link & Otto ex Moldenke, Brittonia 1: 332, in text. syn. (193), Prelim. Alph. List Invalid Names 3, in syn. 190. Aegiphila orbignyana Mart. ex Moldenke, Phytologia 1: 266, in syn. 1937. Aegiphila selloviana Cham. ex Moldenke, Phytologia 1: 266, in text. syn. (1937), Prelim. Alph. List Invalid Names 3, in syn. 1940. Aegiphila schowiana Cham. ex Moldenke, Phytologia 1: 266, in text. syn. (1937), Prelim. Alph. List Invalid Names 3, in syn. 190. Aegiphila integerrima (Jacq.) Jacks. ex Moldenke, Prelim. Alph. List Invalid Names 2, in syn. 19)0. Additional & emended bibliography: Schau. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 9: 281 & [309—-310]. 1851; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., 360 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 27, no. 5 pr. 1, 1: 47. 1893; Chod. & Hassler, Bull, Herb. Boiss., ser. 2, 2: 821. 1902; Chod. & Hassler, Plant. Hassler. 1: 200. 1902; Briq. in Chod. & Hassler, Bull. Herb. Boiss., ser. 2, : 1167. 190k; Briq. in Chod,. & Hassler, Plant. Hassler. 2: 503. 190k; Glaz., Bull. Soc. Bot. France 58 [ser. ), 11], Mem. 3: 546. 1911; Molden- ke, Brittonia 1: 257--259, 268, 311, 326, 329-335, 339, 3k, & 472--77. 193); Sampaio, Bol. Mus. Nac. Rio Jan. 13: 28. 1937; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 7. 1963; Hill ¢ Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 10: 5. 1947; Rambo, Sellowia 6: 59, 8h, & 153. 1954; Barroso, Rodriguésia 32: 71. 19573 R. C. Foster, Contrib. Gray Herb. 18: 168. 1958; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 7. 1960; Veloso & Klein, Sellowia 13: 21,8 & 255. 1961; Angely, Fl. Anal. Paran., ed. 1, 579. 1965; Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 319, 321, 339, & 342. 19663; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 16: 15. 1968; Veloso & Klein, Sellowia 20: 83, 12h, 1h5, & 152. 1968; Angely, Fl. Anal. Fitogeogr. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 4: i 827-828, map 1371. 1971; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 135, 146, 181, 35h, 380, & 382-385 (1971) and 2: 847. 1971; Lépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 27. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 168. 1973. Although the cumulative index cites A. obducta Vell. to pages 248 and 255 of the Veloso & Klein work (1961) referred to above, it is actually A. sellowiana which is mentioned on those pages. Barroso (1957) cites Brade 15096 for A. sellowiana. Sampaio (1937) records the vernacular names "tamanqueiro" and "tembetart" for this species, but notes that they are also applied to Fagara rhoifolia (Lam.) Engl. and F, tingoassuiba (St. Hil.) Engl. The corollas on Hatschbach, Lindeman, & Haas 13227 are de- scribed as having been "white", while on Hiten & Eiten 7918 they were "slightly greenish-white" and on Irwin, Anderson, Stieber, & Lee 34355 they were "cream" colored. The Eitens also describe the style and stigmas as white, the anthers rusty-brown, and the calyx grayish-white. They also describe the plant as a shrub, 2 m. tall, the flowers with an odor like that of lilac (Syringa vul- garis), and found it growing in a hilly region of grassy pastures and low secondary forests. Their specimen is said to have come from the "same colony as G. Gottsberger 31241166", Irwin and his associates refer to the plant as a tree, about 5 m. tall, the trunk 12 cm, in diameter, and found it in open places in slope forests at 1000 m. altitude. On Eiten & Eiten 2455 the flowers are described as having had the "petals greenish-white, filaments white, old anthers coco-brown", the plant was a shrub 2.5 m. tall, the trunk cm, in diameter at the base, growing in shrubby fields. It should be noted here that the "Aegiphila sellowii" of Rambo, Sellowia 6: 8 (1954) and of Reitz, Sellowia 22: 8 (1970) is actu- ally an error for Aloysia sellowii (Briq.) Moldenke. The Lindeman & Haas 981 & 3190, distributed as A. sellowiana, are actually A. fener t Additio & emended citations: ECUADOR: Napo=Pastaza: Asplund 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Aegiphila 361 18789 (N). BRAZIL: Espirito Santo: Campos Novaes 932 (W—-389898). Mato Grosso: Malme 2,73 (W--1483472). Minas 3 Gerais: | P. Clausen 632 (P); Frambach | 123 23 (F--670018) ; Henschen I.18) (W—201216, W—- 201217); Irwin, Anderson, Stieber, & Lee 34355 (Ld, N); Mexia 5396 (B—1069161); Regnell 1.184 (W—-1323305, W~1323307). Parand: Dusén 47a (E—-908070), 15855 (E—1036229, W—181613), 16162 (D— 683021), 17362 (E--908061, W—1)8161h); Hatschbach 15699 (Ac, W— 2563952); Hats: Hatschbach, Lindeman, & Haas 13227 (La, W256 3892), 13669 (W--256797) . Pernambuco: “Moss oss 101 Ol (W--1519750). Rio Grande do Sul: Rambo 38921 (P), 0774 (B), 5: 52931 (B). Santa Catarina: Rambo 31530 ( (B); Reitz & Klein 17357 (N, W—25)8356). S#o Paulo: Eiten & & Biten 2455 (W--2687679), 7918 (Ac); F. C, Hoehne s.n. {Herb. - Inst. Bot. S. Paulo 8179] (W—-154,3160) « “State undetermin- ed: Herb. Mus. Paris,s.n. [Brésil] (P). BOLIVIA: La Paz: M. Bang 1332 (E--117685, F=-165851, W616). ARGIPHILA SESSILIFLORA Moldenke Synonymy: Aegiphila sesiliflora [Moldenke] apud Lépez-Palacios, Pittieria 5: 23, sphalm. (1973) and Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 26, sphalm. 1973. Additional bibliography: Moldenke in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 33: 139. 1933; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 6. 1938; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 60 (2): 568. 190; Hocking, Ex- cerpt. Bot. A.6: 455. 1963; Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 339—3)0. 1966; Moldenke, Fifth Sum, 1: 11) & "120 (1971) and 2: 848. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 300 (1973) and 27: 81. 1973; Lépez— Palacios, Pittieria 5: 23. 1973; Lépez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm, Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 26 & 50—-51. 1973. Recent collectors describe this plant as a large tree, 5—25 m. tall, the trunk to 35 cm. in diameter at breast height, the wood white , the bark gray, fissured in many small plates, the branches (in June) heavily laden with clusters of fruit, the leaves herba- ceous or subcoriaceous, flexible, clear= or gray-green, the fruit- ing-calyx green-ferruginous, the fruit (immature?) green or yellow- green, ovoid, fleshy, borne in clusters, 15—18 mm. long, }- seeded. They have found it growing in cafetal and along fencerows, at altitudes of 5—-1800 meters, fruiting in April and May. Material of this species has been misidentified, distributed in various herbaria, and even reported by me in previous install- ments of these notes as A. cuatrecasasi Moidenke. Sr. Lépez—Palacios tells me in a personal communication that the type collection of A. sessiliflora, Archer 392, was actually collected at Sonson, Antioquia, Colombia, rather than at the Es- tacion Experimental Tulio Ospina as is stated on the label of the type specimen and as I affirmed in my original description of the taxon (1933). He knows this from a longhand inscription on an isotype in the Medellin herbarium. In his splendid 1973 work, he affirms that Lasser 1167 is not A. sessiliflora and that this spe- 362 PE YT .64:0 Gi A Vol. 27, no. 5 cies does not occur in Venezuela. From the wording of his dis—- cussion (see under A. grandis in these notes) I am not certain if he agrees with me that it is actually A. grandis, but it seems as though that is his opinion. At least, he does not seem to offer any alternative identification. Additional & emended citations: COLOMBIA: Antioquia: Archer 392 Little & Ramfrez 7800 (N, W—210373). Valle del Cauca: Cuatre- casas 17075 (N), 21007 (N, W--261252h). ARGIPHILA SESSILIFLORA var. CUATRECASASI Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 8: 385. 1962; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 11) (1971) and 2: 848. 1971. ARGIPHILA SETIFORMIS Rusby Additional & emended synonymy: Aegiphila densiflora Rusby, Mem. Torrey Bot. Club 6: 107. 1896. Aegiphila filifolia Rusby ex Briq. in pet & Hassler, Bull. Herb. Boiss., ser. 2, 4: 1168, nom. mad. 1904. Additional bibliography: H. H. Rusby, Mem. Torrey Bot. Club }: 245 (1895) and 6: 107. 1896; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. l, pr. 1, 12. 1901; Thiselt.-Dyer, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 2: 4. 190); Brigq. in Chod. & Hassler, Bull. Herb. Boiss., ser. 2, : 1168. 190k; Moldenke, Brittonia 1: 255, 276, 280, 431, 433-435, bid, & 72. 1934; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr» 2, 12. 19h]; R. C. Foster, Contrib. Gray Herb. 18: 168. 1958; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 3, 12. 1959; J. F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 13 (5): 720. 1960; Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 502. 1961; Molden- ke, Fifth Summ. 1: 181 & 379 (1971) and 2: 88. 1971. It should be noted here that the type collection of this spe- cies bears printed labels reading "Vic. Cochabamba. 1891", but Dr. Rusby personally corrected these in his characteristic longhand in some (not all) cases to "Songo, November 1890". Additional & emended citations: BOLIVIA: La Paz: M. Bang 878a, in part (E—117683—isotype, F-—-163577—-isotype, w—1],615—isotype, W—-1323303—isotype, Ws--isotype), 1732 (E--117686, F—77814, F— 686973, W—55751, W—1133925). AHGIPHILA SKUTCHII Moldenke Additional bibliography: Hill & Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 10: 5. 1947; Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 30. 1966; Gibson, Fieldiana Bot. 2h (9): 169 & 175. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 66 & 78 (1971) and 2: 848. 1971. This species has been found growing in forests at altitudes of 11,00-——2050 meters. AEGIPHILA SMITHII Moldenke Additional bibliography: A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 6. 1938; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 60 (2): 569. 190; J. F. 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Aegiphila 363 Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 13 (5): 703, 705, & 717. 1960; Mol- denke, Phytologia 13: 340. 1966; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 1h & 139 (1971) and 2: 848. 1971. Belshaw describes this plant as a vine to 10 feet in length, with red fruit in August, and found it growing at 1300 feet alti- tude. Material has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as Citharexylum sp. Macbride (1960) cites Killip & Smith 2628), fron J , Klug 389) from San Martin, and Asplund 1,048, Killip & Smith 26957, Klug 1460 & 1490, Mexia 699, Tess- mann 3591, and Ll. Williams 680, 1390, & 3689 from Loreto, Peru. Additional & emended citations: PERU: Junin: Killip & Smith 2628) (F—616091). Loreto: Killip & Smith 26957 (F—616759-— isotype, W—11,60769—isotype); Klug 160 (F—627527, W—1L95818), 1490 (F—627h93); Mexia 6499 (Ba); Ll. Williams 3689 (F—618027). San Martin: Belshaw 3213 (Z). AHGIPHILA SORDIDA Moldenke Additional & emended bibliography: Moldenke, Brittonia 1: 192— 193 (1932) and 1: 26h, 299—300, & h77. 193k; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 6. 1936; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 60 (2): 569. 190; J. F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 13 (5): 702, 70h, & 717—718. 1960; Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 503. 1961; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 139 (1971) and 2: 88. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 287. 1973. Macbride (1960) cites Killip & Smith 26715 from Junin and Killip & Smith 27793 and Ll. Williams 505) from Loreto, Peru. Emended citations: PERU: Loreto: Killip & Smith 27793 (w¥— 1461493); Ll, Williams 5054 (F--623861—type). ABGIPHILA SPICATA (Rusby) Moldenke Synonymy: Citharexylon spicatum Rusby, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 27% OL: 1900. Aegiphila bangii Moldenke, Brittonia 1: 432, in syn. 1934. Citharexylum spicatum Rusby apud A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 6. 1936 [not C. spicatum (Jacques) Sprague, 192, nor Ryan, 19,0]. Additional & emended bibliography: H. H. Rusby, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 27: 81. 1900; Thiselt.-Dyer, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 2: 3. 190); A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 5 & 6. 1938; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 60 (2): 568. 190; Moldenke, Phytologia 6: 25h. 1958; R. C. Foster, Contrib. Gray Herb. 18): 168. 1958; J. F. Macbr., Field Mus, Publ. Bot. 13 (5): 707. 1960; Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 30. 1966; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 181, 378, & 430 (1971) and 2: 848. 1971; Fletcher in Hillier, Man Trees & Shrubs, ed. 2, 76 (1972) and impr. ed., 76. 1972; Moldenke, Phy- tologia 23: 17 & 418 (1972) and 25: 236 & 298. 1973. Schunke describes this plant as a liana 6--7 feet long, growing in low woods and low forests, at altitudes of 250—l00 meters, and found it in flower in October and December. The corollas are de- scribed as having been "greenish-yellow" on Schunke V. 1300 and as 36h, PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 27, no. 5 "2.5GY9/8" on Schunke V. 905 [to what color this code number re- fers I have not as yet been able to ascertain]. Fletcher (1972) lists "Citharexylum spicatum Rusby" as culti- vated in England, but from his description and his citation of C. bessonianumm as a synonym, it seems obvious that he is referring to C. spicatum (Jacques) Sprague (which is now more correctly called C. ligustrinum Van Houtte and is cultivated in various countries of Europe and well as in the United States). Aegiphila spicata is not known from cultivation. Material has been misidentified and distributed in some herbar- ia as A. cordifolia (Rufz & Pav.) Moldenke. It should be noted here that while the Citharexylum spicatum (Jacques) Sprague, referred to above, is a synonym of CG. ligustri- mum Van Houtte, C. spicatum Ryan is a synonym of C. fruticosum L. Additional citations: PERU: Hu4nuco: Schunke V. 1300 (N). Loreto: Schunke V. 905 (N). ABGIPHILA SPLENDENS Schau. Synonymy: Aegyphylla splendens Schau. ex Moldenke, Suppl. List Invalid Names [1], in syn. 19). Additional & emended bibliography: Schau. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 9: 280—281 & [309--310]. 1851; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 7. 1893; Moldenke, Brittonia 1: 259, 266, 267, 330, 3h4— 3L5, 473, & 75. 193k; Moldenke, Suppl. List Invalid Names [1}. 191; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 7 (196) and pr. 3, 1: 7. 1960; Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 30. 1966; Molden- ke, Fifth Summ. 1: 146 & 385 (1971) and 2: 848. 1971. ABGIPHILA SPRUCEANA Moldenke Synonymy: Aegiphila sprucena Moldenke apud L6pez-Palacios, Re- vist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 51, sphalm. 1973. Additional bibliography: A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 6. 1938; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 60 (2): 568. 190; J. F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 13 (5): 717. 1960; Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 3h0--3h1. 1966; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 146 (1971) and 2: 848. 1971; Lépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los An- des 9 (13): 51--52. 1973. Emended citations: BRAZIL: Amaz6nas: Spruce 2296 [Macbride photos 28388] (F—676543--isotype) . AEGIPHILA STANDLEYI Moldenke Additional bibliography: A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 6. 1938; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 60 (2): 568. 19)0; Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 50). 1961; Gibson, Fieldiana Bot. 2h (9): 170 & 175. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 78 & 87 (1971) and 2: 848. 1971. Gibson (1970) cites only P. C. Standley 6500) from Sacatepéquez, Guatemala, where the species has been found growing in damp forests at 1000 to 1250 meters altitude. 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Aegiphila 365 Emended citations: COSTA RICA: San José: P. C. Standley 37570 (W—1227983—type) « we eg AHGIPHILA STEINBACHII Moldenke Additional bibliography: E. J. Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. ll: 5. 1953; R. C. Foster, Contrib. Gray Herb. 18): 168. 1958; J. F. Mac- br., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 13 (5): 713. 1960; Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 50h. 1961; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 181 (1971) and 2: 88. 1971. Additional & emended citations: BOLIVIA: Santa Cruz: D'Orbigny 186 (P), 1086 (Cb); J. Steinbach 3168 (B-—-isotype, Ed—isotype, F——55292h—-isotype, N--type, Z--photo of isotype), 14781 (S). AEGIPHILA STEYERMARKII Moldenke Additional bibliography: G. Taylor, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 12: h. 1959; Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 31. 1966; J. A. Steyerm., Act. Bot. Venez. 1: 73, 92, & 170. 1966; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 181 (1971) and 2: 848. 1971; Lépez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los An- des 9 (13): 53 & 5h. 1973. Lépez—Palacios (1973) feels that this species should be reduced to synonymy under A. roraimensis Moldenke, and in this opinion he may well be correct. Certainly the two taxa are uncanfortably close in their characters. AEGIPHILA STEYERMARKII var. MACROPHYLLA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 31. 1966; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 122 (1971) and 2: 88. 1971; Lépez-Pal- acios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 53 & 5h. 1973. Lépez—~Palacios (1973) feels that this taxon should be reduced to synonymy under A. roraimensis Moldenke and this disposition of it may ultimately prove correct. I feel that, at least, the variety may well represent nothing more than an ecoform of A. steyermarkii. AEGIPHILA STEYERMARKII var. OBTUSIFOLIA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 505. 1961; J. A. Steyerm., Act. Bot. Venez. 1: 170. 1966; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 122 (1971) and 2: 848. 1971; Lépez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 53 & 5h. 1973. Lépez-Patacios (1973) feels that this variety, also, should be reduced to the synonymy of A. roraimensis Moldenke, but I feel that more material should be examined from both type localities before final judgment is proclaimed. AHGIPHILA SUFFLAVA Moldenke Additional & emended bibliography: Moldenke, Brittonia 1: 235, 275, 276, h61——-h62, h7h, 476, & 477. 19343 A. We Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 6. 1938; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 60 (2): 569. 1940; J. F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 13 (5): 703 & 718. 1960; Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 505. 1961; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 135 & 139 (1971) and 2: 848. 1971. Macbride (1960) cites Killip & Smith 2739, Klug 2076, Tessmann 366 PHY TOL 0 Gifs Vol. 27, no. 5 5155, and Ll. Williams 8225 from Loreto, Peru. Sastre & Echeverry describe the plant as a "liane, duvet rouss&tre, sépales verts, fruits jaunatres" and found it flowering and fruiting in February. Additional & emended citations: PERU: Loreto: Killip & Smith 27439 (F—607590—isotype, W—1)61188—isotype); Klug 2076 (E— 100523, W—-1456729); Sastre & Echeverry 639 (P, P); Lil. Williams Beg: (P=-aasebeyct eet har Ee ser AEGIPHILA SUFFLAVA var. KLUGII Moldenke Additional bibliography: J. F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 13 (5): 718. 1960; Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 505. 1961; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 139 (1971) and 2: 848. 1971. AEGIPHILA SURFACEANA Moldenke This taxon is now known as A. mollis var. surfaceana (Moldenke) Moldenke, which see. AEGIPHILA SWARTZIANA Urb. Additional & emended bibliography: Moldenke, Brittonia 1: 253, 254, 264, 269, 270, 354-357, 362, 433, & 476. 1934; Moldenke, Phy- tologia 7: 506 (1961) and 13: 332. 1966; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 100 (1971) and 2: 848. 1971; C. D. Adams, Flow. Pl. Jam. 63h, 635, & 800. 1972. Adams (1972) comments that this species is "Very rare, known only from the type, Swartz s.n." Actually, it is known thus far to me from three collections and 15 specimens which have been cited in previous installments of these notes. Emended citations: JAMAICA: W. Harris 11716 (D—591808, E— 806566, F=-50968, W—-791958).. ABGIPHILA SYLVATICA Moldenke Additional bibliography: A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 6. 1938; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 60 (2): 568. 190; Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 506. 1961; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 114 (1971) and 2: 848. 1971. Emended citations: COLOMBIA: Santander: Killip & Smith 1,89 (W--1350819--isotype). " Teogp) eee AEGIPHILA TERNIFOLIA (H.B.K.) Moldenke Additional & emended synonymy: Ehretia ternifolia H.B.K., Nov. Gen. & Sp. Pl., ed. folio, 3: [51]—52, pl. 209. 1818. Ehretia ternifolia Kunth ex Spreng. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 16, 1: 6h7. 1825. Ehretia ternifolia Humb. & Kunth ex D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 1: 630. 1839. Ehretia ternifolia Humb. & Bonpl. ex Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 2, 1: 543. 1940. Amerina ternifolia (H.B.K.) P. DC., Prodr. 9: 513. 1845. Amerina ternifolia DC. apud Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 106. 1893. Aegiphila ternifolia H.B.K. ex Lépez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 16. 1973. Additional & emended bibliography: H.B.K., Nov. Gen. & Sp. Pl., 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Aegiphila 367 ed. folio, 3: [51]--52, pl. 209 (1818) and ed. quarto, 3: 66, pl. 209. 1818; Spreng. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 16, 1: 647. 1825; D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 1: 630. 1839; Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 2, l: 543. 1840; P. DC., Prodr. 9: 513. 18h; Schau., Linnaea 20: 83. 187; Bocq., Adansonia, ser. 1, 3: 187 & 188. 1863; Bocq., Rev. Verbénac. 187 & 188. 1863; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 47, 106, 345, & 823 (1893) and pr. 1, 2: 131. 189; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 6 & 1. 1938; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 60 (2): 568. 190; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 7, 106, 3h5, & 823 (1946), pr. 2, 2: 131 (1946), pre 3, 1: 7, 106, 345, & 823 (1960), and pr. 3, 2: 131. 1960; Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 506 (1961) and 13: 342. 1966; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 11), 115, 122, 389, 401, & 402 (1971) and 2: 491, 569, & 848. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 235, 238, & 291 (1973) and 27: 7h. 1973; Lépez—Palacios, Pittieria 5: {8}, 9, 2h, & 43--[9]. 1973; Lépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 16 & 55—56. 1973. Illustrations: H.B.K., Nov. Gen. & Sp. Pl., ed. folio, 3: pl. 209 [in color] (1818) and ed. quarto, 3: pl. 209. 1818. One of the most outstanding contributions made by Lépez-Pala- cios in his recent important investigations on the Verbenaceae of Venezuela is the re-interpretation of A. ternifolia, which I had up to this time completely misinterpreted, and his shifting of this name to what has almost uniformly in the past been knowm as A. verrucosa Schau. His discussion of the matter ina journal which is not very widely distributed is, therefore, worth repeat- ing here: "Desda la 6poca de Humboldt hasta la fecha nadie ha welto a hablar de colecciones de Ae. ternifolia en Venezuela. Ello se debe a lo siguiente: Cuando el Dr. Moldenke escribié su Monograf- fa, no pudo estudiar 'ningfn especimen de la coleccién tfipica', lo cual explica que haya interpretado como ternifolia especfmenes que correspondan a formas triverticeladas y cortipecioladas de la Ae. bogotensis; asf los ejemplares de K, dos de Goudot s.n. y uno de Lehmann (690), necesitan reinterpretacién y deben ser coloca- dos en su taxon verdadero: Ae. bogotensis. "Por este mismo motivo el Dr. Moldenke se aparta en su descrip- cién de de. ternifolia de la diagnosis original y habla de 'rami- tas densamente tomontosas', y de hojas 'densamente pubescentes, y de pecfolos 'densamente tomentosos cuando jévenes', mientras que Humboldt habla de 'ramas glabras', 'hojas glabras, con pequefifsi- mos puntos canescentes, pecfolos tenuemente canescentes, puberu- lentos', lo que se comprueba con la ilustracié6n o tabla No 209, que aparece en la iconograffa de la obra de Humboldt. También echa de menos 'los pediinculos, las inflorescencias corimbosas, los pecfolos cortos ('semipollicares') las grandes hojas, el borde del c4liz lobado ('irregulariter quadrilobus') y la pubescencia cano pulverulenta!. "Tuve oportunidad de ver en P el tipo de la Ehretia ternifolia: H. B. No 703, y tengo la absoluta seguridad de que es coespecifica 368 PHYTOL 06.24 Vol. 27, no. 5 con la Aegiphila verrucosa Schau. "Parece que tampoco Schauer hubiera visto el tipo de H. B., porque de haberlo hecho, no se le hubiera escapado la coespecifi- cidad existente con el ejemplar de Moritz, y se habrfa abstenido de crear su nueva especie Ae. verrucosa. "Es cierto que la Ae. verrucosa Schau. fue creada sobre un ejemplar de Moritz de ho, hojas opuestas; pero acontece que con frecu- encia en una misma planta aparecen ramas con hojas opuestas y tri- verticeladas. Ya en otra oportunidad se ha llamado l'tattentién sobre este fenémeno que ocurre en muchas Verbendceas: Lantana trifolia, Lantana aristeguietae, Vitex orinocensis var. -, multiflora; Lantana Tentana| imate? Petrea racemosa, etc. "El ~~ "§] ejemplar tipico de moet ha desaparecido en el incendio del Herbario de Berlin durante la filtima guerra, pero de la com- paracién de los isétipos existentes con el ejemplar de Humboldt no queda duda de que se trata del mismo taxon. "El Dr. Moldenke ha determinado come Ae. verrucosa el ejanplar 2972 de Aristeguieta, colectado en la Colonia Tovar, en la zona misma del tipo de H. B., ejemplar clara y manifiestamente ternado; de la zona de los Andes existe el ejemplar 720 de Bernardi, con ramas igualmente de hojas 3-verticeladas unas, y otras de hojas opuestas. Pero en todo el territorio la poblacién es perfecta- mente homogénea y sélo existe la que hasta hoy se ha considerado como Ae, verrucosa, y que yo sostengo que es Ae. ternifolia. Es pues claro que munca se hmbiera vuelto a hacer mencién de la Ae. ternifolia, puesto que todos los ejemplares pertenecientes a ella han sido colocados en su sinénimo Ae. verrucosa." Lépez-Palacios cites the following collections from Venezuela: Aragua: Allart 26, Aristeguieta & Medina 296), 2972, Fendler 81, Jahn Why, Kars Karsten | s.n., Moritz 897, Pittier T9547, St Steyermark 86211, 91 90886, Steyermark, Wurd: Wurdack, & Prance 95869, Trujillo s.n. Distrito © Federal: Lasser 978, 979 SHEP Steyermark 55055 55055. Mérida: Be: Ber- nardi 720, 6087, Little 12572, “Maguire 39437, Rufz-Terén 1689, 3088, 3183, 3992. Miranda: Humboldt & Bonpland 703 703. Trujillo: Ruiz—Ter4n & Lépez-Palacios 7630. However, of these collections he affirms that only Aristeguieta & Medina 2972 in the Caracas and Mérida herbaria and Bernardi 720 in the Mérida herbarium have regularly ternate leaves. All the rest of the collections which he cites appear to have opposite leaves and therefore must be re= garded as representing what he calls A. ternifolia f. oppositi- folia Lépez-Palacios. ~~ The Lehmann B.T.690 previously cited by me as A. ternifolia is actually the type collection of what is now known as A. bogoten- sis f. ternata Moldenke, snail TERNIFOLIA f. OPPOSITIFOLIA Lépez-Palacios, Pittieria 5: 47. 1973. Synonymy: Aegiphila verrucosa Schau., Linnaea 20: 483. 187. 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Aegiphila 369 Lycium grandifolium Willd. ex Karst., Ausw. Neu. Sch. Gew. Venez. 32, in syn. 1645 [not L. grandifolium Willd. ex Roem. & Schult., 1819]. Briickea grandifolia (Willd.) Klotzsch & Karst., Ausw. Neu. Sch. Gew. Venez. 32, pl. 10. 1848. Brueckea grandifolia Klotzsch & Karst. apud Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 345. 1893. Briickea eglandulosa Klotzsch & Karst. ex Moldenke, Brittonia 1: 286, in syn. 193). Briickea verrucosa (Schau.) Klotzsch & Karst. ex Moldenke, Brittonia 1: 286, in syn. 1934. Brueckea eglandulosa Klotzsch & Karst. ex A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 1, in syn. 1938. Brueckea verrucosa Klotzsch & Karst. ex A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 1, in syn. 1938. Brueckea verrucosa (Schau.) Klotzsch & Karst. ex Moldenke, Prelim. Alph. List Invalid Names 8, in syn. 19)0. Bibliography: Lépez—Palacios, Pittieria 5: 7. 1973. This form is based on Moritz 897 from Colonia Tovar, Aragua, Venezuela, deposited in the herbarium of the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew, England, a specimen which is also an isotype of A. verru- cosa Schau. — The form differs from the typical form of the species only in having decussate-opposite leaves. Recent collectors describe the plant as a shrub or tree, 3 m. tall, the leaves coriaceous or subcoriaceous, deep- or dark-green above, paler beneath, the flowers "partly fragrant", and found it growing in cloud forests and in moist woodlands along quebradas, at altitudes of 1675 to 2200 meters, flowering in January and June and fruiting in May. The corollas are described as having been "white" on Aristeguieta 2972. The Lycium grandifolium Willd. ex Roem. & Schult., referred to in the synonymy above, is a synonym of Acnistus grandiflorus Miers in the Solanaceae. Citations: VENEZUELA: Aragua: Allart 26 (A, N, N—photo, N— photo, Ve, Z-—-photo, Z--photo); Aristeguieta & & Medina 2964 (Ve— 42095); Fendler 841 (cb, E—19),86)9, G, K); Jahn Lh (Ve, W— 70372h, Z— photo); Karsten Sats [Colonia Tovar, 1848] (B, B, B, B, By, Bb, 3, bm, ba, K, L, L, been L, N, Ne--photo, N-—photo, sito, N——photo P, V a, aye *Z--photo, Z—photo, Z=-photo, Z--photo) . son. [1847] (B); Moritz 897 [Macbride photos 28389] (A—photo of type, B—isotype, B--photo of type, Bm—isotype, Cb—isotype, Cb— isotype, D--photo of type, F-—-photo of type, G—photo of type, K— type, K-—-isotype, L—isotype, N--isotype, N--photo of type, N— photo of type, N—photo of isotype, N—photo of isotype, N—photo of isotype, P—isotype, S—photo of type, W--photo of type, Z— photo of type, Z—photo of type, Z—photo of isotype, Z—photo of isotype), sen. (Bm); H. Pittier 937 (Ba, N, N--photo, W—1186390, Z——photo) 5 " Steyermark & & Allen 90886 (N); Steyermark, Wurdack, & Prance 95869 (W—258)22), Z). Federal District: Aristeguieta 2972, in part (N); Lasser 978 (Ve--25955), 979 (Ve--26069); Je Ae Steyermark 55055 (N, S, W—1901703), 86211 (N). Mérida: Bernardi 370 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 27, no. 5 6087 (N); Be Maguire 39437 (N). AEGIPHILA TRIFIDA Sw., Prodr. 32 [as "Aeegiphila"]. 1788; J. F. Gmel. in L., Syst. Nat., ed. 13, pr. 1, 2: 259. 1789. Synonymy: Aeegiphila trifida Sw., Prodr. 32. 1788. Aegiphyla trifida Sw. apud Steud., Nom. Bot., ed. 2, 1: 29. 180. Aegiphila trifida var. affinis Urb. ex Moldenke, Brittonia 1: 356, in syn. 1934. Aegiphila 3-fida Sw. ex Moldenke, Phytologia 1: 270, in syn. 1937. Additional & emended bibliography: J. F. Gmel. in L., Syst. Nat., ed. 13, pr. 1, 2: 259 (1789) and pr. 2, 2: 259. 1796; Raeusch., Nom. Bot., ed. 3, 37. 1797; H. C. Andr., Bot. Rep. 9: 578. 1809; Roem, & Schult. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 15 [Stuttg.], 3: 102--103 & [535]. 1818; Steud., Nom. Bot., ed. 1, 16. 1821; Paxt., Pock. Bot. Dict., ed. 1, 8 (180) and ed. 2, 8. 169; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 47 (1893), pr. 2, 1: 47 (1946), and pr. 3, 1: 47. 1960; Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 506. 1961; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 16: 1) & 15. 1968; Moldenke, Fifth Sum, 1: 100, 377, 383, & 384 (1971) and 2: 848. 1971; C. D, Adams, Flow. Pl. Jam. 634, 635, & 800. 1972; Lépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac, Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 36. 1973. Adams (1972) describes this species as "Local.....on limestone, shale or serpentine; 1500—l100 feet; fl. Mar—-Aug, fr. Mar, Aug, Dec.....endemic" and cites W. Harris 9372 and Proctor 7683 & 87L6. ~~ ‘Bmended citations: JAMAICA: N. L. Britton 4053 (F—250h27, W— 81,8672); Collector undesignated s.n. [Ex Herb. Bot. Jam.] (W— 521823); W. Harris 5892 (F—145585), 614 (F--145680), 6273 (F— 145726, W—521553), 9372 (F—2h2766, W—656482), s.n. (Whitfield ee ee May 25, 1897] (F—145h21); Orcutt 5622 (Ca— AEGIPHILA TRUNCATA Moldenke Additional & emended bibliography: Moldenke, Brittonia 1: 263, 289--290, & 475. 1934; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 6. 1938; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 60 (2): 569. 190; J. F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 13 (5): 71h. 1960; Moldenke, Phy- tologia 13: 31. 1966; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: (19715 and 2: 848. 1971; Lépez-Palacios, Pittieria 5: 22. 1973; Lépez-Palacios, Revist, Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 2h. 1973; Moidenke, Phytologia 27: 80. 1973. Barclay and his associates describe this plant as a tree, 8— 15 m. tall, the flowers borne in small axillary clusters ("panicles in bud"), the corollas, filaments, styles, and stigmas white, the anthers brownish, and the "old fruits persistent", and found it growing on wooded and steep rocky slopes at 1800—2),00 m. altitude, flowering in July and fruiting in April. Emended citations: COLOMBIA: Cundinamarca: Barc Juajibioy, & Gama 3330 (W—2702383), 3591 (W—-2702108); Mutis 3B (W—1 9), 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Aegiphila 371 5191 (W—156008 3—type) . ANGIPHILA UMBRACULIFORMIS Moldenke Additional bibliography: G. Taylor, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 12: h. 1959; J. F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 13 (5): 702—-70 & 719. 1960; Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 31. 1966; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 139 (1971) and 2: 848. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 287. 1973. Macbride (1960) cites only the type collection, Stork & Horton 9495, from Hudnuco, Peru. AEGIPHILA UNIFLORA Urb. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 8: 17. 1961; Mol- denke, Fifth Sum. 1: 100 (1971) and 2: 848. 1971; C. D. Adams, Flow, Pl. Jam. 63, 635, & 800. 1972. Adams (1972) comments that this species is "Very rare....3800 feet.....endemic", flowering and fruiting in January. He cites only W. Harris 5533, the type and only known collection. Emended citations: JAMAICA: W. Harris 5533 (F—1)5337—isotype). AEGIPHILA VALERII Standl. Additional bibliography: A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 7: 6. 1929; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 53 (1): 1068 [1050]. 1932; Moldenke, Brittonia 1: 252, 258, 263, 289—292, 299, & h76. 193k; Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 341. 1966; Gibson, Fieldiana Bot. 2h (9): 169, 170, & 176. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 66 & 87 (1971) and 2: 88. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 289. 1973; Mol- denke in Woodson, Schery, & al., Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 60: 104 & 14h. 1973. The Jiménez M. 1344, distributed as A. anomala Pittier, appears to be A. valerii Standl. instead, if these two taxa are actually distinct -- a matter on which I am not completely convinced. Recent workers maintain that the two can be differentiated by A. anomala having the calyx more or less lobed and the flowers twice as large, while A. valerii has the calyx truncate and the flowers half as large. Jiménez describes the plant as a tree, 12--l) m. tall, the "Tronco recto, cilindrico, liso, ramificando a unos 8 m.", the flowers abundant, and the corollas white and caducous. He encoun- tered it in bloom in December. The Fedde & Schuster (1932) reference given in the bibliography above is dated "1925" on its title-page, but was not actually is- sued until 1932. Additional & emended citations: COSTA RICA: Guanacaste: Jiménez M. 13h) (N, Ws, Ws); Standley & Valerio 4)375 (W--1253621), 4508 (W—1253671), 45236 (W--1253997), 46079 (W—125h39); Valerio 10 (W—1206252—-type). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Moldenke, Phytologia 2: h3, fig. 5. 1948 (N). AEGIPHILA VALLENSIS Moldenke Additional bibliography: E. J. Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. ll: 5. 372 PY? 0.1.0 Geek Vol. 27, no. 5 1953; Cuatrecasas, Revist. Acad. Colomb. Cienc. 10: 26. 1958; Moldenke, Phytologia 8: 18. 1961; Moldenke, Fifth Sum, 1: 115 (1971) and 2: 848. 1971. Cuatrecasas (1958) found this plant growing in the "selva sub- andina" of Valle del Cauca, Colombia. AEGIPHILA VELUTINOSA Moldenke Additional bibliography: A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 6. 1938; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 60 (2): 569. 190; J. F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 13 (5): 70h & 719—720. 1960; Moldenke, Phytologia 8: 18. 1961; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 139 (1971) and 2: 848. 1971. Macbride (1960) cites only the type collection, Cook & Gilbert 1382, the only known collection to date. Emended citations: PERU: Cuzco: Cook & Gilbert 1382 (W— AEGIPHILA VENEZUELENSIS Moldenke Additional bibliography: G. Taylor, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 12: ). 1959; Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 31. 1966; J. A. Steyerm., Act. Bot. Venez. 1: 8, 52, 101, & 170. 1966; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 16: 5. 1968; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 122 (1971) and 2: 848. 1971; Lépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 53—55. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 228 (1973) and 27: 82. 1973. Recent collectors describe this plant as a shrub or tree, 3—5 m. tall, the siender stem about 1 cm. in diameter, the leaves membranous or firmly membranous, dark- or dull-green above, paler green beneath, the rachis and pedicels gray-green, the calyx pale- green, the corolla 9 mm. long, its lobes ) mm. long and 2.5 mn. wide, the filaments white, and the anthers buff-brown. They have found it growing along streambeds at altitudes of 1200—1700 m., flowering in June, and fruiting in November. The corolla is said to have been "whitish" on J. A. Steyermark 7566). Lépez—Palacios (1973) feels that this taxon is conspecific with A. roraimensis Moldenke, but with this opinion I cannot agree. Material of A, venezuelensis has been misidentified and dis— tributed in some herbaria as Daphnopsis sp. On the other hand, the Steyermark, Bunting, & Wessels-Boer 100219, distributed as A. venezuelensis, is var. serrata Moldenke. Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Bolivar: J. A. Steyermark 75516a (N), 7566 (N). moe AEGIPHILA VENEZUELENSIS var. SERRATA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 32. 1966; Moidenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 122 (1971) and 2: 848. 1971; Lépez- Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 53 & 55. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 228 (1973) and 27: 82. 1973. Recent collectors describe this plant as a small tree, 2.5-—3 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Aegiphila 373 m. tall, with brittle branches, the leaves membranous, dull-green above, with the veins very prominent beneath, and have found it growing at 1200—1,00 m. altitude, fruiting in October and Noven- ber. The Agostini & Fariflas 107, cited below, was previously erroneously cited by me as A. integrifolia (Jacq.) Jacq. Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Aragua: Agostini & Farifias 107 (B, N). Yaracuy: Steyermark, Bunting, & Wessels-Boer 10029 (Ld, N, W—2622359). AEGIPHILA VERTICILLATA Vell. Additional & emended synonymy: Aegiphila tomentosa Cham., Linnaea 7: 11U--111. 1832. Aegiphyla tomentosa Cham. apud Steud,, Nom. Bot., ed. 2, 1: 29. 1840. Aegiphyla verticillata Arrab. apud Steud., Nom. Bot., ed. 2, 1: 29. 180. Aegiphila Aegiphila ee lata Arrab. apud Walp., Repert. Bot. Syst. y: 118 & 12). 1845. Aegiphila tomentosa Cham. & Schlecht. ex ieideniese ay 1: 329, in text. syn. 193); Prelim. Alph. List Invalid Names 4, in syn. 190, Aegiphila tomentosa var. silvestris Regnell ex Molden- ke, Brittonia 1: 329, in syn. 193). Aegiphila rotundifolia Sel- Jow ex Woldenke, Br“ttonia 1: 329, in syn. 193). Aegiphila lanata Casar. ex Moldenke, Phytologia 1: 272, in syn. [not A. lanata Moldenke, 1933]. Egiphila lanata Casar. ex Moldenke, Suppl. List Invalid Names 3, in syn. 19hl. Additional & emended bibliography: Walp., Repert. Bot. Syst. hs 118, 121, & 12). 1845; Schau. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 9: 279--281 & [309310] . 1851; Bocq., Adansonia, ser. 1, 3: [Rev. Verbénac.] 188. 1863; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: \7. 1893; H. H. Rusby, Mem. Torrey Bot. Club 6: 107. 1896; H. H. Rus- by, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 27: 81. 1900; Hayek, Denkschr. Kaiser. Akad. Wiss. Math.-nat. 79 (1): 296. 1908; Glaz., Bull. Soc. Bot. France 58 [ser. , 11], Mem. 3: 546. 1911; Usteri, Flor. Umgeb. Staat S4o Paulo 228, 1911; Donn. Sm., Bot. Gaz. 57 426. 191k; F. C. Hoehne, Alb. Secc. Bot. Mus. Paul. 130 & ly. 1925; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. * suppl. 9: 6. 1938; Sampaio & Peckolt, Arquiv. Mus. Nac. Rio Jan. 37: 33h. 193; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 47 (1946) and pr. 3, 1: 47. 1960; Rizzini in Ferré, Sim- pos. S6bre Cerrado 107. 1962; Angely, Fl. Anal. Paran., ed. aie 580. 1965; Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 319, 339, & 3h2. 1966; Molden- ke, Résumé Suppl. 16: 15. 1968; Ferré, Plant. Bras. Esp. Cerrado 2h. 1969; Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Sa Paulo, ad, Vo 1s xxx. 1969; Goodland, Phytologia 20: 78. 1970; Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fito- geogr. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 4: 828 & i, map "1371. 1971; Moidenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 146, 194, 380, & 382—38h (1971) and 2: 49l & 8h. 1971. Recent collectors describe this plant as 50 cm. tall and have encountered it growing on campo cerrado, flowering in January and October. The corollas on Lindeman & Haas 3177 are said to have been "pale-yellow" . a fe, Additional & emended citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Glaziou 37h PA. TF Och: OrGevek Vol. 27, no. 5 13056 (W—1110397), 20428 (W--1112523); Regnell 1.310 [1867] (W— 1323306). Paran4: Dusén 723% (E—1036225, W--1481611), 14871 (w— 1481612), 15982 (E-—-908062); Hatschbach 31110 (Ld); Reitz & Klein 17562 (W—25)5343), 17876 (W—25)83)2); Smith, Klein, & Hatsch- bach 14508 (N). S&o Paulo: Glaziou 818) (F—538563); Lindeman & Haas 3177 (N)- AHGIPHILA VILLOSA (Aubl.) Gmel. in L., Syst. Nat., ed. 13, pr. 1, 2: 259 [as "A. villosa Aubl."]. 1789; Moldenke, Brittonia 1: 342. 193k. J Additional & emended synonymy: Manabea villosa Aubl., Hist. Pl. Guian. 1: 62—63. 1775. Aegiphila villosa Vahl ex J. F. Gmel. in L., Syst. Nat., ed. 13, pr. 1, 2: 259. 1789. Aegiphila villosa (Aubl.) Lam., Tabl. Encycl. Méth. Bot. 1: 29h. 1792. Aegiphila villosa (Aubl.) Vahl, Eclog. Amer. 1: 16. 1796. Aegiphila villosa (Aubl.) Willd., Linn. Sp. Pl. 1: 616. 1797. Manabaea villosa Aubl. ex Turton in J. F. Gmel., Gen. Syst. Nat. 5: 219, in syn. 1802. Aegiphila villosa Willd., Nom. Bot., ed. 2, 82. 1821. Aegiphyla villosa Vahl apud Steud., Nom. Bot., ed. 2, 1: 29. 180. Aegiphila villosa Lam. ex Moldenke, Phytologia 1: 232, in syn. 1937. Manabea tomentosa Perrottet ex Moldenke, Phytologia 1: 296, in syn. 1938. Aegiphila verbascifolia L. C. Rich. ex Mol- denke, Prelim. Alph. List Invalid Names }, in syn. 190. Additional & emended bibliography: Aubl., Hist. Pl. Guian. 1: 62--53. 1775; J. F. Gmel. in L., Syst. Nat., ed. 13, pr. 1, 2: 259. 1789; Lam., Tabl. Encycl. Méth. Bot. 1: pl. 70, fig. 2 (1791) and 1: 294. 1792; J. F. Gmel. in L., Syst. Nat., ed. 13, pr. 2, 2: 259. 1796; Vahl, Eclog. Amer. 1: 16. 1796; Raeusch., Nom. Bot., ed. 3, 37. 1797; Willd., linn. Sp. Pl. 1: Gl. 2 Ruiz & Pav., Fl. Peruv. 1: 50. 1798; Turton in J. F. Gmel., Gen. Syst. Nat. 5: 219. 1802; H. C. Andr., Bot. Rep. 9: 578. 1809; Roem, & Schult. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 15 [Stuttg.], 3: 101 & [535]. 1818; Stead., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 1, 1: 16. 1821; Chan., Linnaea 7: 110. 1832; D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 1: 429. 1839; Boca, Adansonia, ser. 1, 2: 113 (1862) and 3: 190. 1863; Bocq., Rev. Verbénac. 113 & 190. 1863; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 47 (1893) and pr. 1, 2: 160. 189; Glaz., Bull. Soc. Bot. France 58 [ser. h, 11], Mem. 3: 546. 1911; Stapf, Ind. Lond. 4: 217. 1930; LeCointe, Amaz. Bras. III. Arv. & Pl. Uteis, ed. l, 83. 193k; Moldenke, Brittonia 1: 259, 260, 268, 280, 339, 3h2— 346, 472, & 474-76. 19343 Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 47 (1946) and pr. 2, 2: 160. 196; LeCointe, Amaz. Bras. IIL. Arv. & Pl. Uteis, ed. 2, 97. 19473 Moldenke, Phytologia 5: 95. 1954; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 47 (1960) and pr. 3, 2: 160. 1960; Moldenke, Phytolo- gia 13: 3h2—343. 1966; Stafleu, Tax. Lit. 256. 1967; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 16: 14 & 15. 1968; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 129, 133, 1h6, 363, & 38h (1971) and 2: 570 & 648. 1971; Lépez-Pala- 1973 Moldenke, Notes on Aegiphila B15 cios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 30. 1973. Ijlustrations: Lam., Tabl. Encycl. Méth. Bot. 1: pl. 70, fig. 2. 1791. LeCointe (1947) records the vernacular name, "cama4", for this species, while Lamarck (1792) calls it "aeziphile velu". The F. G. Meyer photograph of the type specimen, cited below, is of an Aublet specimen deposited in the herbarium of the British Museum (Natural History) in London. The Lamarck (1791, 1792) references in the bibliography above are often cited as "Lam. Dlustr. 150. t. 70", but "Illustr. Gen." is the abbreviation of only a subtitle of the work and "150," refers to the species mmber in the text, not to a page mmber. Additional citations: FRENCH GUIANA: Aublet s.n. [F. G. Mey. photo 4069] (N—photo of type). AEGIPHILA VILLOSISSIMA Moldenke This taxon is now known as A. cordata var. villosissima (Mol- denke) Moldenke, which see. ABGIPHILA VITELLINIFLORA Klotzsch Emended synonymy: Distigma vitelliniflora Klotzsch ex Walp., Repert, Bot. Syst. : 123, in syn. 1845. Azgiphila cuspidata nts ex Schau., Linnaea 20: 83. 1847; A. DC., Prodr. 11: 653. 1847. Aegiphila cuspidata var. parviflora Schau. in A. DC., Prodr. ll: Be 1847. Aegiphila elata Cham. ex Schau. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 9: 287, in syn. 1851 [not A. elata Sw., 1788]. Aegiphila cuspidata var. grandiflora Schau. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 9: 288. 1851. Aegiphila aequinoctialis Mart. ex Schau. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 9: 288, in syn. 1851. Aegiphila cuspidata Rusby, Mem. Torrey Bot. Club 6: 107, nom. nud. 1896. Aegiphila cuspidata Mart. & Schau. ex Chod., Plant. Hassler. 2: 504. 190). Aegiphila compacta Mart. ex Moldenke, Phytologia 1: 296, in syn. 1937. Aegiphila stricta Sellow ex Moldenke, Prelim. Alph. List Invalid Names 4, in syn. 1940 [not A. stricta Rusby, 1920]. Additional & emended bibliography: Cham., Linnaea 7: 11). 1832; Walp., Repert. Bot. Syst. : 123. 1845; Schau., Linnaea 20: 483. 1847; Schau. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 9: 287—288, 307, & [309— 310]. 1851; Bocq., Adansonia, ser. 1, 3: 190. 1863; Bocq., Rev. Verbénac. 190. 1863; Pritzel, Icon. Bot. Ind. 1: 23. 1866; Warm- ing, Symb. Fl. Bras. Cent. 712--713. 1877; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 46 & 27. 1893; Briq. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. (3a): 166. 1895; H. H. Rusby, Mem. Torrey Bot. Club 6: 107. 1896; Briq. in Chod. & Hassler, Bull. Herb. Boiss., ser. 2, 4: 1168 & 1169. 190); Briq., Ann. Conserv. & Jard. Bot. Genév. 7-8: 318. 190); Briq. in Chod. & Hassler, Plant. Hassler. 2: 504. 190); Pulle, Emm. Vasc. Pl. Surinam. 403. 1906; Glaz., Bull. Soc. Bot. France 58 [ser. , 11], Mem. 3: 547. 1911; Herzog, Meded. Rijksherb. Leid. 29: 8. 1916; Stapf, Ind. Lond. 1: 79. 1929; Moldenke, Brittonia 1: 259, 279, 376 Po TOL O Gre Vol. 27, no. 5 421-426, 49, & L71--.77. 19343 Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 46 & 7. 1946; R. C. Foster, Contrib. Gray Herb. 184: 168. 1958; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 46 & 47. 1960; J. F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 13 (5): 70h, 705, 717, & 720. 1960; Rizzini in Ferré, Simpos. S8bre Cerrado 107. 1962; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.6: 455. 1963; Moldenke, Phy- tologia 13: 343. 1966; Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. S. Paulo, ed. 1, h: i & 828, map 1371. 1971; Moidenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 116 181, 18h, 35h, 378, 379, 382, 383, & 477 (1971) and 2: 767 & 88. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 315 (1972), 25: 229 & 41h (1973), and 27: 151. 1973; Lépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Fam. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 18 & 48. 1973. Bert found this plant flowering in May in Paraguay. Macbride (1960) includes this species in his discussion of the genus as it occurs in Peru, but calls it "....A l-meter shrub that in Peru has been confused with A. filipes and A. chrysantha; it seems possible, if Moldenke's specific lines are accurate, that the Klotzsch plant is not in Peru, at least typically." Thus far, I have seen no material of it from Peru. The Prance, Steward, Ramos, & Farias 9838, distributed as A. vitelliniflora, is actually A. microcalycina Moldenke. Additional & emended citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Blanchet 3269 (F--686585); Warming s.n. [Lagoa Santa] (F—667256). Guanabara: Gaudichaud 107 (P). PARAGUAY: Bert 1362 (N). AEGIPHILA VITELLINIFLORA var. EGLERI Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 343. 1966; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 147 (1971) and 2: 848. 1971. AEGIPHILA WIGANDIOIDES Lundell Additional bibliography: E. J. Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. ll: 5. 1953; Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 343. 1966; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.ll: 50). 1967; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 66 (1971) and 2: 848. 1971. Breedlove describes this plant as a tree, 60 feet tall, and found it growing on a slope with Liquidambar, Quercus, and Pinus, at 5100 feet altitude, fruiting in April. Additional citations: MEXICO: Chiapas: Breedlove 9665 (Z). BOOK REVIEWS Alma L. Moldenke "THE EDIBLE WILD — A Complete Cookbook and Guide to Edible Wild Plants in Canada and North America" by Berndt Berglund & Clare E. Bolsby, iv & 188 pp., illus., Charles Scribner's Sons, New York, N. Y. 10017. 1971. $2.15 paperback. This hasband-wife team has shared in this writing their decades of experiences in the out-of-doors in recognizing about fifty different edible wild plants and in their experienced recipes. As this is now a growing fad there should be much call for the book. It discusses, with the aid of characteristic illustrations, edible shoots, leaves, roots, nuts, seeds, fruits, sweeteners and other seasonings, as well as poisonous plants. "SUPPLEMENT TO THE VASCULAR PLANTS OF MONTEREY COUNTY, CALIFORNIA" by Beatrice F. Howitt & John Thomas Howell, 60 pp., illus., Pacific Grove Museum of Natural History Association, Pacific Grove, California 93950. 1973. $1.25 paperback. The original flora by these authors was published in 196 in the Wasmann Journal of Biology, Volume 22. Addenda of country records and of new plants, and corrigienda of original records and of scientific nomenclature bring the present total count to 1897 specific and subspecific taxa in 125 botanical families. Among the new Verbenaceae listed are some which were reported from the county as far back as 19)7 by H. N. Moldenke in his "Known Geographic Distribution of the Verbenaceae, etc." Since the compilation of a local flora is never finished, it is not surprising to find the last text page headed "Addenda" for name changes in Erodium and Orobanche recorded after the Supple- ment went to press. The only illustration in the book is the photographic frontis- piece of the rare and endangered endemic to this county, Haplo- Pappus eastwoodae Hall. There is an interesting chart of the now known endemics arranged according to families. The senior author has been long and widely known for the fine quality and great quantity of his field and phytotaxonomic studies in the Golden Gate State. "CAPE MAY TO MONTAUK" text by Nelson P. Falorp, photographs by Da- vid Plowden, 127 pp., illus., The Viking Press, New York, N. Y. 10022. 1973. $14.95. This is another of those very attractively compiled 'Studio a0 378 PHEYTOLOGIA Vol. 27, no. 5 Books! and it is also in the 'Exxon Shorelines of America! series. The text is descriptive and nostalgically inviting to the more attractive interesting aspects of the landscape. The author states that "The coast between Cape May and Montauk is probably the most difficult stretch of land in the world to have such [ethically ecological] faith in, but I live here, maybe you do, too." So does the artist with color film whose three score and ten superb prints of shoreline scenes from the eastern tip of Long Island through Fire Island, Staten Island, Sandy Hook State Park and Brigantine to the southern tip of New Jersey make this book a joy to see, to own and/or to give. "INTO THE HIDDEN ENVIRONMENT — The Oceans" text by Keith Critch- low, illustrations by David Nockels, 125 pp., illus., The Viking Press, New York, N. Y. 10022. 1973. $10.95. This Studio Book actually amounts to an enticingly and accurate- ly explained and an effectively and copiously illustrated survey of oceanography. It considers the genesis of oceans, their ex- ploration horizontally and vertically in all manner of vessels, their hidden landscapes, their cycles of change, their role as the last resource for energy, food and chemicals, and lastly and consequently an ocean bill-of-rights. Is this not in the long run our own survival bill-of-rights? "The oceans are as sensitive an organ of the ecological im- balance as any. At this moment in time there is a unique oppor— tunity for mankind to institute, on the largest scale ever, the principle of human guardianship." This book can and should be read by many people in a wide range of age and training. "THE OLYMPIC RAIN FOREST" text by Ruth Kirk, photography by Ruth Kirk and Johsel Namkung, viii & 86 pp., illus., University of Washington Press, Seattle, Washington 98105. 1973. $4.95 paperback or $8.95 clothbound, "This forest clothes the wet, west side of the Olympic Penin- sula, a thumb of icy mountains, towering trees, and wilderness beaches marking the northwest tip of conterminous United States... "The Hoh, the Queets, the Quinault: three valleys cradle the best of the Olympic rain forest, a superb forest type that grows nowhere in the world except the Pacific Northwest." There is a fine ecological explanation of the forest community and the ef- fects on it of the coming of man, An appendix describes the main trails and a few of the more than 300 species of plants and a few of the resident animals. The many photographs are the true glory of this book: colored ones like that of a fluted bole of a spruce tree and of vine maple samaras and black/white ones like those of mature trees on 1973 Moldenke, Book reviews 379 a murselog and of deer fern fronds unfurling. "If man decides to tame a wilderness, he can. Or he can cher- ish it, not for what he could make of it, but for what it is." Many, many people need to read this very readable and viewable book! "AN ATLAS OF PRIMATE GROSS ANATOMY — Baboon, Chimpanzee, and Man" by Daris R. Swindler & Charles D. Wood, viii & 370 pp., illus., University of Washington Press, London & Seattle, Washington 98105. 1973. $30.00 oversized. From the preface: "There are few works which cover in one book the gross anatomy of more than one species....It was our intent to produce an anatomical work which would be useful to anthropolo—- gists, human and comparative anatomists, physicians, dentists, and other workers in the biological and health sciences, ....students as well as seasoned researchers..es "The format of the book is such that an illustration of Papio appears on the left-hand page and illustrations of Homo and Pan | Pan on the right-hand page. Thus, the student can quickly and and accurately compare the anatomical structures of a region in all three pri- mates without turning a page.... "Additionally, anatomic information of other primates is in- cluded in the text to enhance the comparative value of the materi- al. Relevant books and articles which should meet the require- ments of the more advanced students appear in the bibliography.... "The terminology used in the plates is Nomina Anatomica, 1966." Origins, insertions and innervations of the skeletal muscles are shown in comparative charts. The many plates seem to be very carefully executed. What an in- mense and valuable study this book presents! "ION TRANSPORT IN PLANTS" edited by W. P. Anderson, xvii & 630 pp., illus., Academic Press Ltd., New York, N. Y. 10003 & London NWI 7DX. 1973. £10.00. In the sume of 1972 at the Liverpool Workshop on Ion Trans- port there were 61 registered participants from 1) countries. But the interesting item about management was that all participants received duplicated copies of all the papers several weeks prior to the actual meeting. Participants were subsequently limited to 15 mimtes for presentation and after groups of 3 or kindred topics there followed tape-recorded "relatively lengthy and free- ranging discussion sessions". The editor condensed this material for this book and added greatly to its value and interest in so doing. The topics of the 3 papers include ultrastructural local- ization, membrane models and resistance, H* fluxes in cells and organelles, -K* and Cl” transport in halophytes, ion transport in roots and the symplasm, and water movement. 380 PH ¥-TiO0L G:G5r 2 Vol. 27, no. 5 Much carefully presented new material made its debut at the conference and is now between the covers of this book. All is indexed for the botanist, biophysicist and biochemist students and workers who will be using it. "A STUDY OF BIRD SONG" by Edward A. Armstrong, xv & 3h3 pp., il- lus., Facsimile Edition by Dover Publications, Inc., New York, N. Y. 1001h. 1973. $h.00 paperbound. This interesting study first appeared only ten years ago under the aegis of the Oxford University Press and is considered the "Second Enlarged Edition" because the author has written both a new preface stressing professional advances in recording bird vocalizations (bio—acoustics) and a new Addenda II covering newer documented material on such topics as prenatal commnication, dialects, vocal organs, etc. Of course the original interesting and carefully prepared text is also all again presented. "FORCED MOVEMENTS, TROPISMS, AND ANIMAL CONDUCT" by Jacques Loeb, xxvii & 209 pp., illus., Facsimile Edition by Dover Publica- tions, Inc., New York, Ne Y. 1001;. 1973. $3.00 paperbound. To this 1918 exposition of tropic responses and functions vouched for by experimental evidence, has been added a modern evaluating and documented introduction by the professor of psych- Ology and zoology, Jerry Hirsch. For a while Loeb and his follow- ers won great popularity in their "battles" against vitalism and anthropomorphism. When the "battles" were stalemated or won the general interest waned, but scientific interest did not. So it is good to have this original information so easily available again. Did not anthropomorphism really became inverted by present-day ethological studies especially on the higher mammals? "HANDBOOK OF THE TREES OF NEW ENGLAND — with Ranges Throughout the United States and Canada" by Lorin L. Dame & Henry Brooks, xx & 196 pp., illus., Facsimile Edition by Dover Publications, Inc., New York, N. Y. 10014. 1972. $3.00 paperbound. Originally appearing in 1901, often used by natural history classes, treasured by amateur naturalists of the area, particular— ly appreciated by many for its 87 exquisite and scientifically ac- curate fullpage drawings by Elizabeth Gleason Bigelow — this replication has the extra advantage of the addition of a New Table of Changes in Nomenclature prepared by Prof. E. S. Harrar. It is good to have this work readily and inexpensively avail- able again. 1973 Moldenke, Book reviews 381 INTRODUCTION TO BACTERIA AND THEIR ECOBIOLOGY" by R. N. Doetsch & T. M. Cook, xii & 371 pp., illus., University Park Press, Baltimore, Maryland 21202. 1973. 2.50. When folks scan the various new biology (or any of its sub- divisions) texts these days for teaching or review purposes they are often confronted with an ecological flavor to the title. Often this proves to be just an advertising subterfuge meant to meta- morphose an older style work into a more marketable one. Often, too, as in this case, it leads to a genuine study of its organisms “as important living beings" as they influence and are influenced by environmental phenomena, The six main divisions of this general introductory text deal with (1) bacteria in nature, (2) general bacterial features, (3) heterogeneity in form and function, () populations and habitats, (5) bacterial energetics, and (6) bacteria as envirormental deter- minants. The text is clearly written and printed and the book should make an excellent course guide. "PHYTOCHEMISTRY Volume III ~ Inorganic Elements and Special Groups of Chemicals" edited by Lawrence P. Miller, xiv & )),8 pp., illus., Van Nostrand Reinhold Company, Cincinnati, Toronto, London, Melbourne, & New York, N.Y. 10001. 1973. $2h.50. The 3-volume set is $65.00. This is the last volume in this valuable series all under the same editorship and with much assistance from the renowned Boyce Thompson Institute for Plant Research. Its 15 papers by 20 authors, mostly from institutions in the United States and Eng- land, deal with sulfur compounds, nonvolatile organic acids, acetylenes, lignin, cutins and suberins, vitamins, mitochondria, gibberellins and drugs. There is an introductory paper on the role of minerals in phytochemistry, a particularly interesting one on the importance of plant chemicals in human affairs, and a final prospective one that concludes: "There would seem to be endless scope for compounds to regulate the roles of enzymic conversions in plant cells by acting either as allosteric effec=- tors or repressors." Many kinds of biochemist students, teachers and research work- ers, etc., will be glad and thankful for the existence of this entire set of volumes. "THE MARVELS OF ANIMAL BEHAVIOR" edited by Thomas B. Allen, 422 pp.-, illus., National Geographic Society, Washington, D.C. 200% [only source]. 1972. $12.65. This is one of many wonderful volumes in the Natural Science Library prepared by the National Geographic Book Service. Perhaps 382 PH Ft-O'L O'G91 & Vol. 27, no. 5 because most of the 390 full-color photographs and text have previously been used in various monthly issues of the "National Geographic" magazine this work can be and is priced most reason- ably. It has very real appeal to almost all ages, interests and education as long as the mind of the reader is an inquiring one. Even those who have read and hoarded these magazines will appreci- ate having organized between these two book covers all these fas- cinating treatises on ethology by 22 internationally prominent scientists working on several continents with elephants, ants, bison, bees, penguins, macaques, etc., in reference to survival, niche strategy, courtship, learning ability, etc. "In terms of genetic kinship, man stands much closer to the great apes — especially the chimpanzee and gorilla — than to the baboon. But in terms of ecology, our hominid ancestors, facing similar problems, may well have shared some important ad- aptations with these monkeys which left the trees millions of years ago and moved into open country." "THE PLANTS OF SOUTHERN NEW JERSEY" by Witmer Stone, 9), pp., illus., Classic Reprint by Quarterman Publications, Inc., Lawrence, Massachusetts 01819. 1973. $25.00. The choosing of this valuable and interesting book as its first botanical replication hopefully will serve as a good omen for the publisher because many botanists, amateur naturalists and local historians can now get their hands onto their own or local library copies. Even the reproduction of the 129 plates of the author's and Bayard Long's photographs and of the paint- ings and line drawings by Hugh E. Stone is reasonably good after 63 years. This mommental yet meticulous and attractively annotated study was based on many years of field work, the examination of 33,000 herbarium specimens and consultation with certain speci- alists. It was first published in 1911 as Part IJ of the An- mual Report of the New Jersey State Museum for 1910 with the title "The Plants of Southern New Jersey with Especial Reference to the Flora of the Pine Barrens and the Geographic Distribution of the Species." To this original has been added a charming photograph of W. Stone and an appreciative and biographical foreword by the local naturalist, Elizabeth M. Woodford. She mentions "her deep feeling of awe when I realize how painstak- ingly this book was prepared" and how "all his writings are interspersed with suggestions on curbing the destruction of plants and wildlife." "LINNAEUS AND THE LINNAEFANS — The Spreading of Their Ideas in Systematic Botany 1735-1789" by Frans A. Stafleu, xvi & 386 pp., illus., published for the International Associa- tion for Plant Taxonomy by A. Oosthoek's Uitgeversmaat~ schappig n.v., Utrecht, Netherlands, & also available 1973 Moldenke, Book reviews 383 through Stechert Hafner Service Agency, New York, N. Y. 10022. 1971. $17.50. Even though the "literature on Carl Linnaeus, his life, ideas and works is second probably only to that on Charles Darwin in biology" this book can never be considered superfluous or redun- dant but rather as an extremely valuable and detailed critique of the "Philosophia Botanica" and an evaluation of the Linnaean influence in the leading botanical centers of Western Europe. Many pertinent pages of this text are used as illustrations. Part I deals directly with Linnaeus in terms of his training, his world, his theory of botany, nomenclature, collections and his systems for classes plantarum, methodus calycina, sexual system and the origin of taxa by special divine creations. Part II deals with his students (Bergius, Carl Jr., Forskal, Solander, Sparrman, Thunberg, etc.) at Uppsala where at least 186 dissertations of much of his own work were defended and with his followers in western Europe, influenced mainly by the spread of his writings. The Netherlands, where Linnaeus earned his doctor ate and where his major publications were first printed, was the center for the work of the Burmans, Boerhaave, van Royen, Gronov- ius, N. J. Jacquin (off to Austria), etc. More slowly and with more emphasis on horticulture, England became strongly influenced by Collinson, Ellis, P. Miller, Hill, Banks, etc. Germany and Switzerland slowly countered the corollist influence of Rivinus through von Haller, Gleditsch, the Gmelins, and others. France, starting first at lNontpellier and then at Paris with Boissier, the de Jussieux, Aublet, L'Héritier, Buffon, etc., produced its Linnaeans and then left some of them behind as it developed the disciplines of biology and of systematics. "All these new ideas and events, however, needed a medium in the way of descriptive procedure, standardized terminology and nomenclature, and simple devices for handling systematic informa- tion in general. It was Linnaeus who provided this medium. To recognize the fact that this Linnaean legacy still serves us successfully today is perhaps the greatest compliment which we can pay to that universal naturalist, arch-systematist, excellent observer and systematic genius, Carl Limnaeus." This study is surely a classic. "THE SIERRA NEVADAN WILDLIFE REGION" Revised & Enlarged Edition by Vinson Brown & Robert Livezey, 96 pp., illus., Naturegraph Publishers, Healdsburg, California 9548. 1973. $2.50 paperback. This is a pleasant, helpful, souvenirtype guidebook to the com- mon wild plants and animals of the region. It is arranged by habi- tats for easy identification while passing through them. Scientific names are given after common ones. There are copious, readily recognizable illustrations in black/white and in color. 38h P.BYoMsOpls QcGeT kh Vol. 27, no. 5 "FUNGAL PATHOGENICITY AND THE PLANT'S RESPONSE" edited by R. J. W. Byrde & C. V. Cutting, xv & 99 pp., illus., Academic Press, London NW1 & New York, N. Y. 10003. 1973. $23.50. These are the proceedings of the third biennial symposium held at Long Ashton Research Station of the University of Bristol in September 1971 and are oriented toward current problems in agri- culture and horticulture. The papers were distributed in mimeo- graphed form to the 107 participants beforehand. Pertinent dis— cussions about the subject of each paper are added after each one. ; The stimulating opening address is by R. K. S. Wood on specif- icity in plant diseases. The closing remarks by P. W. Brian give his main impressions of the congress, including the need to remem- ber the structural and functional complexities of both the host plant and the pathogen (or saprophyte) and the complexity of their interactions. The other papers cover direct involvement of fungal proteins and ethylene, obligate parasites in vitro and in their interfaces, induced and preformed resistance factors as phytoalexin, and altered metabolism as through lysomal enzymes. Herein are given advanced concepts and content dealing with basic biological problems in new ways that may lead to more ef- ficient and environmentally safer means of disease control. "ETHYLENE IN PLANT BIOLOGY" by Frederick B. Abeles, xii & 302 pp, illus. Academic Press, London NW1 & New York, N. Y. 10003. 1973. $18.50. Ethylene or ethene is a simple C. hydrocarbon unsaturated gas, first reported as a plant growth and development regulator, later eclipsed by the popular interest in auxin, and since then very much in use in laboratory experimental research and in horticul- ture and fruit culture. This book is a well documented, well indexed and well illus- trated survey of this whole field. It covers the following main topics: (1) chemical analysis, (2) physiology and biochemistry, ( 3) hormonal and herbicidal regulation as by auxin, gibberel- lins, cytokinins, abscissic acid and 2,l-D, (4) stress produc- tion as by damaging insects which release cellulolytic and proteolytic enzymes that increase ethylene, (5) growth and devel- opmental effects even to the causing of hypertrophy, (6) phyto- gerontological effects of ripening and fading, (7) metabolic effects in disease and respiration, (8) analogs and antagonists, (9) the little known about its mechanism as the bonding of the weak van der Waals type, and (10) air pollution. This book will be essential for students and workers in this and related fields. wd BOTAN EN % 4 1074 oa / GARD JAN 31 1974 ; it PHY TOLOGIA Designed to expedite botanical publication ‘ “re _v———— e Vol. 27 January, 1974 No. 6 * ————————eeeeee———eeee eee CONTENTS ; : | KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae). CXVII. | A new species of Oxylobus from Oaxaca, Mexico ............. 385 KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae). CXVIII. New species of Ageratum, Fleischmannia and Hebeclinium from Memeo ainerigg hhh eto RY eo Sh NO To Corp eae 387 _ KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae). CXIX. Additions to the genera Cronquistianthus, Helogyne and EERE OSD STONER yy be he 3 oda se wish Ml Mes 395 q ROBINSON, H., & BRETTELL, R. D., Studies in the Senecioneae (A steraceae). V. The genera Psacaliopsis, Barkleyanthus, Telanthophora and Roldana. . . 402 ROGERS, C. M., A new combination in South American Linum............ 440 ; BEETLE, A. A., Noteworthy grasses from Mexico..............4....... 441 7 MOLDENKE, H. N., An unusual Florida PUDEWORD a5) 54 bi 00k erg NI \p sca tt Oe 444 GENTRY, J. L., Jr., & JANOS, D., A preliminary generic key and geographic : checklist of the Boraginaceae in Central America and Panama. .... . 445 BMUDENRE ANT) Boak reviews ....................5......... 456 d LEE, Y. S., A study of stem anatomy in BELOW Liviale levels age tele, Gee. 464 ‘ HALE, M. E., Jr., Studies in the lichen family Thelotremataceae.2.......... 490 : SKOG, L. E., A new Colombian species of Besleria (iesnerincene) i Oe See a8 502 MOLDENKE, H. N., Additional notes on the SEnus “Verbena ek VAI Ae see ane 504 " Index to authors in Volume P WERE eSCUCR YS trent bi ung Na, ole Leone eek whe oe tee 505 Index to supraspecific scientific names in Volume LWEREV SEVEN Sele sh wd oh: 505 Dates of publication for Volume WERE SEVEN. 30%, cme BNE. gs oars ead ¢ 512 Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke 303 Parkside Road Plainfield, New Jersey 07060 US:A: - FQ FY 6 ee Se < OCs Price of this number $2.50; per volume, $8 in advance or $8.50 at close of volume; 50 cents extra to foreign addresses STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE ). CXVII. A NEW SPECIES OF OXYLOBUS FROM OAXACA, MEXICO. R. M. King and H. Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560 Continued exploration into some of the remote and Poorly known parts of Oaxaca have brought to our atten- tion a new species of the genus Oxylobus. Oxy Lobus subglabrus R.M.King & H.Robinson, sp. nov. antae suffrutescentes erectae vel procumbentes usque ad 3 dm altae fere glabrae. Caules teretes rubescentes, nodis lateraliter minute pubescentibus. Folia opposita superne remotioria et minoria, petiolis subsessilibus vel ca. 1O mm longis plerumque 5-10 mm longis vix anguste alatis, laminis ellipticis 10-20 mm longis 5-8 mm latis minute subserrulatis base cuneatis ad apicem anguste obtusis subtus subglaucis. Inflores- centiae corymboso-paniculatae, pedicellis 2-3 om longis. Capitula 6-7 mm alta et lata; squamae involu- eri ca. 13-14 subequilongae 2-3-seriatae suborbiculares 4-5 mm longae 3-4 mm late plerumque virides et glabrae ad apicem obtusae purpurascentes et margine parce stipitato-glanduliferae; receptacula vix convexa glabra. Flores ca. 45; corollae albae ca. 4 mm longae Superne campanulatae, tubis distinctis ca. 1.5 mm longis, Lobis ca. 0.9 mm longis ca. 0.6 mm latis; thecae antherarum ca. 1.0 mm longae, appendicibus vix longioribus quam latioribus. Achaenia fusiformia breviter setifera ca. 2.5 mm longa; pappus 0.2-0.25 mm longus, squamis profunde laciniatis. Grana pollinis ca. 20u diam. Type: MEXICO: Oaxaca: Cerro de Humo Chico. September 2, 1966. I.MacDougall 8 (Holotype US!), The new species is distinct from all others in the genus by the almost completely glabrous condition of the stems, leaves and phyllaries, 385 386 PHY TOLOG TA Vol. 27, no. 6 2636565 Oxylobus subglabrus R.M.King & H.Robinson, n. sp. Holotype and enlargement of heads. Photographs by V. E.Krantz, Staff Photographer, National Museum of Natural History. STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE). CXVIII, NEW SPECIES OF AGERATUM, FLEISCHMANNIA AND HEBECLINIUM FROM NORTHERN SOUTH AMERICA. R. M. King and H. Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. Recent collections of Asteraceae submitted for identification by Dr. Ramon Ferreyra, Dr. Hugh H. Iltis and Dr. David B. Lellinger represent four species not previously known to science. Ageratum iltisii R.M.King & H.Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae herbaceae vel suffrutescentes usque ad 5 dm altae pauce ramosae. Caules teretes longe hirsuti. Folia opposita, petiolis 2-12 mm longis dense hirsutis, laminis ovatis 17-33 mm longis 10-25 mm lLatis margine 6-12-crenato-serratis ad apicem obtusis base rotundatis vel Late cuneatis utrinque sparse longe et valde hir- sutis subtus aliquantum discoloribus, glandulis indistinctis vel nullis. Folia superiora non decres- centia. Inflorescentiae subcymosae multiramosae, ramis ultimis dense corymbosis, pedicellis 1-5 mm longis sparse hirsutis. Capitula ca. 4 mm alta 3 mm lata; squamae involucri ca. 20-25 eximbricatae vel subimbri- catae ca. 2 mm longae subaequilongae 2-3-seriatae oblongo-lanceolatae rigide papyraceae ad apicem abrupte anguste acuminatae margine parce serratae vel fimbria- tae extus striatae sparse piliferae; receptacula conica ebractifera. Flores ca. 50-55; corollae ca. 1.8 mm longae anguste infundibulares inferne glanduliferae, lobis aequilateraliter triangularibus intus leniter papillosis extus parce piliferis ad apicem papillosis; filamenta antherarum in parte superiore ca. 190, longa; thecae ca. 3.5 mm longae, appendicibus ovatis non longioribus quam Latioribus; appendices stylorum filiformes dense leniter papillosae. Achaenia glabra ca. 1.5 mm longa; pappus coroniformi vel breviter squamiformi ca. 100, longi lacerati. Grana pollinis Cae 22u. diam. Type: ECUADOR: Province Zamora-Chinchipe, along road to Zamora from Loja, elevation ca. 1700 meters. Lat. peesoeo'. 50", Long. W. 78° LL’ 90". Eastern slopes of the Andes in Southern Ecuador. Very moist Low montane 387 388 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 27, no. 6 Forest; many epiphytes; old trees 100 ft. tall or more. Pasture herb with blue flowers. May 8, 1965. Dennis H. Knight 177 (Holotype US!) The genus is most richly represented in Central America and the South American species tend to possess more unusual features such as symmetrical carpopodia or smoother stylar appendages. The new species is more typical in those characters but is unusual in the seeming Lack of glands on the leaves. The species belongs to the section Coelestina. The hirsute Leaves and sparsely pilose papery phylLlaries are among the distinctive characters. Fleischmannia ferreyrii R.M.King & H.Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae herbaceae erectae usque ad ca. 7 dm altae pauce ramosae. Caules teretes sparse puberuli. Folia opposita, petiolis 2-4 mm longis, lLaminis ovatis 10-18 mm Longis 5-10 mm latis infirme trinervatis margine 6-11 crenato-serrulatis ad apicem breviter acutis base subtruncatis supra coriaceis Longe puberu- lis subtus discoloribus hirsutis. Folia superiora plerumque minuta. Inflorescentiae subcymosae, pedi- cellis ultimis 3-8 mm longis puberulis. Capitula ca. 6 mm alta 5-6 mm lata; squamae involucri ca. 25 sub- imbricatae 3-4-seriatae inaequilongae 2-4 mm Longae usque ad 1 mm latae plerumque oblongae ad apicem obtuse acutae vel interiores Late rotundatae extus parce puberulz interiores leniter bicostatae. Flores ca. 27; corollae ca. 3 mm longae anguste infundibulares, lobis breviter triangularibus vix Longioribus quam latioribus extus dense hirsutis non glanduliferis; filamenta antherarum in parte superiore ca. 300, longa, thecae ca. 0.9 mm longa base rotundatae, appendicibus late oblongis vix longioribus quam latioribus; achaenia ca. 1.7 mm longa setifera; setae pappi 25-30 subfragiles tenues, cellulis apicalibus non inflatis argute acutis. Grana pollinis ca. 22, diam. Type: Peru: Huanuco: Ambo: Viroy y Quebrada Huertas. Altitude 2100-2200 meters. Flores blanco-Lilacinas. Habitat monte bajo en ladera. Junio 24, 1953. Ramon Ferreyra 9494a (Holotype US!). Like the following F. lellingeri in the ovate short-petiolate leaves and the very blunt inner phyllaries. Both species tend to have rather Lax cymes with only reduced leaves near the inflorescence. 1974 King & Robinson, Studies in the Eupatorieae 389 The present species differs obviously by the larger size of the plant and all its parts, by the Larger number of flowers per head and by the more numerous and more fragile pappus setae. The leaves are also much more prominently pubescent beneath the hairs of the stems are Longer and sparser. Fleischmannia lellingeri R.M.King & H.Robinson, Sp. nov. Plantae herbaceae erectae usque ad 2 dm altae base multo ramosae. Caules teretes dense breviter puberuli. Folia opposita, petiolis 2-5 mm longis, laminis ovatis 6-12 mm longis 3-8 mm latis infirme trinervatis margine 2-6 crenato-serrulatis ad apicem obtusis base rotundatis vel late cuneatis utrinque minute puberulis subtus discoloribus sub- punctatis. Folia superiora plerumque minuta. Inflorescentiae subcymosae, pedicellis ultimis 1-3 mm longis puberulis. Capitula ca. 5 mm alta 2-3 mm Laitas Squamae involucri ca. 20 subimbricatae triseriatae inaequilongae 1-3 mm longae usque ad 1 mm latae late ellipticae vel anguste oblongae ad apicem obtuse acutae vel interiores Late rotundatae extus parce puberulae interiores valde bicostatae. Flores ca. 20-22; corollae ca, 2 mm longae anguste infundibulares, lobis breviter triangularibus extus hirsutis non glanduli- feris; filamenta antherarum in parte superiore ca. 250, longa, thecae ca. 0.4 mm longee base rotundatae, appendicibus late ovatis non longioribus quam latior- ibus; achaenia ca. 1.5 mm longa setifera; setae pappi ca. 18 non fragiles tenues base aliquantum latiores, cellulis apicalibus non inflatis argute acutis. Grana pollinis ca. 18u diam. Type: Colombia: Choco: Flat area behind the beach ca. 0.5-1.5 km NW of El Valle, N of the lagoon. Beach and disturbed and grazed area of sandy soil. Elevation 0-5 m. Common; epipetric on lava. Flowers violet. 13 February 1971. D.B. Lellinger & E.R. de La Sota 337 (Holotype US!). Hebeclinium lellingeri R.M.King & H.Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae suffrutescentes vel scandentes ultra 6 dm altae non vel pauce ramosae. Caules teretes nigrescentes vix sparse puberuli. Folia Opposita, petiolis 6-10 mm longis, Laminis anguste ellipticis 4-10 cm longis 13-35 mm latis margine remote serrulatis ad apicem breviter anguste acumin- atis base breviter anguste cuneatis subtus minute 390 P BS) T0'L,O:G) 22k Vol. 27, no. 6 puberulis, nervis pinnatis. Inflorescentiae panicu- latae, ramis recte patentibus, pedicellis 1-5 mm longis dense puberulis. Capitula ca. 6 mm alta 3-4 mm lata; squamae involucri ca. 35-40 subimbricatae ca. 5- seriatae valde inaequilongae 1-4 mm longae 0.8 mm Latae oblongae vel oblongo-lineares ad apicem rotundatae margine minute fimbriatae extus plerumque 2-3-costatae glabrae; receptacula hemisphaerica glabra dense scleroidea. Flores ca. 22-25; corollae ca. 3 mm longae anguste infundibulares lLavandulae inferne et intus glabrae, lobis breviter triangularibus parum Longioribus quam latioribus extus glanduliferis et piliferis; filamenta in parte superiore ca. 300u longa; thecae ca. 0.9 mm longae, appendicibus oblongc- ovatis ca. 200u longis 150y latis; appendices stylorum tenuiter filiformes dense leniter papillosae. Achaenia ca. 2 mm longa pauce setifera et glandulifera; carpopodia aliquantum asymmetrica indistincta; setae Pappi 30-35 ad apicem leniter distincte clavatae. Grana pollinis ca. 22, diam. Type: COLOMBIA: Choco: NW side of Alto del Buey, trail along ridge from the confluence of the forks of the Rio Mutata above the Rio Dos Bocas to the top of Alto del Buey. Primary mossy montane forest. Elevation 1450-1750 m. Occasional vine; flowers pale Lilac, almost white. 9 February 1971. D.B.Lellinger & E.R. de La Sota 223 (Holotype US!). The species would key to H. phoenicticum in the early key provided for the group (King & Robinson, 1969). From this and the related H. reedii the new species is distinct by the more glabrous and smooth leaves and by the rather unusual glabrous receptacle. The narrow leaves and glabrous receptacle seem most like H. hylophorbum (B.L.Robinson) R.M.King & H.Robin- son of Peru but the latter has narrower tipped inner phyllaries, densely puberulous stems, and more gland- ular leaf undersurfaces. Reference King, R.M. & H.Robinson. 1969. Studies in the Compositae- Eupatorieae, IX. A review of the genus Eupatorium section Hebeclinium in Colombia. Sida GSE 321- 326. 197k King & Robinson, Studies in the Eupatorieae 391 Ageratum iltisii R.M.King & H.Robinson, n. Sp. Holotype and enlargement of heads. Photos by. V-.E. Krantz, Staff Photographer, National Museum of Natural History. 392 PH TO L016 te Vol. 27, no. 6 ’ AO NACIONAL MAYQW O£ SAN MARCOS if * MUSROODE HUSTORIA NATORAL J. PRADO be i PLANTAS OFL PERU v * ores mate “ altitude Det. y Rem Nerberto San Mareos USM Fleischmannia ferreyrii R.M.King & H.Robinson, n. sp. Holotype and enlargements of heads. 1974 King & Robinson, Studies in the Eupatorieae 393 (LEseeturs Lhiteetip ii t 2639719 ' Fleischmannia lellingeri R.M.King & H.Robinson, sp. Holotype and enlargements of heads. 39h PHYTO LOG I«¢ Vol. 27, no. 6 Hebeclinium lellingeri R.M.King & H.Robinson, n. sp. Holotype and enlargements of heads. STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE). CXIX. ADDITIONS TO THE GENERA CRONQUISTIANTHUS , HELOGYNE AND NEOCUATRECAS IA FROM PERU R. M. King and H. Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. The following new species were among collections recently sent to us by Dr. Ramon Ferreyra, Director, Museo de Historia Natural, Universidad Nacional Mayor de San Marcos in Lima, Peru. Cronquistianthus ferreyrii R.M.King & H.Robinson, sp. nov. antae frutescentes usque ad 5 dm altae multo ramosae obscure canescentes, caules folia et involucri squamae exteriores dense breviter puberulae, pili rigidi antrorse appressi. Folia opposita sub- sessilia, petiolis indistinctis 1-2 mm longis, laminis elliptico-lanceolatis 12-17 mm longis 3-5 mm latis obscure trinervatis integris ad apicem breviter acutis base cuneatis. Inflorescentiae in corymbis densis numerosis, pedicellis 1-2 mm longis. Capitula 7-8 mm alta 4-5 mm lata; squamae involucri 25-30 imbricatae 4-5-seriatae valde inaequilongae 1-5 mm longae plerumque 1.2-1.5 mm latae Late ovatae vel oblongae ad apicem late rotundatae margine breviter fimbriatae Late scariosae extus in mediis dense puberulae. Flores 15- 18; corollae ca. 4.5 mm longae tubulares vel anguste infundibulares violaceae inferne et intus glabrae, lobis ovatis parum longioribus quam latioribus extus dense glanduliferis; filamenta antherarum in parte inferiore subnulla parte superiore ca. 300y longa; thecae ca. 1.5 mm longae; appendicibus oblongo-ovatis parum longioribus quam Latioribus; appendices stylorum late lLineares ad apicem non nodosae. Achaenia ca. 2 mm longa profuse breviter setifera; carpopodia asymmetrica valde distincta, cellulis subquadratis 10-12-seriatis; setae pappi ca. 25 ad apicem sensim angustiores. Grana pollinis ca. 25, diam. Type:PERU: Cajamarca: Celendin: Entre Celendin y Balsas, bajando al rio Maranon. Flores violaceas. arbusto. Habitat monte bajo. Altitud 3000-3100 m 395 396 PHY POLL OG Ls Vol. 27, no. 6 Agosto 7, 1958. Ramon Ferreyra 13293 (Holotype US!, Isotype US!). Additional specimen: PERU: Cajamarca: Celendin: Canyon of the Rio Maranon above Balsas, 3-4 km. below summit of the road to Celendin. Altitude 2950 m. 21 May 1964, Paul C. Hutchison & J.Kenneth Wright 5247 Cus!) The species is closest to C. chamaedrifolium of northern Peru and southern Ecuador. The new species differs by the smaller narrow leaves, the dense appressed pubescence on stems and leaves and the pubescence on the outer surfaces of the phyllaries. In C. chamaedrifolium the leaves are ovate, the hairs of the stems and leaves are finer and more spreading and the phyllaries are glabrous on the outer surface. The following species must be added to the genus Cronquistianthus. Cronquistianthus marrubiifolius (Hieron. ) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium marrubiifolium Hieron., Engl. Jahrb. 36: 466. [9505. |) Femu, Helogyne ferreyrii R.M.King & H.Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae frutescentes usque ad 5 dm altae multo ramosae. Caules teretes dense puberuli. Folia opposita vel alternata subsessilia, petiolis 0.5-1.0 mm longis, laminis ellipticis 5-10 mm longis 2-4 mm latis tri- nervatis integris ad apicem obtuse acutis base breviter cuneatis utrinque puberulis et glanduliferis. Inflores- centiae diffusae subcymosae. Capitula terminlia et in ramis lLateralibus ca. 12 mm alta 7-10 mm Latae; squamae involucri 25-30 imbricatae ca. 4-seriatae valde inaequilongae 2-7 mm longae ca. 2 mm latae oblongae ad apicem late rotundatae breviter mucronatae margine vix fimbriatae vel laciniatae extus puberulae pauce striatae; receptacula leniter convexa vix puberula. Flores ca. 15-18; corollae 7-8 mm longae anguste infundibulares purpurascentes extus profuse glanduliferae intus glabrae, lobis ovatis 13 longi- oribus quam latioribus laevibus; filamenta in parte superiore indistincta ca. 250, longa; thecae ca. 2 mm longae, appendicibus oblongis ca. 500, longis 250, latis; appendices stylorum valde longe clavatae ca. 0.45 mm latae minute leniter papillosae. Achaenia ca. 3.5 mm Longa prismatica 5-6-costata setifera et glandulifera; carpopodia breviter obturaculiformia distincta, cellulis ca. 8-seriatis subquadratis ca. 5 197h King & Robinson, Studies in the Eupatorieae 397 u diam.; setae pappi ca. 30 distincte hispidae ad apicem longius densius hispidae vel subplumosae. Grana pollinis ca. 25, diam. Type: PERU: Lima: Infiernillo, between San Mateo and Casapalca. Altitude 3300-3400 meters. Shrub 50-60 cm flowers purple. August 8, 1949. Ramon Ferreyra 6237 (Holotype US! Isotype US!). Additional material: PERU: Lima: Infiernillo, between San Mateo and Casa- palca. Altitude 3300-3400 meters. Shrub 0.60-0.80 m flowers violet. August 8, 1949. Ramon Ferreyra 6239 (2 sheets US!), Entre San Mateo i Matucana, carretera central, Province Huarochiri. Habitat pedregoso. Altitud 2800-2850 meters. Arbusto 0.40-0.50 m. Flores Moradas. Junio 19, 1950. Ramon Ferreyra 7695 (US!), Rio Blanco, entre San Mateo y Casapalca. Habitat pedregoso, falda de cerro. Arbusto 0.80-1.0 m. Flores lilas. Marzo 25, 1950. Altitud 3500-3550 meters. Ramon Ferreyra 6982 (US!). The new species is closest to Helogyne tacaquirense Hieron. but the latter has narrower more pointed phyllaries. Neocuatracasia hirtella R.M.King & H.Robinson, Sp. nov. Plantae suffrutescentes usque ad 12 cm altae Ppauce ramosae. Caules teretes dense breviter puberuli et hirtelli. Folia opposita distincte petiolata, petiolis 2-6 mm longis, laminis triangularibus 10-25 mm longis 6-20 mm latis margine grosse crenatis ad apicem breviter vel obtuse acutis base truncatis tri- nervatis supra dense puberulis subtus breviter hirtellis. Inflorescentiae terminales corymbosae, pedicellis 4-7 mm longis breviter hirtellis. Capitula 8-9 mm alta 7-8 mm Lata campanulata, squamae involucri ca. 12 sub- imbricatae 2-3-seriatae subaequilongae 4-7 mm longae late oblongae ad apicem late rotundatae margine dense breviter fimbriatae extus dense puberulae. Flores ca. 30; corollae albae 4.0-4.5 mm longae anguste infundib- ulares extus glanduliferae et setiferae, tubis basil- aribus ca. 1 mm longis, lobis ovatis ca. 1 mm longis = longioribus quam latioribus; filamenta antherarum in parte superiore ca. 300, longa; thecae ca. 1 mm longae, appendicibus Late oblongis vel rotundatis, cellulis aliquantum ornatis; styli in parte inferiore elongata dense puberuli. Achaenia ca. 4 mm longa breviter setifera base attenuata; setae pappi ca. 30 dense hispidae base fere contiguae, cellulis apicalibus angustis acutis. Grana pollinis ca. 22, diam. 398 PHYTOL OG TPs Vol. 27, no. 6 Type: PERU: Cuzco: Paucartambo. Corihuayrachina. Habitat: en La bajada de la puna. Flores blancas, arbusto. Altitud 3800 meters. Marzo 15, 1953. F. Woytkowski 617 (Holotype US!). The species has broad triangular leaves that are less Lobed than N. dispar or N. Lobata and more cut than the other species. The actual relationship of the species proves to be with the very differently narrow leaved N. mancoana which grows in the same area of Cuzco Province in Peru. The two species are clear- ly marked from the others of the genus by the continu- tion of the haired or papillose portion of the style well above the base. The other species have hairs only in a tuft at the base. The new species is even distinct from N. mancoana in the details of the style base where the more basal hairs are denser but not as much longer. Acknowledgement This study was supported in part by the National Science Foundation Grant GB 20502 A #1 and A #2 to the senior author. 197h King & Robinson, Studies in the Eupatorieae 399 PLANTAS DEL PERU Prov. UNITED STATES ~ ‘ F altituds 259601 2 eche. Z Ititud: NATIONAL HERBARIUM Ne Det. Colector; Ramén Peereyra Cronquistianthus ferreyrii R.M.King & H.Robinson, Holotype and enlargements of heads. Photos by Victor E, Krantz, Staff Photographer, National Museum of Natural History. Vol. 27, no. 6 PHYTOLOGIA 1,00 U PLANTS OF PER Me ferreyrii R.M.King & H.Robinson, n. enlargements of heads. sp. ne Helo Holotype an 1974 King & Robinson, Studies in the Eupatorieae 401 Neocuatracasia hirtella R.M.King & H.Robinson, n. sp. Holotype and enlargements of heads. STUDIES IN THE SENECIONEAE (ASTERACEAE). V. THE GENERA PSACALIOPSIS, BARKLEYANTHUS, TELANTHOPHORA AND ROLDANA H. Robinson and R. D. Brettell Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. The genus name Cacalia has been applied to many Mexican members of the Senecioneae which lack rays and have white corollas. In more recent times there has been a tendency to separate these plants into a group of genera. These "Cacalioid" genera have been reviewed by Pippen (1968). During the last year a more natural and broader concept of the Mexican, southeastern United States and ae ee genera has been outlined (Robinson & Brettell 1973d). This study is intended to complete and summarize the generic concepts of the Neotropical "Cacalioid" genera. For this purpose here one genus is resurrected from the synonymy of Senecio and two new genera are described with notes on generic comparisons and trends. The group of genera involved is concentrated in Mexico and includes all the forms there with single fused stigmatic surfaces on each style branch and unenlarged bases on the anther collars. The group shows many members without ray flowers, with white corollas, and with broad often palmately veined leaves as with Cacalioids elsewhere. The Mexican genera have more of a tendency for peltate leaf laminae, for thickenings on the lateral walls of the exothecial cells, for development of ray flowers and for yellow corollas than noted in Cacalioids elsewhere. In spite of the basic unity with other Cacalioids there is some suggestion that in Mexico as in Sinacalia in China there is an infusion of some local Senecioid genes. Some of the cases cited below may or may not be examples of such infusions. Still, the overall view of the group indicates that such wide ranging intergeneric hybridiza- tions must be very rare and that in spite of their profound influence on the overall evolution, they do not prevent the recognition of some very distinctive genera within the complex. The Mexican and Central American Cacalioid genera treated here can be distinguished by the following key. 4,02 197h Robinson & Brettell, Studies in the Senecioneae 1,03 Key to Genera: 1. Plants acaulescent, most leaves in basal rosette 2 1. Plants caulescent, having prominent leafy stems 4 2. Corollas divided to the tube into narrow lobes, rays lacking Psacalium 2. Corollas with distinct umdivided throat, lobes short, rays often present 3 3. Pappus absent Pippenalia 3. Pappus present Psacaliopsis 4. Corollas divided to the tube into narrow lobes, as long as the tube, exothecial cells with thickenings only on transverse walls Digitacalia 4. Corolla lobes rarely divided beyond lower third of throat, distinctly shorter than tube 5 5. Plants epiphytic, exothecial cells with thickenings restricted to transverse walls Nelsonianthus 5. Plants terrestrial, exothecial cells with thickenings commonly on lateral walls 6 6. Stems with resin ducts in cortex; inflorescence abruptly terminating stems, subumbellate 6. Stems without resin ducts in cortex; inflorescence without abrupt clustering of branches, simply paniculate or corymbose 8 7. Leaves palmately nerved, seasonally deciduous Pittocaulon 7. Leaves pinnately nerved, not seasonally deciduous Telanthophora 8. Plants profusely branched, with small pith, diffuse inflorescence, corymbose Barkleyanthus 8. Plants with only subfloral branches, with large pith, inflorescence a terminal corymbose or racemose panicle Roldana Oh PHYTO LG TA Vol. 27, no. 6 The genera in the key might be more conveniently regarded as representing three basic groups. The first group is those with leaves in a basal cluster with a scapose inflorescence, the second group is the profusely branched caulescent type with a diffuse inflorescence, and the third group is the caulescent type with terminal inflorescence with branching only by innovation from below the inflorescence. The first group includes the genera Psacalium, Pippenalia and Psacaliopsis which have a hirsute pubescence on the leaf bases which 1s as distinctive as the clustered habit. The basal cluster of leaves is also common in many Senecioid forms but not with the broad often peltate form of leaf seen in this group. The genus Psacalium has been the most significant element of what has been called Cacalia in Mexico and shows the characters that are most consistently regarded as Cacalioid. The three genera are all closely related in spite of the very significant differences involving length of corolla lobes, presence or absence of rays, and presence or absence of pappus. The second group includes only the new genus Barkleyanthus with its single rather widely distributed species. In superficial traits the genus would never be regarded as Cacalioid but the details of the flowers are in complete agreement with the other Cacalioids of Mexico. A Mexican species of very similar habit, Senecio ' cinerarioides H.B.K., might indicate a intergeneric hybridization problem such as mentioned above, but the latter is totally different in so many details as to preclude close relationship. Senecio cinerarioides is totally senecioid in its double stigmatic lines and its enlarged anther collar bases. The cells of the carpopodium are even different by lacking the obvious porosity in the walls found in all the Mexican Cacalioid genera. It is notable that here, unlike the case of Sinacalia, there is no mixing of basic Cacalioid and Senecioid characters in the plants. In spite of superficial resemblance the plants are in each case strictly Cacalioid or Senecioid. The genus Barkleyanthus differs from the related Roldana in habit but can also be told by the nearly always closely and minutely chambered pith of the stems. The pith of Roldana is never chambered. The third group contains all the remaining genera in the key. Some of the species that lacked rays and had white corollas have been placed in Cacalia but the group has not generally been regarded as Cacalioid. Still, the habit and the often palmate and sometimes peltate leaves distinguish most members from any Senecioids. There are two Cuban species, Senecio plumbeus Griseb. and S. polyphlebius that most noticeably have the habit including leaf form and placement and a rather abrupt though not subumbellate inflorescence very similar to the genus Telanthophora. However, the two Cuban species are Senecioid in stigmatic lines and anther collars as well as being different in phyllary structure and in the lack of distinct resin ducts in the stem. There is no real reason to consider the West Indian plants very closely related. 1974 Robinson & Brettell, Studies in the Senecioneae 05 The third group is certainly Cacalioid and distinct from any associated Senecioid forms but there is involved a considerable extension of the concept of Cacalioid to include many forms with rays with yellow corollas, with strongly caulescent habit sometimes becoming arborescent. Among these various genera are an epiphyte and two generawith resinous stems including some very xeric species. The generic limits in the third group of Cacalioids are established here on the basis of the most obvious natural groupings distinguished by major discontinuities of characters. Some of the groups closely follow previously recognized generic or subgeneric concepts but both narrower and broader concepts have been necessary in different places. Digitacalia is taken almost as it was estab- lished by Pippen (1968) but one of his five species (Senecio heteroidea) which had a much more lax inflorescence and larger heads has exothecial cells with thickenings on the sides. The species is properly placed in Roldana with a number of other similar forms some of which have rather deeply cut corolla lobes. The concept of Roldana itself is rather broad including not only the one Digitacalia but all of Pericalia, the problematical Cacalia suffulta, part of the Senecio sect. fruticosae and all of section palmatinervi. The Senecio section terminales would at first seem a natural group with its resinous stems and abrupt subumbellate inflorescences. The section is nevertheless treated here as two genera on the basis of its two very distinct elements. The two elements are distinct in leaf form and dehiscence as well as in corolla lobing. The two elements are also possibly related to different elements within the genus Roldana. The new genus Telanthophora is particularly close to R.schaffneri which lacks only the generic characters but is otherwise easily confused with the resinous and subumbellate species. On the basis of only its appearance, R. schaffneri would be much better placed with Telanthophora than with the other species of Roldana. Pittocaulon is most similar to Roldana eriophylla which has the same form of palmate seasonally deciduous leaves and very thickened stems unlike other Roldanas. In this case, however, the position of R. eriophylla is reenforced by other characters. Besides its lack of resin and its more pani- culate inflorescence, R. eriophylla has long corolla lobes with more prominent median traces and a solid pith, all unlike Pittocaulon. There is enough reason to doubt that the relationship between the two elements of the terminales section is a simple one. One of the genera in the key, Nelsonianthus, was totally unrecognized until its recent description as a new genus and species. The genus is clearly related to the Roldana group though immediately distinct by its exothecial cells and epiphytic habit. The genus has a somewhat thickened stem but has neither the resin nor inflorescence of Pittocaulon. The pith is never solid as it is in most of Roldana and is sometimes chambered which it never isin Roldana. In terms of the leaf the genus is most like R. schaffneri and thus unlike any other Roldana. Even from R. schaffneri the leaf differs in many details, such as lack of the prominent net- veining and a more trinerved condition at the base. 4,06 PEt 0" OG Fk Vol. 27, no. 6 Some cytological correlations among the Cacalioid Senecioneae of Mexico can be made. With a few obyious exceptions such as the Crocidiinae, a group of Senecio in the western United States, and Arnica, most of the Senecioneae have chromosome counts showing various multiples of ten. The present Cacalioid group is particul- arly uniform in its chromosome number. The following summary is derived from various papers with particular attention to the tables of Pippen(1968) and Gibson (1969): Barkleyanthus salicifolius (H.B.K.) R.& B. (as Senecio salignus) n=30 Sonora Flyr 89 (Turner & Flyr 1966), n=30 Hidalgo King 4148, n=30 Mexico State King 4149 (Turner et al. 1962); Digitacalia tridactylis (Rob. & Greenm.) Pippen n=30 Guerrero McVaugh 21903 (Turner in Pippen 1968); Pitto- caulon praecox (Cav.) R.& B. ca. n=30 Oaxaca King 2530 (Turner et al. 1961); Psacalium amplum (Rydb.) R.& B. n=30 Aguascalientes Pippen 4 (Pippen 1968); P. brachycomum (Blake) R.& B. n=30 Michoacdn McVaugh 21934 (Turner in Pippen 1968); P. cirsiifolium (Zucc.) R.& B. n=30 Michoacan Pippen 52 (Pippen 1968); P. decompositum (A.Gray) R.& B. n=30 Arizona Kruckeberg 4644 (Ornduff et al. 1963); P. eriocarpum (Blake) Blake n=30 Jalisco Pippen 62 (Pippen 1968); P. holwayana ee Rydb. n=30 eee McVaugh 21953 (Turner in , Pippen 1968); P. megaphyllum (Rob. & Greenm.) Rydb. n=30 Aguascali- entes Pippen 8 (Turner in Pippen 1968); P. multilobum (Pippen) R.& B. n=30 Jalisco Pippen 30 (Pippen 1968); P. palmeri (Greene) R.& B (as Cacalia cf. tussilaginoides H.B.K.) ca. n=25 Jalisco King 3659 (Turner et al. 1962); ca. n=25 Nayarit Pippen 12 (Pippen 1968); P. peltatum (H.B.K.) Cass. n=30 Michoacdn Pippen 49 (Pippen 1968); P. pringlei (S.Wats.) R.& B. n=30 Jalisco Pippen 37 (Pippen 1968); P. Sinuatum (Cerv.)R.& B. n=30 Durango King 3734 (Turner et al. 1962), n=30 Jalisco Pippen 9 (Turner in Pippen 1968); Psacalium sp. n=30 Guerrero McVaugh 21913 (Turner in Pippen 1968); Roldana angulifolia (DC.) R.& B. n=30 Michoacan King 5193 & Soderstrom (Turner & King 1964); R. aschenbornoana (S.Schauer) R.& B. n=30 Durango Breedlove 4264 (Ornduff et al. 1967), (as Senecio hirsuticaulis) n=30 San Luis Potosi Johnson 5104 (Turner et al. 1962); R. donnell-smithii (Coult.) R.& B. n=30 Chiapas Breedlove 8020 (Gibson 1969); R. chapalensis (S.Wats.) R.& B. (as Senecio langlassei) n=30 Jalisco Cronquist 9797 (Turner & Flyr 1966); R. cristobalensis (Greenm. ex Loeenct R.& B. n=30 Chiapas Breedlove 7319 (Gibson 1969); n=30 Chiapas Breedlove & Raven 19859 (Gibson 1969); R. galiciana (McVaugh) R.& B. (as Senecio hederoides) n=30 Jalisco Cronquist 9767 (Turner & Flyr 1966); R. jurgensenii (Hems].) R.& B. (det. Gibson, specimen not seen in this study) n=30 Chiapas Breedlove 7801 (Gibson 1969); R. michoacana (Rob.) R.& B. n=30 Jalisco Pippen 63, 65 (Pippen 1968); R. oaxacana (Hems1.) R.& B. n=30 Oaxaca Breedlove 8125 (Gibson 1969); R. petasitis (Sims) R.& B. n=30 (Afzelius 1925); n=30+6 acc. cultivated Raven 13775 (Ornduff et al. 1963); R. sessilifolia (Hook. & Arn.) R.& B. n=30 Jalisco Pippen 61 (Pippen 1968); Telanthophora grandifolia Less.) R.& B. n=30 Puebla Cronquist 930 (Turner & Flyr 1966). 197k Robinson & Brettell, Studies in the Senecioneae 07 The chromosome count of n=30 is not presently known for any Mexican or Central American Senecioneae that do not belong to this complex. The number is recorded from a few unrelated members of the tribe from other parts of the world. The Cacalioid genera of Mexico and Central America have all been reviewed and keys have been prepared to the species in either this or previous studies. The descriptions and keys or other references are as follows. BARKLEYANTHUS H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, genus novum Asteracearum Senecioneae) . Plantae frutescentes erectae multae ramosae. Caules tenues rigidi lignosi, medullis angustis plerumque septatis interdum solidis, canalibus resiniferis nullis. Folia alternata linearia vel lineari-lanceolata subsessilia fere glabra, pilis glandiferis paucis perminutis. Inflorescentiae diffusae, partibus corymbosis. Capitula campanulata; squamae involucri 1-2-seriatae ca. 8 glabra ovatae; receptacula plana glabra fistulosa. Flores 25-30 radii et disci flavi. Corollae disci in parte superiore ad tertium vel medium lobatae, canalibus resiniferis intermediis distinctis; filamenta in parte superiore non inflata; cellulae exotheciales quadratae vel longiores, parietibus lateralibus noduliferis; lineae stigmaticae connatae. Achaenia setifera; carpopodia breviter subcylindrica, cellulis multiseriatis subquadratis; setae pappi 2-3-seriatae. Species typica: Cineraria salicifolia Hi Bek: ae od The genus includes the one species commonly known under the name Senecio salignus DC. ranging from Mexico south to Honduras. The plants are usually described as glabrous but there are some very minute gland-tipped hairs on most plants at least along the basal margins of the leaf-laminae. Barkleyanthus salicifolius (H.B.K.) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Cineraria salicifolia H.B.K., Nov. Gen. et Sp., folio ed. 4: 148. 1818. DIGITACALIA Pippen The genus was originally established to include five Mexican species. Four of the species have smaller heads and a dense inflorescence and show exothecial cells with thickenings only on the transverse walls. The fifth species, Senecio heteroideus Klatt, has larger heads in a lax inflorescence and exothecial cells with thickenings on the vertical walls. The latter species is transferred here to the Pericalia group of the genus Roldana. sd to the four remaining species of Digitacalia see Pippen NELSONIANTHUS H.Robinson & R.D.Brettel] The genus contains a single species from southern Mexico and Guatemala. For a description of the genus and species see 408 Poa PT CMO IA Vol. 27, no. 6 Robinson and Brettel] (1973b). PIPPENALIA McVaugh The genus contains a single species of west-central Mexico. For a description and illustration of the genus see McVaugh (1972). PITTOCAULON H.Robinson & R.D.Brettel] The genus contains five known Mexican species. For a key to the species see Robinson and Brettell (1973a). PSACALIOPSIS H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, genus novum Asteracearum Senecioneae) Plantae herbaceae acaulescentes. Folia congesta longe petiolata, petiolis base aliquantum vaginatis pilosis, laminis peltatis. Inflorescentiae scaposae non vel pauce ramosae. Capitula late campanulata; Ssquamae involucri 1-2-seriatae ca. 15-20 oblonge ellipticae breviter vel sparse pubescentes. Flores ca. 25-50 flavi vel purpurascentes. Flores radii prominenti vel nulli; corollae disci plerumque breviter lobatae, canalibus resiniferis intermediis distinctis; filamenta in parte superiore non inflata; cellulae exotheciales quadratae vel longiores, parietibus lateralibus noduliferis; lineae stigmaticae connatae. Achaenia glabra; carpopodia breviter subcylindrica, cellulis multiseriatis subquad- ratis; setae pappi 2-3-seriatae. Species typica: Senecio purpusii Greenm. ex T.S.Brandegee. The genus contains two species which can be distinguished by the following key. 1. Plants with single unbranched scapes, rays lacking, flowers reddish, leaf blades shallowly lobed P. pudica 1. Plants with sparingly branched scapes, rays present, flowers yellow, leaf blades lobed about half way to center P. purpusii Psacaliopsis pudica (Stand]. & Steyerm.) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Cacalia pudica Stand]. & Steyerm., Publ. Field Mus. Nat. Hist., Chicago, Bot. Ser. 23:255. 1947. Psacaliopsis purpusii (Greenm.) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. enecio purpusii (Greenm. ex Brandegee, Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 3:393. 1909. PSACALIUM Cass. The genus contains 38 known species mostly in Mexico with one species reaching Arizona and one species endemic to Guatemala. The group was treated by Pippen (1968) as two genera, Psacalium and Odontotrichum, with keys for each genus. For a revised and unified key to the species see Robinson and Brettell (1973c). ROLDANA La Llave & Lagasca Plants large herbs or subshrubs, erect with a few subfloral 197h Robinson & Brettell, Studies in the Senecioneae 4,09 innovations. Root stocks densely villous especially on younger parts. Stems rather slender with large pith, surface often with linear maculations, cortex without resin canals. Leaves alternate, distinctly petiolate; leaf blades usually palmate or peltate, sometimes pinnately veined. Inflorescence terminal, corymbose to paniculate with or without prominent subinvolucral bracts. Heads cylindrical to narrowly campanulate; phyllaries in 1-2 series 5-13 glabrous to hirsute or glanduliferous. Flowers 5-45 yellow. Rays present or absent. Disk corollas usually divided a fourth to more than halfway to tube, lobes with distinct median resin ducts; collar of the filament without enlarged cells in lower part; exothecial cells with thickenings along lateral walls, not restricted to cross walls; stigmatic lines fused and covering complete inner surface of style branch. Achene glabrous or setiferous; carpopodium short subcylindrical with small mostly quadrate cells in many series; pappus setae present in 2-3 series. Type species: Roldana lobata La Llave & Lagasca. The present study of the genus has been aided by reference to the unpublished thesis of E.S.Gibson (1969) that has been made available by Dr. T.M.Barkley of Kansas State University. Dr. Barkley indicates that Dr. Gibson has no evident plans to publish his work and we have utilized some of the thesis data here in modified form. The following key is entirely independent of the work of Gibson and recognizes different species concepts and different generic delimitations of the groups treated. Key to the species of Roldana 1. Pedicels and bases of heads totally glabrous, heads without rays (Pericalia) 2 1. Pedicels and bases of heads sparsely to densely pubescent; heads with or without rays (typical Roldana) 7 2. Leaf blades peltate, fine venation of leaf not prominent R. subpeltata 2. Leaf blades not peltate, fine venation of leaf very prominent 3 Corollas yellow; achenes covered with short setae 4 Corollas greenish or white; achenes glabrous 5 4. Phyllaries 5-8; heads without large subinvolucral bracts R. mexicana 4. Phyllaries 11-15; heads with many large subinvolucral bracts R. suffulta 5. Leaf blades cleft more than halfway to middle; corolla lobes separate nearly to tube R. heteroidea 10 PHYT O.L:O'G:7 4 Vol. 27, no. 6 5. ] ] ] ] Leaf blades only shallowly lobed; corolla lobes short 6 6. Heads with 40-50 flowers; lobes of corolla as long as throat; leaf blades broadly ovate or elliptic with margins coarsely toothed or lobulate, lobules broader than long R. sessilifolia 6. Heads with 25-35 flowers; lobes of corolla less than half as long as throat; leaf blades deltoid or subcircular with 3-7 lobes, lobes longer than broad R. michoacana Heads mostly with 10-13 phyllaries 8 Heads usually with 5 or 8 phyllaries 24 8. Stems and petioles lanate R. lanicaulis 8. Stems and petioles glabrous to densely hirsute, not lanate 9 Leaves pinnately dissected R. ehrenbergiana Leaves variously toothed or lobed, not pinnately dissected 10 10. Leaves elliptical to obovate with narrowly cuneate bases R. hintonii 10. Leaves ovate to orbicular with truncate or cordate bases 11 ]. Achenes covered with short setae R. hartwegii 1. Achenes glabrous 12 12. Leaves orbicular to broader than long, sometimes peltate; veins closely palmate; phyllaries 6-10 mm long 12. Leaves broadly ovate to oblong, never peltate; veins subpalmate to nearly pinnate; phyllaries often less than 6 mm long 18 3. Heads without ray flowers, outer disk flowers without stamens (a few a of R. angulifolia from central Mexico may key here R. heterogama 3. Heads with distinct ray flowers 14 14. Stems and phyllaries essentially glabrous; leaves usually 5-lobed; surface of rays densely papillose with projecting cells R. glinophylla 14. Stems and phyllaries distinctly pubescent; leaves usually with 7 or more lobes, surface of rays smooth 15 1974 Robinson & Brettell, Studies in the Senecioneae 411 15. Coarse shrubby plants 1-4 m tall with stems prominently deflected at nodes; inflorescence a broad corymbose panicle 16 15. Low herbaceous plants less than 1 m tall with stems not deflected at nodes; inflorescence rather scapose and elongate 17 16. Stems with prominent red resin; phyllaries broad with dense coarse nonglandular hairs; tubes of ray flowers glabrous; disk flowers 25-40 R. gilgii 16. Stems without red resin; phyllaries narrow with short minutely gland-tipped hairs; tubes of ray flowers puberulous; disk flowers ca. 15 R. langlassei 17. Lower surface of leaves tomentose or flocculent tomentose; inflorescence sparingly branched; heads with 20-25 disk flowers R. pinetorum 17. Lower surface of leaves hirsute, not tomentose; inflorescence an elongate spike or panicle; heads with 25-35 disk flowers R. platanifolia 18. Phyllaries usually 7-10 mm long with mostly broad flattened median surfaces; 16-24 disk flowers R. reticulata 18. Phyllaries usually 3.5-6.0 mm long, at least inner phyllaries with prominent median keel; 9-19 disk flowers, usually less than 16 19 19. Stems usually fistulose, at least in lower parts, straight 20 19. Stems not fistulose, slightly to prominently deflected at nodes 22 20. Phyllaries with dense pubescence; ray flowers sometimes Jacking R. lobata 20. Phyllaries glabrous to sparsely pubescent; stems glabrous to Slightly tomentulose; ray flowers present 21 21. Lobes of leaves blunt, undersurface subarachnoid-tomentulose R. kerberi 21. Lobes of leaves very sharp, undersurface nearly glabrous with puberulous veins R. galiciana 22. Phyllaries glabrous to sparsely tomentose, tips rather lanceolate R. aschenborniana 22. Phyllaries densely tomentose, tips short-acute 23 412 23. 7 24. 24. 25. 25 26. 26. 7 he 27. 28. 28. 25), 29. 30. 30. ah PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 27, no. 6 Leaves ovate with acute or narrowly rounded tips; pappus setae often distinctly enlarged at the tips; plants of south-central Mexico R. barba-johannis Leaves oblong with obtuse or broadly rounded tips; pappus setae not or only slightly enlarged at the tips; plants of Guatemala and Chiapas R. donnell-smithii Leaf blades pinnately lobed or veined, often elliptical or oblong-elliptical; blades cuneate or decurrent at base 25 Leaf blades palmately veined or lobed; blades mostly truncate or cordate or peltate at base 28 Achenes covered with short setae 26 Achenes glabrous 27 Leaves long and narrowly elliptical with only serrate margins R. guadalajarensis Leaves rather ovate and deeply dissected into irregular broad lobes R. heracleifolia Heads with 5 phyllaries; leaves serrate; stems woody R. schaffneri Heads with 8 phyllaries; leaves lobed; stems herbaceous R. lineolatus Heads sessile in numerous small glomerules R. robinsoniana Heads on short to long pedicels, not in glomerules 29 Leaves mostly triangular with 3-5 distinct lobes 30 Leaves ovate to orbicular with 7 or more lobes 31 Rays prominent with long blades; inflorescence with broad sessile bracts in upper part; heads with 6 or more distinct subinvolucral bracts R. cronquistii Rays not longer than disk flowers, sometimes lacking; inflorescence with only minute bracts in upper part; heads with 1-3 distinct subinvolucral bracts R. hederaefolia Inflorescence with only smal] bracts, any larger bracts narrowly petiolate; phyllaries glabrous or sparsely hirsute 32 197 Robinson & Brettell, Studies in the Senecioneae 413 31. Inflorescence with prominent foliaceous bracts at bases of primary and sometimes on secondary branches, bracts mostly sessile; phyllaries usually densely pubescent with short often glandular hairs 37 32. Stems woody; inflorescence pyramidal-paniculate with Spreading branches 33 32. Stems herbaceous; inflorescence a flat or round-topped paniculate cyme with ascending branches 34 33. Leaves seasonally deciduous, densely pubescent; heads with 12-15 flowers; corollas with very long lobes 4-5 times as long as wide R. eriophylla 33. Leaves not seasonally deciduous, only slightly pubescent; heads with 7-11 flowers; corollas with short lobes 2-3 times as long as wide R. albonervia 34. Heads with 18-20 disk flowers (anther appendages not seen) R. reglensis 34. Heads with 4-10 disk flowers; broadly rounded tips on anther appendages 35 35. Corollas completely glabrous; smaller veins of leaves not raised, surface mostly smooth; plants of Chiapas and Guatemala R. acutangula 35. Corollas puberulous on lower part; smaller veins of leaves prominent, mostly raised on lower surface; plants of western Mexico 36 36. Heads with 8 phyllaries, phyllaries glabrous R. pennellii var. pennellii 36. Heads with 5 phyllaries, phyllaries sparsely pubescent R. pennellii var. durangensis 37. Stem leaves narrowly cleft about halfway to center; corollas with tubes puberulous R. greenmanii 37. Stem leaves shallowly lobed; corollas glabrous 38 38. Plants from the mountains of central Mexico and westward; outer phyllaries mostly pubescent with short usually glandular hairs 39 38. Plants of the eastern escarpment of Mexico and Puebla or Oaxaca and southward; phyllaries variously pubescent to glabrous but all usually with distinct scarious margins 41 414 PEYTOLOGIA Vol. 27, no. 6 39. Heads often with 15-40 disk flowers; leaves with lobes usually as long as wide with angulate margins; rays reduced or lacking; inflorescence bracts often very foliaceous R. angulifolia 39. Heads with less than 15 and usually less than 10 disk flowers; leaves very shallowly lobed; rays sometimes very prominent and much longer than disk flowers; distal bracts of inflorescence not prominent 40 40. Leaf blades not peltate; mature phyllaries 8-9 mm long R. gentryi 40. Leaf blades peltate; mature phyllaries usually less than 8 mm long R. chapalensis 4|. Lower leaf surfaces very sparsely pubescent 42 4]. Lower leaf surfaces puberulous to tomentose 43 42. Phyllaries glabrous; leaves deeply cordate with veins closely palmate; stem smooth; corollas with short lobes R. breedlovei 42. Phyllaries distinctly but often sparsely minutely glandular- puberulent; leaves usually with truncate bases and subpalmate venation; stem with prominent worts; corollas with lobes nearly as long as the throat R. jurgensenii 43. Leaves densely pale tomentose on lower surface; lobes regular and often sharp with numerous callus denticulations on margins R. petasites 43. Leaves only puberulous; lobes sometimes irregular or nearly entire 44 44. Phyllaries 7-10 mm long R. sartorii 44. Phyllaries mostly 4-6 mm long 45 45. Heads without ray flowers R. cristobalensis 45. Heads with ray flowers, rays sometimes reduced 46 46. Leaf blades distinctly but often very slightly peltate, distinctly broader than long; ray flowers rarely longer than disk flowers, sometimes reduced to a short tube R. cordovensis 1974 Robinson & Brettell, Studies in the Senecioneae ys 46. Leaf blades never even slightly peltate, often as long as broad or longer; mature ray flowers prominent, longer than disk flowers 4 47. Mature phyllaries 6-7 mm long; leaves with almost no callus denticulations between lobes R. hederoides 47. Mature phyllaries 4.5-5.5 mm long; leaves with numerous callus denticulations between lobes 48 48. Throat of disk corollas distinctly over twice as long as the lobes; leaves usually drying brownish-green, densely puberulous below R. chiapensis 48. Throat of disk corollas about twice as long as the lobes or shorter; leaves usually drying more yellowish-green, short-puberulous below R. Oaxacana The genus Roldana contains the following 48 species. Roldana acutangula (Hems].) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Senecio acutangulus Hems1., Biol. Centr. Am. Bot. 2:235.1881 Roldana albonervia (Greenm.) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. énecio albonervius Greenm., Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. Wa275.1914. Roldana angulifolia (DC.) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Senecio angulifolius DC., Prodr. 6:431.1837. Additional synonyms: Cacalia berlandieri DC., Senecio desertorum Hems1., and Senecio prainianus Berger. Roldana aschenborniana (Schauer) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Senecio aschenbornianus Schauer, Linnaea 20:698.1847. Roldana barba-johannis (DC.) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Senecio barba-johannis DC., Prodr. 6:430.1837. Roldana breedlovei H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, sp. nov. (Figure 1) Tantae suffrutescentes usque ad 4 m altae pauce ramosae. Caules glabri laeves. Folia longe petiolata, petiolis angustis 8-15 cm longis, laminis orbiculatis ca. 10 cm longis 15 cm latis 7-lobatis argute dentatis et multo calloso-denticulatis base cordatis supra et subtus sparse puberulis, nervis arcte palmatis subtus fulvo-puberulis. Inflorescentiae terminales corymboso- paniculatae, pedicellis ultimis 3-8 mm longis dense minute glandulo- puberulis, bracteis inferioribus sessilibus foliaceis 2-8 cm longis, bracteis superioribus 2-3 mm longis linearibus, bracteis 416 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 27, no. 6 subinvolucri 1-2. Capitula cylindrica 13-15 mm longa 3-4 mm lata, squamae involucri 8 lanceolatae 8-10 mm longae 1.5-2.0 mm latae extus glabrae; receptacula breviter spiculata. Flores radii plerumque 5, tubis angustis ca. 6 mm longis glabris, limbis anguste ellipticis ca. 9 mm longis 2 mm latis flavis. Flores disci 6-9; corollae flavae 9-10 mm longae inferne tubulosae superne subcylindricae, tubis ca. 4.5 mm longis glabris, lobis vix 1 mm longis parum longioribus quam latioribus; thecae antherarum ca. 2.5 mm longae, cellulis exothecialibus plerumque breviter oblongis, parietibus lateralibus nodiferis. Achaenia cylindrica glabra; carpopodia subcylindrica, cellulis ca. 8-seriatis subquadratis; pappus 6-7 mm longus facile deciduus 2-3-seriatus, cellulis apicalibus setarum non grandioribus argute acutis. Grana pollinis ca. 354 diam. Type: MEXICO: Chiapas: southwest of mexican highway 190 near Rancho Nuevo, about 9 miles southeast of San Cristobal las Casas, steep slope near crest of ridge with Pinus, Quercus and Chirantho- dendron, alt. 9000 ft., flowers yellow, 6 ft. tall. March 5, 1965. D.E.Breedlove 9228 (Holotype US); additional specimen: Chiapas: Municipio of Zinacantan, slope with Quercus below Zinacantan Center along trail to Ixtapa, alt. 6200 ft., flowers yellow; shrub 12 ft. tall. Dec. 5, 1966. R.M.Laughlin 2928 (US). The new species is in the group with prominent foliaceous bracts in the inflorescence and is most notably distinct from other species in the group by the glabrous phyllaries. The new species is superficially similar to R. jurgensenii of neighboring Guatemala but the latter has more truncate leaf bases and less closely palmate leaf veins while the throats of the corollas are much shorter. The available stem segments of the new species are smooth, showing no sign of the raised lenticels seen in R. jurgensenii. In the length and shape of the phyllaries the new species is more like R. angulifolia and R. gentryi of central and western Mexico. Roldana chapalensis (S.Wats.) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Senecio chapalensis S.Wats., Proc. Amer. Acad. 25:155.1890. Roldana chiapensis H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, sp. nov. (Figure 2) antae herbaceae vel suffrutescentes 1-2 m altae pauce ramosae. Caules dense hirtelli sparse vel dense papillosi. Folia longe petiolata, petiolis 3-10 cm longis, laminis oblongo-orbiculatis vel latioribus 6-12 cm longis 7-15 cm latis plerumque leniter 7-lobatis margine mediocriter calloso-denticulatis base truncatis vel parum cordatis non peltatis utrinque dense breviter puberulis, nervis subpalmatis. Inflorescentiae terminales corymboso- paniculatae, pedicellis ultimis 3-10 mm longis dense puberulis vel hirtellis, bracteis inferioribus foliaceis 2-4 mm longis subsessil- ibus vel petiolatis, bracteis superioribus 1-2 mm longis linearibus, bracteis subinvolucri 1-3 plerumque 1-2 mm longis. Capitula breviter cylindrica 7-9 mm longa 3-4 mm lata, squamae involucri 8 oblongae 4-5 mm longae 1.0-1.5 mm latae obtuse acutae extus dense puberulae 197k Robinson & Brettell, Studies in the Senecioneae 417 exteriores ad marginem distincte scariosae; receptacula breyiter spiculata. Flores radii plerumque 5, tubis angustis 3,0-3.5 mm longis glabris, limbis anguste ellipticis ca. 4 mm longis 1.5-2.0 mm Jatis flavis. Flores disci ca. 12; corollae flayae ca. 7 mm longae inferne tubulosae superne anguste infundibulares, tubis ca. 3.5 mm longis glabris, lobis ca. 1 mm longis vix duplo longioribus quam latioribus; thecae antherarum 1.5-2.0 mm longae, cellulis plerumque breviter oblongis, parietibus lateralibus saepe nodiferis. Achaenia cylindrica ca. 2 mm longa glabra; carpopodia subcylindrica, cellulis 10-12-seriatis quadratis vel brevioribus; pappus 4-5 mm longus facile deciduus 2-3-seriatus, cellulis apicalibus setarum vix vel aliquantum grandioribus argute acutis. Grana pollinis 33-354, diam. Type: MEXICO: Chiapas: Mt. Pasitar. December 31, 1936. E.Matuda S-34 (Holotype US); additional specimen: Chiapas: Siltepec. January 3, 1937. E.Matuda S-70 (US). The new species is closely related to R. cristobalensis but differs most obviously by the presence of ray flowers. Roldana cordovensis (Hems].) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Senecio cordovensis Hems]., Biol. Centr. Amer. Bot. 2:238.1881. Roldana cristobalensis (Greenm.) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Senecio cristobalensis Greenm., Bull. Herb. Boiss. II. 6:867.1906. Roldana cronguistii H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, sp. nov. (Figure 3) Plantae suffrutescentes usque ad 1-2 m altae pauce ramosae. Caules et folia glabra vel parce puberula. Folia longe petiolata, petiolis angustis 2.0-4.5 cm longis, laminis triangularibus 5-7 cm longis 4.5-6.0 cm latis prominentiter calloso-denticulatis ad apicem argute acutis base hastatis plerumque bilobatis interdum quadrilobatis, nervis subpalmatis subtus non prominentibus. Inflorescentiae terminales corymboso-paniculatae, pedicellis ultimis 7-25 mm longis dense glandulo-puberulis, bracteis inferioribus sessilibus foliaceis ellipticis 2.0-2.5 cm longis, bracteis subin- volucri ca. 6 linearibus 3-4 mm longis. Capitula subcylindrica 12-14 mm longa ca. 7 mm lata, squamae involucri 8 oblongo-ellipticae ca. 10 mm longae 2.5-3.0 mm latae extus dense glanduloso-puberulae, squamae exteriores ad marginem non scariosae; receptacula breviter spiculata. Flores radii 4-6 plerumque 5, tubis angustis ca. 7 mm longis glabris, limbis lineari-ellipticis ca. 10 mm longis ca. 1 mm jatis flavis. Flores disci ca. 15-20; corollae flavae 11-12 mn longae inferne tubulosae superne subcylindricae, tubis ca. 4.5 mm longis glabris, lobis 1.0-1.5 mm longis ca. duplo longioribus quam latioribus; thecae antherarum ca. 3 mm longae, parietibus lateralibus cellularum nodiferis. Achaenia cylindrica glabra; carpopodia subcylindrica, cellulis 6-8-seriatis subquadratis; pappus 6-7 mm longus facile deciduus 2-3-seriatus, cellulis apicalibus setarum vix grandioribus argute acutis. Grana pollinis ca, 35p diam. 418 PHYTO hOG TA Vol. 27, no. 6 Type: MEXICO: Oaxaca, in wet forest one mile and less south of the pass between Oaxaca and Tuxtepec, 65 miles north of Oaxaca, Alt. 9300 ft., slender shrub 1-2 m tall, with (4)5(6) rays. Heads yellow. October 11, 1962. A. Cronquist 9648 (Holotype US). The new species is very closely related to R. hederaefolia which has been interpreted very broadly by Gibson (1969). We agree with Gibson in the reduction of Senecio alienus Rob. & Seaton, S. anisophyllus Klatt and S. chrismari Greenm. The present new species, however, has much more prominent bracts in the inflorescence and under the heads as well as having much larger rays. These and other features result in a very distinctive appearance. The new species is not very geographically isolated from R. hederaefolia but the Sierra Juarez area where the new species was collected is very rich in endemics. Roldana donnell-smithii (Coult.) H.Robinson & R.D. Brettel] comb. nov. Senecio donnell-smithii Coult. in J.D. Smith, Enum. P1. Guatem. 2:42.1891: et in Bot. Gaz. 16:101.1891. Roldana ehrenbergiana (Klatt) H-Robinson & R.D.Brettell comb. nov. Senecio ehrenbergianus Klatt, Leopoldina 24:125.1881. Roldana eriophylla (Greenm.) H.Robinson & R.D. Brettell comb. nov. Senecio eriophyllus Greenm., Field Mus.Bot. 2:282.1907. Roldana galiciana (McVaugh) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell comb. nov. Senecio galicianus McVaugh, Contr. Univ. Mich. Herb. 9:473, 1972. Roldana gentryi H. Robinson & R.D.Brettell sp. nov. (Figure 4) antae herbaceae vel suffrutescentes 1-3 m altae pauce ramosae. Caules teretes minute puberuli sensim glabri. Folia longe petiolata, petiolis 6-13 cm longis, laminis oblongo-orbiculatis 9-15 cm longis 9-18 cm latis plerumque leniter acute 7-lobatis margine parum calloso-denticulatis base cordatis non peltatis utrinque parce puberulis, nervis subpalmatis subtus distincte puberulis. Inflorescentiae terminales corymboso-paniculatae, pedicellis ultimis 5-17 mm longis sparse minute granuloso-puberulis, bracteis inferioribus foliaceis 1.5-3.0 cm. longis subsessilibus vel petiolatis, bracteis superioribus 2-3 mm longis linearibus, bracteis subinvolucri 2-5 usque ad 4 mm longis linearibus. Capitula subcylindrica 12-14 mm longa 3-4 mm lata, squamae involucri 8 oblongo-lanceolatae 7-9 mm longae 1-2 mm latae extus dense minute granuloso-puberulae exteriores ad marginem vix scariosae; receptacula breviter spiculata. Flores radii 4-6 plerumque 5, tubis angustis ca. 5 mm longis glabris, limbis anguste ellipticis ca. 6 mm longis ].5-2.0 mm latis flavis. Flores disci 6-12; corollae flavae ca. 9 mm longae inferne tubulosae superne subcylindricae, tubis 2.5-3.0 mm longis glabris, lobis ca. 1.5 mm longis ca. duplo longioribus quam latioribus; thecae antherarum ca. 3 mm longae, cellulis 1974 Robinson & Brettell, Studies in the Senecioneae 9 exothecialibus plerumque breviter oblongis, parietibus lateralibus nodiferis. Achaenia cylindrica ca. 3 mm longa glabra; carpopodia subcylindrica, cellulis ca. 8-seriatis quadratis vel brevioribus; pappus 7-8 mm longus facile deciduus 2-3 seriatus, cellulis apicalibus setarum parum grandioribus argute acutis, Grana pollinis 33-384 diam. Type: MEXICO: Sinaloa, above la Jolla, Sierra Surotato, pine-oak zone, Alt. 5,000-6,000 ft. March 17-24 1945. H.S. Gentry 7178 (Holotype US); additional specimens: Mexico: Durango: Sianori. Sree eyo rtess 5271 (US); Sinaloa: Balboa. 1923. J.G. Ortega 5107 (US). The new species is closest to R. chapalensis from which it differs by the non peltate leaves. The new species differs from the related R. angulifolia by both the larger prominent ray flowers and the smaller number of disk flowers. The species is rather isolated geographically from its closest relatives and occurs farther to the northwest than any members of the genus except R.hartwegii and R. pennellii. Roldana gilgii (Greenm.) H.Robinson & R.D. Brettell, comb. nov. enecio gilgii Greenm., Field Col. Mus. Bot. 2(6): 282. 1907. Roldana glinophylla H. Robinson & R.D.Brettell, nomen nov. énecio acerifolius Heml., Biol. Centr. Amer., Bot. 2:235. 1881. non Senecio acerifolius Koch. The new name Senecio glinophyllus was proposed by Gibson (1969, unpublished). Roldana greenmanii H. Robinson & R.D.Brettell, sp. nov.(Figure 5) Plantae herbaceae vel suffrutescentes 1-2 m altae pauce ramosae. Caules hirsuti. Folia longe petiolata, petiolis 10-15 cm longis, laminis orbiculatis ca. 7-30 cm longis 10-25 cm latis 9-13 inciso-lobatis base cordatis vel leviter peltatis supra vix puberulis subtus sparse puberulis, lobis oblongis vel obovatis 1-9 cm longis 1-3 cm latis margine arcte calloso-denticulatis, nervis subpalmatis subtus dense fulvo-puberulis. Inflorescentiae terminales paniculatae, pedicellis ultimis 3-8 mm longis dense puberulis, bracteis inferioribus sessilibus foliaceis 2-4 cm longis, bracteis superioribus ca. 3 mm longis linearibus, bracteis subin- volucri 1-3. Capitula cylindrica 11-15 mm longa 5-6 mm lata, squamae involucri 8 oblongo-lanceolatae 10-13 mm longae 1.5-2.0 mm latae extus fulvo-puberulae exteriores ad marginem anguste scariosae; receptacula breviter spiculata. Flores radii nulli. Flores disci 18-21; corollae flavi 9-10 mm longae inferne tubulosae superne anguste infundibulares, tubis ca. 4.5 mm longis puberulis, lobis ca. 2 mm longis ca. quater longioribus quam latioribus; thecae antherarum ca. 2.5 mm longae, cellulis exothecialibus plerumque breviter oblongis, parietibus lateralibus nodiferis. Achaenia cylindrica glabra; carpopodia subcylindrica, cellulis ca. 8-seriatis 420 PH ET O-LOieeErs Vol. 27, no. 6 subquadratis; pappus 6-7 mm longus facile deciduus 2-3-seriatus, cellulis apicalibus setarum vix vel non grandioribus argute acutis. Grana pollinis 30-354 diam. Type: GUATEMALA: Pueblo Nuevo; Tetalhuleu, 800 m. "Mano de leon." Edible. March, 1923. R.Stricker 359 (Holotype US); additional specimen: Palencia, Alt. 1,480 m. "Llovizna blanca." February 1928. R. Morales 936 (US). The new species seems to be a member of the group with foliaceous bracts in the inflorescence and specimens have been referred to R.heterogama. The limited material seen shows the many distinctive features which include the deeply lobed leaves, the eight externally hirtellous phyllaries and the puberulous tubes of the corollas. The new species was evidently known to Dr. Jesse Greenman but no description was ever made. Roldana guadalajarensis (Rob.) H. Robinson & R.D. Brettell, comb. nov. Senecio guadalajarensis Rob., Proc. Amer. Acad. 26:166. 1871. Roldana hartwegii (Benth.) H. Robinson & R. D. Brettell, comb. nov. Senecio hartwegii Benth., Pl. Hartw. 18.1839. Roldana hederaefolia (Hems1.) H. Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Senecio hederaefolius Hems]., Biol. Centr. Amer. Bot. 2:241.1881. Roldana hederoides (Greenm.) H.Robinson & R.D. Brettell, comb. nov. Senecio hederoides Greenm., Bull. Herb. Boiss. II. 6:868.1906. Roldana heracleifolia (Hems1.) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Senecio heracleifolius Hems]., Biol. Centr. Am. Bot. 2:241.1881. Roldana heterogama (Hems1.) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Senecio heterogamus Hems]., Biol. Centr. Am. Bot. 2:242.1881. Roldana heteroidea (Klatt) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Senecio heteroideus Klatt, Leopoldina 24:125.1888. (Cacalia longipetiolata Rob. & Greenm. Am. Journ. Sci. Ser. III. 1:157. 1295.) Roldana hintoniiH.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, sp. nov. (Figure 6) antae suffrutescentes usque ad 2.5 m altae pauce vel non ramosae. Caules et folia evanide implexe tomentosa vel subglabra. Folia breviter petiolata, petiolis angustis 7-20 mm longis, laminis ellipticis vel obovatis 10-16 cm longis 3-4 cm latis integris vel raro remote serrulatis ad apicem stricte acutis base cuneatis subtus discoloribus, nervis pinnatis. Inflorescentiae terminales corymboso-paniculatae, pedicellis ultimis 4-9 mm longis puberulis, squamis subinvolucri ca. 12 congestis brevibus 1974 Robinson & Brettell, Studies in the Senecioneae 421 ca. 1 mm longis. Capitula cylindrica 11-12 mm longa 6-7 mm lata, squamae involucri 11-13 anguste oblongae 5 mm longae 0.5-1.5 mm latae glabrae; receptacula breviter spiculata. Flores radii 7, tubis angustis ca. 4.5 mm longis glabris, limbis anguste ellipticis ca. 6 mm longis 1.5 mm latis flavis. Flores disci 11-14; corollae flavae 8.0-8.5 mm longae inferne tubulosae superne anguste infundi- bulares, tubis ca. 3.0-3.5 mm longis glabris, lobis ca. 1 mm longis 1 1/2 - 2 longioribus quam latioribus; thecae antherarum ca. 2 mm longae, cellulis exothecialibus plerumque breviter oblongis, parietibus lateralibus nodiferis. Achaenia cylindrica glabra; carpopodia subcylindrica, cellulis ca. 10-seriatis quadratis vel brevioribus; pappus ca. 6 mm longus facile deciduus 2-3-seriatus, cellulis apicalibus setarum non grandioribus argute acutis. Grana pollinis ca. 35u4 diam. Type: MEXICO: Mexico: Temascaltepec, Comunidad, upper oak belt, 1 m high. March 8, 1936. G.B.Hinton et al 8967 (Holotype US); 2.5m high. February 16, 1933. G.B. Hinton 3284 (US); Las Cruces, Fir belt, Pine-Fir forest, 2m high. March 8, 1936. G. B. Hinton et al 8966 (US). <<. The new species is very distinct being one of the few in Roldana with narrow leaves and the only one with entire margins. Roldana jurgensenii (Hems].) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Senecio jurgensenii Hems]., Biol. Centr. Am. Bot. 2:242.1881. Roldana kerberi (Greenm.) H.Robinson & R.D. Brettell, comb. nov. Senecio kerberi Greenm., Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 1:279. 1914. Roldana langlassei (Greenm.) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Senecio langlassei Greenm. Field Col. Mus. Bot. 2(6):283.1907. Additional specimen seen: MEXICO: Mexico: Zacualpan, Cerro de Mamatla, en bosque mixto alto. ladera humeda, elev. 2000-2300 m May 3-4, 1954. £E. Matuda 30560 (US). Roldana lanicaulis (Greenm.) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Senecio lanicaulis Greenm., Field Col. Mus. Bot. 2(6): 283.1907. Roldana lineolata (DC.) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Senecio lineolatus DC., Prodr. 6:427.1837. Roldana lobata LaLlave & Lex., Nov. Veg. Desc. fasc. 2:10.1825. Roldana mexicana (McVaugh) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Senecio mexicanus McVaugh, Contr. Univ. Mich. Herb. 9:473.1972. Roldana michoacana (Robins.) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Cacalia michoacana B.L.Robins., Proc. Amer. Acad. 43:46.1907. 22 PH ¥oP OL OG Fk Vol. 27, no. 6 Roldana oaxacana (Hems].) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. enecio Oaxacanus Hems]., Biol. Centr. Amer. Bot. 2:244. 1881. The species is apparently restricted to central Oaxaca. A few specimens under the name from the northeastern escarpment in the state prove to be R. cordovensis. Roldana pennellii H.Robinson & R.D. Brettell, sp. nov. (Figure 7) Plantae herbaceae usque ad 1 m altae pauce vel non ramosae. Caules et folia sparse puberula. Folia longe petiolata, petiolis angustis 1-8 cm longis, laminis oblongo-orbiculatis 3-7 cm longis 3-9 cm latis breviter duplo dentatis 7-11 angulatis ad apicem obtuse acutis base cordatis, nervis palmatis vel subpalmatis subtus prominentibus. Inflorescentiae terminales cymoso-paniculatae, pedicellis ultimis 4-9 mm longis sparse puberulis, squamis subinvolucri 3-4 brevibus 1-2 mm longis linearibus. Capitula cyl- indrica 7-9 mm longa ca. 3 mm lata, squamae involucri 8 anguste oblongae 3.5-4.5 mm longae 0.5-1.5 mm latae extus glabrae; recep- tacula breviter spiculata. Flores radii 1-3, tubis angustis ca. 3.5 mm longis puberulis, limbis anguste ellipticis ca. 5 mm longis ca. 1.5 mm latis flavis. Flores disci 4-10; corollae flavae 6-7 mm longae inferne tubulosae superne anguste infundibulares, tubis ca. 3 mm longis puberulis, lobis ca. 2 mm longis triplo vel quater longioribus quam latioribus; thecae antherarum ca. 2 mm longae, cellulis exothecialibus plerumque breviter oblongis, parietibus lateralibus nodiferis. Achaenia cylindrica ca. 3 mm longa glabra; carpopodia subcylindrica, cellulis ca. 10-seriatis quadratis vel brevioribus; pappus ca. 4 mm longus facile deciduus 2-3-seriatus, cellulis apicalibus setarum vix grandioribus argute acutis. Grana pollinis ca. 30y diam. Type: MEXICO: Durango, Barranca below Sandia Station, 7000 ft. October 12, 1905. C.G.Pringle 13568 (Holotype US); additional specimens: Chihuahua: Guadelupe y Calvo, 7500 ft. October 14, 1959. Gentry, Correll & Arguelles 17991 (US); near Colonia Garcia in Sierra Madres, Alt. 7500 ft. August 12, 1899. Townsend & Barber 252 (US); road between Guadelupe y Calvo and San Julian, Alt. 7000- 8000 ft. September 7, 1898. E.W. Nelson 4923 (US); Slopes of Sierra Madre, September 29, 1887. C.G. Pringle 1317 (US) Barranca Colorad, Sierra Gazachic 35 km southwest of Minaca, Alt. 2300-2400 m. September 16-17, 1934. F.W.Pennell 18912 (US); near Colonia Garcia in Sierra Madre. August 1-20, 1899. E.W. Nelson 6205 (US). The new species is closely related to and sometimes included in R. hartwegii. Previous authors have noted the variation in R. hartwegii but have not seen the pattern of that variation, Al] specimens to west from Jalisco in the south to Arizona in the north have linearly maculate stems, 10-13 phyllaries and setiferous achenes. Plants from the interior of Mexico representing the new species have concolorous stems, usually 8 phyllaries and glabrous 197), Robinson & Brettell, Studies in the Senecioneae 423 achenes. From farther south in the interior of Mexico is the following variety having 5 phyllaries that are sparsely pubescent externally. The name Senecio hartwegii var. calvicarpus Greenm. applies here but was never validly published. Roldana pennellii var. durangensis H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, var. nov. Differt a R. pennellii var. pennellii squamae involucri 5 extus sparse puberulae. Type: MEXICO: Durango: £1 Salto, Sierra Madre Occidental, rocky, andesitic, pineland canyon. alt. 2500-2530 m, Herb, flowers yellow. August 31, 1934. F.W.Pennell 18500 (Holotype US); additiona] specimens: Durango: 10 miles west of El Salto, alt. 8800 ft. October 2, 1962. A.Cronquist 9587 (US); 14.8 mi. s.w. of El Salto on road to Villa Union, alt. 9100 ft. September 30, 1953. F.Ownbey 1996 (US); Metates, north of Cueva, alt. 2800- 2900 m, August 29-30, 1934. F.W.Pennell 18419 (US). Roldana petasitis (Sims. ) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Cineraria petasitis Sims, Curtis's Bot. Mag. pl. 1536.1813. The normal range of the species is from Guatemala to Nicaragua but one specimen has been seen from much farther north which has previously been determined as Senecio sartorii: MEXICO: Veracruz: near Jalapa. Rose & Hay 6100 (US). Roldana pinetorum (Hems1.) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Senecio pinetorum Hems]., Biol. Cent. Am. Bot. 2:245.1881. Roldana platanifolia (Benth. ) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Senecio platanifolius Benth., Pl. Hartw. 43.1840. Roldana reglensis (Greenm. ) ) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. ~~—~Senecio r reglensis Greenm., Field Col. Mus. Bot. 2(6):283.1907. Roldana reticulata (DC.) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Senecio reticulatus DC., Prodr. 6:431.1837. Roldana robinsoniana (Greenm.) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Senecio robinsonianus Greenm. in Sarg., Trees & Shrubs 71:19.1902. Roldana sartorii (Hems].) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Senecio sartorii Sch.Bip. ex Hemsl., Biol. Centr. Am. Bot. 2:247.1881. Roldana schaffneri (Klatt) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Senecio schaffneri Sch.Bip. ex Klatt, Leopoldina 24:126.1888. Synonym: Senecio santarosae Greenm. Roldana sessilifolia (Hook. & Arn.) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, 2h PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 27, no. 6 comb. nov. Cacalia sessilifolia Hook. .& Arn., Bot, Beech. Voy. 436.1841. Roldana subpeltata (Sch.Bip.) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettel], comb. nov. enecio subpeltatus Sch.Bip. in Seem., Bot. Voy. Herald. 311.1856. Roldana suffulta (Greenm.) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Cacalia suftfulta Greenm., Proc. Amer. Acad. 32:310.1897. TELANTHOPHORA H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, genus novum Asteracearum (Senecioneae) Plantae suffrutescentes vel arborescentes erectae pauce ramosae. Caules parum incrassati, canales resiniferi corticei uniseriati. Folia alternata, laminis pinnate nervatis. Inflores- centiae terminales abrupte subumbellatae, ramis plerumque corymbosis vel subumbellatis. Capitula anguste campanulata vel cylindrica; squamae involucri glabrae vel hirsutae. Flores 5-18 flavi. Flores radii prominentes vel nulli. Corollae disci in parte superiore minimum ad medium lobatae, canalibus resiniferis intermediis distinctis; filamenta in parte superiore non inflata; cellulae exotheciales quadratae vel longiores, parietibus ljateralibus noduliferis; lineae stigmaticae connatae. Achaenia glabra vel raro setifera; carpopodia breviter subcylindrica, cellulis multiseriatis subquadratis; setae pappi 2-3-seriatae. Species typica; Senecio arborescens Steetz in Seemann. Key to the species of Telanthophora ]. Phyllaries 5-6 2 ]. Phyllaries usually 8 2. Heads without rays T. cobanensis 2. Heads with rays 3 3. Leaves nearly smooth, vein reticulations not prominent, margin with very minute remote serrulations T. uspantanensis 3. Leaves roughened with reticulate veins 4 4. Leaves distinctly serrate distally; stems and lateral buds with dense strigose pubescence T. molinae 4. Leaves entire; stems glabrous or with only scattered hairs 5 5. Stems with numerous stout persistent bases of hairs forming papillae; heads in dense corymbs, pedicels mostly less than 5 mm long; corollae divided to about lower third of throat T. standleyi 197) Robinson & Brettell, Studies in the Senecioneae 2s Si 6. 6. 7. te 10 10. We jb I ee ee 13. US Stems glabrous; heads in lax corymbs, pedicels mostly more than 5 mm long; corollae divided nearly to base of throat T. jaliscana Leaves lobed halfway or more to midrib 7 Leaves sinuately lobed to entire 9 Involucre 10-13 mm high Ti, Orcuttia Involucre 4-8 mm high 8 Heads without rays T. copayensis Heads with rays T. arborescens Stems glabrous; leaves entire; corolla lobes shorter than the throat T. andrieuxii Stems distinctly pubescent; leaves serrulate to dentate; corolla lobes longer than the throat 10 Disk flowers 5-6; leaves remotely serrulate T. serraquitchensis Disk flowers 8-12; at least some leaves slightly to strongly dentate 1] Leaf blades narrowly cuneate at base, petioles 0.5-3.0 cm long 12 Leaf blades short-acute to rounded at base, petioles 5-15 cm long 13 Leaf blades lanceolate, 1.0-1.5 cm wide, surface strongly reticulate nerved (S.Mex.) T. liebmannii Leaf blades broadly elliptical to obovate, up to 7 cm wide, surface scarcely reticulately nerved (Belize) I. bartilettii Stems and branches bearing tufts of tomentum mostly in leaf axils, pedicels pubescent only at nodes, phyllaries glabrous (Veracruz, Puebla) T. grandifolia Stems white tomentose distally, pedicels with white-floccose pubescence, phyllaries sometimes sparsely pubescent (Chiapas Guatemala) T. chicarrensis 26 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 27, no. 6 The 14 species of the genus are as follows. Telanthophora andrieuxii (DC.) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Senecio andrieuxii DC. Prodr. 6:430.1837. Telanthophora arborescens (Steetz) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Senecio arborescens Steetz in Seem., Bot. Voy. Herald. 3 162.t.31.1854. Telanthophora bartlettii H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, sp. nov. (Figure 8) Plantae suffrutescentes erectae usque ad 2 m altae non vel Pauce ramosae. Caules parum incrassati aliquantum evanide hirsuti, gemmis lateralibus sensim breviter hirsutis. Folia alternata, petiolis 1.5-3.5 cm longis, laminis subcarnosis obovatis 6-15 cm longis 2-6 cm latis plerumque glabris base anguste cuneatis margine plerumque vadose 4-5 dentatis interdum remote serrulatis ad apicem acutis vél perbreviter acuminatis; nervatura secondaria pinnata tertiaria supra aliquantum prominente reticulata subtus sublaevis. Inflorescentiae abrupte terminales subumbellate corymbosae, pedicellis Subglabris superne subumbellate ramosis in partem ultimam 2-10 mm longis, bracteis sparse hirsutis. Capitula cylindrica 0.9-1.0 cm alta 4-5 mm lata; bracteae subinvolucratae 5-6 triangulares vel lanceolatae 1-2 mm longae; squamae involucri 8 uniseriatae oblongae 7-8 mm longae 1-2 mm latae extus glabrae; receptacula plana spiculifera. Flores radii 4-5, tubis angustis ca. 3 mm longis, limb s ellipticis saepe bi-tri-lobatis ca. 3.5 mm longis ca. 1 mm latis flavis. Flores disci 8-10; corollae flavae 7.5-8.0 mm longae inferne tubulosae superne anguste infundibulares, tubis 2-3 mm longis, lobis ca. 3 mm longis ca. 0.5 mm latis; thecae antherarum ca. 2 mm longae, cellulis exothecialibus breviter oblongis, parietibus lateralibus nodiferis. Achaenia cylindrica glabra; carpopodia subcylindrica, cellulis ca. 10-seriatis quadratis vel brevioribus; pappus ca. 6 mm longus facile deciduus 2-3-seriatus, cellulis apicalibus setarum non grandioribus argute acutis, Grana pollinis ca. 374 diam. Type: BRITISH HONDURAS: £1 Cayo District. Simple, 10 ft. tall, flowers yellow. Mountain Pine Ridge. February 28, 1931. H.H. Bartlett 11852 (Holotype US); additional specimen: £1 Cayo District, 4-5 ft. tall, flowers yellow. Ravine, Mountain Pine Ridge. February 25, 1931. H.H. Bartlett 11753 (US). The obovate to oblanceolate leaves with very shallow lobes are particularly distinctive of the new species. The species differs from most in the genus by the less prominent reticulate venation on the lower leaf surface. Telanthophora chicharrensis (Greenm.) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Senecio chicharrensis Greenm., Field Col. Mus. Bot. 2(6):285.1907. 197h Robinson & Brettell, Studies in the Senecioneae 427 Telanthophora cobanensis (Coulter) H.Robinson & R.D. Brettell, comb. nov. Senecio cobanensis Coulter, Bot. Gaz. 16:101-1891. Telanthophora copeyensis (Greenm.) H.Robinson & R.D. Brettell, comb. nov. Senecio copeyensis Greenm., Field Col. Mus. Bot. 2 (6): 285.1907. Telanthophora grandifolia (Less.) H.Robinson & R.D. Brettell, comb. nov. Senecio grandifolius Less., Linnaea 5:162.1830. Telanthophora jaliscana H. Robinson & R.D. Brettell, sp. nov. (Fig. 9) Plantae frutescentes vel arborescentes 3-5 m altae pauce ramosae. Caules teretes parum incrassati glabri. Folia alternata longe petiolata, petiolis 3-4 cm longis, laminis oblanceolatis 14-24 cm longis 2.5-5.0 cm latis glabris base anguste cuneatis margine integris ad apicem vix breviter acuminatis; nervatura secundaria pinnata tertiaria prominenta reticulata. Inflorescentiae abrupte terminales subumbellatae irregulariter laxe corymbosae, pedicellis glabris, ramosis in partem ultimam 2-9 mm longis. Capitula cylindrica ca. 10 mm longa 2-3 mm lata; bracteae subinvol- ucratae 0-2 ca. 0.5 mm longae; squamae involucri 5 elliptico- oblongae ca. 5 mm longae 1.0-1.5 mm latae extus glabrae; receptacula plana spiculifera. Flores radii plerumque 2, tubis angustis ca. 4.5 mm longis, limbis anguste ellipticis ca. 7 mm longis 2 mm latis pallide flavis. Flores disci plerumque 3; corollae flavae ca. 8 mm longae inferne tubulosae superne anguste infundibulares, tubis ca. 3.5 mm longis, lobis ca. 3 mm longis ca. 3-4-plo longioribus quam latioribus; thecae antherarum ca. 2 mm longae, cellulis exothecial- ibus breviter oblongis, parietibus lateralibus nodiferis. Achaenia cylindrica 2.5-3.0 mm longa glabra; carpopodia subcylindrica, cellulis 10-12-seriatis quadratis vel brevioribus; pappus ca. 5 mm longus facile deciduus 2-3-seriatus, cellulis apicalibus setarum non grandioribus argute acutis. Grana pollinis ca. 37, diam. Type: MEXICO: Jalisco: near headwaters of Rio Mascota, alt. 1700-1900 m, abundant, tree-like, 3-5 m high; trunk 2.5 m high, 6-8 cm diam.; branches few, stubby, 1- to 2- forked; flowers yellow. April 3-4, 1965. R.McVaugh 23443 (Holotype US). The new species seems related to T. standleyi but differs by a number of significant details. The new species lacks the persistent hair bases that form papillae on the stem, the inflores- cence is much more lax and the corolla lobes are much more deeply divided. The new species also has much larger leaves according to the limited amount of material seen. Telanthophora liebmannii (Buchinger ex Klatt) H.Robinson & R.D. Brettell, comb. nov. Senecio liebmannii Buchinger ex Klatt, Leopoldina 24:125.1888. 428 PHYT OLMOGLA Vol. 27, no. 6 Telanthophora molinae H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, sp. noy. (Figure 10) PTantae erectae suffrutecentes usque ad 4 m altae non vel pauce ramosae. Caules non incrassati dense longe strigose hirsuti, gemmis lateralibus prominentibus; canales resiniferi corticei distincti. Folia alternata, petiolis 3.0-3.5 cm longis, laminis anguste lineari-oblanceolatis 10-23 cm longis 2.0-3.5 cm latis glabris base anguste cuneatis margine supra medium sensim remote serratis ad apicem breviter anguste acuminatis; nervatura secundaria pinnata tertiaria prominente reticulata. Inflorescentiae abrupte terminales subumbellate corymbosae, pedicellis glabris superne subumbellate ramosis in partem ultimam 2-5 mm longis. Capitula cylindrica vel ovata ca. 6-7 mm longa 3-4 mm lata; bracteae subin- volucratae paucae breviter triangulares 1.0-1.5 mm longae; squamae involucri 5 elliptico-oblongae 6-7 mm longae 2 mm latae extus glabrae; receptacula plana spiculifera. Flores radii 1-2, tubis angustis ca. 5 mm longis, limbis ellipticis 5-6 mm Jongis ca. 3 mm latis flavis. Flores disci 3; corollae flavae ca. 8 mm longae inferne tubulosae superne anguste infundibulares, tubis ca. 4 mm longis, lobis 1.5-3.5 mm longis 3-6-plo longioribus quam latioribus; thecae antherarum 2.0-2.5 mm longae, cellulis exothecial ibus breviter oblongis, parietibus lateralibus nodiferis. Achaenia cylindrica glabra (immature); carpopodia subcylindrica, cellulis ca. ]2-seriatis quadratis vel brevioribus; pappus ca. 5 mm longus facile deciduus 2-3-seriatus, cellulis apicalibus setarum non grandioribus argute acutis. Grana pollinis ca. 354 diam. Type: GUATEMALA: San Marcos: near Aldea Fraternidad, between San Rafael Pie de la Cuesta and Palo Gordo, west facing slope of Sierra Madre Mts., alt. 1800-2400 m, flowers yellow, semishrub 2-4 m tall. Dec. 10-18, 1963. Williams, Molina & Williams 26271 (Holotype US); additional specimen: Williams, Molina & Williams 26080 (US). The new species is most distinctive in having very dense stringy pubescence on the stem. The species also seems distinct in the very narrow leaves with prominent teeth in the distal half. Telanthophora orcuttii (Greenm.) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettel], comb. nov. Senecio orcuttii Greenm., Field Mus. Bot. 2:350.1912. Telanthophora serraquitchensis (Greenm.) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Senecio serraquitchensis Greenm., Field Col. Mus. Bot. 2(6):286.1907. Telanthophora standleyi (Greenm.) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Senecio standleyi Greenm. in Standley, Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 23(5):1634.1926. Telanthophora uspantanensis (Coulter) H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, comb. nov. Senecio ghiesbreghtii var. uspantanensis Coulter, Bot. Gaz. 20:52.1895. 1974 Robinson & Brettell, Studies in the Senecioneae 29 Literature Cited Afzelius, K. 1925. Embryologische und zytologische studien in Senecio und verwanaden gattungen. Acta Horti Bergiani 8(7): 123-219. Gibson, E. S. 1969. A revision of the section palmatinervii of the genus Senecio (Compositae) and its allies. Kansas State University dissertation (unpublished) . McVaugh, R. 1972. Compositarum mexicanarum pugillus. Contrib. Univ. Michigan Herb. 9(4): 359-484. Ornduff, R., P. H. Raven, D. W. Kyhos and A. R. Kruckeberg 1963. Chromosome numbers in Compositae. III. Senecioneae. Amer. Jour. Bot. 50(2): 131-139. Pippen, R. W. 1968. Mexican "Cacalioid" genera allied to Senecio (Compositae). Contrib. U.S. Nat. Herb. 34(6): 363-447. Robinson, H. and R. D. Brettell 1973a. Studies in the Senecioneae (Asteraceae). I. A new genus, Pittocaulon. Phytologia 26(6): 451-453. and . 1973b. Studies in the Senecioneae (Asteraceae). II. A new genus, Nelsonianthus. Phytologia 27(1); 53-54. and . 1973c. Studies in the Senecioneae (Asteraceae). III. The genus Psacalium. Phytologia 27: 254-264. and . 1973d. Studies in the Senecioneae (Asteraceae). IV. The genera Mesadenia, Syneilesis, Miricacalia, Koyamacalia and Sinacalia. Phytologia 27: 265-276. Turner, B. L., W. L. Ellison and R. M. King 1961. Chromosome numbers in the Compositae. IV. North American species, with phyletic interpretations. Amer. Jour. Bot. 48: 216-223. Turner, B. L., M. Powell and R. M. King 1962. Chromosome numbers in the Compositae. VI. Additional Mexican and Guatemalan species. Rhodora 64: 251-271. Turner, B. L. and R. M. King 1964. Chromosome numbers in the Compositae. VIII. Mexican and Central American species. Southwest. Nat. 9(1): 27-39. Turner, B. L. and D. Flyr 1966. Chromosome numbers in the Compositae. X. North American species. Amer. Jour. Bot. 53: 24-33. 430 PEY POL oOera Vol. 27, no. 6 ST?» Seer g5s1d01 PLANrs or Cutaras, Mexico enecio acutangulus Hemsl. yellow, 6 feet tall. rest of cldge with Pinus, hodendron, southwest of nea ar Kancho Nuevo, about t of San Cristobal las Casas, Huntcipto of San Cristobal las Casas Elevation 9000 feet D. EAbreedlove 7 5 March 1965 Figure 1. Roldana breedlovei H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, sp. nov. Holotype US. This and following photographs by Victor E. Krantz, Staff Photographer, National Museum of Natural History. 197h Robinson & Brettell, Studies in the Senecioneae 431 Figure 2. Roldana chiapensis H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, sp. nov. Holotype US. 4,32 PH Tit OinOiGrrA Vol. 27, no. 6 €0 STArz VEBLEN '* /91,49873 > (B24 1 73 =) YM ~/ a>. “ ee Figure 3. Roldana cronquistii H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, sp. nov. Holotype US. 197) Robinson & Brettell, Studies in the Senecioneae 433 —- —— —_______—¥% PLANTS OF MEXICO | FLORA OF SINALOA { COLLECHON OF TOW le Teyote PS ee UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM ne Figure 4. Roldana gentryi H. Robinson & R.D.Brettell, sp. nov. Holotype US. 43h PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 27, no. 6 Qy tice7st \) Figure 5. Roldana greenmanii H. Robinson & R.D.Brettell, sp. nov. Holotype US. 197h Robinson & Brettell, Studies in the Senecioneae 435 dj HERBARIUM of GEO. 8. HINTON A Figure 6. Roldana hintonii H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, sp. nov. Holotype US. 4,36 Poh Yo? O 1OcGch as Vol. 27, no. 6 A) : Ef gnons an \s = L62749 UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM Figure 7. Roldana pennellii H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, sp. nov. Holotype US. 197 Robinson & Brettell, Studies in the Senecioneae 437 ts 4uHb2 ; te : pene Fn cies “ Figure 8. -Telanthophora bartlettii H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, sp. nov. Holotype US. PHY T@LOGIA 1,38 H.Robinson & R,D.Brettell, Telanthophora jaliscana Holotype US. Figure 9. nov. sp. 1974 Robinson & Brettell, Studies in the Senecioneae 439 Figure 10. 2445965 Telanthophora molinae H.Robinson & R.D.Brettell, sp. nov. Holotype US. A NEW COMBINATION IN SOUTH AMERICAN LINUM C. M. Rogers, Wayne State University, Detroit, Michigan Review of the Linaceae for the Flora Ilustrada Catarinense! reve the need for the following new combination: LINUM LITTORALE St. Hil. var. OBLONGIFOLIUM (Urban) Rogers. Linum junceum St. Hil. var. oblongifolium Urban. Type: Glaziou 8285, Rio de Janeiro, Brasil (K). ' : | St. Hilaire's L. junceum appears to be the same as his L. littoral a much more widely used name. Var. oblongifolium differs from the typical variety in possessing broader leaves (lance-ovate or broader) and more leafy inflorescence. It ranges intermittently in Brasil from Minas Gerais south to Santa Catarina, with most collections having come from near Rio de Janeiro. The only species with which it might be con- fused is L. smithii, Mildner (Phytologia 23: 439. 1972), which is also found in Santa Catarina. It differs in several ways, especially the absence of stipular glands which are present and prominent in L. smithi: . P. Raulino Reitz (ed.) ho NOTEWORTHY GRASSES FROM MEXIcol Alan A. Beetle, Range Management Section, University of Wyoming, University Station, P. 0. Box 3354, Laramie, Wyoming 82071 In 1971 the Range Management Section of the University of Wyoming published the first mimeographed issue of CONTRIBUCIONES AL ESTUDIO DE LAS GRAMINEAS DE MEXICO. At this time (November, 1973) there are eight issues, each published in both Spanish and English, concerning various aspects of Mexican grass taxonomy and ecology. Some of the grasses mentioned in this paper may be found treated in greater detail in these Contributions. All the collections mentioned hereafter are in the Range Management Her- barium at the University of Wyoming. ALLOLEPIS TEXANA (Vasey) Soderstrom and Decker has been reported from Coahuila, Chihuahua and Durango (Madrono 18:33-39. 1965). To these Mexican states may be added Tamaulipas, based on Beetle M-536, from the beach at Tampico, collected April 19, 1962. ARISTIDA PANSA Woot. ,& Standl. var. DISSITA (Johnston) comb. nov. based on Aristida dissita Johnston, Jour. Arnold Arboretum 24:401. 1943. As Johnston says "differs in having the spikelets spreading from the branch ard hence very loosely disposed", a character fa: can serve for the separation of specimens of A. pansa from pansa var. dissita, both in the herbarium and in the field, a hardly a character to distinguish species. ARUNDO DONAX L. Two tall grasses are conspicuous features of ditches and waterways throughout Mexico. These have both been called “carrizo" but current usage seems to tend to reserve the name carrizo for Arundo donax, the introduced species. The native Phragmites australis (Cav.)Trin. (Phragmites communis Trin.) is called "carricillo". Much less commonly one may hear the names "canaveral" (Arundo donax) or "soccos" (Phragmites communis). In English speaking countries these are called respectively "giantreed" and "common reed". BROMUS MARGINATUS Nees (Mountain brome) was collected in the State of Nuevo Leon, from Cerro Potosi, west of Galeana, in the higher open forests of pine and Pseudotsuga macroglumis, March 25, 1962, A. A. Beetle M-467. This species is rare in Mexico and should not be confused with the common B. carinatus Hook. & Arn. lpublished with approval of the director, Wyoming Agricultural Experiment Station as Journal Artical No. 632. Pal hye PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 27, no. 6 BROMUS WILLDENOWII Kunth var. LASIOPHYLLUS (Goiran) comb. nov. Bromus schraderi var. lasiophyllus Goiran, Bull. Soc. Bot. Feat. 190/06 1907. Ceratochloa unioloides var. lasiophylla (Goiran)Fiori, Nuov. FL. Anata rtate e150. 923% The variety differs from the species in having hairy leaf sheaths. The species is introduced in Mexico in the States of Baja California Norte, Coahuila, Nuevo Leon, Durango, Hidalgo and Mexico. CENCHRUS LONGISPINUS (Hack.)Fern. (longspine sandbur) was collected in the States of Tamaulipas, on the beach at Tampico, April 9, 1962, A. A. Beetle M-538. Apparently Mexican collections are rare. CENCHRUS PALMERI Vasey The color difference in burs of Cenchrus palmeri Vasey was noted by Vasey in 1892 as follows "bearing yellow or purple spines.'"' This difference is confirmed by DeLisle (1963, Taxonomy and distribution of the genus Cenchrus, Iowa State Jour. Sci. 37:259-351) “However, infrequent variants occur in which the entire bur may have a yellowish color". According to DeLisle the type is purplish (Palmer 689, from Guaymas, Sonora) but was collected “along with specimens of the yellow-colored form" (see also Hitchcock, A. S. and A. Chase, 1920. Revisions of North American Grasses. Contrib. U. S. National Herb. 22: pgs. 74-76). The "infrequent" as applied to the yellow color variant is apparently based on the fifteen collections cited. After making eighteen collections in Baja California Sur, it seems that the purple form is the one that is infrequent, at least in this Territory. Usually all the plants in a stand (16 out of 17 locations) were found to be uniform in regard to the color of the burs. It would appear that finding the two forms together, as at the type locality, is unusual. At the one locality in the Territory of Baja California Sur where the two forms were growing together, the plants were easily separated. All the burs on a single plant were purple, or all the burs on the plant were yellow. A second equally striking variation occurs in the size of the burs. In Baja California Sur the commonest form has a small round bur less than 10 mm in diameter. Purple burs of this size were encountered only once. Larger burs, also usually round when mature, and more than 10 mm in diameter, may be green or purple, but the large purple form is less common. ERIONEURON NEALLEYI (Vasey)Tateoka var. GRANDIFLORUM (Vasey) comb. nov. Based on Triodia grandiflora Vasey, U. S. Natl. Herb. Contrib. 1:59. 1890. Sieglingia avenacea var. grandiflora L. H. Dewey, 197k Beetle, Grasses from Mexico Lh3 ieesweNatl. Herb. Contrib. 23538. 1894. As the number of collections increases the similarities between E. grandiflorus and E. nealleyi become more apparent. FESTUCA ARIZONICA Vasey should be included in the Mexican flora based on the type of Festuca pinetorum Swallen and a collection, Beetle M-473, both from the State of Nuevo Leon. Festuca pine- torum Swallen should be treated as a synonym of Festuca arizonica Vasey. LYCURUS PHLEOIDES HBK var. GLAUCIFOLIUS Beal, Grasses N. Amer. APP TLE Ve AUTOR This name is based on "Mexico, Pringle 426, Texas, Havard, Nealley". Collections throughout the northern part of the range of Lycurus phleoides match the types in the U. S. National Her- barium, and differ from the southern var. phleoides in having an antrorsely scabrous awn-like projection at the tip of the leaf. These projections vary from 1 to 6 mm in length dependent upon the population but are consistently present in the United States (southern Utah and southern Colorado southward to western Okla- homa, western Texas, New Mexico and Arizona) and northern Mexico (Sonora and Chihuahua). This character, coupled with the glaucous appearance of the leaf blade originally noted by Beal define a distinct geographic variety. Mexican collections of var. glaucifolius Beal include Sonora, at El Coyote, Beetle M-2005; Sonora, south of Nogales, Beetle M-1906; Chihuahua, at La Campana, Beetle M-2006. PARAPHOLIS INCURVA (L.)C. E. Hubb. (sicklegrass) collected in the State of Baja California Norte, twice, once inland, Beetle M-2796, near La Mission, and once on the coast, Beetle M-2853, the beach at Rosarita. These are the first reports for Mexico. PASPALUM CONJUGATUM Bergius var. parviflorum Doel in Martius Flora Bras. 2:55. 1877. Except for the small spikelets 1.5- 1.6 mm long this plant is little different from var. conjugatum. However, the whole plant is nearly glabrous. Distributed from Florida to Uruguay and Bolivia; Hawaii; Malaysia. Mexican col- lections include Tamaulipas, along Rio Guayaleho, Beetle M-730 and Guerrero, south of Acopulco, Beetle M-297. Paspalum con- jugatum Ber. var. pubescens Doell also occurs in Mexico, Veracruz, Tecolapa, Beetle M-1309 and San Luis Potosi, vicinity of Ciudad Valles, Beetle M-727. PASPALUM FIMRIATUM HBK (Gazon paspalum) was collected on January 22, 1971, in the State of Yucatan, in the vicinity of Chichen- Itza, A. A. Beetle M-892, and appears to be the first report for Mexico. Whether this grass is native or introduced in uncertain. bids PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 27, no. 6 STIPA LEPIDA Hitchc. was reported by Hitchcock (1925) to occur from California to Baja California. (Hitchcock, A. S. 1925. The North American species of Stipa. Contrib. U. S. National Herb. 24:215-262). Reeder (1967, Notes on Mexican Grasses VI. Miscel- laneous chromosome numbers. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 94:1-17.) reports S. lepida from "Hidalgo: w. of Pachuca" based on his col- lection number 4298 and Reeder reports the 2 n chromosome number as 46. This record is based on a collection of Stipa eminens Cav. for which Gould (1966, Chromosome numbers of some Mexican grasses. Canadian Jour. Botany 44:1683-1696) has already reported the 2 n chromosome number as 46 for Mexican material from San Luis Potosi. The distribution of Stipa lepida as reported by Hitchcock should remain unchanged. AN UNUSUAL FLORIDA PIPEWORT Harold N. Moldenke ERIOCAULON LINEARE var. GIGAS Moldenke, var, nov, Haec varietas a forma typica speciei recedit statura valde robustior, foliis usque ad 30 cm. longis, vaginis 15-18 cm. longis )--5 mm. latis, pedunculis 30--55 cm. longis 3—5 m. latis, et capitulis 1 cm. vel ultra in diametro. The type of this strictly aquatic variety was collected by Roland M. Harper (no, 85) in two feet of water at the mouth of the Yellow River, Santa Rosa County, Florida, on September 19, 1910, and is deposited in the Britton Herbarium at the New York Botanical Garden. The typical form of E, lineare Small is not knowm to grow in deep water and has a very different general aspect. The variety reminds one much of the deep-water forms of E. pellucidum Michx. but the very dark-gray color of the flowering-heads remind one of the small dark heads of E. keri B. L. Robinson, a littoral form of E. pellucidum. The elongated peduncles are reminiscent of those of E. melano- cephalum var. longipes Griseb. A PRELIMINARY GENERIC KEY AND GEOGRAPHIC CHECKLIST OF THE BORAGINACEAE IN CENTRAL AMERICA AND PANAMA Johnnie L. Gentry, Jr. Department of Botany Field Museum of Natural History and David Janos Department of Botany University of Michigan This paper is the result of a preliminary study of the borage family in Central America and Panama by Gentry. Also, it represents an initial stage in the preparation of a synoptic treatment of the family for this area. The borages are one of Gentry's main research interests, including both monographic and floristic work. A monographic study of the genus Bourreria is in progress. The Boraginaceae in Central America and Panama are repre- sented by 12 genera and 87 species (Table I). Three genera, Cordia (34 species), Heliotropium (14 species), and Tourne- fortia (19 species) total 67 species and comprise over 75 per cent of the species in the family, whereas Antrophora, Cynoglossum, Macromeria, Moritzia, and Rochefortia total nearly Ls 4h6é PHY TOLOG Es Vol. 27, no. 6 one-half of the genera but represent only six per cent of the species in the family. The geographic checklist was produced by a computer pro- gram run by Janos. He used the TAXIR information management- retrieval system developed by Robert Brill and George Esta- brook. This was based on data obtained by Gentry from an herbarium study of the collections at Field Museum and the Missouri Botanical Garden and a literature survey. Key to the Genera of the Boraginaceae in Central America and Panama 1. Ovary entire or shallowly lobed, the style terminal; fornices absent at the mouth of the corolla tube; plants trees, shrubs or woody vines except in HELIOTROPIUM. 2. Style divided twice, the stigmas 4 (CORDIOIDEAE). Liv CORDEAS 2. Style shallowly cleft to divided, the stigmas 2 or the style simple (sometimes absent), with a solitary stigma. 3. Style shallowly cleft to divided, the stigmas 2 (EHRETIOIDEAE ). 4. Plants armed with spines on the branches; leaves mostly clustered on short shoots. 2. ROCHEFORTIA. 4, Plants unarmed; leaves not clustered on short shoots. 5. Stamens included in the corolla tube; corollas small and inconspicuous, 5 mm long. 3. ANTROPHORA. 5. Stamens long exserted beyond the mouth of the corolla tube or if included then the corollas 35-50 mm long. 1974 Gentry & Janos, Boraginaceae of Central America 47 6. Corollas 10-40 mm long; filaments pubescent or sometimes glabrous; calyx closed in early bud, the lobes valvate; leaves entire. 4. BOURRERIA. 6. Corollas 3-6 mm long; filaments glabrous; calyx open in early bud, the lobes imbri- cate or valvate; leaves often dentate or Siiaecheas a0 58 Gl 6 06 Oo) cea lo oo soo lS0RagIPiUNe 3. Style simple (sometimes absent) with a solitary stigma (HELIOTROPIOIDEAE). 7. Fruits dry, without a fleshy mesocarp, separating into 2-4 nutlets; herbs or sometimes low shrubs. 6. HELIOTROPIUM. 7. Fruits with a fleshy mesocarp, later drying and separating into 2-4 nutlets; shrubs, small trees or woody vines. ...... . . {. TOURNEFORTIA. 1. Ovary deeply 4-lobed, the style gynobasic, arising between the lobes of the ovary; fornices nearly always present at the mouth of the corolla tube; plants herbs. (BORAGIN- OIDEAE). 8. Nutlets armed with glochidiate prickles. 9. Nutlets erect, attached medially or near medially to the gynobase; well-developed prickles only on the dorsal side of the nutlets; style shorter than to slightly exceeding the body of the nutlets. 8. HACKELIA. 9. Nutlets widely spreading, attached apically to the gynobase; well-developed prickles on the dorsal and ventral sides of the nutlets; style greatly exceed- ing the body of the nutlets. . . . 9. CYNOGLOSSUM. 8. Nutlets unarmed. 10. Calyx lobed not more than one-half way to the base, densely covered with stout, uncinate hairs; mature nutlets solitary, falling away gee enclosed in ine Ganhp ate eo 0 Geo oO oa « On MORDPEZTAR 10. Calyx parted to near the base, uncinate hairs absent; mature nutlets mostly 2 or 4, falling away separ- ately, not enclosed in the calyx. 4)8 PHY TOL OGEA Vol. 27, no. 6 11. Stamens long exserted beyond the mouth of the corolla tube; corolla lobes acute. 11. MACROMERTIA. 11. Stamens included in the corolla tube; corolla lobes obtuse or rounded. 12. LITHOSPERMUM. Gentry & Janos, Boraginaceae of Central America Lg 1974 Ps PS PS eueueg PS PS PS PS OPS eoTY e1S09 rs enSeIeOIN Ps PS PS semmpuoy xX xX xX X xX X X xX X X xX X X X x xX xX xX xX xX xX xX xX X xX xX HY ww @ (—! 0) Sc Hf tM ob ct £8 8 < © a @ e) 8 *ITOg eye UEp *Tpueqys (*wg--uuog) esoufo “FINYoOS % ‘Wse0y (*boer) eoTaesseamo “qsuyor “W ‘I eueonfoo “4ysuyor “W *T STSUSsDTIe7ZSOO “gsuyor “W *I[ StWasofsTpstoo "TT BDD0D0TTOO “qTNyoS F “wMe0y (°T) BYeTTING “4FTNYOS % “WMse0Yy BPeoOINI Tq “Od “VY tOTOOTQ usyO (UQAeA F ZInNy) eAOPOTTTe eTp40g *Tpueqys TTsoztnb *Tpueqs eT TAydsxo *Tpueys STTTow “TsueH (*XOT % SAeTT) eYTueny AIqUSy “*V (*Tpueqys) stsusotzeysoo “TsusH (‘Od *V) TFNeTzpue BT LIL INOg "ysuyor ‘W ‘I TISWeTTTTM ezroydor4uy “eueueg pue BOTIOMy TerzUEeD UT seooeUTSez0g 9y4 JO IST THOeYD T eTqeL Vol. 27, no. 6 Pe YT OoL/O0Gor sk 450 PS PS PS PS OPS eueueg PS PS PS eoTy e4S09 PS PS PS Ps enSe1reotn PS PS PS PS PS seanpuoy PS PS PS Ps AOPCBATSS TH Ps PS aot Teg PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PS ms PS eTeuezeny “Tite STTOFTPeouNs, “gsuyor “W “I S4eFTTTE4sS ‘7 susossutds “ysuyor “W “I Tryoynys “JT Beuaeqyssqgses *Tpueyg STSuszTOpeATes “gsuyor “W ‘I etTostunad *4ysuyor “W *I Beyoeryz0rd *suTqoy TeTsutad SYOTMON bIYeO10d eTty stsusureued SyeT_ eujuelesou “gsuyor “W “I BTAptTont uzIe949 TSeUUTT °99Tq XATBOOTSeT “gsuyor "NW *I (‘TTTW) Stwazeut "M'd°H (*boer) esoqoTs "JT snyjuedseire3 “TBD 8 *4ateW BSOTTOS °99Tq eUsTYsOTIAE SYOTMON TArsAmMp “Od *V BaipuBospop “Od *V 8 UCAS STTOFTS1eaTp BTp4s0g 452 Gentry & Janos, Boraginaceae of Central America 197) eueueg PSPS PS eoTy e4S09 PS PS PS PS Ps PSPS enSereoty PS PS PS PS seinpuoy FTOPCATSS TH sot Teg PS PS PS PS PS PS OPS PS OPS rs PS eTemeyeny *TsueH (*0d) unkyoeysozoeN eymMy (*ureM) BSUS0SeT “TT UMNOTpPUT “Ty umsootqnazy *IQoeW WUNWISSTSOTTOJ ‘uyST SuZOSTTTS “gsuyor “W “I XBT Teg ‘Ty umotTaessemo keLIMp wunuzedsortsue untdozzyOT Tey “gsuyor “W ‘I Tyo ynys “qgsuyor “NW *I ("meu 8 “4QuoeTYOS) eueoTxom BT TSxoeH "Tl STTOsTUTy ‘ug—*uuog eUeTXNT ‘Tpueig TTyjTMWs-uTysne eT eau ‘umumaq ¥ gdeqyg eTTqeure unssoTsoukg Vol. 27, mo.-e PeH YT OL-O°R F's 452 eureueg eoTy e4S09 enSexceotn PS PS PS PS semmpuoy PS PS PS ATOPPATSS TH eoTTeg PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PS PS eTeue7eny due) TTTTepunt BTYLOJsyooy aymMy) xe ‘yQUeg (‘Od *V¥) TrUePUTT BTZ4TIOW *qsuu0P “W “I STSsueTeulezens eT roworoepyy “ysuyor “W “I STetpoul ‘mug-—"‘uu0g esueTeue7zens e304290 unYyoTySTp “gsuyor “W ‘I (*aqoeW) unsoofTeo munuztedsoyu4ytyt *TTeA umutdtesuesy TueA uNnzeussy “ysuyor “W “I (‘Uqueg) um{tdtTyns *ITIN Susqumoord *suTqoy TeTsutad muntdorzOT Tey 453 Gentry & Janos, Boraginaceae of Central America 1974 Ge eueueg qo LN PMs PS PS CO Ps PS PS PS OPS OPS PS PS PS eoTy e7S09 PSs PS PS enSereorin St semmpuoy ATOPCATSS TH ce PS PS PS soTTeg Ae) sotoads Te oO] OT eioues [Te ,o] X “T STTEQNTOA ‘ug-—"uuog eyBeotTdsqns *Tpue1g stsusuowes X ‘Od sTaeTotzed “weyg Beye Tnotued X ‘boer eye mMosw xX uosqty *q BQOTTSuUOCT *“Tpueqyg TTuoysuyo?l xX “T BUTSSTINSITY “4ZINYOS F *me0y x9 ‘Ig *Y (°T) sopoTeydeus xe “| erqeTs X uosqty *q eyesUuOTA x “Tey 8 *qazeW eAOTITSsuep “M'ad°H ezeptdsno “Tpueys Trssusesq X Z4ICMG LIOTOOTG X TlepunyT stsueztpteq X ugAeg 8 ZINY eioTITysnsue X “Tey R *4IeW BIOTITINOe eTyroyoumoy, Q rs © ct fo) B © bh o 45h PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 27, no. 6 References Gentry, A. H. 1973. Schlegelia costaricensis: A familial transfer to Boraginaceae. Phytologia 26: 67-68. Gentry, J. L., Jr. 1972. Moritzia DC. (Boraginaceae): A Genus New to North America. Fieldiana, Bot. 36: 13-16. Gibson, D. N. 1970. Boraginaceae. In: Flora of Guatemala. Fieldiana, Bot. 24, part IX: 111-167. Johnston, I. M. 1928. Studies in the Boraginaceae, VII. I. (1). The South American Species of Heliotropium. Contr. Gray Herb. 81: 3-73. 1930. Studies in the Boraginaceae, VIII. I. Observations on the species of Cordia and Tournefortia known from Brazil, Paraguay, Uruguay and Argentina. Contr. Gray Herb. 92: 3-89. 1935. Studies in the Boraginaceae, X. The Boraginaceae of northeastern South America. J. Arnold Arbor. 16: 1-64. 1937. Studies in the Boraginaceae, XII. 2. Novelties and Critical Notes. J. Arnold Arbor. 18: 10-25. 1940. Studies in the Boraginaceae, XV. Notes on some Mexican and Central American species of Cordia. J. Arnold Arbor. 21: 336-355. 1949a. Studies in the Boraginaceae, XVII. A. Cordia section Varronia in Mexico and Central America. Jd. Arnold Arbor. 30: 85-104. 1949b. Studies in the Boraginaceae, XVIII. Boraginaceae of the Southern West Indies. J. Arnold Arbor. 30: 111-138. 1950. Studies in the Boraginaceae, XIX. A. Noteworthy Species from Tropical America. B. Cordia section Gerascanthus in Mexico and Central America. J. Arnold Arbor. 31: 172-187. 1952. Studies in the Boraginaceae, XXIII. A survey of the genus Lithospermum. J. Arnold Arbor. 33: 299- 366. 1974 Gentry & Janos, Boraginaceae of Central America hss Nowicke, J. W. 1969. Boraginaceae. In: Flora of Panama. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 56(1): 33-69. Standley, P. C. 1938. Boraginaceae. Flora of Costa Rica. Field Mus. Bot. Ser. 18: 978-993. Stearn, W. T. 1971. Taxonomic and Nomenclatural Notes on Jamaican Gamopetalous Plants. J. Arnold Arbor. 52: 614- 648. BOOK REVIEWS Alma L. Moldenke "NEBRASKA WILD FLOWERS" by Robert C. Lommasson, x & 185 pp., illus., University of Nebraska Press, Lincoln, Nebraska 68508. 1973. $10.00 cloth-bound, $f, 00 paperbound. This book makes a pleasant field guide for the college student, amateur naturalist or botanically oriented visitor to this area. The key seems readily workable, the text descriptions brief and accurate, and the glossary and index serviceable. There are 260 color photographs reproduced as plates and these make the book very attractive. Many are distinctly diagnostic, but some are recognizable only if you already know the plant. The book gives a small (260/1700) but characteristic floral presentation for the state. "PHYTOCHROME" edited by K. Mitrakos & W. Shropshire Jr., xiv & 631 pp., illus., Academic Press, London NW.1 & New York, N. Y. 10003. 1972. £7.50 or $21.50. Here are printed by photo-offset the proceedings of a sym- posium held in Eretria, Greece, the previous year and funded by NATO. Phytochrome is a proteinaceous photoreversible blue pigment that exists in a red or far red (activated) absorbing form and is found in every group of plants but not in fungi. "It is part of the control of stem elongation of plants....It mediates through light the induction of and release from dormancy of various structures such as some seeds, buds, bulbs and spores. It determines whether or not anthocyanin or other pigments in certain cells or tissues of a plant accumulate. It seems to regulate phenomena such as transport of auxin. It controls movement of the chloroplast in Mougeotia and leaves of Mimosa and Albizzia..... ae “Twa "It seems to be a system designed to receive incoming light signals from the environment; to interpret these signals, and relay instructions to the plant through appropriate channels in a form to which the plant can make advantageous response." The 23 well explained and carefully documented lecture papers cover the bulk of the modern ideas on this subject. There are just a few typing errors that were not caught in proof- reading such as the spelling of Allium on p. 111, metabolism and on on p. 607. 456 197k Moldenke, Book reviews 457 "BIONICS" by Lucien Gérardin & translated fram the French by Pat Priban, 256 pp., illus., World University Library of McGraw- Hill Book Company, Toronto & New York, N. Y. 10020. 1968. $2.45 paperback. Published in Britain, France, Gemany, Holland, Italy, Spain, Sweden and the United States, this rather large series of specially comissioned introductory works is well designed for university students and also the general reader. Ideas about bionics are far fram new but the term was coined in 1958 by J. E. Steele of the U. S. Air Force for the science of systems whose function is based on living systems, or which have characteristics of, or resemble, living systems. Like cybernetics, both are "cross-roads sciences based on the same specialist sciences" involving "the biologist, the psychologist, the mathematician and the engineer." "Bionics promises to be very useful both in the field of harnessing energy and for processing information." Either the engineer—author or the translator has called the silk moth a butterfly! There is an annotated topical bibliography and there are four color photographs among the many diagrams. "MIMICRY — In Plants and Animals" by Wolfgang Wickler & trans- lated from the German by R. D. Martin, 256 pp., illus., World University library of McGraw-Hill Book Company, Toronto & New York, N. Y. 10020. 1968. $2.5 paperback. After describing Bates' Brazilian studies from 189 to 1860 and his deductions about butterfly mimicry and after emphasizing that "the difference between pointless and useful resemblances is that in the latter cases there is presumably some other organism which notices the similarity," the author describes fascinatingly many examples of all different kinds of mimicry as shown by a wide range of plants and animals. They are illus- trated by many black/white and color photographs and drawings. "Transitorial stages between mimicry and camouflage or be~ tween mimicry and the general standardisation of signals show that mimicry is not a principle distinct from the normal range of natural phenomena. The abundance of widely varying examples supports Henry Bates in his statement of 1862: 'The process by which a mimetic analog is brought about in nature is a problem which involves that of the origin of all species and all adap- tations .'" "LIFE IN THE SEA" by Gumar Thorson & translated from the Danish by Manon C. Meilgaard & Alec Laurie, 256 pp., illus., World University Library of McGraw-Hill Book Company, Toronto & New York, N. Y. 10020. 1971. $2.45 paperback. 458 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 27, no. 6 Nothing seems lost in translation because the author shines through with his great skill, enthusiasm, leadership in and dedi- cation to the field of marine biology. He ends his book with a plea for more support and for more students and scientists in this field which offers so much to mankind, including some help with the world's food and energy crisis. His death makes this his last, but lasting, contribution to marine biology. There is an excellent description of the sea as a habitat. Plant and animal life are described zone by zone. The book is copiously illustrated with excellent photographs and effective diagrams. It has a bibliography and full indexing, as do all the works in this series. "VEGETATION OF NEW JERSEY — A Study of Landscape Diversity" by Beryl Robichaud & Murray F. Buell, xii & 30 pp., illus., Rutgers University Press, New Brunswick, New Jersey 08903. 1973. $12.50. This is an excellent and much needed book for ecologists, ecology students, local naturalists and New Jerseyans by the dean of New Jersey botanist-ecologists and his Ph.D. trainee who has several works in data processing and business systems already to her credit. Despite New Jersey's small land mass, its densest of all state populations and heaviest of all state road travel, its in- dustrial pollution of air and water, its 2) percent land use for assorted agricultural purposes, it still has fascinatingly di- verse natural vegetation because of differences in climate, alti- tude, geological history, soil material, and water drainage patterns, salinity and acidity. The book describes 12 major land habitats and the 12 corre- lated vegetation types. Because of man's tree felling activity, altered land uses and the disastrous chestnut blight, the origin- al oak-chestnut forest region of the Eastern Deciduous Forest Formation in northern upland New Jersey is now mostly much re- duced mixed oak growth. Appendix I is virtually a travel brochure of "Where to see types of natural vegetation in New Jersey." Appendix II lists according to plant types annotated "refer- ences for plant identification." Each chapter in the text carries its own bibliography. Appendix III gives "cross reference plant common names to plant scientific names" and vice versa. How helpful it would have been if page numbers had been added since these names are not included in the book's index. The generic name for the dusty-miller is misspelled, but is given in correct form for the sagebrush. The book is fully supplied with fine photographic scenes and illuminating diagrams. 197k Moldenke, Book reviews 459 "SIZE AND FORM IN PLANTS — with Special Reference to the Primary Conducting Tracts" by F. 0. Bower, xiv & 232 pp., Facsimile Edition by Hafner Press, New York, N. Y. 10022. 1973. $8.95. This classic first appeared in 1930 and has since disappeared from or never until now had a chance to appear on the book shelves of botanical libraries and on botanists' desks where its information and conclusions would be helpful to present-day workers in related fields. "Three leading morphological features have contributed very greatly to the success of any large tree, or in less degree of any ordinary herbaceous Dicotyledon: viz. continued embryogeny, internal ventilation, and cambial activity. The first of these originated early in evolution, but the other two were relatively late innovations," "VEGETABLES IN SOUTH-EAST ASIA" by Geoffrey A. C. Herklots, xii & 525 pp., illus., Hafner Press, New York, N. Y. 10022. 1972. £3.75 in U. K., $11.75 in U.S.A. "During the winter of 1967/68 I spent a month in each of Thai- land, Hong Kong and Taiwan studying in the field and in city and village markets the variety of vegetables grown, their cultivation and marketing." This was just the summarizing experience capping a professional biologist—horticulturist lifetime experience in the tropics, especially in Hong Kong. After an interesting introduction and discussion of basic principles, the author names scientifically and vernacularly these vegetables, illustrates them with his good line drawings, describes them and their uses — often with recipes —, growth, and harvesting. The greens, cabbage, legumes, cucurbits, other fruits, bulbs, roots, tubers, herbs, spices, aquatics, etc. con- sidered are particularly important in this area since they provide the main source of proteins, oils, minerals and vitamins. Since most of these crops are now by introduction pantropic, pansubtropic and often temperate, this study will be of great value to all agricultural and food science libraries and to those inquisitive readers who have been "there" and would like to know what it was that they ate. "HUMAN ECOLOGY — Problems and Solutions" by Paul R. Ehrlich, Ame H. Ehrlich & John P, Holdren, xi & 30) pp., illus., W, H. Freeman & Company, San Francisco, California 9,10). 1973. $4.75 paperback. Planned for many simpler and shorter courses, study discussion groups and general readers than that excellent work entitled "Population Resources, Environment", this book presents scientif- ically and compellingly “the essence of demography, man's utiliza- 4,60 PHYTO4,0:42 A Vol. 27, no. 6 tion of resources, the world food problem, and man's assaults on his own health and on the health of the ecological systems upon which his existence depends....as the most serious crisis ever faced by Hamo sapiens. "Having established the need to halt population growth....we examine what mist be done about other aspects of human behavior... How can people be made aware that man's many problems are inextric- ably intertwined and that, therefore, ecological problems will not be solved unless racism, poverty, exploitation, and war are tackled at the same time." There are no "crackpot" suggestions here because this is the work of careful scientists. Ideas and facts presented are logical and statistically well based. There is a bibliography given with each chapter for further verification and study. / "THE COCCIDIA — Eimeria, Isospora, Toxoplasma, and Related Genera" edited by Datus M. Hammond with Peter L. Long, viii & 482 pp., illus., Butterworth & Company, Publishers, Ltd., London & Paria Park Press, Baltimore, Maryland 21202. 1973. 24.50. The coccidia, causal to coccidiosis in poultry, cattle, sheep, goats, laboratory animals and rarely man, have complex life cycles and close relationship to the malaria-inducing Plasmodium and others in class Sporozoa in Order Eucoccidiorida. They are intracellular parasites for the greater part of their life cycles. The book consists of 10 papers by as many authors, including the editors, on such topics as: taxonomy, host and site specific- ity, life cycles, ultrastructure with many excellent illustrations by electron microscope, biochemistry, culturing, pathology, imun- ology, toxoplasmosis, and laboratory techniques used with all of these genera. There is an excellent detailed chart comparing classical coccidia with Toxoplasma, Besnoitia, Sarcocystis and Frenkelia. "It is our hope that the volume will be useful to advanced undergraduates, graduate students, research workers, and teachers in biology, the health sciences, veterinary medicine and human medicine, as well as to veterinarians and physicians." And so it should be because it offers modern, thorough, well documented coverage slighting only chemotherapy. "PAST AND PRESENT VEGETATION OF THE ISLE OF SKYE — A Palaeolog- ical Study" by H. J. B. Birks, xi & 15 pp., illus., Cam- bridge University Press, London NW1 2DB & New York, N. Y. 10022. 1973. $39.50 oversized. This meticulously careful work is another presentation of the author's Ph.D. dissertation defended at the University of Cam bridge in 1969 and entitled "The Late-Weichselian and Present 197, Moldenke, Book reviews 4,61 Vegetation of the Isle of Skye." This island with its cool oceanic climate is the largest of the Inner Hebrides off the northwest coast of Scotland. Its present flora is relatively well known and its vegetational associations are carefully re- corded by the author mainly following Braun-Blanquet in Part I of the book. Parts III and IV describe the palaeological investigations by pollen and spore identification and analysis, by stratigraphy in five lakes, and by comparison of the present vegetation with that identified from this youngest of the British Quaternary — the Late Devensian. The following main pollen assemblage zones are recognized: (1) Lycopodium—Cyperaceae, (2) Gramineae-Rumex, (3) Betula, and (4) Betula—Corylus. Part V summarizes the author's several well-made conclusions. "Palaeoecology and ecology cannot be divorced, for the interpre- tation of the former is entirely dependent on modern ecological observations through the principal [principle] of methodological uniformitarianisn." This book has a valuable bibliography and an index that in- cludes only a few of the plants mentioned. Page 387 has assem- blages misspelled. "MORPHOLOGY OF PLANTS" 3rd Edition by Harold C. Bold, xv & 668 pp., illus., Harper & Row, Publishers, London, Evanston, San Francisco & New York, N. Y. 10022. 1973. $15.95. Since the last edition of 1967 "new data, especially signif- icant for plant morphology, have been provided by electron mic- roscopy, biochemistry, paleobotany, and genetics, and by such organism-related disciplines as phycology, mycology, and bryol- ogy." They are incorporated into the same general organization along with augmented and improved illustrations which are mostly excellent black/white photographs. There is a single and de- tailed bibliography, a sensibly defined glossary, and a careful index at the end of the text. A great deal of valuable material is presented here for students above the "baby bio" course level and others. Evolution=- ary comparisons are stressed and a newer classification is pre- sented throughout the text and compared with Tippo's and Eichler's on the back cover, At the end of each chapter there are questions on and about its contents. For the most part they are intelligent and forthright, as, for instance: "Where can one find cycads in nature?" and "\hy are the roots and rhizophore of Isoetes of in- terest in relation to the fossil record?" Occasionally they get verbose, as "Do the names of plants have meaning? Where can one find their meaning?" and "Can you suggest any biological advan- tages, with respect to survival of the organism, that may accrue from the fact that in Heptophyta meiosis is delayed until sporo- genesis?" 462 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 27, no. 6 "THE BIOLOGICAL EFFICIENCY OF PROTEIN PRODUCTION" edited by J. G. W. Jones, xi & 385 pp., illus., Cambridge University Press, London NW1 2DB & New York, N. Y. 10022. 1973. $21.00. These are the proceedings of a symposium at the University of Reading in September 1971 planned "to consider the relative bio- logical efficiency of alternative methods of protein production, by both animals and plants, at the level of the tissue, the indi- vidual and the population, and in a variety of enviroments ranging from terrestrial to aquatic" and attracting biochemists, nutritionists, agriculturalists, biologists, ecologists and econ- omists." The 92 attendants, the non-attendants and students in these fields will find this work definitely worthwhile. The 20 papers are divided into 5 parts. Among the introduc- tory ones A. A. Woodham asks: "Is it too much to ask that the gravity of the situation may become so apparent to all nations that the establishment of really effective means of balancing population growth and planetary resources may become a reality eeeee([With] a need for an effective International Food Programme? The others are grouped according to the biological efficiency of protein production by plants (cereals, temperate grasses, algae, bacteria), by animals (amino acid and protein metabolism, genet- ics), by ecosystems (land-based grazing, stall-feeding, aquatics), and by industrial systems (food preparation, protein-production by micro-organisms from carbohydrate substrates). There are summarizing and evaluating discussions after each group of papers. The mterial is well indexed. "FLORA OF THE PRAIRIES AND PLAINS OF CENTRAL NORTH AMERICA" by Per Axel Rydberg, Volumes I & II, 969 pp., illus., Facsim- ile Replication by Dover Publications, Inc., New York, N. Y. 10014. 1971. $5.00 each, paperback. This welcome Dover edition is an unabridged replication of what was originally published as a single volume in 1932 by the New York Botanical Garden. It is still true that "No Flora of just this area has previously been published, although its bor- ders have been invaded by other well-known manuals." as stated in the original preface by Dr. M. A. Howe. "This Flora aims to be a complete manual of the Spermatophyta and Pteridophyta of the states of Kansas, Nebraska, Iowa, Minnesota, South Dakota, and North Dakota, and of southern Manitoba and southeastern Sas- katchewan. It includes also most of the species occurring in the prairie regions of Illinois, southern Wisconsin, and north- ern Missouri, and on the plains of eastern Colorado, eastern Montana, and southern Saskatchewan." Now copies of this splendid work will no longer be at such a financial premium, 197 Moldenke, Book reviews 463 "KORMOFYTERNES TAXONOMI" by Kai Larsen, 223 pp., illus., Akademisk Forlag, 1169 Copenhagen K, Denmark. 1973. 60 kr. paperback. This Danish text on the taxonomy of the cormophytes has heen prepared by an outstanding local botanist who has had much univer- sity teaching, herbarium and worldwide field experience in his background. It is attractively, accurately and profusely illu- trated with 108 many-parted figures. "FLORA PALAESTINA" Volume One Part I — Text — Equisetaceae to Moringaceae by Michael Zohary, xxxviii & 36) pp., illus. poke Part II — Plates, xcvi & 95 pp., illus., The Israel Academy of Sciences and Humanities, Jerusalem. 1966. $30.00. This excellent botanical study of Israel, Jordan, and the Gaza Strip — and its subsequent parts — deserves wide distribution and acclaim. "It includes many species and varieties newly de- scribed, recorded for the first time or renamed since the publi- cation of the second edition of Post's Flora (1932—1933). Cer- tain groups have been taxonomically revised. Habitats and dis- tribution in and outside of Palestine have been reexamined... "The descriptions, with few exceptions, are based on plants deposited in the Herbarium of the Hebrew University... "The brief notes on the uses of local plants are in part founded on personal observation and in part taken from reliable literary sources. Data on chromosome numbers are based almost exclusively on counts made on local plants. Of Biblical plant names only those identified with some certainty are quoted." There is a selected bibliography of basic taxonanic works. At the back of the clearly described text book there are two valuable maps, one showing geographical plant territories of Palestine (Mediterranean, Irano-Turanian, Saharo-Arabian, Sudanian Penetration) with place names and one showing plant geographical regions represented in "Flora Palaestina" (Euro- Siberian, Sino-Japanese, Irano-Turanian, Mediterranean, Macaronesian, Saharo-Arabian, Sudanian, Guineo-Congolese, Indian, Malaysian). "I would like to compliment all the artists [E. Huber, R. Koppel, K. Torn, D. Amsler] on their precise and meticulous draftmanship, and I trust that users of the Flora will rightly appreciate their contribution." They can hardly do otherwise for the 495 full-page plates! To them has been added a list of the plates with explanations, a scientific name index and a Hebrew index. These two books of Volume One are beautifully printed and nicely bound, A STUDY OF STEM ANATOMY IN BEGONIA L.* Yoo Sung Lee** Department of Biology, Northeastern University Boston, Massachusetts 02115, U.S.A. Begonia plants have been cultivated for ornamental purposes since their discovery early in the seventeenth century. The name Begonia, first given by Plumier, was published in 1700 by Tourne- fort in his Institutiones Rei Herbariae. Linnaeus introduced it officially in edition one of his Species Plantarum (1753), and it was in the fourth edition of his Genera Plantarum (1754). The purpose of the present study was to investigate the anat- omical variation in the stems of Begonia, and if any variations exist, to see whether there is correlation between these and the sections used in classifying the genus. In the past anatomical studies for the most part concerned themselves with flowers and much less often with vegetative parts. Because the systematic value of reproductive organs has been em- phasized by many botanists (Fellerer 1892; Klotzsch 1855, and many others), and because they have shown at least some superficial dissimilarity in vegetative characters, a further study of stem structure seemed desirable in understanding the genus Begonia. Some publications have appeared previously in which the authors have tried to selve the questions of systematic position from a purely morphological or anatomical point of view. One of the first careful descriptions of a Begonia was in 1830, when the characteristics of the hairs, glands, and stem, of the long flower-stalked Begonia, B. longipes, was described by Hooker. Hildebrand (1859) and Fellerer (1892) did outstanding work on the systematic anatomy of Begonia. They considered mainly the cystoliths and cystosphere-formation as a systematic charac- teristic in their analysis, the existence of which served them as a proof for a relationship with the Cucurbitaceae. Haberlandt (1914) described the sclerenchyma of the species B. nelumbifolia Cham. et Schlecht, B. pustulata Liebm., and B. violifolia A IC. Hallier (1903) tried to prove relationship of the anchor- hairs of some Begonia species with those of the compositaceous Hypochoeris aethnensis Benth. & Hook. * In part material presented in a thesis for the Master of Science degree at Northeastern University, Boston. ** Present address: % Department of Botany, Rutgers-the State University, New Brunswick, New Jersey. 46h 1974 Lee, Stem anatomy in Begonia 465 Pneumatothodes have been described by Vouk (1912) in the stems of B. vitifolia Schott in Sprengel, where they resemble and replace typical lenticels. Metcalfe and Chalk (1957) said the pneumatothodes are composed of (i) an epidermis of small, thin-walled cells devoid of cuticle; (ii) stomata with poorly developed or occluded apertures; (iii) thin-walled photosynthe- tic tissue with a weakly developed intercellular system which constitutes the main portion of the penumatothodes. Irmscher (1925) described various conditions of stems, flowers and leaves in classifying the sections. Bailey (1949) made a horticultural arrangement of species according to stem structure. Fotsch (1939) arranged much information concerning detailed Begonia anatomy, including that of the stems. After this no studies of Begonia stem anatomy were made except those included incidentally in brief descriptions of new species. Trichomes of Begonia leaves were studied by Fellerer (1892) and Boghdan (1967). They described multicellular non-capitate, capitate, and some other modifications in trichomes. The same type of trichomes can be seen on the Begonia stems. Emergences have not been found on Begonia stems. Multilayered epidermis in Begonia had been mentioned in passing by several plant anatomists. This condition was further studied by Boghdan and Barkley (1969), and by Barkley and Hozid (1971), who showed further examples of variation of the epidermis found in Begonia leaves, several species showing multilayered epidermis in the leaves. The development of the multiple epider- mis a the leaf of B. floccifera Beddome was studied by Boghdan (1973). Much attention was paid to the specialized stems of Begonia by many botanists and horticulturists. Many Begonia have more or less slender stems which grow urright, or tortuous, or even pendant. The slender stems of B. glabra Aublet and B. tropaeolifolia A. IC, climb up tree trunks by means of adventitious roots. Other Begonia such as the rhizomatous Begonia, B. acetosa Vellozo, have much thickened stems with short internodes and grow prostrate along the soil, but others of the rhizomatous Begonia having short internodes and thick stems, grow upright. Many, such as B. pustulata Liebm., have nodes far apart on thin prostrate stems and some have stolons on a grand scale, such as B. popenoei Standley. Then there are those in which the lower part of the stem becomes enlarged at the soil level or just below, the so-called semituberous Begonia, for example B. dregei Otto and Dietrich. Another unusual and unique stem modification is specialized thickened and succulent leaves produced at the soil level, resulting in a bulb in B. socotrana Hooker f. Such variation in stem structure obviously demonstrates need for further study. 66 PHY 20: 1.0 Geb As Vol. 27, noe 6 The author wishes to express sincerest thanks to Dr. Fred A. Barkley for his continued counsel throughout this study and for the use of his private collections of Begonia which he made available for this study. The author is also indebted to Mr. Michael Kartuz of Kartuz' Greenhouses and to Mrs. Joy L. Martin of Logee's Greenhouses for several of the stems used in this study. The cooperation of the Gray Herbarium Library of Harvard University in allowing reference to the literature is most gratefully acknowledged. Materials and Methods The various Begonia stems used in this study were obtained from greenhouse-grown specimens. Table I shows the species studied, their taxonomic position in the genus and their geo- graphic origins. Stem portions of most species for the study were taken from the first (newest) internode and the fifth (older) inter- node (rarely in the sixth or seventh internode). The specimens were killed in Craf I fixative and then transferred to Craf II solution (Sass 1958), (or rarely killed in Craf III), and immediately aspirated for two hours in vacuum to remove any air in the tissues. The tissues were dehydrated in graduations of ethyl alcohol following the schedule of Johansen (1940), changed to butyl alcohol and imbedded in para- plast. Ten to fifteen micron sections, both cross and longitud- inal, were cut, stained with safranin and fast green, and mounted in Canada balsam for study. Photomicrographs were made using a Polaroid Land Instrument Camera (Model ED-10) with Polaroid Black and White Film (Land Pack Film Type 107). Drawings were made using a table projection of prepared slides with a Tri-Simplex Micro-Projector. The nomenclature used in this study followed that published by Barkley (1972). Observations Microscopic observations at the first internode and at the fifth internode level of the collenchyma, sclerenchyma, secondary growth from vascular cambia, and from cork cambia (i.e. the phellogens), trichomes, the condition of the vascular ring, and of the vascular bundles, were made. Later comparisons were made between the stems of various species. Table II shows the abbrev- iations which are used for Table III. 197k TABL= I. Lee, Stem anatomy in Begonia 67 The species of Begonia used in the present study of Begonia stems, the section of the genus to which each belongs and the locality where they are native. Species acetosa Vellozo aconitifolia A. DC. ancularis Raddi boliviensis A. DC. coccinea Hooker convolvulacea A. DC. ecrispa Krel cubincola A. DC. cucullata var. hookeri Smith & Schubert domingensis Grisebach echinosevala Regel esresia N. E. Brown engleri Gilg epipsiia Brade fazifolia Fischer floccifera Beddome foliosa HBK glabra Aublet goeszoensis N, E. Brown grandis Dryander incana Lindley incarnat2 Link & Otto involucr2ta Liebmann lobata Schott in Sprengel maculat2 Raddi mannii Hooxer f. mazae Ziesenhenne retallica Regel parilis Irmscher parva Merrill polygonoides Hooker f. in Cliver pustulata Liebmann richardsoni2na Merrill & Perry roxburshii A DC. rubro-venia Planchon scharffiana Regel ex Hooker £. schmidtiene Regel serratipetala Irmscher solananthera 4A. DC. stirulacea Willdenow ulnifolia Willdenow undulata Schott & Sprengel venosa Skan ex Hooker f. viscida Ziesenhenne vitifolia Schott in Sprengel Preeeeeeer Pee ee Pee eer ee eee Pee ere PPP PrFr rrr Section Pritzelia Latistigma Begonia Barya Pritzelia Enita Begonia Begonia Begonia Begonia Pritzelia Tetrachia Restrobegonia Pritzelia Enita Reichenheinia Lepsia Pritzelia Reichenheinia Knesebeckia Knesebeckia Knesebeckia Gireoudia Ewaldia Gaerdtia Tetraphila Gireoudia Gireoudia Pritzelia Diplocliniun Tetraphila Weilbachia Petermannia Sphenanthera Platycentrun Ewaldia Begonia Petermannia Solananthera Begonia Donaldia Gaerdtia Gireoudia Begonia Pritzelia Geographic origin Brazil Brazil Brazil Bolivia Brazil Brazil (cult. ) Cuba Brazil Santo Domingo Brazil Brazil Tropical Africa Brazil Brazil India Colombia West Indies, Brazil, Mexico Suratra China, Japan Guatemala Mexico Costa Rica Costa Rica Brazil Tropical Africa Mexico Mexico Brazil Philippines Tropical Africa Mexico New Guinea Burma Himalaya Brazil Brazil New Guinea Brazil Brazil Venezuela Brazil Brazil Mexico Brazil Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. 14. 15. Poe, TO 0G 7.4 Vol. 27, no. 6 Explanation of Figures. Medullary se (Collateral) in B. parilis Irmscher CK.S255%- 88) ic Medullary bundle (Amphivasal) in B. parilis (X.S., X 88). Medullary bundle with limited secondary growth in B. roxburghii A.DC. (X.S., X 35). Cross section of the first internode showing capitate trichomes, B. crispa Krel (X.S., X 100). Cross section of the first internode showing cortex with dense protoplasm, B. epipsila Brade (X.S., 5a X 88, 5b 350) . Cortical bundle which is a leaf-trace in the cortex, B. floccifera Beddome (X.S., X 88). Vascular bundle showing pericyclic fibers and lignified tracheids, B. venosa Skan ex Hooker f, (x.S., X 88). Vasculsr bundle showing pericyclic fibers and lignified tracheids, B. dietrichiana Irmscher (X.S., X 88) Big trichome in the first internode, B. viscida Ziesen- henne (X.S., X 70). Branched trichome in the first internode, B. roxburghii GOos., x 70) Non-capitate, whiplash trichome and hemispherical wen- like structure in second inte node, B. pustulata Liebm. (3.80% OB) Cross section of non-capitate trichome and capitate trichome with head, B. maculata Raddi (X.S., X 350). Whiplash trichome in the first internode, B. lobata Schott in Sprengel (X.S., X 350). Short-stalked, capitate trichome in the first inter- node, B. crispa Krel (X.S., X 350). Cross section of the fifth internode showing medullary bundles, B. parilis Irmscher (X.S., X 35). Medullary and cortical bundles, B. angularis Raddi A eSen me Ole 197h Bis. 17. Fig. 18. Fig. 19. Fig. 20. Pige.21. Fig. 22. Fig. 23. Lee, Stem anatomy in Begonia 4,69 Medullary bundle, B. stipulacea Willdenow (X.S., X 35). Irregularly thickened stone-cells in the cortex, B. mannii Hooker f. (X.S., X 35). Stone-cells, B. coccinea Hooker (X.S., X 35). Stone-cells and starch grains, B. undulata Schott in Sprengel (X.S., X 35). Indented vascular cylinder including two-s*zed bundles, B. vitifolia Schott in Sprengel (X.S., X 25). Discontinuovs vascular cylinder, B. viscida Ziesen. (ee5., x 2100). Discontinuous vascular cylinder, B. incarnata Link & Otto (X.S., X 35). 470 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 27, no. 6 Se a A tO oe * or’ Agee Go! 'o~ Bar. A i) tg Ore o Yy ye aad ‘ sf ‘ i o> . . . y ? et pa Yr mY ee oe 7 LF ree ¢ he E 197k Lee, Stem anatomy in Begonia 471 PHY TO LOG TA Vol. als no. 6 r) — oe ee@te Py wae Sree: Ora S&S 22% Le Lee, Stem anatomy in Begonia 473 1974 0, V7 oe 58h y mY ne8 XO eo -, La <@ : x | | : “= PRS SAT ee Oa 5 Leese: Ae Oe: oa 7h Pan Fat OL OG WA.5 Vol. 27, no. 6 y) (i ws if a y He SAY 1974 Lee, Stem anatomy in Begonia 475 ep rae 4 Se arste Brees BER SST ea KES eee Teese 4 ey. agree: Bees uF OE hyo rAd ieOrg erie is S BYR Oe sts CH YL OR SRE MH io 9) ip {) XY al C] elie seta aneeteee Vierceeteery SISSY EY (J 77) 6 He YA OH YT 4,76 PPT iT OcL 06° Ik Vol. 27, no. 6 197k, Lee, Stem anatomy in Begonia 477 TABLE T[, Explanations of the abbreviations used in- the discussions of observations. 1. Vascular ring. ve,: a continuous vescular cylinder in which the ring is almost round in cross section, vC,: a continuous vasculer cylinder in which the ring is wavy in cross section. ve,: a continuous vascular cylinder in which the ring in cross section is angular and somewhat scuare or trapezoid. VC,: a discontinuous vescular cylinder in which the primary vascular tissues form a system of strands, the interfascicular cambia produce almost only ray parenchyna, and therefore, the secondary vascular tissues appear as strands. 2. Secondary growth. OSGF; no secondary growth in the fascicular regions. OSGI: no secondary growth in the interfascicular regions. ISGF: initiation of secondary growth in the fascicular regions. ISGI: initiation of secondary growth in the interfascicular regions. SGFO: mature secondary growth in the fascicular regions without tracheids having lignified secondary wall. SCGIO: mature secondary growth in the interfascicular regions without tracheids having lisnified secondary wall. SGFT; mature secondary growth in the fascicular regions with trecheids having lignified secondary wall. SGIT: mature secondary growth in the interfascicular regions with tracheids having lignified secondary wall. 3, Vascular bundle. MB: additional vascular bundles in the pith. CB: additional vascular bundles in the cortex. VB, to vB, show in (i) to (v). p: phloen, c: canmdiun, , J Aunia * 9401 piu00-uou Ausu ‘aysyzqtdoo -uou ‘9 (DaxTHyS —y10Ys)eazByTdso (pamor-aeTIJuys ¥ -T} Nw) 2484 Fd 89 -uou ® (paxT 33s -jyro0ys)azuitdeo (PamoI-aTIuTs ¥ -F4 nm) ayezfdeo —uou ¥ (DexTeys —y.104s) 94B}7dBo a 40} ;deo-uou @XFT-aTsg03 auos aryeytdso -uou ¥% (PpaxTs3s -j210ys) ezB4 F180 may *aqyaytdiao-uou ayattiao -uou yy (payTuys -yr0us) aqeytdeo (usaT -dyun)azarytdeo -uou 9 (paxTa43s -y10ys) az87y7dao azarttdes -uou 9 (pa -yTeySs-jsro0ys 10 -uou) 3487 7d39 may ‘ayaytdso -uou 9 (paxTet3 —g10ys)3zaz,;dao (panor 2) 23.83 ;ds0-uou duou ysouTVB srafel L-y pauayoTyy Ajantnvuz szaket p-¢ pauayo Tuy ATT anbe “aTVd tT szafkst 6-+ poausHopyy AU retniua sraket p-¢ pauaHo Tyr aTITIT srafet S-+ pauayopuy aTITET sra{st 6-98 PauaHo Tuy eTUTET szafet p-¢ pauayo Fuy ATietnsue sraket S-¢ 9euaHo Fyy {Tze tTnZus szafket p-¢ pausHo Fur ATaotn3ue saafat S-+ pouayotyuy &TrvTnIus szaketl S-+ pawayo Fur AT1eTn2Zus sraket G-p (374990939u4) KatousT wuyouT or (aryoaqasauy Zepusfkaq sypoucsd *¢E (a}pnoes Tefey BoTT Tsien (spanoar auuayuasetzZ aazi0 (eponoat my Fo) “' t9) PPEPUL Nut “Byedonpowwrs se (a}t}91939) Taustls 42049S eBla—topun (os02990) u FPPsY ayetnosa ur “As (aroTenq) Tacuaids 430U9S }BCoT (ateT24qZ) TaKqooH X39 [3-9 BuBstJjioyos LG (34 7uUq) eee BaoBTMATOAUOD (stpTsuoq) MOUSOTT IM BTTosyfartn 7e *Apnys IoJ payoetes Stuoseg eyy JO sWajs ay} JO SOT4ZSTIeZoeTeYo ey} JO uoT}e4yUeseider Ietnqey Y °G-III eTqey Vol. 27, no. 6 PHYTOLOGIA 4,80 unm * (panor aT2uts) au pIRo DaUuyoTYy (attazitig) IST ~uou y (paqturs ATLarnsug __1anosult ONS —4Z10S)agazppigo srat{st L-+ Stlfiea °& a43yTdso -uou 9 (pa pazayxoTyy “LAs sreqty -HTB4S-pIOYS ¥ TaretnFue (mprazirid) “IOs otTofo pred *-uou)aqaytdes | sxafet p-¢ zeTQny Giqgarts *W LIT 2 =a. qda ne PauayoTyy (311972 fd) Payatyrur ATraptniug 0330 UT TauasTy 933} 1d30-uou stakat 1-% atlosssuy *g -mxapqtde uy Powouvrg | pauaxo yy : PezuT TUT sreqty way ATaetnvuy 43Fr2zp 34g) AT 410d oTtofkofrad *3a7,837de0-uou srok3t L-S apaig vlisdzla *E aqya1tdeo pauayotur (3ttezy Td) -uou % (paytsys ATr2TN2ug _ Tagay -3.10y43) 3,447,130 szakst y-¢ Bledasoufuoa *p Pousyo Puy a13i};d90 <{ttTanba -uou % (Dat 3435 aTIUTEIT (aytezr tq) -q1ous)azB7tdeo stefst p-¢ [°F Hooy Bautoo09 *g May faqnytdso pana Tuy Slaqty | ~uou PY (pexTeys aTIIIT (aTT9z1 Ftd) OtTOAOFsad | -3LOYS)A},24Tds9 srakat 6-4 OBOTT3IA B5C13999 A ayaytdiao pruayotyy (mazryur2fy0Tg) -uou Y (DAaYTRIS ATirupovue -j10ys) aqzuiTdso siofut G-b BPUAA-OLQNI -mrentda ut PeyBTT TUT sreqTy AtTyrud opToho pred -uou 9 (paxTuys ATL iLupTnsuy8 Tayosury —yroys)a3z8y7dao sxrafat ¢-2 “Dteratyiutias | pauyHo Fyy - ATTanba (apuuaura3aqg) srakvt may *“aT4tIT Axrlay 3 (Th113/1 JTaraaes *aqyeqytdeo-uom | srafel 6-+ Biapuospiaiinya °F pauaxoTyy may Aqaaqtndua ‘aqattdeo-uog sraf{atl ¢€-2 paaaRotuy (amd (234227) siLakey I9S(1)0 AT. t2Tn#ue ‘Ory Tataras O49oS ST[T99-au04s srafel 6-+ asad paudRZoTyy (37H990 a3 auy) aay AL.caTnzue 0230 9 *aic.Tdeo-uou szefel 9-S HUTT e}eu Ieouy | *Apnys IOJ pezyooTes BTUOTeq oyz JO sma4zs oY} JO SOTZSTIoZOVABYO |yz JO uOTZeRUeSeIdeI IeTNQe ¥ *O-TII eraey Lee, Stem anatomy in Begonia 4,81 197k siaket [Teraaas sraket Teteaas *Apnys IOJ peyoeTes BluoOseg ey} Jo suezs ayy jo STT990-9u04sS (pauaxoTyy ATLeTNZarz FT y ATrutTnFer 'OA |) STTe0-su04ys ‘ SsLaqyty Peyouvtqun sLaqty oFtofotasad sieqty otTofLopsrad *uyMorIZ LTepuods|s fo aouesqe SuTTeBOTpUT ToquAs 9} ST wry PUB UZMOIZSATepuUOd|eS FO 4uUNomMe sATIeIedNOO au} e4eotTpuT ATYUsNoI yS,4+u TeuotyTppe ‘ypnor? nie ereeteete teste feteetcsteetente pape (qsetdtus PY panor -T4TnW) e484 7d Bo -uou # (paxteays -yroys) ayeyfduo aZais AtTive Aran uy (paxtTeys -410Ns)aqzaz pias (panor aTPutzs) o42zy7deo —uou 2? (PpaxT ys -41oys)aqnytdso (pamor aTfuys) aye} tduo-uou 7 ( PAaXTByS Payounrqg -Fuot ¥ -pIoUsS *-uou) aynyFd20 axtT-uam 9484 ;d29-u0u afeys ATisa Araa ut aye ytdeo —uou F (paxATeys -}10ys)azeytdus re (pamor-fun Juot 9 ‘-T4 TN yL10Y3s )a3ay;dBo-u0u P IOst (pexTBys-uou Y O45S OA -42104S) aye, Tdvo SOTISTLezoOBIBYO ay} JO uoTZeyUeseider TeTNGQe}y VY *o-TTT eTqQBL pouaHo Tuy ATa8 tnJuv s1akut G-¢ Pauayxo Fur aTt+IT s1akut G-b pauayofuy ftarntngus sraket p-¢ pauaxd Tuy ATIvtTnIue siaksTt 6-9 PauaAo Tuy ATxr2atnaue szakel 2T-L pouayo Tur ATrept nun siakeTt 2- Pouayo Puy ATqepnjiuia szaket S-b pauayotyy &tTanba eTITIL szekel g-y PpeaeHoTyy ATrutnzue szafeBT €1-9 Azepuodes suvam +, Toqufs aug x (atyouqt t3n) uu euqe T Byatnisnsu *¢ (at ped2ryzas) JPATTO UT TF 29400} Sapyouczatod *G (epyoariag) ates tree) Bpawisa *E (etavynnuatidg) “ody Frugingxor *¢ (utauyuuuZ[os) my (@yudd 30017504) JTT9) WapTsue (@ fm paueyo fy ) UO LS STsua0g30d %7f (apmpatuauo tay) auonpa:: BLAFFOOOTT “yy (811874 Ftd) Taduaris UT FPOUDS BETOSTITA “2 82 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 27, no. 6 Discussion The genus Begonia has been the classical example of mlti- layered epidermis (Fellerer 1892, Solereder 1908, Haberlandt 1928, Metcalfe & Chalk 1957, Foster & Gifford 1959, Esau 1965, Boghdan & Barkley 1969, Barkley & Hozid 1971 and many others). This is in contrast with single-layered epidermis recognized as the almost universal structure of leaves of Anthophyta. Metcalfe & Chalk (1957) described multilayered epidermis consisting of one to four layers in Begonia stems. Barkley & Hozid (1971) illustrated the various multilayered epidermis in the leaves of B.acetosa Vellozo, B. venosa Skan ex Hooker f., B. floccifera Beddome, B. mannii Hooker f. , Be parilis Irmscher, B. ulmifolia Willdenow, etc. Although sometimes a few individual cells of the epidermis undergo periclinal divisions (Fig. 15), multilayered epidermis was not found in the present study of stem anatomy, even in those having multilayered epidermis in the leaves. These divisions were shown in the cross section of the fifth internode levels in such species as B. angularis Raddi, B. fagifolia Fischer, B. stipwlacea Willdenos and B. ulmifolia Willd. These divisions are thought to be the initiation of phellogen. It was considered the first periderm because this kind of divisions did not occur throughout the epidermis, but only in particular areas. In most stems the phellogen is initiated in the hypodermis (subepid- ermal layer), but rarely the epidermal cells give rise to the phello- zen (as in the genera Nerium or Pyrus (Esau 1965)). In some species of Begonia the phellogen appeared to be initiated in the epidermis. Just inside of the epidermis there is a narrow cylinder of col- lenchyma cells. The inner portion of the cortex is composed of large parenchyma cells. As seen in the cross sections in many species (Begonia acetosa Vellozo, B. angularis Raddi, B. boliviensis A. DC., B. crispa Krel, B. epipsila Brade (Fig. 5), B. lobata Schott in Sprengel, B. maculata Raddi and B. metallica Regel), the collen- chyma cells showed very dense protoplasm in the first internode, and the fifth internode levels still remained densely cytoplasmic. The differences in cell-type and in the number of layers in the cross sections varied considerably. The number of peripheral layers of the collenchyma ranged from zero to thirteen layers. Some rhizoma- tous Begonia have little thickening in the collenchyma cells. No collenchyma was observed microscopically in B. goegoensis N. E. Brown. B. acetosa Vellozo,.B. floccifera Beddome, B. involucrata Liebm., B. polygonoides Hooker f. in Oliver, B. richardsoniana Merrill & Perry, B. viscida Ziesen. and others have a little angularly thickened or a little equally thickened collenchyma (Table III). 197h Lee, Stem anatomy in Begonia 83 In the first internode of Begonia, the maturation of the primary vascular elements in the procambial Sard or cylinder clearly showed the outline and internal pattern of the vascular system. In many cases secondary growth in the fascicular regions (sometimes both in the fascicular and interfascicular regions) showed considerable growth. Extremely active vascular cambial activity in the fascicular regions at the first internode was seen in B. cucullata var. hookeri Smith & Schubert, B. scharffiana Regel ex Hooker f., B. fagifolia Fischer, B. serratipetala Irmscher, B. echinosepala Regel, B. egregia N. E. Brown and B. mannii Hooker f. Between the first and fifth internode level, the cells of stelar parenchyma adjacent to the dividing cells of the fascicular cambium begun to divide, forming a layer of interfascicular cambium. The fifth internode level was considered as a critical age to observe the secondary growth in the vascular cambium of Begonia stems. Considerable secondary growth in the interfascicular regions was found there in B. cubincola A. IC., B. metallica L. Smith, B. domingensis A. DC., B. stipulacea Willd., B. parva Merrill, B. venosa Skan., B. epipsila Brade, B. fagifolia Fischer, B. solananthera A. DC., B. mannii Hooker f., and B. poly- gonoides Hooker f., whereas a lack of interfascicular growth was found, or was unclear, in B. boliviensis A. DC., B. viscida Ziesen., B. ulmifolia Willd., B. convolvulacea A. DC., B. involucrata Liebm., a grandis D: Dryander, Be incarnata Link & Otto, Ba aconitifolia A. DC., Be foliosa HBK., B. serratipetala Irmscher, B. coccinea Hooker, B. echinosepala Regel, B. glabra Aublet and B. vitifolia Schott in Sprengel. In some medullary bundles, secondary growth also occurred although the amount was not great (Fig. 3). In type of the vascular bundle, the Begonia group has collateral bundles which are a distinctive type in the dicotyledons and symo- sperms. They have closed collateral bunles in which cambium differ- entiates only within the vascular strand, or an open collateral bundle in which cambium differentiates laterally, connecting with the cambium of adjacent bundles. The secondary growth in them is very limited. B. crispa Krel., B. incarnata Link & Otto (Fig. 23) and B. viscida Z Ziesen. (Fig. 22) at the fifth internode showed absolutely independent bundles not connected with interfascicular cambiun. Therefore, in these there is no demarcation between the cortex and pith (Wy in Table II) in the interfascicular regions. However, most members of Begonia have a continuous vascular cylinder in which the ring in cross section is almost round because of secondary growth in both the fascicular and interfascicular regions. A continuous vascu- lar cylinder often is indented as in B. metallica L. Smith, B. viti- folia Schott or angular as in B. angularis Raddi (Fig. 16). The complexities of development and of mature structure of the primary vascular system result, in part, from the circumstance that some- times this system is initiated before the shoot completes its primary growth in both width and length (Esau 1965). 48) Pi Y TOL OG Td Vol. 27, no. 6 fable V. The groups of the vasculer bundles found in the Begonia studied VR: Barye B, bolviensis A, IC. Knesebeckia B, grancis Dryander B. B. Tetrechia egrecia N. E. 3rowm Weilbachie pustulate Lieb=ann VBo: Begonia B. enruleris Raddi, B. crisra Krel, 3B. viscida Ziesenhenne Donaldia B. ulzifolia Willcenow Enita B. convolvulecea 4&4. IC. Geerdia B. maculeta Pecdi, B. unculete Schott in Sprengel Enesebdechia B. incana Lindley, B, incarmate Link and Otto Iatistigma B, aconitifolie A, IC. Lepsia B. foliosa H3K Feterzannia B. richardésoniana Merrill and Perry, B. serretipetale Imscher Fritzelia B. coccine2 Hook f., B. echinosenala Regel, B. fezifolia Fischer B. verilis Imscher, B. vitifolie Schott in Sprengel Rostrobegonia B. engleri Gilg VBz: Itploclocliniun B. varva Merrill Gireoucia B, involucreta Liebmarn, B, r2zae Ziesenhenne Reichenneirie B. floccifera Beddore, B. goezoezsis N. ©. Brown Tetrepaile + Dannii Hooker f. vV54: Begonia B. schnidtiane Pegel Tetrephila B. polyzonoices Hooker f. in Oliver 735: Begonia B. cubincola £. IC., 3, cuculleta var. hookert, B. doningensis Grisebach B. stipulata Tilldenow Enita scharffiere Regel ex Hooker Ervaldia lobata Scnott in Sprengel Gireoudia tetellica Regel, B. venosa Sken ex Hooker f. Pritzelia ecetosa Vellozo, B. ecinsila Brace, B. glebre Aublet Sphenanthera B Be 3B. Platycentrun B, rubro-venia Planchon ue B. rexburghii A. IC. Be Solenanthera sclenanthera A. IC. 1974 Lee, Stem anatomy in Begonia 85 Different forms of the vascular ring in the same plant could be looked upon as expressions of different degree of development of stem. This expression can often be seen at the fifth internode level in cross sections of Begonia stems (Table III). In many species, especially B. cubincola A. DC., B. domingensis Grisebach, B. mannii Hooker f. (Fig. 18) and B. solananthera A. DC. developed tracheids having lignified secondary walls in both the fascicular and interfascicular regions. The vascular bundles may be grouped into five categories: VB, to VBz (Table II-3. (i) to (v)). In comparing the vascular bundle anatomy of the Begonia studied, no particular intrasectional relationship was found (Table IV). In cross sections of B. viti- folia Schott (Fig. 21) and B. roxburghii A. DC. the bundles cf two sizes occurred in the lobed vascular cylinder. In the fifth inter- node the larger bundles were located in the indentations of the vascular cylinder (Fig. 21) and the small bundles, which were not distinguishable in the first internode, were distributed along the lobes between the main bundles. The small bundles in B. vitifolia Schott were secondarily formed by the interfascicular cambium after the formation of the principal bundles. Vascular bundles in the pith are often regarded as anomalous formations, although they may occur in otherwise typically formed stem. In the dicotyledons, the medullary bundles are commonly con- centric, especially amphivasal (Esau 1965). The medullary bundles encountered in some Begonia are with few exceptions, commonly col- lateral. This collateral type, however, has a tendency to become concentric as they mature in the older internodes. Those in B. parilis Irmscher or B. stipulacea Willd. showed both collateral and and amphivasal (Fig. 1, 2) bundles. Bicollateral bundles, as well as collateral, were found in B. rubrovenia Planchon and B. venosa Skan. ex Hooker f. Two bundles joined to one another by the xylem were observed in the pith of B. angularis Raddi and B. rubrovenia Planchon. In the mature region of the stem of Begonia, the medull- ary bundles are highly variable. Some are arranged with the xylem on the inner face, the others conversely. In Begonia. the medullary and cortical bundles showed no dis- cernible pattern in relation to taxonomic position. It was thought that the medullary bundles might be associated with specific adap- tations. For instance, many of the medullary bundles are often found in a very succulent stems. More than twenty medullary bundles were counted in the pith of B. roxburghii and more than ten in B. rubrovenia Planchon. The number of medullary bundles changes from the younger internodes to the older ones. 86 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 27, no. 6 Two particular cell-types of sclerenchyma were observed: (i) the pericyclic fibers of the bundle cap were developed by the fifth internode level as found in B. domingensis Griesbach, B. solananthera A. DC., B. venosa Skan. in Hooker f. and many others; and (ii) the stone-cells which were equally thickened secondarily with lignin, were distributed in the cortex and occasionally in the pith. The stone-cells had living protoplasm and also often contain some starch grains (Fig. 19). In certain species as B. maculata Raddi, B. mannii Hooker f. (Fig. 18) and B. parva Merrill, the cell walls of the stone-cells were irregularly thickened in the direction of the pith. One of the most common features of Begonia is the epidermal appendages, technically called trichomes (emergences, seemingly are found in Begonia on leaves of some species, but not on stems). The distribution of trichomes in the first internode of the Begonia stem often shows them as very dense and usually becomes less abun- dant as the internode grows older (in part by the increase in the epidermal area and in part by shedding). Trichomes were not found on the stems of B. boliviensis A. DC., B. stipulacea Willd., B. aconitifolia A. DC., B. floccifera Beddome, B. solananthera A. DC. and B. polygonoides Hooker f. Metcalfe & Chalk (1957) described the hairs of the Begoniaceae as being of two types, non-capitate (non- secretory) and capitate (secretory). Esau (1965) classified plant hairs into unicellular and multicellular trichomes, and these may be either unbranched or branched. As far as observed in this study, all trichomes of Begonia stems were multicellular. The trichomes most often observed were the non-capitate trichomes with long axis, such as were found on B. fagifolia Fischer, B. pustulata Liebm (Fig. 11), B. viscida Ziesen. (Fig. 22), and many others. Some additional species with similar trichomes formed by a single row of cells are B. metallica L. Smith, B. parilis Irmscher, B. vitifolia Schott., B. roxburghii A. DC., and B. egregia N. E. Brown. Sometimes the trich- omes made a long whiplash axis. This type occurred on B. pustulata Liebm. (Fig. 11), B. viscida Ziesen. and B. lobata Schott. These hairs vary not only in length, but also in abundance on the first internode of stems. Another type of trichome is capitate, and has some secretory function regardless of the substance secreted. The capitate trich- ome could be distinguished easily by a secretory structure called the 'head' (Figs. 12, 14), which was absent on the non-capitate trich- omes (Solereder 1908; Boghdan 1967). Most variation in stem anatomy found in this study showed a great range and presents no discernible pattern from either taxon- omic position nor geographic origin. 197 Lee, Stem anatomy in Begonia 87 When we consider the systematic classification of the genus Begonia closely, we are perhaps astoniched that a genus which is so rich in species and varieties has not been subdivided into smaller systematic groups. This has been done frequently with large genera, as for example Prunus and genera in the Cactaceae. Attempts have actually been made in a similar direction (cf. Klotzsch 1855), but without satisfactorily fruitful results. These studies indicate that further investigations of the nodal anatomy, the leaf traces, and a more comprehensive study of the vascular elements would be very desirable, especially in relation to sectional classification in the group. Bibliography Bailey, L. H. 1949. Manual of Cultivated Plants. Macmillan, New York. Barkley, F. A. 1968. Begonia to 1763. Hopkins Press, Providence. Barkley, F. A. and B. Hozid. 1971. Leaf Anatomy of Begonia. The Begonian 38: 135-142. Barkley, F. A. 1972. Key to the sections of the Begoniaceae. The Buxtonian 1, Suppl. 4. Boston. Barkley, F. A. 1972. The species of the Begoniaceae. The Buxtonian 1; Suppl. 5. Boston. Barkley, F. A. and Y. S. Lee. 1972. Begonia Stems. The Buxton- jan 1: 5. Barkley, F. A. and Y. S. Lee. 1972. Begonia monophylla Pavon ex A. DC. The Buxtonian 1, Suppl. 6. Boston. Boghdan, K. S. 1967. Pubescence in Begonia. Northeastern Univ- ersity Thesis. (Unpublished) Boghdan, K. S. 1973. The foliar development in three species of Begonia. Northeastern University Dissertation. (Unpublished) Boghdan, K. S. and F. A. Barkley. 1969. Begonia trichomes. The Begonian 36: 130-132. Brilmayer, B. 1965. All about Begonia. Doubleday & Co., Inc., New York. Buxton, B. R. 1946. Begonia and how to grow them. Oxford Univ- sity Press, New York. 4,88 PHY T OO. Lo0g ik Vol. 27, no. 6 Carlquist, S. J. 1961. Comparative Plant Anatomy. Holt, Rine- hart and Winston, New York. Davis, E. L. 1961. Medullary bundles in the genus Dahlia and their possible origin. Am. J. Bot. 48: 108-113. Davis, A. H. and V. H. Heywood. 1965. Principles of Angiosperm Taxonomy. D. Van Nostrand Co., Inc., New York. Eames, A. J. and L. H. MacDaniels. 1947. An Introduction to Plant Anatomy. (Ed. 2) McGraw-Hill Book Co., Inc. New York. Esau, K. 1943. Origin and development of primary vascular tissue in seed plants. Bot. Rev. 9: 125-206. Esau, K. 1965a. Plant Anatomy (Ed. 2) John Wiley & Sons, New York, Esau, K. 1965b. Vascular Differentiation in Plants. Holt, Rinehart and Winston, New York. Fahn, A. 1967. Piant Anatomy. Pergamon Press, Oxford. Fellerer, C. 1892. Anatomie und Systematik der Begoniaceen. (Thesis). Germany. Foster, A. S. 1949. Practical Plant Anatomy (Ed. 2) D. van Nostrand Co., New York. Foster, A. S. and E. M. Gifford Jr. 1959. Comparative morph- ology of Vascular Plants. W. H. Freeman & Co., San Fran-~ cisco. Fotsch, K. A. 1939. Die Begonian. Works Press Administ. 0. p. 465-03-3-630. Graf, A. B. 1963. Exotica 3. Rjehrs Co., New Jersey. Haberlandt, G. 1914. Physiological Plant Anatomy. Macmillan, London. Hallier, H. 1903. Uber die verwandtschaftverhaltnisse bei Engler's rosalen, parietalen myrtifloren und in anderen ordnungen der dikotylen. Hamburg. Hernandez Medico, F. 1651. Nova Plantarum, Animalium et Miner- alium Mexicanorum Historia. Rome. Hildebrand, F. 1859. Anatomische Untersuchungen uber die Stamme Der Begoniaceen. Berlin. 1974 Lee, Stem anatomy in Begonia 489 Irmscher, E. 1925. Begoniaceae. Engler und Prantl's Die Natur- lichen Pflanzenfamilien. (Ed. 2) 21: 548-588. Johansen, D. A. 1940. Plant Microtechnique. McGraw-Hill Book Co., Inc., New York. Klotzsch, J. F. 1855. Begoniaceen-gatung und arten. Abhandl. Kramer, J. 1967. Begonia--Indoor and Out. E. P. Dutton & Co., Inc., New York. Linnaeus, C. 1753. Species Plantarum. Stockholm. Linnaeus, C. 1754. Genera Plantarum (Ed. 4) Stockholm. Metcalfe, C. R. and L. Chalk. 1957. Anatomy of the Dicotyledons. (Vol.1) Oxford at the Clarendon Press, London. Philipson, C. R. and J. M. Ward. 1965. The ontogeny of the vas- cular cambium in the stem of seed plants. Biol. Rev. 40: 5H-579. Plumier, P. C. Novum Plantarum Americanarum Genera. Sass, J. E. 1958. Botanical Microtechnique. (Ed. 3) Iowa State University Press, Ames. Smith, L. B. and B. G. Schubert. 1946. Studies in the Begoniaceae II: Mexico, Central America. Contr. Gray Herb. 161: 26-29. Smith, L. B. and B. G. Schubert. 1947. Some Mexican Begonia. Contr. Gray Herb. 165: 90-94. Solereder, H. 1908. Systematic Anatomy of Dicotyledons. (2 vols.) Oxford at the Clarendon Press, London. Tournefort, J. P. de 1700. Institutiones Rei Herbariae. Paris. Vouk, V. 1912. Uber eignartige Pneumathoden an dem Stamme von Begonia vitifolia Schott. Berr. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 30: 257- 262. Warburg, 0. 1895. Begoniaceae. Engler und Prantl's Die Natur- lichen Pflanzenfamilien 6a: 121-150. STUDIES ON THE LICHEN FAMILY THELOTREMATACEAE. 2. Mason E. Hale, Jr.* Department of Botany, Smithsonian Institution Washington, D.C. 20560 LEPTOTREMA HAWAIIENSE Hale, sp. nov. Thallus corticola, epiphloeodes, tenuis albidus, 6 cm latus; apothecia emergentia, prominentia, 0.7-1.1 mm diametro, excipulo interiore distincto, disco albo-pruinoso; columella nulla; ostiolum latum, 0.4-0.6 mm diametro, ambitu pulverulentum; hymenium ca. 200u altum; sporae 6-8:nae, obscurae, murales, transversim 18-22-loculatae, longitudinale 1-3-loculatae, 20-25 X 70-90p. Chemistry: Stictic and constictic acids. Holotype: On Kukui tree, Kauai, Hawaii, A. A. Heller 2536, 9 July 1895 (US) (Fig. 1). This species is very closely allied to L. lepadodes (Tuck.) Zahl. (syn. L. pinarocarpum Zahl.), which has smaller apothecia on the average and lacks any lichen substances. The inner lepadinoid exciple is conspicuous in earlier stages but at maturity the whole hymenium pulls away from the apothecial wall and the exciple disappears. OCELLULARIA AURULENTA Hale, sp. nov. Thallus corticola, epiphloeodes, valde irregulariter bullatus, fere crasse isidiatus, cinereo-albus, usque ad 15 cm latus; medulla flavo-aurea; apothecia inconspicue inter verrucas dispersa, semi-emergentia, ca. 0.5 mm diametro, apice fuliginea; columella nulla; ostiolum rotundatum, 0.1 mm diametro; hymenium 200-230y altum; sporae 1-2:nae, incolores, transversim 15-20 septatae, 25-35 X 150-200u, I+. *This work was supported in part by grants from the National Geographic Society. All chemical tests were done with thin-layer chromatography. 90 1974 Hale, Family Thelotremataceae 91 Chemistry: Hypoprotocetraric acid and 4-0-demethylnotatic acid with unidentified yellow pigments. Holotype: Rain forest, El Llano-Carti road, Prov. of Panama, Panama, elev. 300 m, M. E. Hale 38548, 6 April 1973 (US) (Fig. 2). This species is conspicuous in the field because of the extensive, bullate thallus which, when abraded, reveals the yellow-orange medulla. It is obviously related to 0. fecunda (Vain.) Hale, which has identical chemistry but much larger emergent apothecia and lacks bullate outgrowths. The typical habitat is mid-bole and canopy branches of mature rain forest trees. Additional specimens examined. PANAMA. Same locality as type, Hale 38528, 38536, 38587 (US); Cerro Jefe, elev. 700 m, Prov. of Panama, Hale 38441, 38452, 38486, 38495 (US). OCELLULARIA CONFIGURATA Hale, sp. nov. Thallus corticola, epiphloeodes, tenuis, opacus, brunneo-viridis, ca. 6 cm latus; apothecia immersa, pro parte lineare aggregata, ca. 0.3 mm diametro, excipulo discreto, albo-granuloso; columella nulla; ostiolum rotundum, 0.1 mm diametro, conspicue albo-cinctum; hymenium 70u altum; sporae 8:nae, incolores, transversim 4-loculate, 4 X 8u, I+. Chemistry: “Olivacea" unknown. Holotype: Virgin peat forest, 20 mi. N of Sibu, Sarawak, elev. ] m, M. E. Hale 31207, 12 March 1965 (US) (Fig. 3). The immersed apothecia resemble those of 0. bicinctula Nyl. in having a distinct free exciple, but they are arranged in irregular rows and have a conspicuous white rim around the pore. In chemistry it resembles 0. olivacea (Fée) Mill. Arg., but that species lacks a free exciple and white pore. OCELLULARIA FLAVIDA Hale, sp. nov. Thallus corticola, epiphloeodes, valde bullato-verruculosus, fere isidiatus, pallide flavidus vel flavido-cinereus, usque ad 8 cm latus; medulla flavida; apothecia semi-emergentia vel emergentia; 0.8-1.]1 mm diametro; columella nulla vel parce evoluta; ostiolum rotundatum, depressum, 0.05-0.15 mm diametro; hymenium ca. 200u altum; sporae 1-2:nae, incolores, transversim 18-22-loculatae, 18-20 X 80-100p, I+. Chemistry: P+ materia ignota et materia flavida. Holotype: 25 km SE Labason, Zamboanga del Norte, Philippines, elev. 300 m, M. E. Hale 25163, July 1964 (US) (Fig. 4). 92 PHYTO-D0G24 Vol. 27, no. 6 The bright yellow medulla is unique among the pigmented Ocellularias. The bullate almost isidiate thallus is somewhat similar to that of 0. aurulenta. 0. flavida was collected on the upper bole of dipterocarps. Additional specimens examined. PHILLIPINES. Irosin, Sorsogon, Elmer 16841 (US). SARAWAK. 20 mi. N Sibu, Hale 31197 (US). OCELLULARIA FRAGILIS Hale, sp. nov. Thallus corticola, epiphloeodes, nitidus, verruculosus subbulla- tusque, fragilis, cinereo-albus, 6 cm Jatus; apothecia semi-emergentia, bullata, 0.5-0.7 mm diametro; columella nulla; ostiolum rotundatum, 0.1-0.2 mm diametro; hymenium 130-140y altum; sporae 8:nae, incolores, transversim 4-loculatae, 6 X 12u, I+. Chemistry: Psoromic and conpsoromic acids. Holotype: 3 km S Campo Capote, Santander, Colombia, elev. 100-200 m, M. Nee and S. Mori 3727, 26 March 1971 (US) (Fig. 5). The fragile bullate thallus breaks apart easily. The apothecia are small and inconspicuous. There are no close relatives in the genus. OCELLULARIA GLOBOSA Hale, sp. nov. Thallus corticola, epiphloeodes, tenuis, pallide brunneo-albus, 2-3 cm latus; apothecia emergentia, basin constricta, globosa, 0.6-1.0 mm diametro, apice fuliginea; columella nulla; ostiolum rotundatum, alboeinctum, 0.1-0.3 mm diametro; hymenium 100y altum; sporae 8:nae, incolores, transversim 9-1]-loculatae, 8-10 X 40-50p, I+. Chemistry: Protocetraric acidt+ "amplior" unknown. Holotype: Above Layang Layang, Kinabalu National Park, Sabah, elev. 2800 m, M. E. Hale 28657, August 1964 (US) (Fig. 6). The conspicuous globose apothecia and presence of protocetraric acid characterize this species. It occurs on the lower trunks of trees at higher elevations. Additional specimens examined, SARAWAK. Mt. Matang, Hale 30773 (US). OCELLULARIA ISIDIIFERA Hale, sp. nov. Thallus corticola, epiphloeodes, rimosus, cinereo~-albus, usque ad 20 cm Jatus, isidiatus, isidiis simplicibus, ca, ] mm altis, primo erectis sed aetate decumbentibus; apothecia semi- 197k Hale, Family Thelotremataceae 93 emergentia, 0.5-1.0 mm diametro, margine erecto, albo; columella nulla vel parce evoluta, actinoidea; ostiolum latum, primo irregulariter fissum, aetate rotundum, 0.2-0.6 mm diametro, disco clare viso, albo-pruinoso; hymenium ca. 85y altum; sporae 8:nae, incolores, transversim 5-6-loculatae, 6-8 X 18-22u, I+. Chemistry: Psoromic and conpsoromic acids. Holotype: Cloud forest, trail from Cerro Punta to Boquete, Prov. of Chiriqui, Panama, elev. 2200 m, M. E. Hale 38709, 31 March 1973 (US) (Fig. 7). Truly isidiate species are very rare in the Thelotremataceae. Thelotrema_insigne Zahl., for example, has identical tall, thin, decumbent isidia and chemistry, but the spores and apothecia are quite different. T. isidiophorum Krmph. from Sarawak has much coarser, dense isidia. 0. isidiifera was very common in the Chiriqui region at tree bases but did not occur in low elevation rain forest. Additional specimens examined. PANAMA. Same locality as holotype, Hale 38742, 38776, 38778, 38896 (US). OCELLULARIA RIPLEYI Hale, sp. nov. Thallus corticola, epiphloeodes, opacus, minute verrucosus, albo-cinereus, 8-14 cm latus; apothecia emergentia, minute verrucosa, 1.0-1.5 mm diametro, apice fuliginea; columella centralis evoluta; ostiolum rotundatum, albocinctum, 0.2 mm diametro, centro album; sporae 1-2:nae, incolores, transversim 8-25-loculatae, 12-15 X 80-200u, I+. Chemistry: Psoromic and conpsoromic acids. Holotype: Secondary rain forest, Barro Colorado Island, Canal Zone, Panama, elev. 100 m, M. E. Hale 38664, 4 April 1973 (US) (Fig. 8). This is a large conspicuous species occurring at lower trunk levels in lowland rain forest. The minutely verrucose thallus and apothecia are very similar to T. interpositum Nyl. The species is named in honor of S. Dillon Ripley, secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, who provided travel funds for field work in Panama. Additional specimens examined, PANAMA. Barro Colorado Island, Hale 38621, 38648, 38650, 38658, 38688, 38700 (US); Herre 14 (US). CUBA. Oriente, La Prenda, Hioram 6157, Sante Fé Spring, Hioram 6853 (US). ho PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 27, no. 6 PHAEOTREMA CALEDONIENSE Hale, sp. nov. Thallus corticola, epiphloeodes, opacus, albidus, 4-6 cm latus; apothecia immersa vel semi-emergentia, 0.8-1.4 mm diametro, apice fuliginea; columella nulla vel vix evoluta; ostiolum rotundum 0.1-0.3 mm diametro; hymenium ca. 150p altum; sporae 8:nae, obscurae, transversim 3-5-loculatae, 8 X 10-12u. Chemistry: Psoromic and conpsoromic acids. Holotype: On Podocarpus, Riviere Bleue, New Caledonia, elev. 100 m, G. Degelius s.n., 15 April 1970 (Degelius herbarium;- isotype in US). (Fig. 9). New Caledonia has an unusually rich thelotreme flora and some j 18 species have already been described from the island. P. caledoniense is unlike any other species known in the genus; the large semi- emergent apothecia and weakly developed columella are distinctive. PHAEOTREMA MAMMILARE Hale, sp. nov. Thallus corticola, epiphloeodes, crassus, rimosus, cinereo- albus, ca. 10 cm latus; apothecia immersa vel semi-emergentia, ca. 0.5 mm diametro; columella nulla; ostiolum distinctum 0.05-0.1 mm \ diametro, albocinctum, margine annulato, prominente; hymenium 14Qu altum; sporae 8:nae, obscurae, transversim 5-8-loculatae, 14-16 X 30-40u. Chemistry: Psoromic acid, Holotype: Logging area S of Santa Ana, Cayagan Prov., Phillippines, elev. 100 m, M. E. Hale 25632, August 1964 (US) (Fig. 10). The characteristic feature is the mammulate apothecia. No other presently known Phaeotremae with psoromic acid have this trait. It is found at canopy level in dipterocarp forests. THELOTREMA DIMINITUM Hale, sp. nov. Thallus corticola, epiphloeodes, pallide cinereo-viridis, usque ad 8 cm latus; apothecia emergentia, numerosa, basin constricta, globosa, 0.2-0.4 mm diametro, solitaria vel 2-3 aggregata, fragiles, apice erosa; columella nulla; ostiolum 0.05 mm diametro; hymenium 80-90n altum; sporae 8:nae, incolores, murales, transversim 3-4-loculatae, longitudinale O0-1-loculatae, 6-8 X 12-15y. Chemistry: Materia indeterminata (P+ reddish?). 1974 Hale, Family Thelotremataceae 9s Holotype: Lowland rain forest, Bako National Park, Sarawak, elev. 100 m, M. E. Hale 30536, 10 March 1965 (US) (Fig. 11). The tiny emergent apothecia often become pulverulent apically, but the pore remains distinct. There are no close relatives in the genus. Additional specimen examined. AUSTRALIA. Mossman River Gorge, Queensland, W. A. Weber and D. McVean s.n. (COLO, US). THELOTREMA FISSIPORUM Hale, sp. nov. Thallus corticola, epiphloeodes, nitidus, continuus, brunneo- albidus, ca. 8 cm latus; apothecia semi-emergentia, 0.7-1.0 mm diametro, apice concentrice striata; columella nulla; ostiolum irregulariter fissuratum, 0.1-0.3 mm Jatum, aetate erosum, albidum; hymenium 130Qu altum; sporae 6-8:nae, incolores, murales, transversim 5-7-loculatae, longitudinale 1-2-loculatae, 8-10 X 22-30u, I+. Chemistry: No lichen substances present. Holotype: Dipterocarp forest, 40 km NW Lianga, Surigao del Sur, Philippines, elev. 350 m, M. E. Hale 24648a, August 1964 GS) (Fig. 12). The apothecia with concentric apical striae are very close to those of T. guadeloupense Hale, which differs in having stictic acid, larger spores (to 85u Jong), and less emergent apothecia. THELOTREMA MEXICANUM Hale, sp. nov. Thallus corticola vel pro parte muscicola, epiphloeodes, nitidus, verrucosu, pallide viridi-albicans, ca. 8 cm latus; apothecia numerosa, emergentia, 0.4-0.6 mm diametro, primo clausa sed aetate aperta, + albo-pruinosa; columella nulla; hymenium 200n altum; sporae 1-4:nae, incolores, murales, loculis numerosis, 35-40 X 120-200p. Chemistry: No lichen substances present. Holotype: Gomes Farias, Tamaulipas, Mexico, elev. 1120 m, tf cen 82, 19 Dec. 1970 (US; isotype in Nakanishi herbarium) Fig. 13}. This species bears a strong resemblance to Pertusaria. The spores, however, are muriform and the pore at maturity is clearly thelotremaceous. The emergent ascidioid noncarbonized apothecia are similar to those of T. muscigenum Stzb., T. papillosum Hale, and T. tuberculiferum Vain. but differ from these in being 96 PHS RO es OnG ork Vol. 27, no. 6 much smaller. THELOTREMA SCABROSUM Hale, sp. nov. Thallus corticola, epiphloeodes, opacus, minute scabrosus, albidus, ca. 5 cm latus; apothecia emergentia, basin constricta, margine crasso, lobato-radiate diviso, pulverulento, 1.0-1.3 mm diametro; columella nulla; ostiolum rotundum, 0.2-0.5 mm diametro; hymenium ca. 20Qu altum; sporae 1-2:nae, incolores, murales, loculis numerosis, 30-40 X 120-16Qu, I+. Chemistry: Fumarprotocetraric acid. Holotype: Dipterocarp forest, 15 km E Pagbilao, Sierra Madre, Quezon Prov., Philippines, elev. 300 m, M. E. Hale 26898, August 1964 (US) (Fig. 14). At first one might mistake this species for a degenerate Lecanora, but the apothecial pore and spores are obviously thelotremaceous. Only three other Thelotrema species produce fumarprotocetraric acid: T. cinerareum Mull. Arg. and T. microstomum Mull. Arg. from Japan and T. secernendumHarm. from New Caledonia Additional specimen examined. PHILIPPINES. Same locality as holotype, Hale 26863 (US). THELOTREMA STEYERMARKII Hale, sp. nov. Thallus muscicola, verrucosus, fragilis, pallide flavido-albus, usque ad 6 cm latus; apothecia congesta, semi-emergentia, 0.5-0.7 mm diametro, margine lobato-radioso, excipulo pauce distincto; columella nulla; ostiolum irregulare, 0.1-0.3 mm Tatum; hymenium ca. 100Qu altum; sporae 8:nae, incolores, murales, transversim 3-4-loculatae, longitudinale 0-1l-loculatae, 5-6 X 10-12u, I+. Chemistry: Hypoprotocetraric acid, 4-O-demethylnotatic acid, and lichexanthone. Holotype: Cerro Jaua, Bolivar, Venezuela, elev. ca. 2000 m, J. Steyermark 98008, 22-27 March 1967 (US) (Fig. 15). While hypoprotocetraric acid is not rare in Thelotrema, this is the first joint occurrence with lichexanthone. The fragile crusty thallus and small apothecia with radiate-lobate divisions are also diagnostic characters. The species is named for Julian Steyermark, who has contributed much to our knowledge of Venezuelan lichens through his collections. 1974 Hale, Family Thelotremataceae 97 THELOTREMA SUBPRAESTANS Hale, sp. nov. Thallus corticola, epiphloeodes, crassus, rimosus, albo-cinereus, 10-20 cm latus; apothecia numerosa, emergentia, ca. 2.5 mm diametro, apice fuliginea; columella centralis evoluta, crassa; ostiolum rotundatum, ca. 0.1 mm diametro, albo-cinctum; hymenium ca. 300u altum; sporae 1:nae, incolores, murales, loculis numerosis, 30-50 X 150-300u, I+. Chemistry: Stictic and constictic acids and high “quintaria" spot above stictic acid. Holotype: Rain forest, El Llano-Carti road, Prov. of Panama, Panama, elev. 300 m, M. E. Hale 38525, 6 April 1973 (US) (Fig. 16). This species has some of the largest apothecia that I have seen in the family. It is typically collected on canopy branches in lowland rain forest. A very closely related species, T. praestans Mi11. Arg., contains a P+ unknown ("praestans" unknown) and occurs in the West Indies and Brazil. It has fewer, less prominent apothecia. Additional specimens examined. PANAMA. Same locality as holotype, Hale 38534, 38549; Cerro Jefe, Prov. of Panama, Hale 38432, 38515; Barro C Colorado Island, Canal Zone, Hale 38637, 38655 38660, 38682, 38696 (US). THELOTREMA SUBSIMILE Hale, sp. nov. Thallus corticola, epiphloeodes, continuus, nitidus, cinereo-albus, ca. 6 cm latus; apothecia immersa vel semi-emergentia, 0.3-0.5 mm diametro; columella centralis evoluta, tenuis; ostiolum rotundatum, 0.05-0.98 mm diametro; hymenium 110-12Qu altum; sporae 8:nae, incolores, murales, transversim 6-7-loculatae, longitudinale 0-1-loculatae, 8-10 X 22-26u, I+. Chemistry: Protocetraric acid. Holotype: Tree base, Las Lapas trace, Arima, Trinidad, elev. 750 m, M. E. Hale 37447, 17 April 1972 (US) (Fig. 17). This is the only Thelotrema with protocetraric acid and a columella. It is externally indistinguishable from Ocellularia perforata (Lgt.) Mill. Arg. THELOTREMA WEBERI Hale, sp. nov. Thallus tenuis vel evanescens, corticola vel muscicola, albo-cinereus, 2-3 cm latus; apothecia emergentia, cupuliformia, basin constricta, ca. 1.0 mm alta, 1.0-1.5 mm diametro, excipulo interiore evoluto; columella nulla; ostiolum rotundatum, 0.2- 498 PRY TOLO@I«s Vol. 27, no. 6 0.5 mm diametro, albo-pruinosum; hymenium ca. 14Qu altum; sporae 1-2:nae, incolores, murales, loculis numerosis, 16-24 X 80-100u, I+. Chemistry: Norstictic acid. Holotype: Mount Wilhelm, Eastern Highlands, New Guinea, elev. 3490 m, W. A. Weber and D. McVean 48666, 1 July 1968 (COLO; isotype in US) (Fig. 18). The large urceolate apothecia and chemistry distinguish this species. It occurs at high elevation on mosses and dead decorticate wood. Additional specimens examined. NEW GUINEA. Same locality as holotype, elev. 4450 m, Weber and McVean s.n. (COLO). SABAH. Above Layang Layang, elev. 2800 m, Hale 28654 (US). 1974 Hale, Family Thelotremataceae 499 Figures 1-6. Holotypes of Leptotrema and Ocellularia species. 1. L. hawaiiense; 2. 0. aurulenta; 3. 0. configurata; 4. 0. flavida; 5. 0. fragilis; 6. 0. globosa. Scale in Fig. 1 = 1 mm. 500 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 27, no. 6 Figures 7-12. Holotypes of Ocellularia, Phaeotrema, and Thelotrema species. 7. 0. isidiifera; 8. 0. ripleyi; 9. P. caledoniense; 10. P. mammilare; 11. 1. diminitum; 12. T. fissiporum. Scale as in Fig. 1. 1974 Hale, Family Thelotremataceae 501 Figures 13-18. Holotypes of Thelotrema species. 13. T. mexicanum; 14. T. scabrosum; 15. T. steyermarkii; 16. T. subpraestans; IWIResubsimiles 8.1. weberi. Scalié as in Fig. 1. A NEW COLOMBIAN SPECIES OF BESLERIA (GESNERIACEAE) Laurence E. Skog Department of Botany, Smithsonian Institution Washington, D. C. 20560 The study of an historic specimen collected in 1837 by George W. Barclay during the voyage of H.M.S. Sulphur has revealed a new species of Besleria. In The botany of the voyage of H.M.S. Sulphur (1844-46), George Bentham dealt with six species of Gesneriaceae from tropical America. This specimen was part of a residue left unnamed by Bentham, perhaps because of the paucity of available material. In the past 35 years many collections of an unidentified Besleria have been made from the Pacific slope of the Cordillera Occidental in Colombia which apparently belong to the same species collected by Barclay on the island of Gorgona. BESLERIA BARCLAYI L. Skog, sp. nov. Herba erecta vel frutex ad 2 m altus, sparse ramosa. Internodia 1.6-11.6 cm longa et 0.3-1.0 cm diam., viridia vel ferruginea, hispida vel glabrescentia. Folia opposita, sub- aequalia; petiolus sulcatus, 0.2-2.3 cm longus, 2-3 mm latus, hispidus, ferrugineus; lamina rotunda, elliptica, ovata, obovata vel oblanceolata, 12.6-30.2 cm longa, 6.4-15.6 cm lata, mem- branacea, basi cuneata, in petiolum decurrens, margine integra et ciliata trichomatibus ferrugineis, apice acuminata vel obtusa, Supra atrovirens sparsim strigosa, infra pallide viridia secus venam mediam hispida, inter venas sparsim strigosa. Inflores- centiae axillares, floribus 1-4, aggregatis; pedunculus bre- vissimus 0.5-2.0 mm longus; pedicellus 0.4-1.7 cm longus et ca 1 mm diam., hispidus; bracteae non manifestae. Calycis tubus globosus, 2-8 mm longus et 5-8 mm diam., flavovirens vel ferrugineus; lobi 5, lanceolatus-ovati, 0.8-1.2 cm longi et 3-7 mm lati ad basim, extus hispidi, intus glabri, margine integro-suberosi, apice obtusi vel acuti. Corollae tubus sub- ventricosus, 1.3-1.5 cm longus, ad basim parum gibbosus 3-5 mm latus, ad medium et faucem 5-7 mm latus, aurantiacus aut ruber, extus glaber aut glandulosus rare ad basim pubescens, intus glandulosus; limbus 5-lobatus, lobis aequalibus, orbicularibus, erectis vel porrectis, 2-4 mm longis et 2.5-4.0 mm latis, glabris, margine integris. Stamina 4, filamentis curvis, ad basim tubum corollae per 3-4 mm adnatis, 6-8 mm longis, basi latioribus, glabris; antherae adhaerentes, ca 2.0 mm longae et 2.5 mm latae. Ovarium globosum vel oblongum, 3-4 mm longum et 2-3 mm latum, glabrum; stylus ca 7 mm longus, basi sparsim puberulus, apice glaber; stigma stomatomorphum; discus annularis, ca 1 mm crassus, 502 1974 Skog, A new species of Besleria 503 glaber. Bacca globosa, 5-8 mm longa et 5-6 mm diam., ferruginea; semina numerosa, globosa, ca 0.25 mm diam., striata. Type: J. Cuatrecasas & L. Willard 26037 (holotype US, 2402107), collected at Quebrada de Lépez, Pacific Coast, Rio Calima, Valle, Colombia, elev. 20-40 m, 23 September 1961. "Herb 1m; erect; leaves velvety green above; light green beneath; calyx yellowish reddish; corolla bright orange." Other specimens examined: Colombia: Chocé: E. P. Killip & H. Garcia 33512 (US, 1770449), from Bahia Solano, dense forest along Quebrada Jellita, elev. 50-100 m, 22 February 1939; E. P. Killip 35106 (US, 1771869), from dense forest near junction of Rio Condoto and Rio San Juan, elev. 100-150 m, 20 April 1939; E. P. Killip 35309 (US, 1772043), from Corcovada Region, upper Rio San Juan, ridge along Yeractfi Valley, 200-275 m, 24-25 April 1939. Valle: E. P. Killip & H. Garcia 33313 (US, 1770266), from dense forest near highway bridge over Rio Dagua, about 20 kilometers east of Buenaventura, elev. ca 40 m, 15 February 1939. Cauca: G. W. Barclay 933 (BM, 2 sheets), Island of Gorgona, 11th & 14th January 1837. Narifio: J. Ewan 16848 (US, 2106305, US, 2652945), from Pambana, between Rio Pimbi and Rio Cuembi, 3 February 1945. Locality unknown: J. J. Triana s_n (US, 1480606), from "N. Grenada". Of the approximately 150 described species of Besleria, B. barclayi is perhaps most closely related to B. aggregata (Mart.) Hanst. Separated geographically from Besleria barclayi by the Cordillera, B. aggregata is ome of the more widely distributed species of Besleria, and is known from Caquet4 and Putumayo on the east slope of the Cordillera Oriental in Colombia to Amazonas, Brazil, and south to central Peru. Besleria aggregata differs from B. barclayi in having petioles more than 3 cm long, corollas over 2 cm long with a pilose ring within at the insertion of the filaments and lobes of the limb long ciliate, the disk annular but enlarged posteriorly as a broad gland, and a glabrous style. ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS VERBENA. XVIII Harold N. Moldenke VERBENA [Dorst.] L. Additional synonymy: Glandvlaria Raeusch., Nom. Bot., ed. 3, a =tidaby Verbena (Tourn.) L. ex P. Fournier, Quatre Fl. France O07. 1961. Additional & emended bibliography: Fuchs, Hist. Plant. Basil. 591—593. 152; L., Philos. Bot. 99. 1751; Raeusch., Nom. Bot., ed. 3, 3, 172, & 401. 1797; S. Dickenson in S. Shaw, Hist. & Antic. Stafford. 1: 97—115. 1798; Desf., Tabl. Ecol. Bot., ed. 1, Sk— 55. 180k; Willd., Emm. Pl. Hort. Berol. 2: 632—635. 1809; Desf., Tabl. Ecol. Bot., ed. 2, 65 & 66. 1815; S. Ell., Sketch, pr. 1 & 2, 2: 96—101 (1821) and pr. 1 & 2, 2: 7h2—7h3. 1b2h; Bigel., Florul. Boston., ed. 1, 238—239 & 415. 182); J. Torr., Compend. Fl. 236—239 & 398. 1826; Bischoff, Grundr. Med. Bot. 18 & 305. 1831; W. Baxt., Brit. Phaenog. Bot., ed. 2, 1: pl. 26. 183k; Mohl, Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. 2, 3: 319. 1835; Bigel., Florul. Boston., ed. 3, 25h, 59, & 67. 180; Paxt., Pock. Bot. Dict., ed. 1, 328. 18,0; Hassall, Am. Mag. Nat. Hist. 9: 550. 182; J. Torr., Fl. State N. Y. 2: 51-53 & 570. 18h3; Schau., Linnaea 20: [476]—178. 1847; Paxt., Pock. Bot. Dict., ed. 2, 328. 189; Dupuis, Nouv. Fl. Usuel. & Med. 2: 80 & 158. 1860; Hook. f., Stud. Fl. Brit. Isls., ed. 1, 295—296 & 503. 1870; Gibert, Emm. Pl. Montevid. 2—Lf. 1873; Alcock, Bot. Names Engl. Readers 178. 1876; Hook. f., Stad. Fl. Brit. Isls., ed. 2, 311—312 & 538. 1878; 0. R. Wil- lis, Fl. Westchester Co. 801. 1860; H. Mill., Nature 2k: 307 & 308. 1881; H. Mill. [transl. D'A. Thampson], Fertilis. Fl. 69. 1883; Hook. f., Stud. Fl. Brit. Isls., ed. 3, 313 & 562. 188k; Ball, Notes Nat. S. Am. 201. 1887; Le Grand, Fl. Anal. Berry 72 & 212. 1887; J. L. Bennett, Pl. Rhode Isl. 30. 1888; Gentil, Invent. Gén. Pl. Vasc. Sarthe 202. 1892-189; K. Brandeg., Zoe kh: 216. 1893; Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 3 (1): 254—258. 18935 J. Jacks., Fl. Worcester Co., ed. 2, O. 189; Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 3: 349. 1895; C. Bicknell, Fl. Bord. & San Remo 218. 1896; Wiley, Fis. Never Fade 0. 1897; J. G. Baker in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. S: 273 & 286—287. 1900; Briq. in Chod. & Hassler, Bull. Herb. Boiss., ser. 2, kh: 1056—1061 & 1157. 190k; Briq. in Chod. & Hassler, Plant. Hassler. 2: 477—)8k & 93. 190k; Baerecke, Anal. Key Ferns & Flow. Pl. Atl. Sect. Middl. Fla. 11). 1906; J.C.& M. Willis, Rev. Cat. Flow. Pl. Ceyl. [Parad. Man. Bot. 2:) 142. 1911; B. Fedtsch. in 0. A. & B. A. Fedtsch., Consp. Fl. Turkest. S: 122. 1913; Beals, Flow. Lore & Leg. 165-171. 1917; E. B. Bartr., Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 9: 248. 1922; Schnarf, Usterr. Bot. Zeitschr. 72: 242—2h5. 1923; Mentz & Ostenfeld, Billed. Nord. Fl. k: 50-51, fig. h. 192k; W. C. Ferguson, Torreya 25: 113. 1925; Stearn, Fl. Batava. 27: pl. 2082. 1925; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 53 (2): 644. 1925. [to be continued] 504 Index to authors in Volume Twenty-seven Barneby, R. C., 97, 108 Beetle, A. A., Mh Brettell, R. D., 53, 252, 25h, 265, 02 Cuatrecasas, J., 1, 169, 277 Degener, I., 1 Degener, O., 145, 351 Gentry, J. L., Jr., 286, 4h5 Hale, M. E., Ile, Ly 90 Hocking, G. M., 180 Jablonski, E. 7 Janos, De, us King, R. M., 228, 233, 2h1, 2h5, 385, 387, 395 Lee, Y. S., 6h Moldenke, A. L., 89, 142, 300, aie 456 P ae Moldenke, H. N., 63, 73, ’ 289, ho, 353, bh, Soh Pfister, D. H., 55 Reed, C. F., 52 Reveal, J. L., 228 Robinson, H., 52, 53, 233, 21, 2N5, 252, 2b, 265, 271, a0D, 387, 395, 402 Rogers, C. M., 40 Rudd, V. E., 305 Seymour, Fe Co, 330 Skog, L. E., 502 Smith, L. B., 209 Wiehler, H., 307, 309 Index to supra-specific scientific names in Volume Twenty-seven Abuta, 197 Acanthaceae, 8) Acer, 188, 189, 206 Acnistus, 195, 369 Acourtia, 228-232 Acrasiales, 188 Acrochaetium, 207 Adenostyles, 265, 267 Aeegiphila, 370 Aegiphila, 63, 73-88, 148-159, 161-168, 290-299, 352-376 Aegiphilla, 292 Aegiphita, 356 Aegyfilla, 159 Aegiply a, Ti, 78, 85, 149, 153, al! 9 at 5 iKou 298, 357-359, g10, 315, 37h Aegyphylla, 36 Agaricus, 303 Ageratum, 233-235, 387, 391 Albizzia, 56 Algae, 182, 185, 198, 205 Allium, 208, 56 Allolepis, 1 Alloplectus, 309-321, 323-327, 329 Aloysia, 360 Alsobia, 327 Amanita, 188 Amaranthaceae, 182, 199 Ambrosia, 202 Ambrosieae, 205 Amerina, 16, 366 Ampelocissus, 181 Ampelopsis, 181 Amphigymnia, 2, 3 Anacardiaceae, 193 Ananas, 95 Andira, 195 Anisoplectus, 32 Anomospermum, 197 Anthenideae, 205 Antrophora, hi5, hh6é, Lh9 Apium, 208 Apocynaceae, 78, 193 Apuleia, 19) Aquilegia, 187 Archichlamydeae, 30) 505 506 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 27, no. 6 Aristida, 1 Brueckea, 369 Armillariella, 187 Bryophyta, 198, 201, 30h Arnica, 270 Cacalia, 25, 260, 262, 263, 265, Arthrosporella, 187 ot 269-27h, 02, Ol 405 krando, Ll , 415, 420, hei, heh, na Aspidosperma, 93, 195 Peli, 190, ” 487 Asteraceae, 53, 205, 228, 233, Cactus, 190 Dhl, 25, 252, 25h, 265, 277, Cacsalpiniaceae, 330, 3h7 387, 395, 02, h29 Sec aaa 330 Piscthes 277 > Calanthus, ,. 306 Aeteranthera, 329 Biggie a Atropa, 287 Calycopeplus, 0 Ayapana, 234, 235 Calyptranthes, 195 Baccharis, 277, 28) Camassia, 1 6 Bacillus, 18) Campanula, 187 Bacteria, 198 Camptosena, 127 Barkleyantms, 02-0}, 106, 07 Cannabis, 180, 195, 208 Barya, 467, 478, 48) Caraipa, 19) ;: Basidiomycetes, 187 Carunculares, 8, 22, 23 Batales, 182 Caryomene, 196 Batidaceae, 182 Gesperyas 212-21) , Batidales, 182 Cassia, 1hh, 330-3) Sa ee Casuarinaceae, 14h, 30) Batis, 162 Gayratia: J6l Begonia, 209-227, 6-69, 471, Pray BY 473, 475, 477-87 Begoniaceae, 186, 187, 489 see Die Bellinia, 287 Centrales, 182 Berthelotia, 277, 279-283 Centrolobiun, 19) Besleria, 307, 318, 32-326, 502 Centrosolenia, 308 Besnoitia, 160 Centrospermae, 182 Beta, 200 Ceratochloa, )2 Betula, 61 Cereus, 190 Bignoniaceae, 14) Chaetangiaceae, 207 Bistorta, 289 Chaetoceros, 182 Blumea, 277, 285 Chamaecrista, 345, 36 Boedijnopeziza, 55, 58, 59 Chamaefistula, 339, 30, 343, 36 Boletellus, 187 Chamaenerion, 289 Boraginaceae, 354, hh5-hi7, Lug, Chara, 162 ~ 451, 453-55 Chenopodiaceae, 182 Boraginoideae, ));7 Chenopodiales, 182 Bourreria, 4S, hi7, bho Chersodoma, 267 Breviflorae, 97, 10), 106 Chiranthodendron, 16, 430 Brickellia, 2h2 Chirocalyx, 123, 12h Bromus, 30h, Lyl, 42 Chlorophyceae, 185 Brosimun, 19) Chlorophyta, 198 Brtickea, 369 Chondodendron, 196 1974 Chondrodendron, 196 Chromolaena, 23, 236 Chrysophyceae, 185 Cineraria, 07, 23 Cissus, 181 Citharexylon, 363 Citharexylum, 82, 8, 161, 289, By 2 Clarionea, 228 Clematicissus, 181 Clerodendron, 95, 158 Clerodendrum, 95, 158 Clethraceae, 1h), Clitocybe, 187 Clitocybeae, 187 Coccidia, 460 Cochlearia, 91 Coelestina, 388 Collandra, 316, 318 Columnea, 308-329 Combretaceae, 193 Combretum, 193 Compositae, 41, 93, lik, 199, oe 3S, 252, 263, 26h, 275-277, 285, 390, 29 Conyza, 277 Cookeina, 55-61 Corallodendrum, a2), 127 L6, blo, 450, Lsh Cordia, Cordioideae, ),6 Cornaceae, 30) Cornus, 158 Cornutia, 153 Cortinariaceae, 187 Cortinarius, 303 Corylus, 61 Coryphantha, 190 Corytoplectus, 311-313, 320, 329 Crantzia, 313, 323-327 Critonia, 23h, 236, 237 Cronquistianthus, 395, 396, 399 Croton, 1 Crotonopsidae, 8, 18 Cryptocolumnea, 316 Cucurbita, 208 Curarea, 196 Cuscutaceae pope Index Cyanophyceae, 185 Cyanophyta, eo tos Cynoglossum Sth it, 451 Cyperaseae, "201, 461 hostemma, 181 Dahlia, 168 507 Dalbergaria, 310, 311, 315-320, 329 Dalbergia, 194, 195, 305, 306 Danthonia, 303 Decussatae, 65 1k, 16 Dendropanax, 157 Desmodium, 12] Deuteromycetes @ AGL Diastema, 327 Dicentra, 187 Digitacalia, 53, 254, 266, 268, 03, L05-h07 Digitalis, 202 Dinophyceae, 182 Diploclinium, 467, 178 Diplocloclinium, )8) Diplolegnon, 312, 313 Dipterocarpaceae, 193 Discina, ao Discomycetes, 55, 57, 59-61 Diskion, 287 Distigma, 375 Distyla, 189 podseatheon, 187 Donaldia, 167, 479, 48h Drosophiia, 262 ae 307, 310, 32h-327, 329 Dryopteris, 196 Dumerilia, 229 Duranta, 92 Echinocactus, 190 Echinocereus, 190 Edentatae, 16) Egiphila, 373 Ehretia, 366, 367, lh7, 451 Ehretioidese, hh6 Eimeria, 160. Elacocarpacese, Ly , 467, 479, 48h 508 Epilobium, 289 Episcia, 307, 308, 327 Episcieae, 307, 309, 310, 329 Erioc » 189 Erioca » 189 Eriocaulacese, 143, 302 Eriocaulinales, 13 Eriocaulon, 63, 64, 67, 143, lay Eriogomm, 201 Erioneuron, 2, 3 Erodium, 377 simu, 91 Erythranthus, 32), 325 Erythrina, 69, 108-127, 129-131 Escherichia, 300 me Espeletia, 1, 13, bh, h6, h9, 171, 17h, 176, 178, eat 30-39 Esulae, G55 495 21, 225. 30, as Esuta, 18 Euaegiphila, 73 Eucoccidiorida, 360 SoSES, Sal Hupateriene, 53, 233, 1, 2h5, See 385, ” 387, 389-391, 393, 395, 397, 399, Ol Eupatorium, 233, 235, 241, 2h2, Ss 277, 28h, 390, 396 Euphorbia, 9, 0 Eupomatiaceae, 193 Ewaldia, 467, 479, 48h Faba, 90 Faramea, 87 Ferocactus, Festuca, 3 Fleisclmamnia, 23, 251, 230s —2h2, 307-389, 392, 393 Fluecki eria, 31 Frenkelia, 1,60 Fungi, 198 Fungi Imperfecti, 191 Gaerdia, Loh Gaerdtia, 467, 479 Galarrhaeous, 22 Galarrhaeus, 19, 20 190 PHYTOLGGEA Vol. 27, no. 6 Galarrhei, 21 Galarrhoei, 8, 1h, 23-30 Gentianaceae, 199 Gerascanthus, 5) Gerronema, 187 Gesneriaceae, 307-309, 328, 329, 02 Gesnerioideae, 309, 310, 328, Gireoudia, 67, h79 Glandviaria, 1,90 Gochnatia, 229 Gos Gossypium, 208 Gramineae, 197, 62 Gurltia, 215 Guttiferae Guttiferae, 19h Gymnospermae, 1h), 304 Gyrodon 303 Hackelia, 7, 451 Hamamelidaceae, 30) Haplo » att Hebeclinium, 23), 238, 387, 389, 390, 39 Hedeoma, 93 Heliantheae, 205 Helioscopia, 2h Heliotropioideae, 7 4 Ese. LL5-hh7, 451, 452, dais SC, 395-397, 1,00 Heptophyta, 161 Hernandiaceae, 30) Herpetorrhiza, 30, 31 Heterocondylus, 23h, 238, 239 Himantandraceae, 193 Holophyllum, ah, 28 Homo, 379, 60 Fumariaceae, 62 Hygrocybe, 303 Hypochoeris, 46) Hypocyrta, 308, 310, 313, 326 eee 2 Iboga, 93 Inocyne, 303 Inuleae, 277 Ipecacuanha, 30 Ipecacuanhae, 8, 14, 18-20 1974 Index 509 Ipomoea, 208 Liquidambar, 69, 376 Iridaceae, 199 eeeneaiee. Wy8, 452, Wok Iris, 107 Lobatae, Tan Isoetes, 61 Loganiaceae, 83, 199 Isospora, 60 Iulesia, 187 Jaltomata, 266, 287 Teaustsere, 193 Jaltonia, 286 Iycium, 36 uplands, 10 resersiom, 208 vuniperus , Lycopodium, 461 Kielmeyera, 19) Lycurus, Th3 Kleinia, 265 Lysiloma, 157 Knesebechia, 18) Machaerium, 195 Knesebeckia, 67, 479, 480, 48h .Macrochlamys, 32) Kohleria, 327 Macromeria, 45, i8, 452 Kohlerianthus, 31) Magnoliaceae, 193 K calia, 265-267, 269-275, Magnoliales, 203 19 Malpighiaceae, 151 Kysteniopsis, 212 Mammillaria, 190 Labiatae, 161 Wanabaea, 37h Labyrinthulales, 188 Manabea, 37h Lachnocaulon, 143 Vanilkara, 157 Lactuca, 208. Mascagnia, 195 Laggera, 277 Medicago, 208 Landukia, 181 Melanoxylon, 19) Lantana, 65, 92, 39, 368 Meliaceae, 195 Latistigma, 467, 480, 48h Menispermaceae, 102, 196 Laurifolia, 20, 21 Merrittia, 277 ineritalias: 8 ieseeeil, 265-269, 429 Lecanora, 196 Metrosideros, 146 Leguminosae, yh, 194, 330 Microsporae, 187 Leiothrix, 143, 3h9 Microstoma, 59 Lens, 90 a Wikania, 233, 23h, 239, 2h0 Lepiota, 303 Mimosa, 19), Lepsia, 467, 480, 48h SSS 265-267, 269-272, Leptoglossum, 187 eat 29 Leptonia, 303 Monocotyledoneae, 1h) Leptotrema, 90, 1,99 Moraceae, 19 Lewisia, 187 Woriteia, 45, bh7, l52, usb Ldabeae, 262 Mougeotia, 56 Liabum, 252, 253 Murtekias, 2h, 30, st Muscadinia, 181 Mutisieae, 228 Myrsinites, 8, 0 ta al Linaceae, ho ears, 188 Linum, 91, 208, 0 i i) 188 Lippia, 65-67, 289 Nautilocalyx, 307, 308 Lichenes, 18) Ligularia, 265, 266, 269 Lilium, 187 510 PHY TO L QUIGhETA Vol. 27, no. 6 Notsontanthue 53, 54, 268, 403, Pennales, 182 07, 429 Pentadenia, 310, 311, 314, 315, Sar am 207 320, 329 Nematanthus, 310, 320, 326, 327 Pentaphylla, 189 Neccuatrecasia, 395, 397, 398, Pentstemon, 187 LOL Peperomia, 351 Neolloydia, 190 Perezia, 228-232 oe a} 53, 2h5-251 Pericalia, ae 405, 407, 409 B Pertusaria, 9 Seelinlaria, 490-93, 497, 499, Peteraauna: 467, 480, 84 re Ocimum, 195 Sas Be ae Odontotrichum, 254, 255, 260- oes -! “262, 266, 268, 08 Pesisa, 55, 56 Pezizales , 60, 62 Olivaea, 91 pak L ae Phaeocollybia, 187 Olivia, 91 Olmedioperebea, 195 Phaeophyceae, 185 Omphalina, 187 Phaeophyta, 198 Omphalinae, 187 Phaeotrema, 49), 500 Operculates, 62 Phanerogamae, 185 Ophioglossaceae, 199 Phillipsia, 60 Oppositifolia, 8, 18 Phlox, 196 Phra “81 1 Orobanche, 377 ie Ortholoma, 310, 312, 319-32, 329—= ace pees cac Osyrid Se Pilderia, 216 Ottonia, 351 a Oaylobua, 385, 386 Fimay 316, 126, toe Pachycladae, 8, el, 22 Piperaceas, 351, 352 Paepalanthus, 67, 68, 13 Pippenalia, 266, 268, 403, Oh, Palmae, 143 =a Pan, 379 Pisum, 208 Panicum, 303 Pittocaulon, 268, 403, 405, Papaveraceae, 30h ~ G06, 408, h29 Eepio, 379 Plasmodiophoromycetes, 188 Paracalia, 267 Plasmodium, 4,60 Paradrymonia, 307, 308, 327 Platycentrum, 467, 480, 48) Paraliae, 31 Platymiscium, 194 Parameria, 78 Pluchea, 277-281, 283-285 Parapholis, 3 Pluchinae, 277 Parmelia, i Podocarpus, 194, Lok Parmeliae, 1 Poecilochroma, 286, 287 Parthenocissus, 181 Polygonaceae, 143, "199 Paspalum, 304, 3 Polygonum, 289 Peiranisia, 339, 343, 346 Polythysania, 324, 325 Penicillium, 191 Porphyrellus, 187 197h Pothamorphe, 351 Premna, 69 Prenanthes, 273 Pritzelia, 67, 480, 481, 48h Protostelida, 188 Proustia, 231 Prunus, 187 Psacaliopsis, 02-0), 08 Psacalium, 251-263, 266, 268, ~ 403, LOk, h06, 08, 429 Pseudocaryophyllus, 19), 195 Pseudoconyza, 277 Pseudo-edulis, 110 Pseudogloiophloea, 207 Pseudokyrsteniopsis, 2)1 Pseudokysteniopsis, 23, 2h) Pseudotsuga Tt Pseudotylopili, 187 Psidium, Ve Pteridophyta, 14h, 182, 195, 198, 201, 304, 4462 Pterodon, ioh, 195 Pterygolama, 320, 321, 323 Puccinia, 197 Pyrola, Pyrola, 187 Quercus, 376, 16, 430 Quisqualis, 193 Radicatae, 187 Ranales, 203 Ranunculaceae, 202, 203 Ranunculales, 203 Raphanus, 208 Rechsteineria, 329 Reichenheimia, 467, 481, 48h Rhodophyceae, "186 Rhodophyta, 198 Rhoicissus, 181 Rochefortia, 5, hy6, 52 Roldana, 268, 402, 403, h05- Lak, 1,30-1,36 Rosa, "183 Rosaceae, 183 Rostrobegonia, 467, 481, 48h Rouhamon, 97, 101 Rubus, Rubus, 183 Rugelia, 268 Index 511 Rumex, 61 Russula, 303 Saccharodendron, 189 Saccoplectus, 32h Santalm, 1is-1h7 Sapindaceae, 193 Saracha, 286, 287 Sarcocystis, 160 Sarcorhachis, 351 Sassea, 212 Schlegelia, 45h Sciadoseris, 268 Sciadotenia, 197 Sclerocactus, 190 Scrophulariaceae, 1) Scutellinia, 62 Sedum, 187 Selaginella, 212 Senecio, 33, 25h, 264, 267, 2695 276, 102, 405-108, 15-12), 1262429, ” 431-1139 Senecioneae, 53, 205, 254, 265- 269, 271, 273, 275, 02. oa 405-109, 11; 413, yas, 419, 421, 423, 425, 427, ce. 431, 433, 435, 437, 439 Siegli ia, 42’ Silicoflagellatae, 182 Simaroubaceae, 93 Sinacalia, 265, 269, 271, 27h, sid a a ue o Solanacese, 195, 286, 287 Solananthera, 67, 481, 48h Solanum, 195, 208 Spermato » 182, 185, 195, 1b ane \ Sphaeralcea, 39 S henanthera, 467, 481, 48h Sporozoa, Stachytarpheta, 69 Stenanthus, 319, 321, 323 Sterculiaceae, 193 Stipa, Strobilomyces, 187 Strobilomycetaceae, 187 512 PL HyY PO; TOG Eek. Vol. 27, no. 6 Strychnos, 97-107, Stygnanthe, 31) Subattenuatae, 187 Suberosae, 109 19h, Triodia, 2 Triticum, 208 Trollius, 203 Tuberales, 60 Syneilesis, 265, 266, 269, 270, Tulocarpa, 2) 276, 29 Tylopetalum, 197 Syngonantioss 69-72 Tylopilus, 187 Synosma, Typha, 91 Synthyris, 187 inbelliferas, Wh Syringa, 360 Uredinales, 197 Systelostoma, 320 Tabernanthe, 93 Talinm, 187 Tectona, 82 Uredo, 197 Uromyces, 197 Vaginales, 271 Vanhouttea, 327 Telanthophora, 02-06, 2-28, Varronia, 5k 437-439 Terminalia, 193 Tessaria, 277-285 Tetrachia, 467, 481, 484 Verbena, 50) Verbenaceae, 148, 367, 377 Vernonia, 52 VYernonieae, 205 Tetraphila, 467, 481, 48) Vinca, 93 Tetrastigma, 181 Vireya, 316, 318 Thelotrema, 94-97, 500, 501 iscidini, 187 Thelotremataceae, 490, 491, Vitaceae, 1h), 181 493, 495, 497, 499, 501 Vitex, 368 Tigridia, 199 Tithymalus, 7-9, 18, 30 Tournefortia, 87, Warscewiczia, 78, 86 Weilbachia, 467, 481, 8h M5, 47, 453, Giketroemia, 116 454 Witheringia 287 9 Tovomita, 19) Xanthophyceae, 182 Toxoplasma, 4,60 Yerocalye 38 Trichantha, 319-323 eel Tricholomataceae, 187 Zea, 2 Trillium, 187 Zoysia, 193 -—— ese we we MK ew — eK ee Owe — Dates of publication for Volume Twenty~seven No. 1 -- October 12, 1973 No. 2 —— November 17, 1973 No. 3 — November 17, 1973 No. — December 11, 1973 No. 5 -= December 11, 1973 No. 6 — January 21, 197h CT ee CARES PDO RT Pal 2 fill ee 2) Tonle DRO EY *EYRYLe yiaTs c 1 eee ee et | " , 02) BS ESR ST OLS LSD { ’ . « See e 2 trie Si het ofeheleb eee 3